LE the years 1892—93 Dr. EINAR LÖNNBERG visited Florida

for the purpose of making zoological collections. From this

sojourn he also brought home a collection of spiders, which

has been kindly left to the disposition of the present author

and which is described in the following pages.

The knowledge about the Floridan spiders seems to be

still rather unsatisfactory. Only quite small collections have

come into the hands of specialists. Scattered notes about

these have been communieated by BAnKs, Mc Cook, PECKHAM

a. o. All these notes have, however, been casual and therefore

been inserted in papers treating of other things besides. The

following account may therefore be the only one, which a

little more explicitly bears upon this subject. It may con-

sequently be of interest, the more so as the material is com-

paratively rich, comprising not less than 57 species, 11 of

which are as far as I can find new to the science.

Most of this material is collected in the central part of

South Florida in Orange county, but there are also specimens

from the west coast, Hillsboro county and from Key West.

Coneerning the localities in which the spiders were

collected Dr. LÖNNBERG informs me that some spiders had

their favourite haunts at the shore of the lakes, where they

could be caught under boards, logs and similar objects.

Others were found in the dry pineland, where one species

(Lycosa sp.) used to make smooth vertical holes in the sand,

25 cm. or more deep and 1 cm. wide. The big, hairy spiders

(Lycosa carolinensis?), grayish above and black beneath, and

the jet black ones (Lathrodectes mactans) with small red

markings were usually collected under pieces of bark, stumps

and such things lying on the ground. The latters are very

4 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

poisonous, so that they can cause illness for a long time, if

they bite somebody. The former often visit the houses and

are welcome, because they destroy cockroaches. They have

a formidable appetite. A specimen kept in confinement in a

glassjar together with a brown lizard (Oligosoma) killed and

devoured the latter completely not even leaving skin or

skeleton. Other spiders were caught among plants and of

these many had green and yellow colours predominant. The

crabspiders» (Gasteracantha) had usually their comparatively

large nets among the vegetation, often in the orange trees.

Large spotted spiders (Nephila) with their long legs ringed

with black and yellow used to have their large webs con-

sisting of very strong yellow threads stretched between pines

or palmettoes often 5—6 feet or more above the ground.

Some jumping spiders (Phidippus) used to sit on grass straws

with their beautifully shining, greenish jaws visible in such

a manner that they could be supposed to attract the prey.

Many small spiders were collected in the nests of wasps

(»odirtflies.). These wasps have namely the habit of storing

up great numbers of small spiders as food for their larvae.

Antiodontes THuHoreir 1895.

Fam. Filistatide.

Filistata LaATrR. 1800.

1. F. capitata HEnTtz> 1842.

Of this interesting species several examples are captured

by Dr LÖNNBERG, one of them is a fullgrown male, the others

females, the male being about 8 mm., a great female 15 mm.

The specimens are collected at Orlando and other places

in Orange county.

BIHANG TILL K.: SV. VET:-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:01. )

Fam. Theridiide.

Theridium Warcr. 1805.

(Fig. I a—c).

mrrrtepidariorum C. KocH 1841. Var.

Female. — Cephalothoraxz rounded on the sides, the pars

cephalica very narrow. The colour pale testaceous, with a

narrow black middle-line and a broad black margin. The middle-

line narrow on the pars thoracica, then broader on pars cepha-

liea. — Eyes placed on black spots, a little prominent and

not much differing in size. "The anterior central eyes are,

however, larger. "The two lateral eyes are nearly contiguous,

placed upon a low tubercle. Seen from before, the front-row

is a little recurved; the hind-row, seen from above, is nearly

straight. The four central eyes form a trapezium, a little

broader behind than in front. The interval between the

posterior central eyes and the lateral eyes in the same row

not fully as great as between the two central posterior eyes.

The intervals in the anterior row have the same proportions.

Sternuwm very large, triangular, broadly truncated in

front. The colour blackish with pale spots in the middle

and near the margin at the coxe. — Labium much broader

than long, truncated at the apex. — Maxzille longer than

labium, obliquely truncated on the outer side of the apex. —

Cheliceres pale testaceous with a black line on the outer side

and a black spot at the base on the inner side, nearly thrice

as long as broad, and not. as broad as the femur of the

anterior legs. — Legs 1, 4, 2, 3; pale testaceous with black

rings and spots. The rings are more distinct on the posterior

pairs of legs. — Abdomen about as long as high, clothed with

short and soft hairs. 'The ground-eolour is grayish with

irregular black and brown spots. On the upper part in the

centre of the abdomen is a larger and behind that a little

transversal black spot bordered with white lines. On the

posterior part is a narrow white line from the apex to the

mamille. On the lateral parts of the abdomen are two or three

indistinet white lines bordered by black spots. On the ventral

6 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

part is near the rima genitalis a small white spot. The

mamille are light brownish. — The vulva forms a short and

thick vertical protuberance.

Measurements:

length of cephalothorax. t/: act hbucd 2 oo ARNE

breadth >» > or = = om BR ERS

length: >» abdomen =: ÅA SÄG or So frn

height > ; ol rs EPP USERS. TIRANA

total. length. = oo 2/e8 i: YSA IEA SE

One specimen from Oakland, in Orange co., nov. 1892.

Lathrodectus WarcKrk. 1850.

3. L. mactans (FaABR.) 1775.

Of this species the collection contains a great number of

females. They vary a little in colour. All of them have

the ground-colour black, but the markings are more or less

effaced. Some of the largest specimens have on the dorsal

part of abdomen a white ring and before this two white

lines nearly forming a figure of this appearance I[. Some

young specimens have three ordinary spots. — I have drawn

the vulva up, because it differs a little from the figure

published by count Keyserling.

The specimens are collected in Orange co.: Clarcona and

Orlando.

Fam. Argiopide.

Subfam. Linyphiinae.

Linyphia LaATrr. 1804.

(Fig. 3).

4. L. communis Henstz 1850.

The collection of Dr. LÖNNBERG contains a single specimen,

a female. It was captured in Orange co. — My figure of

the vulva resembles more that published by count Keyserling

than that represented in the paper of Mr. EMERTON.

BIHANG TILL K: SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0O1. 7

Subfam. Tetragnathineae.

Tetragnatha LaArr. 1504.

5. 'T. elongata Warcxk. 1805.

Syn. T. grallator EMERTON. 1884.

Of this species I have only examined an ad. female. It

measured 11 mm. in length. The mandibles were 3,5 mm.

and the first pair of legs 41,5 mm.

Argyroepeira EMERTON. 1884.

6. A. venusta (WarcK.) Mc Cook 1893.

Syn. Argyroepeira hortorum auct.

Several specimens from Oakland and Orlando in Orange co.

Subfam. Nepluiline.

Nephila LEaAcH 1515.

KEVIN: Wilderi Mc Cook. 1889.

Several specimens from the neigbourhood of Oakland in

Orango co.

One of them — an adult female — measured:

En SO CEPHLalothoratg .' ss oo - < ss «2 9,0 mim.

breadth >» ? AIN 02 TAB BIGTSA

length >» abdomen rt osann Lat: rada

breadth >» » 2 ADETEST AN ej KU SEVEN tr IR Re.

HERE Old vas 0 ess! age ar TMS sr Eg mör gt ORD

fen eth of the first par Of legs. . - - «- « 40,07 >

It was darker coloured than the others. The back was

dark brown with silvery spots.

Subfam. Argiopinae.

Argiope Sav. and ANpD. 1825—27.

8. A. cophinaria (WaLcK.) Mc Cook 1893.

Of this species the collection contains an ad. female

captured at Ozona in Hillsboro county (5/11 18592).

DN 4. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

Measurements:

length of the cephalotNöraäx cc) omatdlft. Ir8, sm

breadth > — > » åh air es sfär RE KE SD

length » > jabdomen I pt MICSRIENE 5 o0I0

breadth > » » öm ME sä et kap RE SNNIARND EE

total length aboub-+, sei. enn FSPESER SNRA

Three females in addition to this one from Oviedo in

Orange co. (nov. 1892.) One of them measured 19 mm. in

length. — The largest specimen had the normal markings.

The spots on the back were silvery white; the venter had

four pair of spots on the median dark band. The specimens

from Oviedo were evidently young females, had lighter legs,

the spots on the back were yellow, but had the same

arrangement of the colours as that of the specimen from

Ozona. The light spots on the venter 2, 2, (2), 2, 1. Other-

wise resembled it more the figure published by Mr. EMERTON

than that in Mr. Mc CooK's paper.

d. A. argyraspis (WALCE.) Mc Coor. 1893.

Three females from Oviedo in Orange co. One of them

measured:

length of the cephalothorax 53,5 mm

breadth > >» > IT

length > >» abdomen or ER a SV Re RR

breadth > > » BE SO GRE Sa (CE LAMER TN

total length. 20,5

10. A. argentata (FABrR.) Mc Cook 1893. Juv.?

Several young males and females possibly belonging to

this species. The total length about 6 mm. The cephalo-

thorax thinly clothed with silvery hairs, the middle part

pale testaceous. The ground-colour of the abdomen (conf. the

fig. 6) white with two lonrgitudinal bands — yellow coloured

with black margin and spots — confluent at the hind-apex.

The white band between this two bands marked with a black

cross. The sides of abdomen with obliquely darker stripes.

The venter with two lateral white lines and some light spots

on the black middle-band. The legs with black rings.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 1. 9

Gea C. KocH. 1843.

(Fig. 5 a—Kb).

11. G. heptagon (HEnNTtzZ) MARX 1890.

The collection contains several adult females and one

single adult male from Orange co. of this species. As the male

has not been described before, I give here a description.

Male. — Cephalothorax about as broad as long, rounded

at the sides, very tapering towards the pars cephalica, which

is a little elevated and projected, a little more than a third

of the breadth of the pars thoracica. This is flattened with

a longitudinal depression in the middle. The colour is yellow-

brown with darker patches on the sides and towards the

vertex. — Eyes placed on black tubercles. The central eyes

larger than the lateral ones. The posterior row strongly, the

anterior a little procurved. The space between the posterior

central eyes not as broad as between the same and the

posterior lateral and the anterior central eyes. The two

lateral eyes nearly contiguous. The four central eyes form

a trapezium much broader behind than in front. The space

between the two anterior central eyes a little broader than

between the two lateral eyes in the same row. — Sternum,

labium, maxzxille and cheliceres resemble in a high degree

those of the female. — Legs 1, 2, 4, 3, yellow-brown, without

annuli. — Abdomen oval, without tubercles. The colour and

marking resemble that of the female. DPBulbus conf. the

Herb.

Measurements:

length of the cephalothorax . I nt

breadth > > > d [a

length '» » abdomen . 23

breadth » > » S 1:5

total length . 4,0

Cyelosa MENGE 1866.

12. C. conica (PALLAS) MEnGE 1866.

Two young females from Orange co.

10 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

Mangora CAMBR. 1889.

13. M. gibberosa (HENTZ) SIMON 1895.

Syn. Epeira gibberosa HEnNtTz 1847.

Abbotia » Mc Coor 1893.

Mangora = > SIMON 1895.

Two specimens from Orlando in Orange co.

Larinia SIMon 1874.

14. L. nigrofoliata Keys. 1883.

One single male.

Acacesia SIMON 1895.

15. AA. foliata (HENTZ) SIMON 1895.

Syn. Epeira foliata HENtTzZ 1847.

One single female from Sanford in Orange co. — The

posterior row of eves seen from above strongly recurved and

the anterior row nearly straight. Mr. Mc Cook says the

»both eyes rows procurved>, but I believe, he has seen the

two rows from before. — The total length: 8 mm.

Eustala Simon 1595.

16. FE. anastera (WALCK.) SIMON 1895.

Syn. Epeiraå anastera WALCK. 1837.

eustala WaALcK. 1837 etc.

Several specimens from the neigbourhood of Orlando in

Orange co. — The specimens vary in high degree in colour.

Even the vulva varies a little.

Araneus CLERCcK 1757.

17. AA. stellatus (WaALCK.) SiMon 1895.

Syn. Plectana stellata WaLrcrk. 1805.

Epeira stellata HENnNTZ 1850.

Marxia stellata (WALCcK.) Mc Cook 1893.

One single female from Orange co.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL.: BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 1. (ll

15. A. bivariolatus (CaAmBrR.) SIMon 1895.

Syn. Epeira bivariolata CaAmBr. 1889.

One single adult male.

19. A. benjaminus (WaLcK.) SIMon 1895.

Syn. Epeira benjamina WaALcKk. 1837.

Of this species Dr. LÖNNBERG has brought home numerous

young and adult females from Oviedo, Orlando and Clarcona

in Orange co. and Ozona in Hillsboro co. The specimens

vary in high degree in colour. A great female has the back

dark brown without light markings.

20. A. nicaraguensis (KEYs.) Simon 1895.

Syn. Epeira nicaraguensis Keys. 1884.

Of this beautiful species the collection contains three

adult females from Orange co.: Apopka.

21. A. labyrintheus (HENTZ) SIMON 1895.

Syn. Epeira labyrinthea HEN'tTz 1847.

One single specimen — a female — from Orange co.

Gasteracantha Sunp. 1833.

22. G. cancriformis (LiN.) Mc Cook 1889.

Several specimens from Orange co.: Lake Victoria, Lake

Leonore and Orlando.

Mierathena Sunp. 18833.

23. M. gracilis (WALcK.) SIMon 1895.

Syn. Plectana gracilis WaLcK. 1837.

Acrosoma rugosa EMERTON 1884.

Two females.

217. M. sagittatum (WaALcK.) SIMon 1895.

Syn. Plectana sagittatum WaLrcKk. 1837.

Acrosoma spinosa EMERTON 1884.

Two adult females from Lake Leonore in Orange co.

Ip A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

Fam. Uloboride.

Uloborus LaATr. 1806.

203. U. plumipes Lucas 1845.

One single adult female.

Fam. Mimetide.

Mimetus HENTz 1832.

26. M. interfector HeEnNTzZ 1850.

Syn. M. epeiroides EMERTON 1882.

A single adult female from Orange co.

Fam. Thomiside.

Runeinia SIMoNnN 1875.

R. aleatoria (HENTZ).

Syn. Thomisus aleatorius HENTZ 1847.

Runcinia brendelii KEYSERLING 1880.

Misumena aleatoria (HENTZ) EMERTON 1892.

OT this interesting species I have seen two adult and

some young females from Orange co. The two adult females

agree perfectly with the description of count KEYSERLING

(conf. Die Spinnen Amerikas I, p. 127) and more particularly

the figure of the vulva is similar. There is also no doubt

that I have seen the same species as count KEYSERLING has

described as type-specimen for his Runcinia brendelii. In his

work: New England spiders of the family Thomisidee, p. 369,

Mr. EMERTON placed this species in the genus Misumena. In

the same way Mr. Eve. SIMonN considers the genus Runcinia

KEYSERLING to be synonymical with Misumena Lartr.! That

is not my opinion. The Genus Runcinia Sim. has? the following

characters: »frons transversim carinata>» and »oculi medii antici

! Conf. Hist. Nat. des Araignées ed. 2, T. I. fasc. 4 p. 1025.

21. 'e7 p7 1022 and 1024.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:01. 13

a lateralibus quam inter se remotiores,.. An examination of

Dr. LÖNNBERG'S specimens shows evidently these markings.

Between the posterior and anterior rows of eyes is a distinct

carina and the space between the two middle-eyes in the

front-row is a third longer than the space betweeu a middle

and a lateral eye in the same row. I think also that this

species must be a Runcinia in the opinion of EuvG. SIMON.

That the Runcinia brendelii is synonymical with Thomisus

aleatorius HENTzZ is very acceptably in consequence of the

colour of the voung males as Mr. EMERTON has shown.

Misumena Larr. 1804.

25. M. asperata (HENTZ) EMERTON 1892.

Syn. M. georgiana Keys. 1880.

Of this species several examples are captured by Dr.

LÖNNBERG in Örange co.

”am. Clubionide.

Subfam. Sparassinc.

Heteropoda Larr. 1804.

29. 'H. regia (FaerR.) THor. 1899.

Several specimens from the neighbourhood of Orlando in

Orange co. ,

Subfam. Clubionina.

Chiracanthium C. KocH 1839.

30. Ch. viride EMmErTON 1890.

Of this species Dr. LÖNNBERG has captured several examples

at Orlando and other places in Orange co.

Aysha Keys. et MARrRx 1891.

(Fig. 4).

31. A. orlandensis n. sp.

Female. — Cephalothorax brown, elothed with short

grayish adpressed hairs and beset with long scattered up-

14 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

turned bristly hairs, the length is shorter than the patella +

tibia on the fourth pair of legs, and the clypeus is a little

broader than half that of the pars thoracica; it is surrounded

by a narrow elevated border and the sides are a little curved.

— Eyes of nearly the same size; the hind-row a little pro-

curved, the front-row nearly straight, the space between

the two lateral eyes in the posterior row a little broader

than that between the two central eyes and than that

between the central eyes in the posterior and the anterior

row; the space between the two lateral eyes almost the

same as between the two lateral eyes in the anterior row.

The two central eyes in the anterior row a little larger

than the lateral and the central eyes in the posterior row.

The distance between the front-eyes and the margin of

clypeus is not as long as the diameter of the eyes. The

four central eyes form a trapezium about as long as broad. —

Sternum nearly elliptical, truncated in front, light brown

and hairy. — Labium about double as long as broad, some-

what tapering towards the impressed apex; on the two sides

at the basis an impressed dark dot. — Maxille about a third

longer than labium, obliquely truncated on the inner side of

the apex. — Cheliceres dark red-brown, a little narrower than

the femur of the first pair of legs, about twice as long as

broad, the posterior margin of the claw-furrow with seven

teeths. — Legs 1, 4, 2, 3, light brown; a scopula on the tarsus

and metatarsus of the two first pairs and on the tarsus of

the two other pairs of legs; the two first pairs of legs have

on the femur 1.1 spines above, on the tibia 2.2.2 below and

1.1 ou each side, on the metatarsus 2 near the apex below

and 1 on each side, the femora of the two other pairs 1.1.1.

spines above and numerous spines on the tibixe and the

metatarsi. Abdomen oblong, truncated in front, about twice

as long as broad with grayish adpressed hairs, dark grayish

brown, in the middle with a darker narrow line and with two

pairs of impressed dots, on each side of the middle-line a

row of darker brown spots. The rima genitalis very near

the vulva. — The vulva on each side with an elevated red-

brown and broad lamina, the middle part a little depressed

with a pit in the middle. Conf. the fig. 4.

BIHANG. TILL KSV VET.-AKAD.: HANDLA BAND: 276: AFDVIVS N:0O 1. 15

Measurements:

length of the cephalothorax . 3,2 mm.

breadth > > » san dr avssVLD Dr RSA

length >» >» abdomen. NS

breadth >» >) 2,8

[FIRA [a Tr sl of dee de ss 8 = ÄN

One specimen from Orlando in Or. co.

Fam. Dictynide.

32. D. arundinaceoides Krys. 1883.

ÅA single female, probably belonging to this species.

Fam. Agalenide.

Agalena WäALcKk. 1505.

30. A. nevia WaLck. 1841.

A single female from Ozona in Hillsboro co.

Fam. Pisauride.

Dolomedes Larr. 1804.

34. D. sexpunctatus Henrtz 1845.

Some subad. females.

Fam. Lycoside.

35. IL. carolinensis HeEntz 1842.

Several adult males and females from Orange county and

Key West (under stones).

Measurements:

(from Or. co.) (from Key West.)

female: length of cephalothorax . . . . 15 mm. 16 mm.

breadth >» » AEA 1 BOR IR EG

HR TenR OD cr des a a a vv Al 33

UPGStIN Or" ibhe Istileg I. BUU A30 44,5 >

SMUTS låses ml 0500 > 48

16 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

male: length of cephalothorax . .- - » « P3

breadth > > garn sulalset NS

total length...» paplsn Forsen add RNE

length. of ist leg 3 33 oa. KORS CLAnEe

4th >: i ere. mm SER

The specimens vary from dark to lighter forms. Several

cocoons of this species have been collected. One of them

measured 20 mm. in diameter. It contained nearly 300 eggs

about 2 mm. in diameter.

326. DL. arenicola ScuppErR 1877.

(CRS

Syn. L. nidifex MArRx 1881.

A subad. and an ad. female from Lake Leonore in

Orange co.

31. L. nidicola EMErRtON 1885.

A male and a female from Orange co. — Male. — The

middle stripe of abdomen dark red-brown with nearly black

eyes. On each side of this there are yellowish brown stripes

which are not united on the hinder part of abdomen.

Posteriorly and at the sides of the middle-stripe are dark

and light oblique lines and spots. The under part of abd.

with irregular dark brown spots on light ground. The legs

with indistinct darker rings on femora. — The palpal organ

agree with the figure of Mr. EMERTON.

Measurements:

length of cephalothörax . . . . = = = > oc MANI RIeRnE

breadth > » SVR: MÖRE »

total length. + c LAGA 206 SJ: JANE

length of 1st leg "PBIGVUL.S IH I oact eg

AD 93 Läser o siren Dekk SEESEESTE

To this species I am inclined to count two s> from

Oakland. They differ only in having the lower side of the

abdomen perfectly black.

38. L. angusta n. sp.

(Fig. 7 a—b).

Female. — Cephalothorax dark brown, clothed with short

gray hairs and some few long upturned bristly dark hairs.

The lenght a little shorter than patella + tibia on the fourth

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 1. 17

pair of legs and broader than the fourth tibia. TItis broadly

oval, broadly truncated in front, very high and the pars

cephalica very indistinctly separated from the pars thoracica.

— Eyes. The front-row nearly straigth. The middle-eyes

larger than the lateral ones and the space between the eyes

and the margin of clypeus broader than the diameter of the

eyes. The eyes of the middle-row largest of all and the

space between them about as broad as the diameter of the

central anterior eyes. The space between the posterior eyes

about thrice the diameter of them and the space between

them and the eyes of the middle-row about as long as the

diameter of the posterior eyes. — Sternum nearly round and

black, strewed with short black hairs. — Maxille of the

same colour and more than twice as long as the black labium,

Which is broadly truncated. — Cheliceres nearly black, clothed

with short grayish hairs, broader than the femur and shorter

than the tibia of the I1st pair of legs. — Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, clothed

with light gray hairs, the end-joints a little darker and the

coxe black. The two first legs have on the femur 1.1.1 spines

above; on the inner side nearly the apex has the first 1.1 and

the second 1 spine; in the middle on the inner side of patella

often one short spine; the tibia below 2. 2.2 spines. — Abdomen

oblong, light gray-coloured with numerous very small darker

spots and a darker middle-stripe more or less visible, on each

side with a small darker dot. The sides of abdomen lighter

and the venter black. 'The vulva consist of a very long and

narrow fovea with a very narrow and low septum; the trans-

verse costa at its hind-end about thrice shorter than the septum.

Measurements:

fenennp FE cephalothkoraxi tt iOS I SAT sma.

breadth >» » MORSE vag br SN

ES Sn OLA bor tgrnsjerönsst blue Hå Nga YIN

Ens ENSt eo ta fe eder fel nen Nr »

? se PREL ESA no NON OR SINNE

Male. — Very like the female. Measurements of the

largest specimen:

fenor centalolhoraxma. = Bosc ctd tia 1, mm.

breadth >» » FILVESIMSYTESKAPPECE TLENNEE ÖF

RELATED EL SR AS SEE TIER MOS OA 0, 220

lent rilstulsst CA Oe HIA IV lge ev 30

» » 4th > : slät sn DL2

The genital bulb conf. the fig. 20.

18 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

Of this species Mr. LÖNNBERG has captured six adult

females and two males at Oakland and Orlando in Orange co.

This species seems me to be nearly related to L. horrida

KEYSERLING, but has several reable characteristics so that it

deserves to be described as a new species. Besides the diffe-

rence in colour and hairiness the cheliceres are shorter than

the tibia of first leg, the anterior row of eyes nearly straight

and more separated from the margin of clypeus, the vulva

narrower and longer.

One female shows on the hind part of the dorsal side of

the abdomen four transversal, a little curved white lines.

The middle stripe is very distinct and the sides of abdomen

are nearly grayish blue.

39. LDL. albopunctata n. sp.

(Fig. 8 a—b).

Female. — Cephalothorax dark brown clothed with brown-

yellowish hairs and some few long upturned bristly dark

hairs. A light yellowish fine stripe between the four posterior

eyes, in the middle of cephalothorax joined with two fine

side-stripes and thence goimg to the hind edge of cephalo-

thorax. At the margins broad grayish brown bands. 'Phe

length is a little shorter than patella + tibia and the breadth

a little greater than the length of the tibia of the fourth

pair of legs. It is oval, truncated in front, high, and the

pars cephalica is very indistinetly separated from the pars

thoracica. — Eyes. The front-row a little procurved, the

central eyes largest and separated from the margin of

clypeus by a space about as long as the diameter of the

central eyes. The middle-row of eyes separated from the

anterior central eyes by a space about as long as their!

diameter. The two middle-eyes separated by a space about j

as long as their diameter and the distance from the posterior

eyes longer than the former. — Stermuwm black, rounded,

strewed with short adpressed and long black upturned bristly

hairs. — Maczille of the same cbldar and more than twice

as long as the black labium. — Cheliceres dark brown, lighter

at the apex, strewed with short dark hairs, about as broad

as the first femur and a little shorter than the first tibia. —-

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, clothed with brown hairs, above darker and”

with Ar spots; coxe black. The two first femora with”

&- 3

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV: N:0 1; 19

1.1.1 spines above, 2. 1 spines on the inner side, cox&e without

spines, tibia with 2. 2.2 spines below. — Abdomen oblong, dark

brown with an indistincet middle stripe, tapering towards the

middle, with four or five pair of very small white spots.

The sides a little lighter and the venter black. — The vulva

conf. the fig. 8.

Measurements:

(a little sp.) (a large sp.)

length of cephalothorax . - 7,3 mm. 8,8 mm.

breadth » » FSATRVETD,S 119 6 »

tatalslenethknsstå ha frrodte 185 > 19:67

lanöth ofa listrlesl 6 nu måtta > 20:51 52

» SS ANM 0 RENEE SR > 20

The two specimens resemble each other in every respect

except with regard to the vulva and the size. The small

specimen has a vulva (fig. 8 b) like that of L. immaculata

BanKs and L. oblonga BANKS and the larger specimen a

vulva (fig. 8 a) very like that of L. nidicola EMERTON. I am

convinced of the two specimen in my collection being identical.

I believe also that the two forms of the vulva only are

different stages and that perhaps the species of Mr. BANKS is

only represented by young specimens of other species.

40. L. tigrina Mc OCoox.

One single male from Oviedo in Orange co.

41. &L. (Pirata) Loennbergi n. sp.

(Fig. 10).

Female. — Cephalothorax dark brown with a yellow brown

narrow stripe in the middle from the posterior margin to

the posterior eyes, at the margins broad grayish bands,

yellowish on the pars cephalica. Between the middle and

the lateral band a dark brown space with lighter radiating

fine stripes. In addition to the short adpressed hairs it has

on the pars cephalica and especially on the area of eyes very

long, black upturned bristly hairs. It is a little longer

than the patella + tibia and as broad as the length of tibia

of the fourth pair of legs. The front is about half as broad as

the pars thoracica. Eyes. The front-eyes about equal and the

row distinctly procurved. The lateral eyes a little prominent.

The space betweeen them equal and the distance to the

20 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

margin of the clypeus about twice as long as its diameter.

The eyes in the middle-row largest of all and separated

from each others and from the front-eyes by a space as broad

as their diameter. The distance to the posterior ones a little

longer. These are separated by a very long interspace. The

front-row a little longer than the middle-row, but shorter

than the posterior one. — Sternum light yellowish brown,

densely clothed with long white hairs. — Mazxille longer

than labium, light yellow, rounded at the apex and clothed

with long white—black bristly hairs. — Cheliceres dark

brown, nearly black, with short adpressed grayish hairs,

shorter than the tibia of first leg and broader than the femur.

The claw red-brown. — Legs 4.1.2.3, light grayish brown,

above on the femora with three dark spots, the other joints

darker above. The two first legs with very dense blackish

scopulae. The femora of the first pair with 1.1 spines above

the other femora with 1.1.1 spines above; the first femora

on the inner side with 2.1 spines; patellie without spines

and the tibixe of the two first pairs with 2.2.2 spines below.

Abdomen oval, very densely clothed with short yellowish

black and white hairs and strewed with long black bristly

hairs. Along the middle a broad dark band with yellow

bands at the margins. The sides of the abdomen grayish

with irregulary black spots. The venter light yellowish

gray. The superior mammille very long, densely clothed

with very long bristly dark hairs. — The vulva reddish, conf.

the fig. 10.

Measurements:

length of éephalöthorax FAN oa vYAT VOIP MPSIIS ere

breadth >» > fi. albin. add

total Jength £, re! rebels seit. SN

lenotH of, lst legadavr- oom.ölserbesendt snett res KE

ERROR IS Blek »

One single female from Arcadia in De Soto co.

42. L. (Pirata) transversolineata n. sp.

(Fig. 11).

Female. — Cephalothorax very dark red-brown, with a

very narrow gray stripe in the middle from the middle-row

of eyes to the hind-edge of cephalothorax and with a narrow

gray band at the lateral margins. Densely clothed with

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 1. 21

short adpressed and strewed with long upturned bristly

hairs especially in. the area of eyes. It is about as long as

the tibia + patella and a little broader than the lenght of

the tibia of the fourth pair of legs. The front is a little

broader than half of the breadth of pars thoracica. — Eyes.

The front-row distinetly procurved; the lateral eyes a little

larger and prominent. The space between the lateral eyes

larger than between the central eyes. The space between

the lateral eyes and the margin of clypeus about as long as

the diameter of eyes. The eyes of the middle-row largest

and the space between them about as long as their diameter

and a little longer than the distance from the lateral anterior

eyes. The space between the middle and the posterior eyes

a little longer than the diameter of the middle-eyes. —

Sternum dark browni with long brownish hairs. — Mazxille

very curved, dark red-brown with bristly hairs, about twice

as long as the squarish labium. — Chelicercs black, with

long dark bristly hairs, broader than the femur and a little

shorter than the tibia of first pair. The claw black. -— Legs

4, 1, 2, 3, dark red-brown, on femur and in the middle of

tibia grayish spots. The femur with 1.1.1 spines above, at

the apex of the inner side of first femur 2 and of second

femur 1 spine, the patella without and the tibia below with

2.2.2 spines. — Abdomen above dark grayish brown, darkest

in the middle, with two very small white spots on the front-

part and 3 or 4 very fine white transverse lines on the hind-

part. The sides of abdomen nearly white with black irregular

spots. The venter light grayish brown with 4 dark longitu-

dinal lines, two in the middle and one on each side divergent

forwards and ending at the rima genitalis. — The vulva

very like it of fig. 10 (conf. fig. 11).

Measurements:

lengtiot icephalothoraxniw: OM > N0I0 0AT20 me.

breadth » > TG ba fe ER ( >

BEEN SLL EAS OA SMEKA INS /

An sta FRELStöleS Ls ds de ARR Kö a LIG

> SVANEN sed S dorör MOR >

Females from Victoria, Lake co.; Lake Leonore one juv-

male from Arcadia in De Soto co.

43. L. scutulata 1842.

One single young female from Orlando in Orange co.

A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

Pardosa C. Kock 1843.

44. P. rufa KEYSERLING 1876.

Two ad. females from Lake Leonore.

45. P. bilobata n. sp.

(Fig. 12).

Female. — Cephalothorax light brown, clothed with short

dark adpressed hairs and strewed with long dark upturned

bristly hairs. The pars cephalica with 3 lighter bands and

at the margins of pars thoracica a broad light band. A long

and distinct central furrow on pars thoracica. The length

a little shorter than the length of tibia and patella and the

breadth shorter than the length of tibia on the fourth pair

of legs. — Eyes. The front-row distinctly procurved. The

intervals about equal. The central eyes nearly twice as

larg as the lateral eyes. 'The interspace between the central

eyes and the margin of clypeus as long as the diameter of

the eyes. The eyes of the middle-row separated from each-

other by an interspace about as broad as their diameter and

separated from the central anterior eyes by an interspace

about as long as the diameter of these eyes. The distance

from the posterior eyes a little longer than the diameter of

the middle eyes. — Sternum light brown, nearly cordated,

clothed by long black bristly hairs. -- Mazxille about twice

as long as labium, yellow and clothed by long bristly hairs.

— Cheliceres about twice as long as the face, tapering at

the apex, light brown and strewed with long bristly hairs. —

Legs pale brown, with 2.2.2 spines beneath. Abdomen is

inversely ovate, above dark brown with a lighter middle

band and three pair of very small white spots; the venter

light yellowish brown. The vulva bilobated, dark carneous

(conf. the fig. 11).

Measurements:

length iof cephalothorax . . . . - = fc. felö- Cy5 MITRG

breadth > » SÅ se ade fe kg RARE

betal length 3. cool NIER or Ares SSL be ks AE

length of 1st leg:.... AFC OSINGES WTA SER: BRN RANNIeRNS

Th 93 > or sanskr leca

Two adult females from Lake Leonore in Orange co.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 1. 23

46. P. longispinata n. sp.

(Fig. 13).

Female. — Cephalothorax dark brown, clothed with short

adpressed and long black upturned bristly hairs, with a

white middle-band, squarish in the cephalic part as broad

as the area of eyes, on the pars thoracica narrow; the area

of eyes nearly black; at the margins broad white bands; the

margin black. The length a little shorter than the length

of tibia + patella and the breadth shorter than the length

of tibia on the fourth pair of legs. — Eyes. The front-row

distinetly procurved, the central eyes largest and the inter-

space between the central eyes about equal to their diameter

and longer than the space between the lateral eyes. The

distance from the lateral eyes to the margin of clypeus and

to the eyes in the middle-row about thrice their diameter.

"The eyes of the middle-row very large and the interspace

between them longer than their diameter. The interspace

between the middle and the posterior eyes broader than the

diameter of the middle-eyes. — Sternum small oval light

brown, with long light hairs. — Mazxille and labium light

yellow brown. — Cheliceres a little longer than the face,

very tapering at the apex and ciothed with long bristly

hairs, a little narrower than the femur of first pair. — Legs

pale brown with dark rings, the tibia of the first pair below

with 2.2.2 spines; these and other spines very long. —

Abdomen oval, brown, clothed with black and wiite short

hairs without distinct markings; the venter light grayish.

The vulva conf. the fig. 13.

Measurements:

pa St DE Cepharothoraxt. oc 2. vh SVAR SDN OR5 mm:

breadth » » fe. Date SDI GLS

kamtkenotiy|ji>gd: drskt al kile solnuts2 tå

företer olet lecture tang! sahde or

» ARE TRES TS a ae Sa ar OL

One single ad. female from Lake Leonore in Orange co.

24 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

Fam. Oxyopide.

Peucetia TEorRELL 1870.

47. P. viridans (HENnNTz) Marx 1889.

Several specimens from Orlando and Clarcona in Orange co-

Oxyopes LaTtr. 1804.

48. O. salticus HENnTtz 1845.

Syn. O. gracilis KEYSERLING 1876.

Several adult females and one adult male from Orange co-

49. O. laminatus n. sp.

(Fig. 14).

Female. — Cephalothorax light yellow-brown, densely

clothed with white scales, the hind-part with a black irregular

spot on each side; the middle-furrow very long and fine. It

is very high, highest in front. Pars cephalica indistincetly

separated from pars thoracica. — Eyes in four rows, situated

on black spots. The two of the second row counted from

clypeus a little larger, the two of the first row about as-

much separated from the margin of clypeus as from the eyes

in the fourth row. The interspace between the eyes in the

third and the fourth row a little larger than that between

the eyes of the second and the third row. Cheliceres conical,

light yellow-brown with a blackish spot at the base, about

as long as the face and much longer than the patella of the

first leg. — Sternum cordated, about as long as broad, clothed

with white scales and long black bristly upturned hairs,

yellow in the middle part and black at the margins. —

Mazxille about twice as long as the sqarish labium a little

convergent at the apex and a little broader in the anterior

part, clothed with short adpressed blackish hairs and some

few upturned curved bristly hairs. — Legs yellow-brown

with dark rings; the larg claws with 15 teeths more or less;

the joints of the first pair of legs have: on the femur above

1.1.1 spines, in front 2 and behind 1 spine, below two rows.

fine bristly hairs; on the patella 1.1 above and 1 spine

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 1. 25

behind; on the tibia above 1.1, in front 1, behind 1 and below

2.2 spines; on the metatarsus at the base 4, in the middle 4

and at the apex 5 spines. — Abdomen densely clothed with

white scales; in the middle a darker band, tapering towards

the central part, and behind that three light spots. The sides

with irregular blackish spots on light yellow-brown ground.

The venter with a dark central band from the rima genitalis

to the mammille. The vulva yellow-brown with blackish

margin (conf. the fig. 14).

Measurements:

length of cephalothorax . 2 mm

breadth » > 1150.»

FRU SSA SSE alle a ae ses JAINEIÖJENS

length of 1st leg . (LDS

» FE SA (ER

One single female from Orange co.

Fam. Attide.

Phidippus C. KocH 1850.

350. Ph. miniatus PEcKkHAm 1883.

Ad. females from Oakland and Orlando in Orange co.

The measurements of a large female:

FÖR STNNOE CEPhalothokaxs a oc så so flern åsa de 4 få A40, MM:

breadth >» > a a ARB saa a NO

ERE ON 06 SSR USA AR SD a, B0,5 oo &

Ken stR foRUlstrleg ser San DU PAITIG I VIN 5000

» Shiva sb otrode Aki

31. Ph. morsitans (WaALcK.) PEcKHAM 1888.

Four ad. males from Orange co. I give here a description

of one of them.

Male. — Cephalothorax black, with two broad white

lateral bands, strewed with short hairs and having long black

hairs near the small median eyes. Clypeus with long and

short dark hairs. — Eyes. The front-row very recurved

with the lateral eyes separated from the central eyes by 7/3

their diameter. The central eyes separated from the margin

of clypeus by ?/3 their diameter. — Legs 1.4.2. 3; the patellze

206 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

always shorter than the tibie. On the sides of patella of

first pair large brushes of white hairs are found. On the

front-side of the other patellie and on the base of the tarsi

and the metatarsi white hairs. — Abdomen black; at the

middle are two small white spots; behind these are two

larger, somewhat oblique, white spots and lower down two

minute white dots; around the base a broad white band and

on the sides, between the ends of this and the middle spots,

an oblique white spot. The venter perfectly black.

Measurements:

length" of cephalothorax .. .. . Afsondfolbuten JC6 Emma

breadth >» » sllder fer börs fe 2 BR RNE

totalilengtly:”! s 4 GAGÅ ÅR 6. mn vev i seg te RER RE

length of; Tst:leg : osvse so sc > 4 t46, fed MR NANG UN

ARB, 3 den delge dr Be eden ca VA EEE

32. P. bilineatus n. sp.

(Fiska).

Female. — Cephalothorax dark red, black in the eye-

region with some grayish and black upturned bristly hairs

on the sides and between the eyes and with some short black

hairs strewed on the thoracical part. Clypeus red with some

grayish hairs. — Eyes. 'The front-row a little recurved with

the lateral eyes separated from the central eyes by !/2 their

diameter. The central eyes separated from the margin of

clypeus by an interspace not as long as their radius. The

eyes of the middle-row twice as far from the posterior as

from the anterior lateral eyes. — Cheliceres very divergent,

bright iridescent green on the front-side. — Sternum oval,

a little convex, dark brown. — Maxille at the apex rounded,

without projecting, about !/s longer than the labium. This

nearely triangular, truncated at the apex. — Legs 4.1.2.3,

dark reddish brown and with blackish rings at the apex of

the joints, clothed with short grayish and long black bristly

hairs. 'The patelle always shorter than the tibize. Abdomen

on the dorsal side black with a narrow white band around

the base and on the lateral parts a broad yellowish red band.

The central longitudinal part black, in the middle of the

posterior part very dark brown. The venter blackish brown

with a' broad bright white band from the rima genitalis

tapering to near the spinners. The whole abdomen clothed

with hairs, which are short and adpressed and of different

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0o1. 27

colour. The white hairs on the venter have the scape of

scales. — The vulva very like that of Ph. rauterbergii PEcK.

(conf. fig. 15).

Measurements:

lensthnot cephalothorax! . « . sk co di 4,2 mm.

breadth » » Män ran orsa Aila NORR

HERREN BRUKAR OSEE SSR ALIAS SSLALER., BESHSRUR TKO

KERO ENS ERTGOr der isla a va Är a ar DR

» SAT re er a MR Så BIRSSTUUOISTOS

One single adult female from Orange co.

33. Ph. oaklandensis n. sp.

(Fig. 16).

Female. — Cephalothorax dark reddish, densely clothed

with light brown-gray hairs on the thoracical part and with

blackish hairs between the two posterior rows of eyes.

Between the front-eyes and on the clypeus white hairs.

Besides strewed with long, upturned, bristly black hairs. —

Eyes. The front-row nearely straight with the lateral eyes

separated from the central eyes by 1/2 their diameter. "The

central eyes separated from the margin of clypeus by nearely

2/3 their diameter. The eyes of middle-row twice as far from

posterior as from anterior lateral eyes. — Cheliceres a little

divergent, bright iridescent blue on the anterior part of the

front side. — Stermum oval, very convex, deep and light

red-brown. — Mazille rounded at the apex, without pro-

jecting, about !/s longer than the labium. 'This is broadly

truneated at the apex. — Legs 4.1.2.3 dark reddish brown

with blackish rings at the apex of the joimts and clothed

with short and long grayish hairs. At the ends of femur,

patella and tibia very narrow white rings. — The patella

and tibia of the legs II and III equal in length. — Abdomen.

The dorsal part light orange yellow with two longitudinal

black bands, interrupted and indistinct in the front-part.

In this part two pairs of posteriorly divergent very fine,

white stripes and in the posterior part two pairs of white

spots. Around the front of abdomen a narrow white band

and on the posterior part of the brownish sides of the

abdomen an oblique narrow white stripe. The venter yellowish

brown, densely clothed with gray hairs. — The vulva

conf. fig. 16.

28 A. TULLGREN, SPIDERS COLLECTED IN FLORIDA.

Measurements:

length of£reephalothoraged . 04. FOR JAM Om

breadth > » ade fate Vie SG SAR AN

totalulenptl:. sh fö siren. bären Fr den RLEUEEEEEA

length. of Ist leg «joe er setjed ee för ken SAS

» > Athlh > ct" et SRK IETERERTG IRENE

One single female from Oakland in Orange co.

34. Ph. celarconensis n. sp.

(Fig. 17).

Female. — Cephalothorax dark brown, the cephalic part

black, densely clothed with brown and gray short, adpressed

hairs and in the region of eyes strewed with long, bristly,

upturned hairs. Clypeus clothed with long white hairs. —

Eyes. The front-row a little recurved with the lateral eyes

separated from the central eyes by their radius. 'The central

eyes separated from the margin of clypeus by 3 their

diameter. The eyes in the middle-row twice as far from

the posterior as from the anterior lateral eyes. — Cheliceres

divergent, bright iridescent green on the front-side. —

Sternum oval, a little convex, dark brown. — Mazxille rounded

at the apex, without projecting, about !/2 longer than the

broadly truncated labium. — Legs 4.1.3.2 dark brown with

blackish rings at the apex of the joints, densely clothed with

long black and grayish hairs. — The patellie and tibize on

the 2. and 3. legs about equal in length. — Abdomen on the

dorsal side olive-brown with two longitudinal indistinct,

blackish bands on the posterior part. A broad white band

around the front. On the sides in the posterior part a short

oblique white stripe. The venter grayish with two darker

brown, longitudinal anteriorly divergent bands. — The vulva

Conf. ep.

Measurements:

length. of .cephalothorax, = vie bytg re rata) Sek

breadth >» » ce EL bn sama LEAD

Total. Jergth , oc. ooke felg: ds, eg SÅ I EL OVAT

föng tr Of "LSt 160 reR Lees Ne See AS AS Sami

» SA AR FAO DO OMAR, ST NA

One single female from Clarcona in Orange co.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.- AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 1. 29

Dendryphantes C. KocnH 1837.

55. D. capitatus (HEnrtz) PEcKHam 1888.

A male and a female from Orange co, probably belonging

to this species. The male measured only 3,8 mm.

Icius SIMon 1876.

56. I. palmarum (HENTZ) PECKHAM 1883.

Two males from Orange co.

Menemerus SIMON 1869.

57. M. paykulli (Aup. et Sav.) THor. 1881.

Several specimens from Ozona and Orlando in Orange co.

Fig.

= FH OR OD

Explanation of the plate.

Theridium tepidariorum KocH. var., vulva (a under side, hb upper

side, c from the side).

Lathrodectes mactans (FABR.), vulva.

Linyphia communis HENTZ, vulva.

Aysha orlandensis n. sp., vulva.

Gea heptagon (HENTZ), a region of eyes, bh bulbus.

Argiope argentata (FABR.), dorsal markings.

Lycosa angusta n. sp., a vulva, 6 bulbus.

» albopunctata n. sp., vulva.

> arenicola ScUDDER, vulva.

> Loennbergi n. sp., vulva.

> transversolineata n. sp., vulva.

Pardosa bilobata n. sp., vulva.

> longispinata n. sp., vulva.

Oxyopes laminatus n. sp., vulva.

Phidippus bilineatus n. sp., vulva.

» oaklandensis n. sp., vulva.

» clarconensis n. sp., vulva.

4 Bihang till K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. IV. N91.

Täfh. G. Tholalnder, Stockholm.

BIHANG TILL K. SVENSKA VET.-AKAD. HANDLINGAR. Band 27. Afd IV. N:o 2.

UEBER

EINE MOLLUSKENFAUNA

VOM

GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

E. KAYSER.

MIT ZWEI TAFELN.

MITGETHEILT AM 13 FEBRUAR 1901.

GEPRUFT VON G. LINDSTRÖM UND HJ. THÉEL.

STOCKHOLM

KUNGL. BOKTRYCKERIET. P. A. NORSTEDT & SÖNER

;

—

Få

ER enN MG inl + aura ia i a Nv

AJTED

AVUATKEHAU LION

NED ATENTIIG TOA A00H TM

AFLATAR Hd

KARTA. DUR TIM

- + Re.

FE AON il MÅ VISTE

Jätte KÖPTA UFR

Vorbemerkungen.

Im Jahre 1882, als ich meinen Wohnsitz noch in Berlin

hatte, erhielt ich durch die Herrn Professoren G. LINDSTRÖM

und A. G. NATHORST eine Anzahl Versteinerungen, die der

letztgenannte Forscher im Sommer desselben Jahres vom Mu-

seum in Tromsö entliehen hatte. Sie waren auf Spitzbergen,

auf der an der Nordkäste der Insel (zwischen der Liefde

Bay und der Wijde Bay) gelegenen Halbinsel Grey Hook von

einem norwegischen Fangschiffer gesammelt worden. NATHORST

war geneigt diesen Fossilien, die abgesehen von sehr frag-

mentären Fischresten nur aus kleinen Ostracoden und einigen

Zweischalern bestanden, ein devonisches Alter zuzuschreiben;

leider war aber ihre Erhaltung so ungenigend, dass ich es

nicht wagte eine bestimmte Ansicht iber ihr Alter auszu-

sprechen.!

Im Sommer 1898 hat nun Professor NATHORST die genann-

te Örtlichkeit selbst besucht und dort mit Unterstätzung

der Herrn J. G. ANDERSSON und Dr. A. HAMBERG sehr umfang-

reiche Aufsammlungen von Fossilien vorgenommen. In der

Hoffnung, dass diesmal eine sichere Altersbestimmung möglich

sein wirde, bot Herr NATHORST mir vor etwa zwei Jahren

die Bearbeitung dieser Fossilreste an. Ich theile die Ergeb-

nisse meiner Untersuchungen, deren Abschluss sich aus

verschiedenen Grinden bis jetzt verzögert hat, im Folgen-

den mit. Infolge der grossen Armuth und HEintönigkeit

der Fauna habe ich zwar leider auch diesmal keine aus-

reichenden Anhaltspunkte zur Feststellung ihres geologi-

schen Horizontes gewonnen; gliäcklicherweise aber hat un-

sere Kenntniss der stratigraphischen Verhältnisse Spitz-

bergens inzwischen solche Fortschritte gemacht, dass das

1 Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geolog. Ges. Bd. 34, 1882, p, 818.

4 E. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

Alter der Fauna auch unabhängig von ihrer faunischen Be-

schaffenheit ziemlich gesichert erscheint.

Wie bekannt, zerfällt die Gesammtheit der am Aufbau

Spitzbergens betheiligten Gesteine in eine ältere, stark ge-

faltete, und eine jängere, wesentlich ungefaltete Schichten-

reihe. Der ersten gehört ausser dem Grundgebirge noch die

aus Quarziten, Phylliten, Kalken und Dolomiten zusammen-

gesetzte sog. Hekla-Hook-Formation an, die nach neueren Beob-

achtungen auf der Bäreninsel zu schliessen! wenigstens

theilweise noch dem Silur angehört. Die jängere, ungefaltete

Gesteinsreihe beginnt mit den Liefde-Bay-Schichten, einer

mächtigen Folge iberwiegend rother und griner Sandsteine,

Grauwacken und Schiefer, äber welchen unmittelbar ecarbonische

(und höher aufwärts permische und triassische u. s. w.) Abla-

gerungen folgen.

Abgesehen von älteren Arbeiten von NORDENSKIÖLD und

Anderen, verdankt man diese Feststellungen besonders Herrn

NATHORST, der 1894 nachwies, dass die carbonischen Bildungen

Spitzbergens an der Basis eine culmähnliche Flora mit Lepido-

dendron Veltheimianum, Sphenopteris bifida, Cardiopteris u.s. Ww.

einschliessen, während die unterliegenden Liefdebay-Schichten

eine ganz verschiedene (durch Bergeria, Lepidodendron, Psyg-

mophyllum u. a. gekennzeichnete) Flora enthalten, welche

NATHORST als devonisch angesprochen haft.?

Die Zugehörigkeit der Liefdebay-Schichten zum Devon

war schon fräöher durch die Untersuchung der in Beglei-

tung der Pflanzen vorkommenden, von NATHORST gesammel-

ten Fischreste durch RAY LANCASTER? und SMITH Woop-

WARD? dargethan worden. Diese hatte nämlich ergeben, dass

die Fische theils -— wie Pteraspis und Acanthaspis — auf

einen tiefen, theils — wie Psammosteus — auf einen hohen

Horizont des Old Red hinweisen, dem diese Formen in England,

Russland und Amerika angehören. An das Old Red erinnert

auch die rothe Färbung und sonstige petrographische Be-

1 A. G. NATHoRST, Om 1898 års svenska polarexpedition, Ymer 1898,

p-. 329; Upplysningar till den nya kartan öfver Beeren Eiland, Ymer 1899,

p. 181. G. ANDERSSON, Stratigraphie u. Tektonik der Bären-Insel (Bull. geolog.

instit. of Upsala, 1899).

? Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. XXVI, N:r 4.

3 RAY LANCASTER, Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. XX, N:r 9.

2 SM. WooDWARD, Ånn. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1891.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 2. 5

schaffenheit der Liefdebay-Schichten, so dass durch die ge-

nannten Arbeiten nicht nur deren devonisches Alter, sondern auch

ihre Zugehörigkeit zur Old Red-Facies des Devon erwiesen wurde.

Ausser den Pflanzen und Fischen ist in den in Rede

stehenden NSchichten nur noch eine Leperditia vorgekommen,

dig R. Jones als isochilinoides, und eine Estheria, die er als

Nathorsti beschrieben hat.!

Was nun die im Folgenden zu beschreibenden Mollusken

betrifft, so sind diese nach den mir von Herrn NATHORST ge-

machten Mittheilungen zuerst von C. W. BLOMSTRAND? beo-

bachtet worden, der in einem Bericht iäber eine Reise nach

Spitzbergen mittheilt, dass die an der Westseite der Wijde

Bay und in der Liefde Bay anstehenden rothen und griänen

Sandsteine auf der zwischen beiden Buchten liegenden Halb-

insel Grey Hook durch dunkle muschelfihrende Thonschiefer

mit darin eingelagerten harten grauen Sandsteinen ersetzt

wiärden. Ob diese Schichten älter oder jänger seien als die

rothen und grinen Sandsteinen der Liefdebay-Formation,

konnte BLoMSTRAND aus Zeitmangel nicht feststellen.

Auch NORDENSKIÖLD? erwähnt in seiner bekannten, von

einer geologischen Kartenskizze begleiteten Abhandlung äber

die Geologie Spitzbergens vom Jahre 1867 das Vorkommen

von Versteinerungen am Grey Hook, sagt aber daräber nur

aus, dass sie solchen des Spitzberger Jura ähnlich, im Ubrigen

aber nicht näher bestimmbar seien.?

Auch in einem späteren Aufsatz äber die Geologie des

Eisfjords und Belsunds? kommt NORDENSKIÖLD auf die Fossilien

vom Grey Hook mit folgenden Worten zurick: »einige schlecht

erhaltene und unbestimmbare Bivalven und undeutliche

graptolithenähnliche Abdräcke kommen an der äussersten

Spitze des Grey Hook vor und zwar in einem schwarzen

1 R. JONES, Ånn. Mag. Nat. Hist Oct. 1883.

? BLOMSTRAND, Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. IV, N:r 6.

3 NORDENSKIÖLD, Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. VI, N:r 7.

£1. cec. p. 3. Vergl. auch die englische Ausgabe desselben Aufsatzes

(Sketch of the geology of Spitzbergen, 1867), wo es in der Fussnote d. p. 29

heisst:> From the strata at Grey Hook BLOMSTRAND, also, collected some fossils,

probably belonging to the jurassic formation. They were, however, to indi-

stincet to be definitely determined; and the age of these strata is, therefore,

not fully decided.>

3 Geolog. Föreningens i Stockholms Förhandlingar, IX, 1875, p. 243.

6 EE. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

Schiefer, der wahrscheinlich der Stufe 4 der Heklahook-Schich-

ten angehört.»

Da nun die Heklahook-Schichten älter sind als die Lief-

debay-Schichten, und da NORDENSKIÖLD diese als Grenzhorizont

von Carbon und Devon auffasst, so ist mit den angefährten

Worten indirekt die Ansicht ausgesprochen, dass die Grey-

hook-Schichten dem Devon oder einer noch älteren Formation

angehören.

In unzweideutiger Weise ist die Zugehörigkeit der Grey-

hook-Schichten zum Devon erst von Prof. NATHORST in seiner

oben erwähnten Abhandlung aus dem Jahre 1894 ausgesprochen

und auch auf der dort befindlichen geologischen Karte von

Spitzbergen (die sich in unveränderter Gestalt auch in SvEss”

»Antlitz der Erde», Bd 2, p. 85 wiederfindet) zum Ausdruck

gebracht worden.

Bei seinem letztem Besuch der Inselgruppe im August

1898 ist Herr NArtHorsT leider durch widrige Witterungsver-

hältnisse verhindert worden die Ostseite der Liefdebay s0-

wie die Abhänge der Wijdebay zu untersuchen, um 80 zu einem

sicheren Urtheil äber die stratigraphischen Beziehungen der

dunklen muschelfihrenden Schichten zu den rothen und griänen

Sandsteinen zu gelangen. Noweit er aber die Verhältnisse

mittels des Fernrohres iäbersehen konnte, gewann er durchaus

den Eindruck, dass die Schiefer jänger seien als die Sand-

steine. Da diese letzten unzweifelhaft devonisch sind, so

können nach seiner Uberzeugung die Greyhook-Schichten

nur dasselbe devonische oder allenfalls ein noch etwas jängeres,

d. h. untercarbones Alter besitzen.

Uber die petrographische Beschaffenheit und Lagerung

der Greyhook-Schichten sowie die Art des Auftretens und

die Erhaltungsweise der Fossilien habe ich Folgendes mit-

zutheilen.

Das herrschende Gestein des Grey Hook, wie es sowohl an

der Käste als auch im Inneren der Halbinsel zu beobachten

ist, bildet ein uneben spaltender, schwarzer, feinglimmeriger

Thonschiefer, der in einzelnen Lagen von weicher, schiefer-

thonartiger Beschaffenheit ist, während er in anderen, viel-

leicht in Folge eines kleinen Gehaltes an Kalkeisencarbonat,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 2. TY

eine beträchtliche Härte erlangt. Wie schon BLoMSTRAND mit-

getheilt hat, enthält der Schiefer im unteren Theile zahlreiche

Einlagerungen von harten, sandigen Gesteinen. In frischem

Zmustande stellen diese in der Regel hellgraue, ziemlich fein-

körnige, quarzreiche Grauwackensandsteine dar, während sie

sich bei der Verwitterung bräunlich und gelblich färben.

Beiderlei Gesteine sind, soweit sie an den wenige Meter

hbohen Wänden, mit denen die Landzunge nördlich des Grey

Hook ins Meer abfällt, entblösst sind, stark aufgerichtet

und gepresst. Auch am Grey Hook selbst sicht man deutlich

wellenförmige Falten. Da aber dieselben Schichten in einiger

Entfernung von der Kiäste ungefaltet sind, so erklärt NATHORST

ibre steile Stellung im Uferprofile und ihre Faltung am

Grey Hook aus der Annahme, dass sie hier, in der Nach-

barschaft einer grossen Grabenversenkung, örtlich gestaut

seien.!

Die Versteinerungen, die, wie schon oben bemerkt, zum

allergrössten ”Theil an der Kiste gesammelt wurden, die

sich aber nach den Beobachtungen von HAMBERG ebenso

auch im Grey Hook selbst wiederfinden, kommen sowohl in

den sandigen als auch in den schiefrigen Gesteinren vor, schei-

nen aber in den letzten häufiger zu sein. Sie treten hauptsächlich

lagenweise auf, indem sie in grossen Massen einzelne Schicht-

oberflächen bedecken oder auch ganze Bänke erfällen. Nach

dem mir vorliegenden Material zu urtheilen, besteht in fau-

nistischer Hinsicht zwischen den sandigen und schiefrigen

Gesteinen kein wesentlicher Unterschied. Avicula Nordenskiöldi,

die häufigste Art der Fauna, kommt in beiderlei Gesteinen

vor, und auch die interessante Nathorstella semiplicata, die in

den Schiefern in Masse auftritt, hat sich wenigstens in einem

zweifellosen Exemplare auch in der Grauwacke gefunden.

Andererseits muss zugestanden werden, dass das einzige mir

vorliegende Exemplar einer Myalina aus der Grauwacke stammt,

während ich umgekehrt die Anthracosia-ähnlichen Muscheln, die

ich bei Paleanodonta und Paleomutela unterbringe, nur im

Schiefer beobachtet habe. Weitere Unterschiede beider Ge-

steine sprechen sich darin aus, dass Fischreste nur in der

1 Vergl. die oben erwähnte Kartenskizze in SvEss' Antlitz der Erde, aus

der deutlich zu ersehen ist, dass die Gesammtheit der Grey Hook- und Liefde-

bay-Schichten in diesem Theile von Spitzbergen den Grund einer grossen, sid-

nördlich streichenden Grabensenke einnehmen, die im W wie O von älteren

Gesteinen begrenzt wird.

3 E, KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

Grauwacke, Pflanzenreste dagegen nur im BNchiefer vorzu-

kommen scheinen.

Die Erhaltungsweise der Fossilien ist leider im Ganzen

eine sehr unginstige. Von Fischen finden sich in meinem

Material nur kleine Knochenträmmer von schwarzer oder

bläulicher Farbe. Sie sind in einigen Grauwackenbänken in

grosser Menge vorhanden.! Von Pflanzen treten nur isolirte,

stark macerirte Stengeltheile auf.? Bei den uns hier allein

interessierenden Mollusken endlich ist die ursprängliche

Kalkschale nur in ganz seltenen Fällen erhalten geblieben;

unter den abgebildeten Stäcken nur bei der Myalina t. I, f. 6.

In der Regel liegen sie nur in Steinkernen und Abdriäcken

vor. Fast in allen Fällen aber haben sie durch den Gebirgs-

druck ausserordentlich gelitten und sind dadurch entweder

ganz zerquetscht oder so verzerrt worden, dass es oft schwer

fällt ihre ursprängliche Gestalt festzustellen.

! Eine analytische Prifung im hiesigen chemischen Laboratorium ergab

einen deutlichen Gehalt dieser Trämmer an Phosphorsäure.

? Nach einer freundlichen Mittheilung von NATHORST handelt es sich wahr-

scheinlich um Theile um Psilophyton oder Farnspindeln. Derartige, nicht selten

mit einem mattglänzenden, dännen, weisslichen Glimmer-(Gimbelit?) Häutchen

iberzogene Stengelreste sind es, die NORDENSKIÖLD seinerzeit fär Graptolithen

gehalten hat.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 2. 9

Beschreibung der Arten.

- Avicula Nordenskiöldi n. sp.

Taf. I, Fig. 1—535.

Beide Klappen mässig stark gewölbt, von subquadrati-

schem Umriss. Der gerade Schlossrand nicht ganz so lang wie

die in der zweiten Hälfte der Muschel gelegene grösste Breite.

Wirbel am äussersten Vorderende des Schlossrandes liegend,

klein und wenig vorragend. Vorder- und Hinterrand schwach

gebogen, Unterrand stark gerundet. Hinterseite in einen

kurzen, oben rechteckig endigenden, ibrigens wenig scharf

begrenzten Flägel auslaufend. Oberfläche mit 12—18 am

Wirbel beginnenden, kräftigen, rasch an Breite zunehmenden,

fach gerundeten, durch schmale Furchen getrennten Falten

verziert. Ausgewachsene Individuen erreichen eine Breite von

etwa 3 und eine Höhe von 3—3!/2 cm.

Die Muschel stellt eine der häufigsten Arten der Fauna

dar und kommt sowohl in den Grauwackensandsteinen als

auch in den Schiefern vor. Fir die Gattungsbestimmung ist

ausser der äusseren Gestalt besonders die lange, schmale,

feingestreifte Ligamentarea, wie sie an zwei Stäcken beob-

achtet wurde und in fig. 2 abgebildet ist, massgebend ge-

wesen. Spuren von Zähnen konnten an keinem Exemplar

mit WSicherheit beobachtet werden. Die Schale scheint im

Allgemeinen ziemlich dänn und nur in der Umgebung des

Wirbels etwas dicker gewesen zu sein.

Ich benenne die Species zu Ehren des um die Erforschung

der Polarländer und speciell Spitzbergens so hoch verdienten

Barons A. E. NORDENSKIÖLD.

f Avicula? Spitzbergensis n. sp.

MT 2 I RN DTS

Ausser A. Nordenskiöldi secheint unsere Fauna mindestens

noch eine zweite Aviculide besessen zu haben, die ich nur

10 E. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

in den NSchiefern beobachtet habe. Falls unsere nach dem

Wachsausguss eines Hohldruckes angefertigte Abbildung

kein gar zu verzerrtes Exemplar darstellt, so wirde die

Art durch ihre schmälere und schiefere Gestalt, den längeren,

sich viel höher äber den Schlossrand erhebenden Wirbel, das

Vorhandensein eines wenn auch nur kurzen Vorderflögels,

durch einen stärker abgesetzten, etwas ausgeschweiften Hin-

terflögel und durch schmälere, kaum an Breite zunehmende,

gedrängt stehende Rippen sehr erheblich von Av. Nordenskiöldt

abweichen.

Nathorstella semiplicata n. gen. et sp.

Taf. II, Fig. 1—4.

Von gerundet vierseitigem, nahezu geradem oder doch

nur sehr wenig schiefem Umriss. Erheblich höher als breit,

da ausgewachsene Individuen bei etwas 3 cm Höhe nur 2 cm

Breite besitzen. Beide Klappen schwach und, wie es scheint,

nahezu gleich stark gewölbt, wobei die grösste Dicke unge-

fähr in der Mittellinie liegt. HSchlossrand gerade, nicht un-

beträchtlich kärzer als die unterhalb der Mitte liegende

grösste Breite der Muschel. Vorder- und Hinterrand flach-

bogig, Unterrand stark gebogen. Wirbel in der Nähe des

Vorderrandes liegend, klein und stumpf, sich kaum iber den

Schlossrand erhebend.

Sehr eigenartig ist die Skulptur. Auf der flachen, flögel-

artig verlängerten Hinterseite liegen 10—15 ziemlich starke

und breite, etwas bogenförmig verlaufende Falten, welche

sich erst jenseits der Mittellinie der

Muschel einstellen, hier aber gleich in

voller Stärke einsetzen. Nach dem Un-

terrande zu werden diese Falten immer

kärzer, und die letzten scheinen sich gern

zu spalten. Der dem Schlossrande zu-

nächst liegende Theil des Fligels und

ebenso die ganze Vorderhälfte der Muschel

sind ungerippt und nur mit feinen, aber

scharfen und gedrängten, geradlinig verlaufenden Anwachs-

streifen versehen. BSolche sind auch auf der gefalteten Hin-

terseite vorhanden, wo sie indess einen welligen Verlauf haben.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 2. 11

Die interessante Form gehört zu den häufigeren Arten

der Fauna. Namentlich in den schiefrigen Gesteinen bedeckt

sie oft ganze Schichtflächen, während sie in den sandigen

weit seltener zu sein scheint. Da sie offenbar ziemlich dinn-

schalig war, so hat sie besonders stark unter dem Gebirgs-

druck zu leiden gehabt. Die meisten Exemplare sind entwe-

der von der Seite oder in der Richtung von oben nach unten

gepresst worden und haben dadurch entweder eine lange,

schmale, in der Mitte kielförmig erhabene, oder eine breit-

gedrungene, subquadratische Gestalt angenommen. Unsere

Abbildung Fig. 1 veranschaulicht an zwei neben einander

liegenden Individuen diese beiden Zerrformen. Bei anderen

Exemplaren, wie dem in Fig. 3 abgebildeten, hat die Zusammen-

driäckung in diagonaler Richtung stattgefunden, und es sind

dadurch Gestalten mit vom Buckel schräg nach hinten ver-

laufendem Kiele und Avicula-artigem Umriss entstanden.

Während alle auf Taf. II abgebildeten Stäcke Zerrformen

darstellen, ist in unserem Holzschnitte der Versuch gemacht

worden, die wahre Gestalt der Muschel zu rekonstruiren.

Die geringe Wölbung der Schalen, ihr gerundet viersei-

tiger, nur sehr wenig schiefer Umriss, der kurze Schlossrand

und der kleine stumpfe Wirbel verleihen der beschriebenen

Muschel ein auffälliges, an månche Perna-Arten erinnerndes

Aussehen. Ihre Haupteigenthimlichkeit aber liegt in ihrer

Skulpturirung, in der starken Berippung der Hinterseite mit

den plötzlich einsetzenden Falten und der völligen Glätte

der Vorderseite.

Ich kenne bei keiner anderen Muschel etwas Ähnliches.

Auch Herr E. Von MARTENS in Berlin, an den ich mich unter

Beifigung eimer Skizze des Fossils mit der Anfrage gewandt

habe, ob ihm namentlich unter den Binnen- und Brackwasserfor-

men eine vergleichbare Muschel bekannt sei, antwortete mir, dass

das nicht der Fall sei. Leider ist mir der Schlossbau der

Form unbekannt geblieben; ich weiss nicht, ob sie Zähne hatte

und wie das Ligament beschaffen war. Immerhin glaube ich,

dass wenn die Art querstehende Ligamentgruben wie Perna

besessen hätte, der eine oder andere Steinkern wenigstens

noch eine Andeutung dieser Gruben hätte erkennen lassen.

Daraus, das dies nicht der Fall ist, möchte ich schliessen,

dass das Ligament, wie bei Avicula, äber die ganze, schmale

Schlossfläche vertheilt war. Nach der ganzen Gestalt des

12 E. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

Fossils halte ich es fär wahrscheinlich, dass die Muschel zu

den Aviculiden gehört. Schon der wenn auch schwach ent-

wickelte Hinterflägel und der gerade Schlossrand legen diese

Vermuthung nahe. Auf alle Fälle stellt die Form durch ihre

Gestalt, ihre Skulptur und ihre, wie ich annehmen möchte,

nicht-marine Lebensweise einen besonderen, sehr bemerkens-

werthen Lamellibranchiatentypus dar, der es verdient durch :

einen eigenen Namen ausgezeichnet zu werden. Ich erlaube

mir dafär die Benennung Nathorstella vorzuschlagen.

Myalina sp.

TALES IIS.

Von dieser Form liegt mir leider nur ein einziges, un-

vollständiges Exemplar vor — ein kleiner, auf der einen Seite

stark abgetragener, doppelklappiger Steinkern, der auf der

rechten Klappe noch einen Rest der urspränglichen Kalkschale

besitzt. Das Stick stammt aus den Grauwacken des Grey-

Hook-Profiles.

Die Muschel war, wie es scheint, etwas ungleichklappig

und von schiefer, Gosseletia-artiger Gestalt. Beide Klappen

ziemlich stark gewölbt und auf der Vorderseite abgestutzt.

Die spitzen Wirbel terminal liegend. Von jedem aus ver-

läuft nach dem Unterrande ein markirter Kiel, der die flache

Vorderseite von der gewölbten Hinterseite scheidet. Die Schale

war von beträchlicher Dicke und mit Radialrippen versehen,

von denen indess nur noch Andeutungen vorhanden sind.

Uber die inneren Merkmale der Muschel habe ich leider

keine Beobachtungen machen können. Ihre generische Be-

stimmung ist daher etwas zweifelhaft, wenn auch nach ihrer

ganzen Gestalt die Zugehörigkeit zu Myalina nicht unwahr-

scheinlich ist. Im Devon und Carbon giebt es eine ganze

Reihe von Arten, die sich zum Vergleich heranziehen liessen.

Die allermeisten sind indess marin und können schon aus

diesem Grunde nicht ohne weiteres mit unserer Art ver-

glichen werden, die nach meiner Meinung in einer nicht-

marinen Umgebung gelebt hat. Indess sind wenigstens einige

Mvyalina-ähnliche Arten beschrieben worden, die ebenfalls in

sässem oder brackischem Wasser gelebt haben, wie die von

R. Lupwic als Dreissenia, von SALTER als Myalina und von

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 2. 13

WHEELTON HIND als Naiadites carinata Sow. beschriebene

Form unserer westeuropäischen Steinkohlen-Schichten.t+ Diese

und andere ähnliche Formen sind jedenfalls schon insofern

von Interesse, als sie den Beweis liefern, dass auch in anderen

Ablagerungen, deren nicht-marine Natur keinem Zweifel un-

terliegt, Myalina-artige Muscheln vorkommen.?

Puella? sp.

Taf. II, Fig. 5.

Auch von dieser Form befindet sich in meinem Materiale

nur ein einziges, ebenfalls aus den Grauwackensandsteinen

stammendes Exemplar. Die ziemlich grosse, nur im Hohl-

drucke vorliegende Muschel ist bei ziemlich starker und gleich-

mässiger Wölbung von nahezu kreisförmigen Umriss. Der

kleine stumpfe Wirbel ragt nur wenig iäber den kurzen

Schlossrand iber. Es laufen von ihm zahlreiche, die ganze

Oberfläche der Schale bedeckende, kräftige Radialrippen aus,

die von einigen konzentrischen Anwachsringen gekreuzt wer-

den.

Alle aufgezählten Merkmale weisen auf die in den ober-

silurischen und devonischen Schichten Europas und Nord-

amerikas nicht seltene, aber, soweit mir bekannt, nicht ins

Carbon hinaufgehende Gatttung Puella oder Panenka hin. TIm-

merhin muss die Zugehörigkeit des Fossils zu der genannten

Gattung bis zur Auffindung reichlicheren und besser erhalte-

nen Materials zweifelhaft bleiben; und das um so mehr, als

echte Puellen bisher nur aus rein marinen Ablagerungen, und

zwar besonders solchen des tieferen und offneren Meeres, be-

kannt geworden sind. Indess wäre es auch denkbar, dass

durch Verschleppung oder andere Umstände die eine oder an-

dere Marinform in unsere, im wesentlichen wohl nicht-marine

Fauna hineingerathen wäre.

1 WH. HinpD. Monogr. on Carbonicola, Anthracoptera and Naiadites,

Palaeontopraph. Soc. 1884, p. 138, t. 18.

? Auch im Donetzbecken habe ich gelegentlich der nach dem Petersburger

Geologenkongresse unternommenen Reise auf der Steinkohlengrube Maximowka

eine kleine Myalina-artige Muschel gesammelt, die dort in den pflanzenfih-

renden Schieferthonen in Menge, wie es schien, nur in Gesellschaft von Anthra-

cosien, ohne alle echte Marinformen auftritt.

14 E. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

Palzeanodonta sp.

Tail Fige

Sowobl in der sandigen als auch besonders in den schief-

rigen Gesteinen des Grey Hook kommen vielfach kleine Mu-

scheln von Unio-artige Gestalt vor. Leider sind die allermeisten

stark verdräckt oder vollständig zerquetscht. Unsere Abbil-

dung stellt ein ausnahmsweise gut erhaltenes und ungewöhn-

lich grosses Exemplar einer solehen Form dar. TIch glaube,

dass sie zu der Gruppe der in den Steinkohlenschichten

Deutschlands, Englands und anderer Länder so verbreiteten,

aber auch in unseren limnischen Permablagerungen vorkom-

menden Zweischaler gehört, die man bisher mit dem Sammel-

namen ÄAnthracosia zu bezeichnen pflegte. AMALIZKY hat sich

in neuerer Zeit eingehend mit diesen Formen beschäftigt und

nachgewiesen, dass sie in mehrere, generisch zu trennende

Typen zerfallen.! Fär einen, der sich durch Anodonta-ähnliche

Gestalt und den Mangel von Zähnen auszeichnet, hat er den

Namen Paleanodonta vorgeschlagen.? Wie ein Vergleich der

von ÅMALIZEY'S t. 13, f. 5 der eben angefährten Arbeit ab-

gebildeten Art mit der unsrigen erkennen lässt, ist die Uber-

einstimmung beider eine auffällige. Beide haben die gleiche

schmale, quer ausgedehnte, hinten mit einer gerundeten Spit-

ze endigende Gestalt, beide einen kleinen, stumpfen, stark

nach vorn geriäckten Wirbel. Vor allen aber scheint auch die

Spitzberger Muschel zahnlos gewesen zu sein. Ich halte daher

ihre Zugehörigkeit zu Paleanodonta fär sehr wahrscheinlich;

und das um so mehr, als ich auch die Spitzberger Fauna

als nicht rein marin betrachten zu missen glaube.

Paleomutela? vetusta n. sp.

Ma. PR CpIe: Agt

In Begleitung der vorstehend beschriebenen Paleanodonta

kommen in den Schiefern des Grey Hook noch andere kleine

glatte Muscheln vor, die wohl nur in Folge starker Ver-

dräckung einen sehr wechselnden Umriss zeigen. Ich war

1 Palaeontographica Bd XXXIX, 1892: Die Anthracosien der Permfor-

mation Russlands.

? Qu. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 346.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 2. 15

lange zweifelhaft, wo ich sie unterbringen sollte, bis es mir

endlich glickte, an zweien unter ihren, die durch scheinbar

dreiseitige Gestalt ausgezeichnet sind, kleine taxodonten-ähn-

licehe Zähnechen zu beobachten. Diese beiden, mit mehreren

anderen zusammen auf einer NSchichtoberfläche liegenden Mu-

scheln sind in Fig 8 in natärlicher Grösse, in Fig 8 a in etwa

dreifacher Vergrösserung abgebildet. Wie man sieht, treten die

etwas unregelmässig gestalteten Zähnchen nur auf einer Seite

des Wirbels, wie ich annehme, hinter diesem auf. Ist diese

Deutung zutreffend, so wärde das links gelegene grössere Ex-

emplar die linke, das kleinere rechts gelegene die rechte Klap-

pe der Muschel darstellen.

Ich glaubte anfänglich, dass ich es mit einer Nucula-ar-

tigen Form zu thun habe; und dazu hätte ja auch der gedrun-

gene dreiseitige Umriss der Muschel gut gepasst. Je länger

ich mich aber mit ihr beschäftigte, um so zweifelhafter wurde

ich in jener Auffassung. Schon die HEinseitigkeit im Auf-

treten der Zähne (nur auf einer Seite des Wirbels), ebenso

wie deren anscheinende Unregelmässigkeit machten mich stut-

zig. Da kamen mir die Abhandlungen AMALIZEY's äber An-

thracosia-ähnliche Muscheln des russischen und sädafrikani-

sehen Perm in die Hände,! worin dieser Autor eine ganze

Reihe kleiner, limniseher Formen mit mehr oder weniger

taxodonten-artigem Schloss bekannt macht. In der Regel

sind die kleinen Zähne dieser Formen unregelmässig, von

verschiedener Dicke, bogenförmig und schräg zum Schloss-

rande gestellt. Mitunter sind es sogar mehr Runzeln der

Schlossränder als wirkliche Zähne. In anderen Fällen beob-

achtet man aber auch eine ziemlich regelmässige, Nucula-

artige Zahnreihe. Sehr bemerkenswerth ist endlich, dass die

Zähne häufig nur auf einer Seite des Wirbels vorhanden sind,

während sie auf der anderen ganz oder fast ganz fehlen.

Nachdem mir diese interessanten Auffindungen bekannt

geworden waren, ist es mir immer wahrscheinlicher geworden,

dass die Spitzberger Muschel nicht zu den marinen Nuculiden,

sondern in die Verwandtschaft der von AMALIZKY beschriebenen

Formen gehöre. Ich möchte dies um so eher annehmen, je

1! AMALIZKY, Palaeontographica, Bd. XXXIX, 1892.

Derselbe, Qu. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 284.

Vergl. auch NETsCHAJEW, Fauna d. perm. Ablag. d. östl. Theils d. europ.

Russland. 1894, p. 252 ff.

16 E. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

weniger ich an der nicht-marinen Natur der Grey-Hook-

Fauna zweifeln zu därfen glaube. Volle Sicherheit äber die

systematische Stellung unserer Muschel ist allerdings erst

von reichlicherem und besser erhaltenem Material, als es mir

jetzt vorliegt, zu erwarten.

Was nun die generische Bezeichnung unserer Art betrifft,

so hat AMALIZEY fär die Anthracosiden mit taxodonten-artigem

Schlossbau zwei Typen unterschieden: 1) Paleomutela mit Zähn-

chen auf beiden BSeiten des Wirbels und 2) Oligodon mit

solcehen nur hinter dem Wirbel. Darnach wirde unsere Mu-

schel als Oligodon bezeichnet werden können. Ich möchte aber

mit ZITTEL! vorziehen beide Typen unter der Bezeichnung Pale-

omutela zusammenzufassen und fihre daher die Art unter

diesem Namen auf.

Ist meine Ansicht von der Zugehörigkeit der Spitzberger

Form zu AMALIZEY's Gattung zutreffend und die Grey-Hook-

Schichten wirklich devonischen Alters, so wärde daraus folgen.

dass Paleomutela erheblich älter ist, als man bisher annahm.

Denn bis jetzt war die Gattung nur aus permischen Ablage-

rungen bekannt.

Paleomutela? sp.

Har. IVERIS 9:

Ausser der beschriebenen Form ist in den Schiefern des

Grey Hook mindestens noch eine zweite vorhanden, die eben-

falls zu Paleomutela gehören könnte. Sie weicht von P.

vetusta durch lang-ovale, Unio-artige Gestalt ab und nähert

sich dadurch dem gewöhnlichen Aussehen der Palzeomutelen,

unter denen dreiseitige Formen, wie vetusta, Ausnahmen sind.

Da ich an keinem Exemplare der in Rede stehenden Art

Zähncechen beobachten konnte, so bleibt för sie die Gattungs-

bestimmung ganz zweifelhaft.

Lamellibranchiat. gen. et spec. indet.

ARE IL rg Tk

Eine letzte, ebenfalls aus den Schiefern stammende kleine

Muschel weicht von allen äbrigen ab durch ihre einseitig nach

1 Grundzäge d. Palaeontologie 1895, p. 284.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 2. 17

hinten verlängerte schmale Gestalt mit ganz nach vorn ge-

räcktem Wirbel. Ausser dem in Fig. 10 abgebildeten Exemplar

könnte auch das auf der Platte Fig. 8 in der Nähe des Ober-

randes (unmittelbar iäber der gerippten Aviculacee) liegende

der gleichen Art angehören. Die systematische Stellung der

Muschel muss unsicher bleiben.

Gastropod. gen. et sp. indet.

MARC FI0: fä

Auch äber die generische Stellung einer kleine Schnecke,

die in den schiefrigen und sandigen Gesteinen des Grey Hook

in Menge vorhanden ist und namentlich in den ersten oft

ganze Nchichtflächen bedeckt, wage ich keine bestimmte An-

sicht zu äussern. Die Art — ibrigens die einzige, nicht zu

den Zweischalern gehörige Molluskenform der Fauna — zeich-

net sich durch niedrige, aus wenigen Windungen bestehende

Gestalt aus. Die Umgänge tragen 3—4 ziemlich stark vor-

tretende, mit kleinen Knötchen gezierte Spiralkanten. HFEine

genauere Beschreibung ist bei der ungiänstigen Erhaltung der

Form leider nicht möglich.

Schlussbemerkungen.

Im Vorstehenden sind im Ganzen folgende Formen be-

schrieben worden.

Avicula Nordenskiöldi n. sp.

Avicula? Spitezbergensis n. sp.

Nathorstella semiplicata n. g. n. sp.

Myalina sp.

Puella? sp.

Paleanodonta sp.

Paleomutela? vetusta n. sp.

Paleomutela? sp.

Lamellibranchiat. g. et sp. indet.

Gastropod. g. et sp. indet.

18 BE. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

Zu dieser kleinen Gesellschaft von Mollusken-Arten, deren

ungenägender Erhaltungszustand in den vielen unsicher

gebliebenen Gattungen und unbenannten Species deutlich zum

Ausdruck gelangt, kommen, wie schon friäher bemerkt, noch

Trämmer von Fischknochen sowie schlecht erhaltene Land-

pflanzenreste hinzu.

Betrachtet man obige Liste, so muss vor Allem der völlige

Mangel aller typisch marinen 'Thiergruppen auffallen. Es

fehlt unserer Fauna jede Spur von Brachiopoden, die doch

sonst nicht leicht in irgend einer palaeozoischen Marinfauna

vermisst werden; und ebenso jede Spur von Cephalopoden,

Trilobiten, Bryozoen, Crinoiden und anderen unzweifelhaften

Meeresbewohnern.

Ist schon dieser Umstand dazu angethan, Zweifel an der

marinen Natur der Grey-Hook-Schichten hervorzurufen, so

missen diese noch verstärkt werden, wenn wir die Zusammen-

setzung der Fauna etwas genauer ins Auge fassen. Abgesehen

nämlich von einer einzigen kleinen Schnecke, sind in den Grey-

Hook-Schichten lediglich Zweischaler vertreten, und auch

diese nur mit einigen wenigen Arten und Gattungen. Ebenso

ist aber auch die Zahl der Familien eine äusserst geringe.

Sieht man nämlich von der ihrer Bestimmung nach unsicheren

Gattung Puella ab, so scheinen sich alle Formen auf nur zwei

Familien, die der Aviculiden und die der Anthracosiden, zu

vertheilen. In allem dem spricht sich eine ganz auffällige

Armuth und Eintönigkeit der Fauna aus. Darin aber, ebenso

wie in der grossen Individuenfälle einiger wenigen Arten,

liegen gerade die bezeichnenden Merkmale brackischer und

limnischer Binnenfaunen gegenäber der Mannigfaltigkeit und

dem Artenreichthum echter Meeresfaunen.

In dritter Linie endlich sehe ich in den Anthracosiden

der Fauna einen direkten Beweis fär deren nicht echt marine

Beschaffenheit. Denn wir wissen schon lange, dass diese

Muscheln im Steinkohlengebirge und Perm Europas und an-

derer Erdtheile unter Umständen auftreten, die auf eine lim-

nische oder wenigstens brackische Bildungsweise der sie be-

herbergenden Schichten hinweisen.! Die Aviculiden unserer

1 Vergl. die Ausfihbrungen äber diesen Gegenstand in der oben angefährten

Abhandlung von Wu. HinD, sowie in der Arbeit von TH. EBERT: Ergebnisse

neuerer Tiefbohrungen im oberschlesischen Steinkohlengebirge (Abhandl. d.

kgl. preuss. geol. Landesanstalt, Neue Folge, Heft 19, 1895).

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 2. 19

Fauna können meines Erachtens nicht als Gegenbeweis gegen

diese Anschauung gelten. Denn wenn auch die grosse Masse

der Aviculiden zu allen Zeiten aus Meeresbewohnern bestan-

den hat, so scheint doch andererseits festzustehen, dass ein-

zelne Glieder der Familie zu verschiedenen Zeiten im Brack-

wasser gelebt haben. So der carbonische Aviculopecten, der

sich nach WH. HINnDp in Schichten findet, die zahlreiche An-

thracosien, aber keine echt marine Formen einschliessen, und

so noch in heutiger Zeit die Gattungen Meleagrina und Perna.!

Nach allem dem halte ich die Annahme einer nicht rein marinen

Natur der Grey-Hook-Fauna fir gerechtfertigt. Ob diese eine

Brackwasser- oder gar eine Sässwasserfauna war, muss ich

dahingestellt lassen. Jedenfalls wirde es nach anderen Er-

fahbrungen nicht auffallen können, wenn eine solcehe Fauna

vereinzelte marine Formen, wie Puella und Myalina, enthielte.

Die Nachbarschaft des Meeres oder auch die Abstammung

der Fauna von einer fräheren Meeresfauna wärden diese Bei-

mengung leicht erklären.

Es muss hervorgehoben werden, dass die Vorstellung von

einer nicht-marinen Beschaffenheit der Fauna ganz im Einklang stehen

wiirde mit dem Old-Red-artigen Charakter der die Grey-Hook-Schich-

ten unterlagernden rothen und grinen Sandsteine der Liefdebay-

Formation, wie er sich in deren Fischfauna so deutlich ausspricht.

Denn das Old Red Englands und Schottlands wird von den bri-

tischen Geologen schon seit längerer Zeit als Sässwasserbil-

dung gedeutet, und in neuester Zeit gewinnt diese Anschau-

ung auch unter den kontinentalen Geologen immer mehr

Anhänger.

Was endlich die Frage betrifft, ob und welche Anhalts-

punkte die Fauna fär die Altersbestimmung der Grey-Hook-

schichten bietet, so muss leider eingestanden werden, dass

diese bisher äusserst gering sind.

! Meleagrina ist zwar, wie Herr E. VON MARTENS in Berlin mir zu bestätigen

die Gite hatte, im Allgemeinen eine halophile Form; aber an der Kiäste von Ré-

union (nahe bei Mauritius) ist sie von SANDER RANG in geringer Entfer-

nung vom Ufer zusammen mit Aplysien, Neritinen und einer Melania unter

Steinen lebend in fast ganz siässem Wasser angetroffen worden (Manuel de

Phist. natur. des mollusques, Paris 1829, p. 47). Perna hat Herr VON MARTENS

selbst auf der Molukkeninsel Amboina in Flussmändungen in nicht salzig

frn endem Wasser zusammen mit Potamides und Neritina lebend beob-

achtet.

20 E. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

Formen wie Avicula Nordenskiöldi, eine der häufigsten

Arten der Grey-Hook-Schichten, und Avicula Spitzbergensis

können in den verschiedensten Formationen vorkommen. Nat-

horstella stellt einen sonst nicht weiter bekannten Typus dar.

Die Gattung Puella könnte als Hinweis auf Devon angesehen

werden; leider aber ist ihre Bestimmung unsicher. Myalinen

von ähnlicher Gestalt, wie die oben beschriebene, finden sich

sowohl im Devon als auch in jängeren Ablagerungen. Unter

den Anthracosiden endlich sind Palzeanodonten bisher nur im

Carbon und Perm, Palzxeomutelen nur im Perm beobachtet.

Alles in Allem bietet daher die palaeontologische Unter-

suchung der kleinen Fauna kaum genägende Anhaltspunkte

för ihre Altersbestimmung — iäbrigens eine Thatsache, die bei

Annahme einer nicht rein marinen Natur der beschriebenen

Fauna ziemlich erklärlich ist, da derartige Faunen viel we-

niger Charakteristisches zu besitzen pflegen als echt ma-

rine.

Unter diesen Umständen ist es um so erfreulicher, dass,

wie in der Einleitung ausgefäöhrt, die stratigraphischen und

sonstigen geologisechen Verhältnisse mit ziemlicher Sicher-

heit fär ein devonisches Alter der Grey-Hook-Schichten spre-

chen. Zu Gunsten dieser Annahme fällt auch ins Gewicht,

dass Fische und Pflanzenreste in diesen Schichten in ganz der-

selben Weise vorkommen wie in den sicher devonischen Lief-

debay-Schichten.

a w Er AAA RNE - VG; <A a PS PRAT |

NU CA la KSR len Je År a KRA

&É i

OR vÖRD Myt AM VAtAe DLIOM BRTRON 4 SN FR

ra p Sk " HO IF i j

Jä IGT EST STEGE RE

"hu

AR JK:

Erklärung der Tafel I.

Fig. 1—5. Avicula Nordenskiöldi n. sp.

HS: 6:

Fig. -T.

1. Steinkern der rechten Klappe, von vorn gesehen.

2. Wirbelgegend der linken Klappe in natärlicher,

2 a in etwa 2-facher Vergrösserung. 3. Stein-

kerne zweier neben einander liegenden Klappen. 4.

Seitenansicht einer rechten Klappe. 5. Ansicht einer

auf Gestein aufsitzenden linken Klappe, nach einem

Wachsabguss gezeichnet.

Myalina sp. . . . . SARAS

6. Ansicht der rechten, As Th. noch mit Kalk-Schale

versehenen Klappe eines doppelklappigen Steinkernes.

6 a derselbe Kern in der Vorderansicht.

Gastropod. g. et. sp. indet. å

Ansicht eines Exemplares in n ungefälr 3- facher Ver-

grösserung.

KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGEN.

12.

MATE

Bilang till K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl.«Bd. 27. Afd. IV. M

Ljustryck

D:r E. Beyer del.

- Sv Må 4

NE 0 N - AR i. q ic

HU vÖj ML pi. JOM JMMRYAM I å

IT EN (ran un (Y

sag IITIETIESETI IA

Å JA TEARS DH j å i i

Mah bud ed

ev una, Jilvvalnsr |

57 dina BILdmvis :

är . MT $

nl yttö und ur Å

> ig änns Tr. KIDS INN ;

ibn nb nm

Kor j

ALB Ar UTA -0MN

i i

Han STA a

z AIULNANOR

dte MU TIGIESF RILER I

je ph Ahus | ,

SR palp Fant) IRA

$ SAN så JTIK ' uti Ti | i

; KS

a NASA al ora Ibis nd KA

JM Häri

Al ; i Aila Nr

WL da gå da ERGDIGTNN en -

; Fö

24 oE. KAYSER, MOLLUSKENFAUNA VOM GREY HOOK AUF SPITZBERGE

Fig.

Erklärung der Tafel II.

1—4. Nathorstella semiplicata n. gen. et sp.

1. Platte mit zwei neben einander liegenden Klappen,

deren eine (eine rechte) in der Richtung der Mittel-

linie, die andere (linke) senkrecht dazu verdräckt ist.

2. Ansicht einer rechten, ebenfalls stark verzerrten

Klappe. 3. Wachsausguss einer linken, in diagonaler

Richtung verzogenen Klappe. 4. Wachsausguss einer

linken, in der Richtung der Mittellinie verkärzten

Klappe.

Puella? sp.

Ansicht einer einzeluca näck dem Wachsausguss eines

Hohldruckes gezeichneten Klappe.

Avicula? Spitzbergensis n. sp. . Ed

Auf Gestein aufsitzende linke Klappe, nach dem

Ausguss eines Hohldruckes SERA

Palceanodonta sp.

Ausguss des Hohldruckes einer isolirten rechten Klappe;

Platte mit mehreren daraufliegenden Muscheln. Un-

weit des Oberrandes (links äber der gerippten Avi-

cula) zwei Exemplare von Paleomutela? vetusta

H.C: ys

8a Dieselben beiden Exemplare in ) 3- facher Vergrösse-

rung.

Palceomutela? sp.

Lamellibrancbiat. g. et sp. indet.

135

14.

168

16.

Bihang till K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. IV. M 2. Taf. II.

D:r E. Beyer del Ljustryck af Chr. Westphal. Stockholm

BIHANG TILL K. SVENSKA VET.-AKAD. HANDLINGAR. Band 27. Afd. IV. N:o3.

Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Insektenfauna von Kamerun

N:o 8

LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN

UND

KONGO

VON

DzRr. YNGVE SJÖSTEDT

MIT 4 TAFELN

MITGETEILT AM 13. FEBRUAR 1901

GEPRUFT VON HJÄLMAR THÉEL UND CHRB. AURIVILLIUS

STOCKHOLM

KUNGL. BOKTRYCKERIET. P. A. NORSTEDT & SÖNER

1901

LA 6 ÅN | T

| vg : Arad Sön RO TS

a VE AL Få CY H dd g |

5 h - Y SKON 4 åra Le AST MR

NR i ; | Å i TR FR

fak MD hud FET.

ÖRE EA

wa. mov SHORT wi linus Ad RT

TER Ar.

UUAAMAX BUA NALCOR

DIVA

FEITRESL ST

fest fn KARO I

-» Ce a

FALK

TänTBÖLE TVÖKY

LJ i

Lä

C i j Le

st/ dö dn va SAS

Kurdatvinon via wa RARE SATA

++ 5

MIORAUIT

särta AA tarplben AN9ov M

C)isron Kameruns Locustodenfauna lange” der Gegen-

stand eingehender Studien gewesen ist, scheint sie doch noch

recht unvollständig bekannt zu sein, noch viel Neues dar-

zubieten zu haben. Die von mir während einer Reise in

den nordwestlichen Teilen des Landes 1890—92 zusammen-

gebrachte, aus 37 Arten bestehende Locustodensammlung

enthält, wie aus folgender Uebersicht hervorgeht, auch meh-

rere neue, mehrere wenig bekannte Formen. In dieser Ueber-

sicht finden sich auch eine Anzahl Formen angefährt, die

dem Reichsmuseum bei verschiedenen Gelegenheiten von

TLandsleuten — den Herren KNUTSON, VALDAU, LÖFDAL, LINDOW,

DANNFELT und THEoRIN — ihberliefert worden sind. Im Gan-

zen umfasst dieselbe 47 Arten, von denen 16 neu sind. Von

diesen gehören 8, nämlich Arantia melanotus, Bongeia puncti-

collis, Itokiia silvarum, Poreuomena forcipata, Mangomaloba

+ F. KArRscH, Orthopterologische Beiträge, III, in: Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.

XXXII, 1888, p. 415, 437, 447, 457, 460.

> > Orthopterologische Mittheilungen, in: Ent. Nachr. XVI,

1890, p. 60—062.

> > Neue westafrikanische, durch Herrn Premierlieutenant MoR-

GEN von Kribi eingesandte Orthopteren, in: Ent. Nachr.

XVI, 1890, p. 258—270.

> så Verzeichniss der von Herrn Dr PauL PrEuss auf der

Barombi-Station in Deutsch-Westafrika 1890 gesammelten

Locustodeen aus den Familien der Phaneropteriden, Meko-

podiden med Gryllakriden, in: Ent. Nachr. XVI, 1890, p.

303—369.

> Orthopterologische Beiträge IV, in: Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.

XXXVI, 1891, p. 71—114.

> > Uebersicht der von Herrn Dr PaAuL PREussS auf der Barombi-

Station in Kamerun gesammelten Locustodeen, in: Berl.

Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 317—341.

> > Verzeichniss der von Herrn Dr PauL PreEuss im Kamerun-

gebirge erbeuteten Orthopteren, in: Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.

XXX VII, 1892, p. 73—78.

? > Locustodeen von Victoria in Kamerun, gesammelt von

Herrn Dr PauL Preuss, in: Ent. Nachr. XIX, 1893, p.

195—199.

» > Neue Orthopteren aus dem tropischen Afrika, in: Stett.

Ent. Zeit. LVII, 1896, p. 326—852.

4 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

monticola, Miltinobates blandus, Dannfeltia nana und Eury-

corypha montana zu den Phaneropteride, Corycus siccifolium

zu den Mecopodide, 6, nämlich Mustius superbus, Pleminia

personata, Lichenochrus marmoratus, L. maculosus, L. flavifrons

und ÖOrchestridoptera rufipes zu den Pseudophyllide und

Cosmoderus femoralis zu den Hetrodide.

Die innerhalb des Gebietes allgemeinsten Arten sind die

in lichtem Buschwalde zwischen dem niedrigen Laubwerke

lebende Zeuneria melanopeza, die auf offenem Terrain im

Grase vorkommende Phaneroptera nana und der Conocephalus

mandibularis, die sich im dunklen, feuchten Buschwalde zwi-

schen herabgefallenem faulendem Laube aufhaltenden Aptero-

scirtus denudatus und Leproscirtus granulosus sowie auch der

Macroscirtus preussianus und die Anoedopoda lamellata nebst

dem auf Blättern und Zweigen langsam umherkriechenden

Cosmoderus femoralis.

Alle Fundorte, wo Kongo nicht genannt ist, sind in Kame-

run belegen.

Die Sammlung gehört dem Reichsmuseum zu Stockholm.

Fam. Phaneropteridee.

BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Monographie der Phaneropteriden, herausgegeb.

von d. K. K. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, 1878, p. 1—401, Taf. T—VIII; Addimenta

zur Monogr. Phaneropt. aus den Verhandl. der K. K. zool. bot. Ges. Wien,

Jahrg. 1891, p. 1—196, Taf. 1—11.

Gruppe der Karschize.

Stenamblyphyllum dilutum KARSCE.

Stenamblyphyllum dilutum KarsckH, Stett. Ent. Zeitung LVII, 1896,

UJgt KIg, av, P.

Von dieser a. a. O. nach 9-Exemplaren beschriebenen

schönen Art liegt ein von Bonge mitgebrachtes &, und zwar

von folgendem Aussehen vor: Kopf, Thorax und Hinterleib

blassgelb oder blassgrän, der letztere oben längs der Mitte

mit einem breiten, annelinroten Band; der Vorderrand des Pro-

notums in der Mitte, ein winkeliger Eindruck des Pronotums

oben, eine Fortsetzung der hinteren Rinne der Seitenlappen bil-

dend, und der Hinterrand des dorsalen Hinterlappens schwarz-

braun; Beine blass gelblich mit oben dunkel rotbräunlichen

Schienen und rotbräunlichem unteren Teil der Schenkel, welche

im Ubrigen mit rötlichen Pänktcechen bestreut sind; alle Schen-

kel an der Spitze jederseits mit 2 Dörnchen und die der

zwei vorderen Beinpaare am Unterrand mit einem oder meh-

reren kleinen Stacheln; das dicke Basalglied der Fiähler gelb

mit einem unvollständigen, schwarzbraunen Ring in der Mitte;

Fähler im Ubrigen schwarzbraun, fein dicht und kurz behaart

und mit einigen kleinen hellen Ringen; Deckfluägel fast gleich-

mässig schmal, gegen die Basis etwas breiter; Speculum

schwarzbraun und in der Mitte etwas durchsichtig; vor und

hinter demselben ein grosser, brauner Fleck, durch die griänen

Ulnaradern in mehrere geteilt; Mediastinalader vorhanden;

6 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

das basale Siebentel der vorderen Radialader verdickt, blass-

grän; das sich nach aussen stark verschmälernde Mediasti-

nalfeld mit gefurchten, schräg gestellten, nach aussen kurzen,

geraden, queräber gestellten Zweigen; Radial- und Ulnar-

feld stark erhaben netzartig, fein und dicht braun punktiert;

vordere und hintere Ulnarader weit von eimander getrennt;

zwischen der ersteren und der hinteren Radialader eine Menge

winkelrecht stehende Queradern; Ulnarfeld von 5—6 schrägen

Zweigen durchsetzt; Cerci grän, 2 mm. lang, drehrund, lang

behaart, einwärts gebogen, nach aussen verjängt, mit kurzer,

brauner, schräg nach oben gerichteter Spitze; Subgenital-

platte etwa in der Mitte in einem abgerundeten, stumpfen

Winkel gebogen; der äussere Teil viel schmäler, grän, bis

an die Mitte geteilt; die Hinterfluögel die Deckfläögel um 3

mm. iäberragend.

— sn ———

- RLM

Tange destEron0tlunst a oc st ou tg EE I AG) frn :

3 7 Adler DECKHASSEL NR mr oe se? Syse ers ara 14 mala NS > 4)

Breite > 7 varen be) oest tapeten ve ISEN 33 å

Länge >» Hinterflögel . . . . . REAR oc JT : |

> FFAVOrdersehen kel. Coe er SIS 1 EMO SERIE NERE ;

> > NVorderselhenen. . = ss ottelie ss a AREA ESE 14,6 > ;

> >». Hinterschenkelas = = sc site ce eN Se 29 >

> 3 JEHIRTersChienen . >» cc vg: je oh måls HELST J00 3

> SORG ET ELER SITS ERE BER ST NES LS älg or ,

Fundort: Bonge, 10: Dee. 1891,

Gruppe der Arantie.

Gen. Arantia STÅL.

StåL, Rec. orth. II, 1874, p. 10; BRUNNER, Monogr. Phaneropt. p. 136;

Addim. Monogr. Phaneropt., p. 63; KArscH, Ent. Nachr. XVI, 1890, p. 355;

Berl. Ent.: Zeitschr. XXXII, 1888, p. 432; XXXVI, 1891, p. 318; XXXVIILM

1893, p. 126; Stett. Ent. Zeitung LVII, 1896, p. 331.

Arantia melanotus SJöst. n. sp.

Ta; Figaibi TÄVLA

SA: Grän mit hyalinen Flägeln, schwarzen, ziemlich |

grossen Gehörorganen der Vorderschienen, glänzend schwar- |

zen Zeichnungen an der Basis der Deckfläögel, abgeplattetem,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 7

glänzendem Hinterteil des Pronotums, an der Spitze gefurch-

ten und dort mit einem Zahn versehenen Cerci und schwar-

zen Stacheln am Unterrand der Hinterschenkel. Scheitelgipfel

etwas lamellenartig zusammengedriäckt, oben tief gefurcht,

den Stirngipfel nicht berährend; Pronotum von oben gesehen

ziemlich schmal, nach hinten wenig breiter; Seitenlappen

gerundet angesetzt, gross, so lang wie hoch; der hintere dor-

sale Teil des Pronotums fach, glänzend, das Pronotum im

Ubrigen, wie der Kopf, matt; diese Partie oval, vorn schwächer

gebogen und an den BSeiten von einem dunklen, schmalen

Fleck begrenzt; etwas vor derselben ein winkeliger, hinten

von zwei abgerundeten Wällen begrenzter FEindruck; die

zwei Rinnen der BSeitenlappen ziemlich seicht; Unterrand

der BSeitenlappen fast gerade, etwas schräg; Voderwinkel

stumpf, abgerundet; Hinterwinkel breit abgerundet; Schulter-

bucht breit und tief, oben etwas dunkel umsäumt; Form und

Aderung der Fläigel aus der Zeichnung zu ersehen; Deck-

flägel an der Basis glänzend schwarz; ein glänzend schwarzer

Fleck auch am Mesonotum; Vorderschenkel an der Spitze

jederseits mit zwei, unten am Innerand mit 5—6 Stacheln;

Gehörorgan der Vorderschienen schwarz, vorn muschelförmig,

hinten breit offen; Vorderschienen vorn tief gefurcht, Innen-

rand, mit Ausnahme an der Spitze, ohne Stacheln, Aussen-

rand mit 4—6 Stacheln, von denen der erste am Gehörorgan

sitzt; Hinterschenkel an der Spitze jederseits mit 2, unten

am Aussen- und Innenrand mit 4—6 ziemlich grossen, schwar-

zen Stacheln; Hinterschienen deutlich gebogen, oben mit

zahlreichen, unten mit vereinzelten, gegen die Spitze dichter

stehenden Stacheln; die Subgenitalplatte in zwei abgerundet

trianguläre, behaarte, ziemlich kurze Processe auslaufend.

Cerci an der Spitze gefurcht, der eine Zweig derselben

einen etwas gebogenen schwarzen Zahn bildend.

RRRENCS EE TORO LUIS" "le sarlarta er 1 ISRN I SES RE 8 mm

> uorgpbecklusel. (SDN CAM Re RME TSAR 0 50 >

> » Vorderschenkel mit Trochanter . . . . . . . ae

> SMIVOrderschienen a vas ber ls bg. TNE TI

> FÖIRtGTterachen kel Ek du. fare Co lakt safe rv 38

3 FIFFI tERSCILICNOTN | valg ee dk se kd IR kl sa 45 >

» RRD TT «er oh FLEST SNSE PES nor sl ag0 an en ARI 4

Fundort: Bonge, 25. Nov. 1891, &.

8 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Arantia orthocnemis KARScH.

Arantia orthocnemis KArscH, Ent. Nachr. XVI, 1890, p. 357.

Fundort: Ein mit der angefihrter Beschreibung iberein-

stimmendes & von Itoki, am 9. Jan. 1891 genommen.

Arantia latifolia KARSCH.

Arantia latifolia KaArscH, Ent. Nachr. XVI, 1890, p. 356.

Bängedes3Proönotumsiarsö.« SINAI OR 7 — 7,5 mm

ar I J- der. Méeckflögelj nte koarralfevttene 44 —45 >

Breite > 2 FRE Sr NATET ARENA Sa 16,5—17 = >

Länge, >, VOLGersChemkelt po om ocreo SfE eds 11 >

> 3 CV OFLÖrSCHIONENS so de od en (AA me das gå 12 —12.3 >

> » Hinterschenkel ohne Trochanter . .. dl >

> 27, Eimserstlensm ions 108 200. SAR dr —388 >

Fundorte: Zwei 9, das eine bei Itoki, 6. Jan. und das

andere bei N'dian, 1. Juni 1891 genommen.

Gruppe der Phlaurocentra.

Goéötia galbana KARSCH.

Gogtia galbana KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 323,

Fig. 2 (9). x

Diese ausgezeichnete Gattung scheint sich an die Gruppe

der Phlaurocentra (BRUNNER, Addim. Monogr. Phaneropt. p.

10) am nächsten anzureihen.

[04 2

Länge des Körpers mit dem Kopf. ... . . 35 35 —40 mm

35 MUST UB SCKHUSDI TN, ragefer sh dar CE Sr SST 52 55 —60 >

Breite > $e likes SR TE SN: re 14 16 —17 >

THänse + Vordersehienen.s «oo . . = sc Mö 11 11 —12 >

> +; Hänterschenkels :;? i va ve .soös sd 28 33 —34 >

> des; Pronotums. marstit tes br TalTö 05

der -Hegescheldler. . . . . . .- SAD 5 —6 >

Fundorte: Wewoka, Juni 1891 2; Bonge, 9. Nov. 2, 3. Dec.

AA, Kamerun 2.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 9

Gruppe der Psyre.

Gen. Bongeia SJösrt. n. g.

Caput magnum, glabrum, oculis globosis parvis, fastigio

verticis alto, convexo, antice paululo applanato, cum fastigio

frontis contiguo, spatio inter antennas latiore quam oculis,

medio sulcato; pronotum disco plano, paulo excavato, dense

impresso-punctatum, antice sinuatum, postice curvatum, lobis

deflexis, angulo acuto insertis, subeque altis et longis, margine

infero et postico rotundatis, sinu humerali distincto, margine

antico recto; elytra perangusta, venis radialibus contiguis,

margine antico et postico parallelis, apice rotundato, venulis

dense reticulato-prominulis, ramo anteriore ven:e radialis po-

sterioris post medium emisso, venis radialibus curvatis; cox2e

antic& spina armate; tibie antice in latere antico foramine

conchato, in latere postico foramine aperto instruct:e; femora

omnia spinis instructa; ovipositor 9 pronoto longior, marginibus

apicem versus crenulatis, compressus, sensim incurvus, apice

sensim acuminatus, plica basali rotunde tumescente.

Scheint der Gattung Tapeina BRUNNER (Add. Monogr.

Phaneropt. p. 12 u. 74) am nächsten zu stehen.

Bongeia puncticollis SJöst. n. sp.

SKÄRS IV: BIOS ana De

2: Griän, Kopf gross, von vorn gesehen oval mit ziemlich

hohem, abgerundetem, nach vorn ganz wenig abgepattetem

Scheitel; der ganze Kopf völlig glatt, das Pronotum dagegen

iberall dicht eingedräckt punktiert und mit scharf recht-

winkelig angesetzten Seitenlappen, von oben gesehen rektan-

gulär mit etwas eingebuchtetem Vorderrand und gebogenem

Hinterrand; in der Mitte ein triangulärer, glatter Eindruck;

Vorderschenkel unten am Innenrand mit 4—5 Dörnchen; Vor-

derschienen oben ungefurcht, unten jederseits mit 6—7 Stacheln;

Mittelschenkel unten am Innenrand mit 1—2 Dörnchen; Mittel-

schienen unten am Innenrand mit 7—8, am Aussenrand mit 6—

7 Stacheln; Hinterschienen unten am Aussenrand mit 6, am

Innenrand mit 2 Stacheln; Legescheide nur an der Spitze

schwach bräunlich angehaucht, ihre Oberfläche dicht einge-

10 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

dräckt punktiert; die Spitzenloben der Hinterschenkel ohne

Stacheln.

Länge des Pronotums. .. .. H -ntatrprett smed sn OIDIRE

> + der DeckHugel sm... a act eg na Er ERE

> + SiVvordersehenkell!i.ag kNcSTE AGN AEG

> , JHintersehenkelf:: king mcctat dee 16p >»

. > Vorderschienen .; .. a. was sgcködnsge. stR

> > "HinterschienenN,., . = cs sys sissi >

> > "Legesoheidet 0: OM bed badis. a ken id, jer SAG

Fundort: Kamerun, 29.

Gen. Itokiia SJöst. n. g.

Generi przecedenti valde affine sed forma alia capitis

distinguendum.

Caput modicum, glabrum, fastigio verticis applanato,

antice angustiore et profunde laminato-sulcato, cum fastigio

frontis contiguo, paulo humiliore quam oculis, spatio inter

antennas angustiore quam oculis; pronotum dense impresso-

punctatum, antice sinuatum, postice curvatum, lobis deflexis

angulo acuto insertis, lobis laterialibus paulo altioribus quam

longis, margine infero et postico rotundatis, sinu humerali

distincto, margine antico recto; elytra et pedes ut in genere

precedente; speculum non vitreum; lamina subgenitalis &

fissa, stylis liberis instructa; cerci longi, sensim curvati, apice

dente vix conspicuo instructi.

Itokiia silvarum SJöst. n. sp.

SA: Grön, Kopf oben flach, etwas niedrieger als die Augen,

nach vorn mit einer von zwei Lamellen gebildeten deutlichen

Rinne; Vorderschenkel aussen am Innenrand mit 2 sehr klei-

nen Dornen; Vorderschienen schmal mit grossem Gehörorgan,

oben nur an der Spitze am Aussenrand mit 1 Dorn, unten mit

6 Paar Dornen; Hinterschenkel am Aussenrand mit 5—7, am

Innenrand mit 3—35 Dornen.

Länge des Eronotumg. .,.: sccdisge sprscecsd olredeter tg An

Breite > > BARER NRR BA SORIN Og »

Hänge der Deckflupel . . oo dv vc. €i oc ge Desai NGE

Breite > > 2 TINY 2 KVDAR BETET RAINER NESSER

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 11

Hansa derkvördörschenkel . I . > so se de «ss sa 5,3 mm

> SRV GRHOESCIIGHON,« sosse er ORUST 5,4

> FI ERTKTOrSERGNKER «> sc 0 0 dt FANAN IPA

FIRPEEPALOPHGILONDCIE sd se ber ans kt RER RR KR 14,8 >

> FÖRRCIET CIS rie, EAP I SAL SOÄPAUNE EN 2,5

Fundort: Itoki, Jan. 1891, gg.

Dapanera genuteres KARScH.

Taro Tv äRst ba, 16

Dapanera genuteres KArscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXII, 1888, p. 441;

BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Addim. Monogr. Phaneropt. 1891, p. 75.

Von dieser Art, von welcher bisher nur das von der

Goldkiste beschriebene &, die Type der Gattung, bekannt

war, liegt ein aus Kongo erhaltenes männliches Exemplar

vor. Mit diesem stimm tein aus Kamerun heimgebrachtes Q

in allen plastischen Charakteren so vollständig iäbereins, dass,

obschon dasselbe bedeutend grösser ist, kein Zweifel iber

die Zusammenhörigkeit dieser Exemplare herrscben kann.

Das 2 ist hellgrän; die Beine zind bei ihm, wie beim &, mit

deutlichen kurzen, weissen Haaren besetzt; die Vorderschenkel

haben unten am Innenrand 4—53 Stachel; die Vorderschienen

sind oben glatt und nur an der Spitze mit einem am Aus-

senrand sitzenden kleinen Stachel versehen; unten haben sie

am Aussenrand 3, am Innenrand 4—5 Stachel, von denen das

letzte Paar an der Spitze sitzt; die Mittelschenkel haben

am Innenrand 3—4, am Aussenrand und an der Spitze keine

Stachel; die Mittelschienen sind oben, wie die Vorderschienen.

glatt und nur an der Spitze mit einem am Aussenrand sit-

zenden Stachel versehen; unten haben sie am Innenrand 6—3,

am Aussenrand 4—3 Stachel; die Hinterschenkel haben abge-

rundete, glatte Spitzenloben und unten am Aussenrand 8, am

Innenrand 3—7 Stachel; die Hinterschienen sind gerade; die

Legescheide ist nach aussen nicht besonders stark verjängt,

an der Spitze ist sie breit abgerundet, ihr Oberrand ist fast

gerade und seine äusseren ?/3 sind stark creneliert; ihr Unter-

rand ist an der Basis gebogen, weshalb die Legescheide hier

etwas tiefer erscheint, und nur an der Spitze creneliert ist; ihre

Oberfläche ist dicht eingedrickt punktiert und an der ange-

schwollenen Basis glatt.

12 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Längesdes Pronotums: m.sro.svetde , ddAA NTE 6 . 7,5 mm

> oder DeckHugel- some vrers, JINNId ANNAT De (ÖRE

Breite > EE EEE ERS Sr ARE 2 TR 10. 1853

Länge >» Vorderschenkel mit Trochanter . . . . 6 1,5 >

; 2 VORderschilenönis co omer fe dor el el 6. EA

: + "Hintersehenkels + Rp Skene soner 20-25

» 3. Fn Terschi6nely. ua os SN sd ie NES 20 24 >

> 3 He SeRChel Oe ar or en gt er Aina ES : 8 >

Fundorte: Ttoki, 4. Febr. 1891, (Ssöst.) 2; Kongo (DANN-

FELT) &-.

Gruppe der Poreuomene.

Gen. Poreuomena BRUNNER.

BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Monogr. Phaneropt. 1878, p. 187; Addim.

Monogr. Phaneropt., 1891, p. 13.

Poreuomena forcipata SJÖösT. n. sp.

Par. LILSPigrIj 4

AA: Grän mit nach oben schwarz umsäumtem Tympanal-

feld, fein dunkel punktiertem Innenrand der Deckfläögel und

schwarzen, an der Basis hellen Fählern; Beine lang und

schmal; Vorderschenkel” unten mit 7 sehr kleinen, niedrigen,

am Innenrand stehenden Dornen; Mittelschenkel am Innen-

rand mit 6—9, Hinterschenkel unten nach der Spitze hin

jederseits mit 1—2 Dornen; Vorderschienen am Innenrand

mit 4, am Aussenrand mit 3, Mittelschienen mit resp. 3—11

und 6 Dornen; Cerci kräftig und aufwärts gebogen, am 2.

Drittel mit einem vom Innenrand ausgehenden grossen, zu-

räckgebogenen Haken; Subgenitalplatte ziemlich klein, ge-

spalten, ohne Griffel an der Spitze; Analsegment ohne Loben,

triangulär, herabgebogen und angewachsen und längs der Mitte

vertieft.

THänge des öPronotums! 16235 Oo tf. KOTaGERA CHE: 5 mm

Breite » hh dladayvs. ax sdar SAT för 3 >

Taänse:dewsDerkilupspll mkt: ja dere Nor 33 >

Breite > TR ERA EA Sr SSR a eREL a do a Ja 6 »

+ Schenkel und Schienen des rechten Vorderbeines bei dem vorliegenden

Exemplar ohne Dornen.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3, 13

Mänce der svordersohenkel "us om. 52 NT am

> SERVER erSORTENeD: Cim dtorl PIKIRA NAR oe, >

> FR MIttelsehenkel «os 2. oh «cc PIEYNIDTT 10

» FIMattelsCRIGNenLA såktl ö. förs 1 SIPAESHIORIRIATE 703 a

> smHanterschenkel; + vo sov ooo os AIRDTIGE Oh

> MIKEL RLOTSCRIOSNON SL ElE SAR dor Gl perk Oo kyr DA

> SIIRGORGIR HM ra RIIS » AE RT RY ITS FÖRAS LET AS a 0 SD >

Fundort: Kamerun.

Obgleich diese ausgezeichnete Art ein verschieden geform-

tes trianguläres, nicht gespaltenes Analfeld besitzt, habe ich sie

zu der Gattung Poreuomena gezählt, mit der sie im Ubrigen in

allen wichtigen Charakteren ibereinstimmt. Sollte sich auch

das noch unbekannte 2 von dem 9 der genannten Gattung

unterscheiden, ist eine neue Gattung aufzustellen.

Poreuomena africana BRUNNER.

Poreuomena africana BRUNNER, Monogr. Phaneropt. 1878, p. 187, Fig.

53 (5); KArRscH, Ent. Nachr. XVI, 1890, p. 262 (5 2).

Von Bonge liegt ein Q einer Poreuomena-Art vor, das

ohne Zweifel F. africana angehört und mit dem von KARScH

a. a. O. beschriebenen 9 aus Kribi identisch ist. Wie dieses,

hat es den Ursprung des Radialaderastes näher der Mitte,

als BRUNNER fär das & dieser Art angiebt, und, wie KARSCH

0. c. 8. 363 betont, die Schenkel aller Beine unten gedörnelt.

An den Schenkeln der zwei ersten Beinpaare sind die Stachel

freilich klein, an den Hinterschenkeln dagegen ziemlich gross.

An den Schenkeln der zwei ersten Beinpaare sitzen, am In-

nenrand gegen die Spitze hin, 4 Stachel; Vorderschienen

unten mit 3 Paar, Mittelschienen mit 5 Paar Dornen; an

den Hinterschenkeln am Innenrand 1 und am Aussenrand 2 gegen

die Spitze hin sitzende Dornen; Vorder- und Mittelschienen

oben ungefurcht. Wie die zu derselben Gruppe gehörende

Zeuneria melanopeza hat auch diese Art die Tarsen und die

Spitzen der Schienen dunkler, aber nicht schwarz, sondern

dunkelgrän gefärbt.

FREE ENT ESKPTENODIINS ss. Gc er KAS He LA BRG sl je AR LE > 4,5 mm

veNsderubeckfugel . oc = & rar 24 En Fe )

Breite > > KOR TRNKINE NOU NE öva. FSD »

14 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Länge der Vorderschenkels > «< . > ec" fMatsedstiente 6 mm

> >. Vorderachienen 4 < cc 6 ste NE >

>» Hinterschenkel .. : « » » ». bndeandon ere See >

> > Hintersehienen,:. sw sdteyocde sv Kölen isl Arla title Nee »

> +: Tegescheide;... + .mcsccoc ford >

Fundort: Bonge, 10. Dec. 1891, 2.

Gen. Mangomaloba SJöst. n. g.

Caput parvum; fastigium verticis antice acuminatum, sul-

catum, cum fastigio frontis non contiguum; oculi magni, glo-

bosi; margines serobum antennarum elevati, fastigium frontis

valde superantes; distantia inter antennas angustior longi-

tudine articuli magni basalis antennarum; pronotum disco

plano, lobis deflexis rotundatim insertis, sinu humerali di-

stincto; meso- et metasternum medio triangularia, lateribus

elevatis, non in lobos productis; elytra angusta, basin versus

paulo latiora, margine antico et postico subparallelis, venulis

transversis elevato-prominulis, parallelis confertis; vena media-

stina basi distincta; vene radiales spatio angustissimo, pellu-

cido disjunete, vena antica impressa, plicam longitudinalem

formans; ramus radialis primus circiter in tertia parte basali

oriens, post medium furcatus, secundus simplex, prope apicem

elytri oriens; speculum hyalinum; femora omnia spinulis ar-

mata; tibie antice et intermedie supra paulo sulcate et tote

inermes, ille antice foramine conchato, postice foramine aperto

instruct2e; coxe antice spina armate; lamina subgenitalis cur-

vata, profunde fissa, stylis nullis; segmentum anale triangu-

lari, in lobos non productum; cerci fere recti, apice subito in

dentem brevem angulatim producti.

Diese der Gruppe der Poreuomene angehörende Gattung

steht Cestromoecha KarscE (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVIII,

1893, p. 128) und Poreuomena BRUNNER (Monogr. Phaneropt.

p. 187) sehr nahe, unterscheidet sich von ihnen aber leicht

durch die Form des Analsegmentes, der Cerci und der Sub-

genitalplatte sowie auch durch das Vorhandensein eines hya-

linen Speculums. Von Poreuomena unterscheidet sie sich

ferner durch die oben fein gefurchten Vorder- und Mittel-

schienen.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 15

Mangomaloba monticola SJöst. n. sp.

Taf. III, Fig. 4.

&A: Griän mit feinen, dunklen Pänktchen am Innenrand der

Deckfläögel und dunklem, linkem Tympanalfeld; Schenkel der

zwei ersten Beinpaare unten aussen am Innenrand mit 3—5

sehr kleinen Dornen; Vorderschienen unten am Innenrand

mit 4, am Aussenrand mit 3 Dornen; Mittelschienen an der

Spitze unten mit 6—7 Paar dicht sitzenden Dornen, oben

nach unten am Innenrand mit 3, am Aussenrand mit 1 Dorn;

Hinterschenkel gegen die Spitze hin unten am Innenrand

mit 2, am Aussenrand mit 3 Dornen; Cerci ziemlich dick,

nach aussen wenig verengt, gerade, an der Spitze mit einem

kleinen, in einem geraden Winkel gebogenen Dorn; Subgeni-

talplatte ziemlich tief gespalten.

Länge des Pronotums ARS ESP G= VÄ nt VS INLTN

Breite »> > RAR yn Adra LIV JE >

Her Neck Ol synen a ere rnie > sö gör boer ÖA >

Grösste Breite der Deckflägel . . SWE ng ARG >

rinserderVordersehenkelluomk Sf JV: 6 >

> SNENWOELETSehIenen a Mala like. ITA a si >

> mMvikelaehen kel: sju sl äga dan. odlar) NA

> BR MattelsEhISnenis nn toa ks AE rs R Plans

2 MP ERSRbETSCRENIKEN lösta bots folder a vreds a esk >

> SIRRERIR GERD BR TERO Re a SÄ oda del a ee a so + 22 >

> SR EKRTS AA JUL AA IVES SLU SKIUIPL IT INU 2, MT rg 13

Fundort: Kamerungebirge (KNUTSON & VALDAU 1884—385) I.

Gen. Miltinobates SJöst. n. g.

Vertex planiusculus, antice acuminatus, sulcatus, cum

fastigio frontis non contiguus; margines serobum antennarum

elevati, fastigium frontis valde superantes; oculi globosi;

pronotum disco plano, medio impressione triangulari instru-

ctum, margine antico recto, postico curvato, lobis deflexis ro-

tumdatim insertis, longioribus quam altis, lineis duabus im-

pressis parallelis instructis, margine antico paulo incurvato,

inferiore recto, postico ad medium angulato-rotundato curvato,

sinu humerali lato; pedes longi, graciles; tibize anticae pronoto,

elytra tibiis intermediis duplo longiores; tibie antice in

16 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

latere postico foramine aperto, in latere antico foramine con-

chato instructe; coxe antice (defecte) spina instructae (?);

tibie antice et intermediae supra sulcate et apice inermes,

posticex supra apice spinis duabus curvatis instructe; femora

antica subtus margine inferiore spinulis armata, intermedia

et postica tota inermia, omnia apice utrimque spina armata;

tibie omnes armate; elytra margine antico curvato, postico

recto, venis radialibus totis disjunctis, vena antica paulo im-

pressa, plicam longitudinalem formante, venulis transversis

elevato-prominulis, subparallelis; cerci teretes, longi, recurvi;

lamina subgenitalis &A elongata, basi lata, deinde valde at-

tenuata, profunde fissa; segmentum anale 7 margine postico

inciso, lobis latis, rotundatis.

Miltinobates blandus SJsöst. n. sp.

Taf. IV, Fig. 2.

Das ganze Tier rotbraun, Kopf und Beine glänzend, Deck-

fögel, Scheitel und Pronotum matt, ein wenig ins Violette

äbergehend; Randfeld der Deckflögel, mit Ausnahme der

Adern, heller; Fähler fein, schwarz, gegen die Basis hin

etwas bräunlich; Flägel hyalin mit rotbrauner Aderung; Vor-

derschenkel am Innenrand mit einigen äusserst kleinen, an

dem einen Bein kaum zu entdeckenden Dörnehen; Vorder-

schienen oben am Aussenrand mit zwei Dornen, der erste gleich

unter dem Gehörorgan, und unten am Aussen- und Innen-

rand mit 3—5 Dornen; Mittelschienen oben und unten am

Aussen- und Innenrand gedörnelt:

Länge des Pronotums: "os 252000 IEEE

sm derimeckflögels: staca fMtria se

Breite > > ör fö LAN RN) 1 a 5 SJTLVEA AEA SNES RTL

Längeider Vordersechenkel 4. slöfsör:s stå mete ENE »

> 3- VOrderschienenl a... . mo. te eds NE »

> 3. MLLICelsSCHeNKOL . scv os av oss RENEE EE

> 5 "iMittelsehienen +; Vood TOS PERASeeR ER

> 5 HElintörselön kel fv. vad. RN EN »

> | Hintersehienens. 4... 25. scth årtal br. stR >

> > Cerci SAS 6 >

? » Subgenitalplatte . ÖA

Fwndort: Kongo (DANNFELT).

VU BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL; BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:O 3. 17

Zeuneria melanopeza KARSCH.

Zeuneria melanopeza KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXII, 1888, p.

443 (9); BRUNNER, Verh. K. K. zool.bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, 1891, p. 94 (3 2),

lat T Kig. 13 a, 13 b, (5)

In lichtem Buschwalde zwischen dem niedrigen Blattverk

wurde diese Art allgemein angetroffen. Bewegt sich nicht

besonders schnell und fliegt nur kurze Strecken.

undortie.: Itoki, 12. Jan. 1891, sg, 21. Febr!: gg; Kitta, 13.

ört SN dian, 11 Jun, &; Bonge, 17. Sept. 9, 7. Dec: &;

Kamerun, ohne nähere Angaben 3 £, 22. Kongo, I (DANNFELT).

Gravenreuthia saturata KARSCcH.

SNS

Gravenreutlia saturata KaArscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVII, 1892, p.

HS RIS: 2, O-

Gelbgrän oder grän mit hyalinen Hinterflägeln und hell-

bräunlichem, braun punktiertem, schmalem äusserem Teil

des Tympanalfeldes; Augen hellbraun, halbkugelförmig vor-

springend; Gehörorgan der Vorderschienen bräunlich ange-

haucht; Fihler rotbräunlich, die verdickten Basalglieder gelb-

lich; Pronotum von der halben Länge der Vorderschenkel ohne

Häften, oben fach, deutlich konkav, vorn etvas eingebuchtet

und dort an den Seiten winkelig herabgebogen; Seitenlappen

vorn deutlich eingebuchtet, aber nicht so tief wie an der

Schulterbucht; Seitenlappen im Ubrigen rundlich angesetzt,

nach hinten höher, Vorder- und Hinterwinkel breit abgerundet,

Unterrand nur wenig gebogen; der hintere dorsale Teil des Pro-

notums nach vorn von einer abgerundeten, schwach gebogenen

Rinne begrenzt, von oben gesehen quer-rektangulär, nach vorn

verengt, mit gebogenem, schwarzem Hinterrand; Seitenlappen

mit zwei parallelen, fast geraden, ziemlich tiefen Rinnen;

Vorderschenkel an der Spitze jederseits mit einer kleinen,

mit zwei Stächelchen versehenen Lobe, von denen das untere

kleiner ist; der untere, innere Rand der Vorderschenkel mit

5—38 sehr kleinen Stacheln, Vorderschenkel im Ubrigen glatt;

Vorderschienen oben ausgehöhlt, am Aussenrand mit 2—4

Stacheln, von denen der erste am Gehörorgan sitzt, an

der Spitze jederseits mit einem Stachel, am: Innenrand glatt,

[5]

[CA

18 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

unten am Aussen- und Innenrand mit 10—11 Stacheln; Schen-

kel des zweiten Beinpaares an der Spitze jederseits mit einer

kleinen zweispitzigen Lobe, unten am Aussenrand mit 2—3 klei-

nen Stacheln, im Ubrigen glatt; die Loben an der Spitze der

Hinterschenkel mit zwei Stacheln, von denen der untere sehr

klein ist, Hinterschenkel im Ubrigen glatt; Hinterschienen

oben jederseits mit 22:—27 gränen, an der Spitze dunklen

Stacheln, unten spärlich, gegen die Npitze hin dichter be-

dornt; Prosternum mit zwei nach hinten konvergierenden

Falten und hinter der Spitze derselben einem abgerundeten

Höcker; Meso- und Metasternum triangulär mit abgerundeten

Seitenlappen; Subgenitalplatte des &A bis an die Basis ge-

furcht, die beiden Zweige schmal, abgeplattet, gerade an der

Spitze aufgebogen und breiter, mit abgerundeter Spitze und

gleich innerhalb derselben oben mit einem sehr kleinen, ein-

wärts gebogenem dunklen Process; Cerci rund, behaart,

nach aussen verjängt, etwas krumm mit stark einwärts ge-

bogener Spitze.

GC NANSe ES PIONOLUTUS. + sc dunid från tes SE 6 mm

+, der Vjordersehenkeli: «= se cr fee 13 —14,5 >

> 3 I IVOrderSChICNeN ss Red oNpEAN a, Mike 13,5—15 >

> > HEMTVtERSCHenKOL ys oc sip SVIS 31 —34 >

> sinlHantersehienen 1: st NLA EYGTR 30 —38 oo»

> syr DECkfärelg oe Kl los nellart sa 46 —49 >

> > ISP BLT (er INR AAA NME EN sp ARN NEGRER 3 Igor Re 33 4 >

> 1 DUDSEnItalplätteN se. 5 so AR D8— 7 >

Fundorte: Itoki Na N'Golo, Juni 1891, 2 & (Sröst); I

Kamerungebirge, Mapanja, > (KNUTSON & VALDAU). :

Die Gattung Gravenreuthia scheint eine besondere, von i

Poreuomene unterschiedene, durch die Aderung der Deck-

flögel und auch durch die Bucht am Vorderrand der Seiten-

lappen des Pronotums und die Form der Subgenitalplatte

ausgezeichnete Gruppe zu repräsentieren.

Gruppe der Phaneroptere.

Phaneroptera nana CHARP.

Phaneroptera nana ÖCHARPENTIER, Fieber, 1853, Syn. p. 49; BRUNNER, -

Monogr. Phaneropt., 1878, p. 212. |

Fundorte: Zahlreiche & und 2 von Kitta u. a. 0.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET-.AKAD. HANDL.: BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 19

Gruppe der Otiahpyse.

Tetraconcha fenestrata KARSCH.

Tetraconcha fenestrata KarscH, Ent. Nachr. XVI, 1890, p. 62 (5);

BRUNNER, Verh. zool.bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, 1891, p. 115, Taf. II, Fig. 20 (3).

Fundorte: Ttoki Na N'Golo, Juni 1891; 7; Bibundi, Aug.,

& (Ssöst.); Kamerun, & (THEORIN).

Gruppe der Anaulacomere.

Gen. Dannfeltia SJöst. n. g.

Coxe antice spina armate; fastigium frontis non lami-

nato productum; vertex non spinosus, fastigium verticis hori-

zontaliter productum, sulcatum, cum fastigio frontis vix con-

tiguum; lamina subgenitalis A stylis nullis instructa; tibiee

antice foraminibus utringue apertis, cam intermediis supra

teretes; fermora antica subtus paulo sulcata, intermedia tere-

tia, postica dimidio circiter basali sulcata; ramus radialis

furcatus; pronotum lobis deflexis rotunde insertis, disco plani-

usculo, linea impressa longitudinali et sulco transverso triangu-

lari medio instructum; venis radialibus totis disjunctis.

Generi Anaulacomere” STÅL affinis sed fastigio verticis

apice acuto, linea longitudinali pronoti quoque in parte antica

impressa, venis radialibus totis disjunctis, ramo primo paulo

pone medium oriente, campo tympanali speculo pellucido

distinguenda.

Generi Parapyrrhicie BRUNN. (1. c. 1891, p. 20, 149) quo-

que affinis sed differt fastigio verticis apice acuto, venis radi-

alibus totis disjunctis, ramo radiali paulo pone medium ven:e

radialis oriente, ante medium furcato, femora antica subtus

paulo sulecata. Lamina subgenitalis > permagna, apicem ver-

sus angustior, apice breve bifida; cerci longiores teretes,

apice incurvi.

Dannfeltia nana SJöst. n. sp.

&: Grön; Deckflögel dicht erhaben netzadrig, am Vorder-

feld hyalin, am Hinterfeld allmählich gräner mit schmalem,

<< BRUNNER, Monogr. Phaneropt. 1878, p. 277; Add. Monogr. Phaneropt.,

1891 p. 20.

20 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

bräunlichem Rand; Tympanalmembran hyalin; Stirnfeld ziem-

lich quadratisch, schwach konvex, nach oben triangulär

ausgezogen, unten von einer etwas gebogenen Querrinne be-

grenzt; Fihler grän; Pronotum fein dunkelbraun; Beine,

besonders am Schenkel, blutrot punktiert; Unterrand des

Pronotums schräg, etwas abgeplattet, mit dem Vorderrand

einen abgerundeten, stumpfen Winkel bildend, Hinterrand

gleichmässig gebogen; Schulterbucht ziemlich seicht; Vorder-

schienen unten an der Spitze jederseits mit 1, am Aussen-

rand mit 1 und am Innenrand mit 2 Dörnehen, im Ubrigen

mit recht langen weissen Haaren besetzt; Spitzenloben der

Hinterschenkel an der Innenseite mit einem kurzen, drei-

eckigen Dörnchen versehen, an der Aussenseite ungedornt;

die basale Hälfte der Hinterschenkel unten deutlich gefurcht;

der Innenrand der Hinterschenkel unten gegen die Spitze hin

mit 1, der Aussenrand mit 2 sehr kleinen Dornen. Die Hinter-

fägel äberragen die Deckflögel um 6 mm;

Tfängerdes! Pronotrmstea. os tög 20ideg etta. 810 ST mm

> su der Deckläisela HH oats: sr EE 16 >

Breite > Dr AF dö rd Fe VE fl E ter RENEE REA 3,6

Länge. > Hintertlugel: >. = vas secs rm & ds AE NSRENE 22 >

> 3 - VÖOTGErSCHenKEel «cc so: oe - OR ör fre SEA 3,8 >

> > SVöorderschienew I LO FI A07:;MUNNIEIA 4350

> >; Hänterschenkelh .. -y:ad» Basqrsntn sn FINS 15

> 3 JElINterschienen—:; |) ser ocress Fp ds kr SR 15 >

> LÖNN BL ET, NN aft a a Rn ARNE Ro NE a rs a > 2 >

Fundort: Kongo, (DANNFELT).

Gruppe der Amblycoryphe.

Gen. Eurycorypha STÅL.

StåL, Öfvers. Vet. Akad. Förh. XXX 4, 1873, p. 40; Rec. Orth. II, 1874, p. 42;

BRUNNER, Monogr. Phaneropt., 1878, p. 272; Add. Monogr. Phaneropt. 1891, p. 136.

Eurycorypha montana SJösr. n. sp.

Taft: III,SRisHe

2: Grän; Pronotum etwas narbig. oben flach, rektangu-

lär, nach hinten nicht verengt, Hinterrand in der Mitte fast

gerade, mit breit abgerundeten Ecken; Vorderrand deutlich

und fast winkelig eingebuchtet; Vorderrand der Seitenlappen

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 21

gerade; Vorderschenkel am Innenrand mit 4 Dornen bewehrt,

am Aussenrand ohne Dornen; Vorderschienen oben rund, unge-

fureht und ungedornt, nur mit einem äusseren Enddorn,

Innen- und Aussenrand mit Dornen; Schenkel des zweiten

Beinpaares am Innenrand mit 3, am Aussenrand ohne Dornen,

Schienen dieses Beinpaares mit resp. 8 und 7 Dornen; Hinter-

schenkel unten tief gefurcht, am Innen- und Aussenrand mit 5

—8 Dornen; Radialaderast kurz vor der Mitte entspringend

und sehr lang gegabelt; Legescheide so lang wie die Vorder-

schiene, das erste Drittel des Oberrandes glatt, gerade, unge-

färbt, der iäbrige Teil sehr schwach gebogen, tief und braun

kreneliert, Unterrand nur an der Spitze braun und kreneliert.

IERISriest RTANOGIMST lol lel dd lerse Ve Je 8 le 8 1 a 4,5 mm

Breite > ROND RET a fila ble 3 >

anse detSDeCkHaSel So sd OÅD led el 8 od se ls då 21

Breite > TA a REG SOA SKA Sd

INENERR COR VOTdersChenkel os s oo. . so rm = « a e . a 5

> FIER VIOFUETBEReNED . ss Rv va SAN os VG 6

> SFURERIeTSCRENKO JAM Jka; J.5å. kid TIOTAL 14

> RER GET RCD TER OT; ÄS isl. a da lad sa SSR RÅN 15 >

> Seen GHeTt BRAT sn Flrslaes san Fa fö TER ge SG re 6 »

Fundort: Kamerungebirge, Mapanja, 1884—1885, (KNUTSON

& VALDAU).

Das hier beschriebene Exemplar ähnelt sehr der E. stylata

STÅL, deren Type, ein &, zur Vergleichung vorliegt, und ich

glaubte daher zuerst, in ihm das bis jetzt unbekannte 9

dieser Art vor mir zu haben. Indessen sind einige Ver-

schiedenheiten vorhanden, die eine Identificierung mit dieser

Art nicht zu erlauben scheinen. Die Flögel sind bei ihm

kärzer und breiter und haben einen stärker gebogenen Hinter-

rand, und der Vorderrand der Seitenlappen des Prothorax

ist gerade, bei E. stylata aber noch oben etwas eingebuchtet;

vom unterem Teil der Augen geht bis fast an die Oberlippe

ein sehr deutlicher, innen von einer ziemlich tiefen Rinne

begrenzter Kiel, der bei E. stylata viel kärzer ersecheint und

kaum die halbe Entfernung zwischen der unteren Augen-

spitze und der Oberlippe erreicht. Die Hinterschenkel des

vorliegenden Exemplares der E. stylata haben am Innenrand

nur 2 Dornen; sonst ist die Bedornung der beiden Arten

fast ganz gleich.

22 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Von E. mutica KarscH (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1891, p. 327)

unterscheidet sich FE. montana durch oben gerundede, nicht

»schwach gefurchte» Vorderschienen; der Oberrand der Lege-

scheide ist nur an den äusseren zwei Dritteln, und zwar

rotbraun, tingiert, nicht »am ganzen oberen Rande glänzend

schwarz>.

E. adicra KArsou (1. ce. 1892, p. 75) und £. Brunneri BRANC.

(Jahrb. Trenscén XV, 1893, p. 197) sind bedeutend grösser.

E. velicawda KarsocH (1. ce. 1893, p. 131) hat die Seiten-

lappen des Pronotums vorn S-förmig geschwungen, die Vorder-

schenkel unten am Innenrand mit 3 Dornen versehen und

die Deckfluögel in der Mitte nur 8 mm breit.

Fam. Mecopodidee.

Josef Redtenbacher, Monogr. Ubersicht der Mecopodiden, in: Verh. d.

zool.bot. Ges. Wien, XLII, 1892, p. 183—224, Taf. TII.

Leproscirtus granulosus (KARSCH).

Mecopoda (FEuthypoda) granulosa KarscH, Ent. Nachr. XII, 1886, p.

317, 2; XIV, 1888, p. 147.

Leproscirtus granulosus KAarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891 p.

329, Fig. 3 (5), 4 (2); REDTENBACHER, Monogr. Mecopod., p. 205.

Eine im dunklen, feuchten Buschwalde zwischen abge-

fallenen, verfaulenden Blättern gemeine Art. Bei den dunk-

leren, wahrscheinlich älteren Exemplaren tritt die in der

Beschreibung 1891, p. 329, angegebene gelbe Farbe des Ge-

sichts u. s. w. schärfer hervor. Bei den helleren fliest sie

mehr mit dem angrenzenden, gelblichen Ton zusammen. Allen

vorliegenden & fehlen die Deckflögel vollständig.

Fundorte: Ekundu, 31. Dec. 1890, 5; Itoki, 4. Febr. 1891, 2;

N'dian, Mai, 2; Bonge, 22. Sept. 2 ad.; 13. Nov. 2 Jun.; Kame-

run ohne nähere Angaben 3 gg, 5 9. |

Kamerungebirge, Mapanja, 29 in Spiritus (KNUTSON &

VALDAU).

Apteroscirtus denudatus KARSCH.

Apteroscirtus denudatus KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891,

p. 330, Fig. 5; REDTENBACHER 1. c. p. 206.

In den dichten Buschwäldern von Kamerun zwischen

den auf die Erde herabgefallenen, verfaulenden Blättern ist -

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 23

diese Art eine sehr hänfige Erscheinung, und dieselbe konnte,

wenigstens an den Orten, die ich besuchte und wo sol-

che Wälder sich befanden, wie bei Ekundu, Kitta, Itoki,

Bonge, N'dian und Bavo, bei fast jeder Exkursion angetroffen

werden. Das ganze Tier ist glatt und glänzend, wie poliert,

gelbbräunlich. Längs den Seiten des Rickens zieht sich oft

vom Vorderrand des Pronotums bis an die Cerci ein dunkles,

oben recht scharf begrenztes, unten gegen den hellen Bauch

mehr allmählich verschwindendes Band hin. Dieses kann

beim & sehr deutlich sein, ist undeutlicher beim 9 oder ganz

verschwunden. Die zwischenliegende, breite Rickenpartie,

die nach vorn am Kopf heller erscheint, ist an den Hinter-

leibsegmenten gewöhnlich mit einem stärker oder schwächer

markierten, dunklen Winkelfleck versehen. Die Oberlippe, die

Unterseite des Thorax und die sich längs der Mittellinie des

Bauches hinziehende Schildchenreihe ist oft greller gelb als

die anliegenden Partien. Die Schienen des 1. und 2. Bein-

paares an den Stacheln mit kleinen, dunklen Flecken versehen,

welche ihnen ein gebändertes Aussehen verleihen. Die Lappen

des dritten Tarsalglieds dunkel. Einige der vorliegenden Exem-

plare sind klein, mit sehr kurzer Legescheide; die grösseren

messen:

Länge von der Stirn bis an die Basis der Cerci . . . 26 —28 28—32 mm

PENNE O EAS ers "dl te tepgeppor fen ver fender £e rjöbnsre d3ö— 6 6— 7 >

smnderstimtessehenkel. . . so ss ss. so ss vv 30 —32 35—40 >

> KERO RI OnT AST SVA ofareb. Arr: Ån 20—26 >

Fundorte: Ekundu, Kitta, N'dian, Itoki, Bonge, Bavo, 6

SA und 9I P9 in Spiritus; 5 getrocknete 7 und 2 9.

Acridoxena hewaniana WHITE.

Acridoxena hewaniana WHIitE, Proc. Roy. Phys, Soc. Edinb., 1865, IIT,

p. 310: REDTENBACHER, 1. c. p. 209.

Stålia foliata ScuDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. XVIII, 1874—75, p.

454—457; p. 456, Fig. 3—5 (3).

FEustålia foliata SCcUDpDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. XX, 1879, p.

95; KArscH, Ent. Nachr. XII, 1886, p. 145—147; Fig. p. 145 (3).

Fundorte: zwei 2 von. Ekundu (LöFpAL) und Kamerun

ohne nähere Angaben (LINDOW).

24 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Anoedopoda erosa KARSCH.

Anoedopoda erosa KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 334,

Fig. 7 (9); XXXVIIL 1892, p. 76, Fig. 3 (5); REDTENBACHER LCD SeUe

Lebt im dunklen Buschwalde.

Fundorte: Bonge, 11. Sept. 1891, 2.

Kamerun, ohne nähere Angaben 1 9 (SJöst.) und 2 & in

Spiritus (LINDOW, 1890).

Anoedopoda lamellata (LINN.).

Gryllus lamellatus LiIssÉ, Syst. Nat. ed. X, tom I, 1758, p. 429.

Gryllus lamellosus LiINsÉ, Mus. Lud. Ulric. Reg., 1764, p. 128.

Mecopoda lamellosa STÅL, Rec. orth, II, 1874, p. 48.

Anoedopoda lamellosa KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 334.

Anoedopoda lamellata KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVIII, 1893, p.

135; REDTENBACHER 1. c. p. 211.

Lebt im Buschwalde.

Fwundorte: Bonge, Sept. 1891, 2 (Sröst.); Bibundi, &

(JUNGNER); Kamerun, & in Spiritus (LINDow); Kamerungebirge,

Mapanja, 1884—385, 29 in Spiritus (KNUTsoN & VALDAU); Kongo,

3 9 (SJÖHOLM).

Macroscirtus preussianus (KARSCH.).

Sthenaropoda preussiana KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891,

p. 332, Fig. 6.

Macroscirtus preussianus, REDTENBACHER l. c. p. 217.

Allgemein im feuchten, dunklen Buschwalde, wo er zwi-

schen verfaulenden Blättern umherhäpft.

Fundorte: Kitta, 23. März 1891, 5, 10. April, 5; N'dian,

20. u. 30. Juni 7; Kamerun,.9 in Spiritus.

Macroscirtus acutipennis (KARSCH.).

Mecopoda (Euthypoda) acutipennis, KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXX,

18867 Pp: 116 TAC TV Pig 08

Macroscirtus acutipennis REDTENBACHER l. c. p. 218.

Fundort: Ein 9 aus West-Afrika liegt, ohne nähere Anga-

ben, vor.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 25

Gen. Corycus SAuss.

SAUSSURE, Ånn. Soc. Ent. France, (4) I, 1861, p. 487; Krauss, Spengel

Zool. Jahrb. Syst. V, 1891, p. 349; REDTENBACHER, Verh. d. zool.bot. Ges.

Wien, XLII, 1892, p. 220.

Corycus Jurinei SAuss.

Corycus Jurinei Sauvss., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) I, 1861, p. 489 (3).

WERADSS: 4001) -Jabrb. Syst. V, 1891, p. 352, Taf. XXX, Fig: I (PP), 1 B(Q.

Fundort: Ein & (LINDOW) und ein 2 (SJöst.) aus Kamerun.

Corycus abruptus KRAuss.

Corycus abruptus Krauss, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. V. 1891, Taf. XXX, Fig.

2 (3)

Fundort: Ein &A dieser von Gabun besechriebenen Art im

Nov. 1891 von Bonge erhalten.

Corycus sSiccifolium NJösT. n. sp.

farlig 2

2: Das ganze Tier gelblich graubraun, etwa wie ein

getrocknetes Blatt; Kopf, mit Ausnahme der Stirnpartie

zwischen den Fihlern, die netzartig eingedräckt punktiert

erscheint, glatt; Pronotum in der Mitte mit einer nach hinten

und vorn allmählich verschwindenden, rinnenförmigen Längs-

linie und dicht netzartig eingedräckt punktiert; Unterrand

der Seitenlappen schwach gebogen, Vorderwinkel etwas stumpf,

abgerundet, Hinterwinkel etwas mehr gerundet; Deckflägel

zwischen dem hinteren und inneren Rand sehr deutlich ausge-

schnitten, aber nicht unregelmässig gezackt; vor diesem

Ausschnitt wie bei dem 2 von C. Karsclu und C. premorsus

ein hyaliner Fleck; Form und Aderung der Fligel ist näher

aus der Abbildung zu ersehen; Legescheide an der Basis

gelblich, im Ubrigen dunkel kastanienbraun.

Länge von der Stirn bis an die Spitze der Deckfigel.. 40 mm

EERO NOITINS >. PSN SENSE SKARRRE Tak 00: NRA en Le

Ser OIDPCETT SA. IEEE VILSE ba TORA

> FIVE derH ehenk öl >t sved si v3k le Le. sel sö = dh por a ber

> FRRINO TU ELSL UTCIH OH "fel Ja sig SVs a Sa Telle A 11,3 >

> > Hinterschenkel . . . .. LR. SING INA 236

26 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Tänge der <Flintersohienon. = src se ce öka ke He 27 mm

> > ' Legescheidéer!AT-80OVTtOt) NHISkåöE. . me 14 >

Es ist leicht möglich, dass diese Art das bis jetzt um-

bekannte 2 des C. abruptus (Krauss 1. c. p. 354) ist, der, wie

0. siccifolium, aus Gabun stammt. Von C. Jurinei 9 [vergl.

Krauss 1. c. p. 352, Taf. XXX, Fig. I B.] ist diese Artiduren

den Ausschnitt der Fligel sehr gut unterschieden, so auch

durch den hyalinen Fleck derselben, eine geringere Grösse, die

vorne mehr gefurchten Vorderschienen, das fache, in das

Seitenfeld winkelig, nicht abgerundet, äbergehende Tympanal-

feld, das Fehlen des schwarzen, triangulären Flecks in der

Mitte des Pronotums, eine abweichende Aderung der Flägel,

stärker gebogene Legescheide, weniger glänzende Oberfläche

und bräunliche, statt gräne Farbe.

Von C. premorsus 9 [vergl. Krauss, 1. e. p. 355, Taf.

XXX, Fig. 4, 4 A.] unterscheidet sie sich durch eine bedeu-

tendere Grösse und andere Aderung der Fläögel, auch ist der

Ausschnitt derselben fast ganzrandig, nicht unregelmässig

gezacht und ihr hyaliner Fleck nicht speciell von durch-

sichtigen Flecken umgeben. Dagegen sind die ganzen Deck-

fläögel sehr dicht mit eingedröckten, feinen, durchsichtigen

Pinktchen bestreut, die oft längs den Adern und dem Aussen-

rand der Flägel etwas grösser sind. Von dem hier beschrie-

benen 2 des C. Karschi ist dieses 29 durch bedeutendere

Grösse und eine sehr verschiedene Aderung der Fligel, die

aus den Abbildungen näher hervorgeht, gut unterschieden.

C. Greffi 9 [vergl. Kravss 1. c. p. 357, Taf.; XXX, Fig.

5 HJ] ist viel kleiner, und C. intermedius 9 [vergl. REDTEN-

BACHER 1. c. p. 221, Fig. 12] hat eine viel längere, anders

geformte Legescheide.

Fundort: Gabun, (THEORIN).

Corycus Karschi KRAUuss.

TAI IPS

Corycus Karschi Krauss, Spengel Zool. Jahrb. Syst. V, 1891, p. 395,

"Taf. XXX, Fig. 3 (5); KaArscH Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVILI, 1892, p. 17.

Unter einigen von den Herren KNUTsoN und VALDAU in

den Jahren 1884—585 in dem Kamerungebirge eingesammelten,

dem Reichsmuseum zu Stockholm iberlieferten Orthopteren

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 27

befinden sich zusammen in einem Fläschechen zwei Corycus-

Exemplare, ein & und ein 9. Das erstere hat sich als der

bisher nur als &A bekannte C. Karschi erwiesen, und es findet

sich kein Grund, nicht auch das nebenliegende 2, das jeden-

falls eine noch nicht beschriebene Form darstellt, als dersel-

ben Art angehörend zu betrachten. KarscH's Vermutung

(Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. 1891, p. 336) dass C. premorsus das 8

des C. Karsch sei, seheint deshalb nicht richtig zu sein. Das

genannte 9 hat folgendes Aussehen.

Die allgemeine Farbe ist ziemlich dunkel graubraun,

getrocknet heller, Beine, mit Ausnahme gegen die Basis hin,

und die Legescheide noch dunkler; Vorderschienen am Innen-

rand mit 6, am Aussenrand mit 4 Dornen versehen; Vorder-

schenkel ganz ohne Dornen, und ebenso auch die Hinter-

schenkel, die indessen unten gegen die Basis hin einige Dörn-

chen haben können; Scheitel ringsum bis an den hinteren

Rand der Augen glatt, vorne grob eingedräckt punktiert;

Pronotum oben ganz flach, grob und dicht eingedräckt punk-

tiert; Seitenloben gerade herabhängend mit abgerundetem vor-

deren und winkeligem hinteren Ubergang vom Discus; Vor-

derecke einen stumpfen Winkel bildend, Unterseite gerade,

Hinterrand gebogen; Hinterrand der Flägel fast gerade, etwas

schräg abgeschnitten; die innere, untere Ecke ausgekerbt,

der Rand dort kaum bemerkbar wellig; schräg nach vorn

von diesem Ausschnitt ein hyaliner Fleck; die Aderung näher

aus der Abbildung zu ersehen; das Tympanalfeld flach, die

Vena dividens rinnenförmig eingesenkt.

Så 2

Länge von der Stirn bis an die i der Deckflägel 40 35 mm

FNTdeS. RLONOLUINS, -«. som Av « Pe FRE IRS, Bro) (ERS

smider: Decktlugel , . > > «. 03 RO

> > Vorderschenkel, mit den Hdolankter Free Mr 0 je

> sNAVordersehionen == 4.02 AE, IR JESN FBI IN

> a Elinterschenkkel tös. 26703 SÄKRAS SpRds In 20:5

> > Hinterschienen . .. 20,5 20 >

> > Subgenitalplatte und dr Tescachelde. JA RR

Kamerungebirge, Mapanja (KNUTSON & VALDAU).

Fam. Pseudophyllidee.

C. BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Monographie der Pseudophylliden, heraus-

gegeben von der K. K. zool.bot. Ges. Wien, 1895. 282 Sid., 10 P1. 122 Fig.

28 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Gen. Mustius STÅL.

STÅL, Recensio Orthopterorum, II, 1874, p. 50; KArscH, Berl. Ent. Zeit-

schr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 79; BRUNNER, Monogr. Pseudophyllid. p. 24.+

Mustius Afzelii STÅL.

Tafd Te die: 8:

Pseudophyllus Afzelii, Står, Öfv. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1873, N:r 4, p. 48,2.

Mustius Afzelii StåL, Rec. Orth. II, 1874, p. 67; KaArscH, Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 81. ex. p. [Diagnos und Syn.]

Pallide olivaceo-flavescens; elytris apiceque are&e radialis

elytrorum pallide virescentibus, illorum venis principalibus

flavescentibus, margine imo exteriore basin versus fusco; an-

tennis nigris, annulis remotis parteque basali sordide pallide

flavescentibus. 9 Long. corp. 40. pron. 8, elytr. 60, alar. 63,

fem. post. 20, ovipos. 15, lat. elytr. media 22 mm. Patria:

Sierra Leona (Mus. Holm.)

Caput fere uti in Onomarcho leuconoto formatum, leve,

nitidum, genis anterius parce punctatis, fastigio verticis pro-

minulo. Antenne longissime, gracillime, elytris longiores.

Pronotum obsolete remoteque alutaceum, apice obtusissime

subrotundatum, basi obtuse subangulatum, sulco anteriore

minus profundo. Anguli antici mesosterniin processum parvum

erectum prominuli. Fermora omnia subtus in utroque mar-

gine denticulata, denticulis femorum anteriorum minutissimis

femorum posteriorum distinctissimis, majoribus. 'Tibize antice

superne in margine exteriore, intermedice in margine interiore

denticulis obsoletissimis nonnulis armate, postice in margi-

nibus ommnibus denticulis distinctis predite. Ovipositor parte

tertia apicali et marginis inferioris parte dimidia posteriore

niger. Lamina supraanalis inter cercos in lobum magnum ova-

lem, cercis nonnihil breviorem, producta. Lamina subgenitalis

sensim nonnihil angustata, apice obtusangulariter late emar-

ginata. (STÅL.)

In seimen Orthopterologischen Beiträgen, IV, [Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr. 1891, p. 81] hat KarscH unter dem Namen Mustius

afzelit STÅL eine von Kamerun und Kongo erhaltene Form

+ Zeile 5 v. o. steht pone medium statt ante medium.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 29

beschrieben und abgebildet. Diese Art liegt mir jetzt in vier

Exemplaren, 2 ss, 2 9, ebenfalls von Kamerun und Kongo,

vor. Die Identificirung derselben mit Stårs Mustius Afzelii aus

Sierra Leone, dessen Type geichfalls vorliegt, ist indessen

unrichtig.

Die von KarscH in lateinischer Sprache gegebene Diag-

nose ist aus STÅLS Beschreibung und Diagnosen des M. Afzelii

zusammengesetzt, und dieselbe bezieht sich also auf diese

Art. Die darauf folgende Beschreibung (Zeile 1—23 v. u.)

wie auch die Abbildungen (Fig. 1, 7; 1 a, 2) beziehen sich

dagegen nicht auf M. Afzelit, ssondern auf eine von ihm sehr

verschiedene, mit ihm verwechselte Art, die hier unter dem

Namen Mustius superbus beschrieben ist.

Die Verschiedenheiten zwischen diesen beiden Arten sind

unter M. superbus näher angefäöhrt.

Mustius sSuperbus SJösT. n. sp.

Mustius Afzelii nec StTåL, KArsocE, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891,

p. 81, ex. p. [Zeile 1—23 v. u.] Taf. II, Fig. 1, 7, 1a, 9: Ins. d. Berglandsch.

Adeli, I. Abt. o. c. 1893, p. 136; BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Monogr. der Pseudo-

phyllid. 1895, p. 25, ex. p.;-Taf. 1, Fig. 1.

Das 2 grösser als das &A; Kopf, Körper und Beine blass

horngelblich; Fäöhler schwarz und gelb geringelt, die schwar-

zen Ringe nach unten schmäler, nach aussen breiter als die

gelben; NSpitzenrand der Schenkel, Gehörorgan, Spitzenrand

der HSchienen, erstes, drittes und viertes Tarsusglied der

Vorderbeine schwarzbraun; der obere Rand der Schienen-

spitzen der Mittel-und Hinterbeine sowie auch ein Punkt

oben am ersten und zwei Punkte oben an den anderen Tarsus-

gliedern derselben schwarzbraun; Pronotum grängelb, bei

Spiritusexemplaren gelb, mit schwarzem unteren Vorderrand,

spärlich granuliert, die zwei Querrinnen sehr deutlich, die

hintere bisweilen tiefer; Deckfläögel gelbgriän oder gelb und

beim 2 besonders längs den Queradern und dem Innenrand

rosafleckig; beim & die Flecke grän, mehr zerstreut am Innen-

rand, der hier gestreift erscheint, keine Flecke vorhanden; beim 2?

die Spitzen aller in den Rand der Deckflägel, beim & nur die

in den Aussenrand mindenden Adern und Aderäste schwarz

berandet; zwichen der hinteren Radialvene und dem Ramus

radialis und zwischen dem letzteren und der vorderen Ulnar-

3 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

vene beim & 4, beim 2 5-—6 Queradern; etwa die zwei inneren

Drittel des Oberrandes der schwarzen Partie der Legescheide

fein sägezähnig; Cerci des &Z gerade, nach aussen etwas

verjängt und mit einer kleinen, feinen, einvärts gebogenen

Spitze versehen; die des 9 kaum bemerkbar aufwärts ge-

bogen, nach aussen etwas mehr verjängt, ohne einwärts gebo-

gene Spitze; Lamina subgenitalis beim > an der Basis breit,

in der Mitte plötzlich stark verschmälert, mit feinem äusse-

rem, in zwei gerade, lange, feine artikulierende Griffel

endigendem Teil.

EC +

Tföttsp des! Pron0 tas nr, Ae RADEN T = Mn

Breite > > unten MN 8,5 >

Länge der Deckflägel. . . . . .. . 45 —46 55 >

Breite > > SOS pA, et 17 —i8 18

Länge der Vorderschenkel . .... 7T—7T75 7—8 >

D +” VoOrdersehienen od . « sie dåd 8 —9 >

2 $') Hinterschenkels «fra 15 —15,5 17,5—18 = >

> >; vElintersehienen, I. os « «= s 14,5 17 —18 >

> ry flerestheide nell. svek 15:16.

3 sas Berea Fk. TT AGT 4 »

3 Stare aret När RT 1.3 >

Fundorte: Kamerungebirge, I 2 (Knutson & Valdau);

Kamerun, & (SJöst.); Kongo, 2.

Diese stattliche Art, »die farbenschönste Pseudophyllide

Afrika's», unterscheidet sich von Mustius Afzelii durch eine

geringere Grösse, eine verschiedene Aderung und rel. sehmä-

lere, mit rosagefärbten oder gröänen Flecken versehene, nicht

einfarbig blaugräne Deckfläögel. Die ganzen Fihler sind

gelb und schwarz geringelt, die schwarzen Ringe nach unten

schmäler, nach aussen breiter als die gelben, wogegen M. Af-

zelti unten ganz gelbe, aussen schwarze, mit ziemlich schmalen

gelben Ringen versehene Fähler hat. Die Vorderbeine haben die

Schenkel und Schienen an der Spitze sowie auch das 1. 3. und

4. Tarsalglied schwarzbraun gefärbt, während diese Beine

bei der anderen Art einfarbig erscheinen.

Um diese Art zu der Gattung Mustius STÅL zählen zu

können, mit der sie in allen wichtigen Charakteren iäberein-

stimmt, ist die erste Zeile der Diagnose derselben [1. c. 1874,

p. 50] »elytris ultra medium sensim leviter ampliatis» als

Genus-Charakter zu strechen, da dieses hier nicht der Fall ist.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 31

Wie bei M. Afzelii mäindet die vordere Ulnarvene an dem

Hinterrand der Deckflägel.

Mustius eurypterus KARSCH.

Mustius eurypterus KaArRscH, Stett. Ent. Zeit. LVII, 1896, p. 347.

Ein anscheinend dieser Art angehörendes, vom Spiritus

gebleichtes Exemplar liegt vor.

BER PRECSKREONOGIINSA Ms je ligA 0 de de se DRA GA VT SR

nd erNecktu sek SEIN 0 vå ARENA & 100

> FEL eTSe hen kel fo Faqde ss VA ARSAR 0 10K

> > Legescheide . . . . . MOTA LDL

Fundort: Kamerungebirge, (KNUTSON & VALDAU).

Mateus guineensis (BoL.).

Mustius Guineensis Borivar, Anales Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. XV, 1886.

p. 343.

Matceus longipennis KArRscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1892, p. 84.

Mateus Guineensis BRUNNER, Monogr. Pseudophyll. p. 28.

Fundort: Bonge, 2 Dec. 1891.

Gen. Pleminia STÅL.

Pleminia STAL, Rec. Orthopt. II, 1874 p. 61; BRUNNER, Monogr. Pseudo-

phyllid. 1895, p. 122.

Habrocomes KaArscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 102.

Pleminia personata SJöst. n. sp.

Das ganze Tier matt graubraun mit hyalinen, bräunlich

berauchten Hinterflägeln ohne helle Begrenzung der Queradern;

Beine und Unterränder des Pronotums dicht, weich und wollig

behaart; Gesicht blauschwarz mit gelblich glänzenden Seiten

und ebensolecher Oberlippe, oben von der Farbe des Pronotums

und, wie das Tier im Ubrigen, mattfarbig; Vorderschenkel

unten am Innenrand mit 4 Dornen; Vorderschienen unten

mit 7 Paar Dornen; Mittelschenkel und Mittelschienen mit.

resp. 4 und 6—7 Dornen; Mittelschienen oben mit 2 sehr deut-

lichen Dornen; Hinterschenkel am Aussenrand mit 7 Dornen,

am Innenrand ohne Dornen; Hinterschienen oben am Innen-

rand mit 11 grossen, lamellenartigen Dornen, am Aussenrand

32 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

mit 7—9 gewöhnlichen Dornen; Deckfläugel schmal, gleich-

breit mit breit abgerundeter Spitze; Speculum hyalin; Cerci

grob, gerade mit rechtwinkelige ingebogener, in einen kur-

zen, feinen Dorn endigender Spitze; Subgenitalplatte nach

aussen verschmälert, an der Spitze gegabelt und mit zwei be-

weglichen, gleich schmalen, geraden, ziemlich langen Griffeln

endigend.

Länge des Profiotums. . . > «A:s dwArl ocscilel felet VIE

Breite > > TE OVE TER I EAKSAEE

Tänge der :Deckflögel ; > :-s .« « & « « & Striöntrel AGNE

Breite > > a aan AP Ale NÄRA BER SN >

Länge. > Vorderschenkel. . » «id andövstatt EO

» > .VOrdersthienen:. - sa. ss a » SÄLSANEGRE Te KA »

Mittelschenkel., JEN = ve. odd ann mrs ses STERN

Mittelsehieneon, . : oci ov se a "eller AE ;

Hinterschenkel ;7 = s wo & a as dte EKA >

> » Hinterselienen[ganog dre ceslsttbrdt »

» (JerGL os, ör sg & BR SR ar kliar se. SVAR ET

> Griuttell; 0 KR v ASEA LR dc;

Fundort: Kamerungebirge, A (KNUTSON & VALDAU).

Gen. Lichenochrus KARScCH.

KarscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 105; BRUNNER, Monogr.

Pseudophyllid. 1895, p. 125.

Lichenochrus marmoratus SJösT. n. sp.

&: Stirn und Oberlippe schwarz oder schwarzblau; Ster-

nalschilder glänzend schwarz, die Dornen des Prosternums,

die vorderen Ecken des Mesosternums und die Seitenränder

des Metasternums gelblich; Bauchschilder gelbbräunlich; Beine

gelblich, die äusseren "Tarsalglieder, der obere und untere

Teil der Schienen und die äussere Hälfte der Schenkel der

Vorderbeine oben, der grösste Teil der Tarsen und Schienen

sowie die äussere Hälfte der Schenkel der Mittelbeine rings-

um und ein breites, oberes und zwei untere Bänder an der

Aussenseite der Schenkel, die Schienen und die zwei äusseren

Glieder der Hinter beineviolettbräunlich; die Hinterschienen

mit zwei breiten gelben Bändern und die Hinterschenkel an der

Innenseite glänzend rotbraun; die Beine mit dicht in Reihen ste-

henden kurzen, weissen Haaren bewachsen und auch an den grös-

seren Dornen mit ähnlichen Haaren versehen; Mittelschenkel

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 33

unten mit 4, Hinterschenkel mit 7 grossen, gebogenen Dornen;

Mittelschienen oben mit 2 Dornen, der äussere Dorn der linken

Nchienen undeutlich; Fläigel hyalin, mit braunen sowohl grö-

beren, wie feineren Adern und einem breiten, ganz hyalinen

Mittelband mit heller Aderung und ziegelroten, unregelmässigen

Flecken ganz wie von einer Pilzkrankheit herrährend; Hinter-

Högel einfarbig dunkel beraucht und ohne helle Begrenzunpg

der Adern; Fäöhler braun mit gelblichen Ringen; Cerci kreis-

rund, nach aussen verschmälert, schwach einwärts gebogen,

an der Spitze abgerundet, mit einem winzig kleinen, einwärts

gerichteten Zahn; Lamina supraanalis triangulär, in der Mitte

mit einem deutlichen Eindruck; Lamina subgenitalis nach

aussen verjängt, an der Spitze gefurcht, mit kreisrunden,

an der Spizte abgerundeten, geraden Griffeln; Analsegment

abgerundet.

BEER CREETONOUINS, cs nde er 6 ee REKA 7,5 mm

> deruDeSrRiäsSel.s a UM OMRI IV OSISITE. I 31 >

Breite >» SV DOS TGV. ab JYP RAKA fr LT

WRG IM OTGOrSCRenKON «fo, jod jå be, och sr lörre tr eyädde j 10

> SKENVOTdÖrsehienen Id ge iii file få sa OD

» SSNPVEChUSIS CH CIKe le 133 GI ef et ers je kg Fe 9

> SERRVIDRELSGLTGIET 3 (dere be dd fr st SVEA, 10

» fnElciterseledkel —:. css a sars se RE 22 »

> FSEWENNGERSCHISNCIN: code Moe 4 oe AS eri ägs 22 »

> FR STR TNE SR AR VIND ALA an då ödleoeser es Nåd 4,5 >

> FINEEE II SE LS bol far gj SAL S a ad sg of ia le oe kejsar Tip

Fundort: Der Buschwald bei Itoki, 3. Jan. 1891.

Wie L. Osorioi Born. und L. turpis Br. (BRUNNER, Monogr.

Pseudophyll. p. 126), hat auch diese Art ein schwarzes Gesicht.

Von der ersteren Art unterscheidet sie sich durch längere

und verschieden gefärbte Flägel, längere Hinterschenkel, eine

grösstenteils weisse Oberlippe und den Besitz nur eines Dornes

am Oberrand der Mittelschienen.

Mit dem nur als 2 bekannten L. turpis kann sie der ge-

ringeren Grösse wegen nicht vereinigt werden. Von dem &

aus Brasilien, das BRUNNER eigenthämlicherweise als & der

genannten Art aufstellt, unterscheidet sich das vorligende &,

wie das Q des L. turpis u. a. durch eine schwarze Brust und

einen bedornten Oberrand der Mittelschienen.

ä4 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Lichenochrus maculosus SJösT. n. sp.

SEN Ba ke

9: Stirn hell, graubläulich angehaucht, Oberlippe fast

weiss; Brust glänzend schwarz, die Dornen des Prosternums,

die WVorderecken und der Hinterrand des Mesosternums, die

Seiten und der Hinterrand des Metasternums gelblich; Beine

gelblich, bis an die Basis dunkel schattiert und dicht gefleckt; -

Hinterschenkel an der Innenseite rotbraun, nach aussen ge-

fAeckt und mit einem breiten, gelblichen Band, das an der

Aussenseite nicht vorhanden ist, versehen; Vorderschenkel

unten mit 3, Mittelschenkel mit 4 und Hinterschenkel mit

6—7 hellen, schwarzspitzigen Dornen; die Dornen der Mittel-

schienen auch an der Basis teilweise schwarz; Mittelschienen

oben mit 1 Dorn, etwa die zwei oberen Drittel dieser Schie-

nen erweitert und -deutlich zusammengedräöckt; der Process

am Vorderrand des Pronotums deutlich; Deckflögel hyalin,

gelbbräunlich augehaucht und mit ziemlich grossen, braunen

Flecken, die am äusseren Teil der verschiedenen Flägelfelder

gelegen sind; Hinterfläögel einfarbig dunkel beraucht; Lege-

scheide gleichmässig gebogen, etwa die äussere Hälfte (9 mm)

schwarz, der äbrige Teil gelblich, oben an der Basis teilweise

schwarz.

IangeTdes: Pronotams- «mise ocvel se ee ses sl N SEE 7 mm

der Decktfugsell 45306 sc is ge for REA SLAG

Breite » > än dér Bags . co oc . st Or

Länge der WVordersehenkel - «ice s. verse 10 >

> >». Vördersehienen 1. 193 MIRNASKE: Te 10:03

s> "Mittelschenkel ',: > co» e.d er se TEE IV

s Mittelsehienen oc. cc MARIA ES SE 101

5” Hillterselenkök (3 k:a hi. Det Oh AROR 22 oo

s FA FintersehienenA .ar4t5 damma tåd ät IEe 2ll4>

Hegescheideg fynd Audadic tä ne 7

Fundort: Ttoki, 4. Febr. 1891, 2.

Diese Art steht Lichenochrus decoloratus BRUNNER [Monogr.

Pseudophyll. p. 128] nahe und hat, wie dieser, eine helle,

graubläulich angehauchte Stirn. Dagegen ist die Brust nicht,

wie bei L. decoloratus, von derselben Farbe wie die Stirn son-

dern schwarz.

Von L. Osorioi BoL. (BRUNNER, 1. c. p. 129) unterscheidet sie

sich durch ihre helle, nicht sehwarze Stirn und die oben mit nur

einem Dorn versehenen Mittelschienen.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 35

Von der ebenfalls afrikanischen Art L. turpis BRUNNER, l.

e. p-. 130 unterscheiden sie die helle Stirn, die unten 6- 7,

nicht 10- stacheligen Hinterschenkel und die geringere Grösse.

Ihre Vorderschenkel sind nur wenig, ihre Mittelschenkel da-

gegen ziemlich stark zusammengedräckt.

Lichenochrus flavifrons SJöst. n. sp.

JA: Stirn glänzend hell braungelb, ein Strich quer iäber

das Gesicht oberhalb dem Epistom, Mandibeln, Ränder der

Fihlergruben und die sich zwischen diese hinaufschiebende

Stirnspitze glänzend schwarz; auch das dicke Basalglied der

Fihler schwärzlich (Fihler im Ubrigen abgefallen); Proster-

num schwarzbraun mit gelblichen langen Dornen; Mesoster-

num (53 x 2,4 mm) gelb mit schwarzen Furchen und schwarzem,

hinterem Mittelteil, die Seiten vorne in kleine Höcker aus-

gezogen; Metasternum schwarz mit einem gelben Fleck an

den äusseren WNeiten, nach hinten deutlich verengt (vorne 6,

hinten 4,3 mm; Länge 2,3 mm); Kopfseiten, Scheitel, Prono-

tum und Beine einfarbig matt, schmutzig braungelblich, alle

Dornen hell, nur an der äussersten Spitze schwarz; die Dor-

nen an der Unterseite der Schenkel resp. 3, 4 und 6—7;

Hinterlappen des Pronotums ziemlich gross und stark auf-

gebogen und mit zwei deutlichen, abgerundeten Höckern;

Deckflägel braungelblich mit heller Aderung; die Queradern

des Radialfeldes dunkel gesäumt; Hinterflägel einfarbig dunkel

beraucht; Subgenitalplatte gleichmässig aufwärts gebogen, die

ganze Mittelpartie dunkel, an der Spitze gegabelt, nach

aussen sehr wenig verschmälert; Griffel 3 mm lang, kreisrund,

gleichbreit; Cerci kreisrund und wenig gebogen, nach aussen nur

wenig verschmälert, an der Spitze ein wenig keulig ange-

schwollen und an der Innenseite mit einem winzig kleinen

Dorn versehen.

NAR SOKUEN SETORO LUIS" . c öh soc KR RR rr NR 3,7 mm

fenDepktlugel uf fs. KJ AR JJER ch JOS

Breite > AR pv TAND: rs fr: OTIAÉ Ö >

WatSat horder schen kel. Åa 5 dötasssis AT lejet då »

> SE RVIOEGensel10N0N-a 4 4 sine förtid ges 12 »

> SURT KrElSONenN Ke. tls & du sor ed ee de ers NN är HÖR

NERV SSPANEITLIOlSONTÖNEN ch" or Ses .ie ee a (hd ce 10 »

2 SSTFELITIterSChROn kel satle.lAN «skid hv DD. föl 20 1

36 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Länge der Hirtersehierien «= och ae MARS Rn

> 5, HÖGT, sk Ela & tr ÄNTRAT

Fundort: N'dian, Mai 1891, gZ.

Von Tympanocompus acclivis KArscH (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.

1891, p. 107, Fig. 16.), dem diese Art sehr ähnelt, unter-

scheidet sie sich durch die mit einem winzig kleinen Dorn

versehenen, nicht ganz unbewaffneten Cerci, den schärfer

sattelförmig aufgebogenen Hinterlappen des Pronotums und

die grössere Ausbreitung der gelben Farbe der Sternal-

schilder.

Gen. Orchestridoptera SJöst. n. g.

| Fastigium verticis triangulare, concavum, margines scro-

bum antennarum haud superans; antenne long, unicolores,

rufescentes, basi obscuriores, articulo basali spina armato; prono-

tum semicylindricum, dense, obtuse granulosum, margine antico

rotundato, subtuberculato, infero latissimo, recto, medio sicut

paulo inciso, postico medio subrecto, sinu humerali vix con-

spicuo, latissimo, sulco transverso postico distincto, antico

obscuro; metazona pronoti distincte brevior quam pro-et meso-

zona unite; prosternum longe bispinosum; mesosternum antice

truncatum, margine haud limbato, sulceis a foveolis orientibus

cruciatis, angulis anticis tuberculato-productis, sulco posteri-

ore medio foveola instructo; metasternum mesosterno latius,

foveolis inter se fere &que remotis quam a margine laterali,

sulco arcuato conjunctis; pedes longi; femora omnia supra

inermia, modice compressa, antica subtus 4—6-, interme-

dia 4-, postica 7- spinulosa; tibie intermedizae superne spi-

nulis duabus armate; tibie antice in utrogque latere fora-

mine rimeeformi-conchato instructae; lobi geniculares omnes,

lobo interno femorum intermediorum excepto, in spinam par-

vam introrsum valde incurvam producti; elytra attenuata,

apicem femorum posticorum non multum superantia; vene

radiales tot&e disjuncte, ramus radialis ad medium oriens;

ale infumate, unicolores; cerci 9 subrecti, teretes, apicem

versus attenuati; lamina subgenitalis 9 triangularis, apice

truncata et paulo incurvata; ovipositor validus, plus quam

medio exteriore niger, margine superiore subrecto, partim mi-

nutissime serrulato, infra medium paulo sinuato, margine

inferiore sensim curvato, versus basin leviter sinuato.

BIHANG TILL KE. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 37

Steht der Gattung Mormotus KARSCH am nächsten (vergl.

BRUNNER, Monogr. Pseudophyll., p. 17 u. 153), unterscheidet

sich aber von ihr durch rel. bedeutend längere Beine, kärzere

Flägel und die 4—6 Dornen am inneren Unterrand der Vor-

derschenkel.

Orchestridoptera rufipes SJöst. n. sp.

Ta: bi Fig, 1 av lab:

9: Kopf, von vorn gesehen, oval, ziemlich gross mit

weisser, bläulich angehauchter Stirn; Fäöhler und Beine ein-

farbig glänzend schön hell kastanienbraun, die Basalglieder

der Fähler dunkler; Dornen der Mittel- und Hinterschenkel

etwas heller und mit schwarzer Spitze; Pronotum stark granu-

liert, etwas dunkler; Deckfläögel einfarbig rotbräunlich mit

erhabener Aderung, Hinterflägel dunkel beraucht.

PETER PETOROTIME | oc 4. eve ovkt a ja KR RseE 10 mm

tent DeckHigels oo a ds d fre KA a f 6 AR 40 >

Breite > MA särbo a 2 Rntsyrbiriskd 9 >

Länge > Vorderschenkel ohne Trochanter . .... 15,5

> SL TVIGRH er BC ON EINE... 6 dur JRRASL APONYIR. A 16 >

> SNR: MAGLeISCRER KOL: 1 ch sla dee el «va bol TAN 3

» IE RREG KE ISLITTONETIN EA, opel DAS dens BA gasa SST då 15 >

> > Hinterschenkel. . . .. PIL OR NOA 30

» ELETeT SSH RNGD och öser > bön forte oc AEA Tje a 32 >

2 2 FT DEGEN SG AE SERGE SEE NESNE SS TNE 2051A5

Fundort: Diese ausgezeichnete, scehöne Art ist von Kame-

run mitgebracht worden.

Mormotus Montesi (BoL.).

Platyphyllum Montesi BoLrivaAr, Anales de la Soc. espan. de hist. nat.

XV, 1886, p. 347.

Mormotus nigrospinosus KaArscH, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. 1891, p. 111.

Mormotus Montesi BRUNNER, Monogr. Pseudophyll. p. 155.

Zwei vorliegende & eines Mormotus stimmen im Allge-

meinen gut mit KArRscH's Beschreibung 1. c. dieser Art äberein,

doch sind bei ihnen das Gesicht und die Oberlippe nicht

»fusci>, sondern weiss, ganz wenig graubläulich angehaucht,

und die Brustschilder lederfarbig; nur die eingedräckten

Linien, und am Metasternum auch die Mitte, zeigen sie dunkel

38 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

gefärbt. Auch sind ihre Flägel länger, als för das & ange-

geben ist, aber nicht länger, als die des 92. Da Mormotus

Montesi von der Station Barombi, Fernando Po und Old Cala-

bar erhalten worden ist und der Fundort der vorliegenden

Exemplare zwischen diesen Orten liegt, därfte es sich hier

um dieselbe Art handeln.

BoLIvaAR sagt in seiner Beschreibung nichts iber die

genannte Farbenzeichnung.

Länge des, Eronotams häxan: . förr dstöjAre SP NE 3,5— 3,8 mm

&- frder. Deckfluggles: so satk soc rr 45 —47 »

Breite > Br (Pe er vn da fåne Lr NE 9,6—10 >

THängerder Mördetstéhenkevife Bona, kURe, oårpkal 12 mm

» » i fVorderschienen i. fat ÅlcCIotk FC 12 »

Mittelschenkeli.4 |. såatnvid sk u Gb >

» >. MIttelsehienen-+ fo ocieblettsf öl sms 12 »

SÖ SELUTLETBCHSNKON o de e oo KAL) der GRS 26 »

> $ UEHTNGersCNICNOR «vc STRTALEG 26 >

Fundort: Kamerun, 2 gg.

Semiophygas arescus KARSCH.

Semiophygas arescus KArscH, Stett. Ent. Zeit. LVII, 1899, p. 349.

Ein mit der Beschreibung dieser Art im Ganzen gut =

ibereinstimmendes Exemplar liegt vor. Die Adern der Hin-

terflägel sind jedoch weiss, wie bei dem von Kamerun be- =

schriebenen, grösseren S&S. hadrus (1. ce. p. 350). Das Tier

oben griänlich, unten fleichfarben, Beine teilweise etwas grän-

lich angehaucht; Punkte des Radialfeldes rot.

Tange es TPTONOLUMSY ov vo er de ser el ere se NNE 4,8 mm

>" ader-Deckflögelt:) 1A9I4ON> Orr3QNDPROn IN 207155

> sr Vorderschenkel,.; arpa teviatpe fö. ace BR

> 2 SVOTrderaehienpi.. mov. ss. eve pa ös BAG SATA

> > "MitlelscChenkelaa oo ocde oe) log esse D,3 2

3 2: MILLelsCh1IONEN ss so co kö senses ERE 4,8 >

> $-- ElINLOrBeDenKel «> os «oe es ":e Oh fö led bARKAARS DD 3

> 51 Hinteéersehienon' s och os fet fet Ars SIS 7,9 >

Fundort: Itoki, 1891, 3.

Fam. Conocephalidee.

JosEF REDTENBACHER, Monographie der Conocephaliden, in: Verhandl.

der K. K. zool.bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. XLI, 1891, p. 315—562, Taf. III und IV.

FSE TIPSEN

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:o 3. 39

A. GRIFFINI, Tentamen catologi Conocephalidum pone editionem mono-

graphie Redtenbacheri (1891) usque ad finem anni 1897 descriptorum, vel

in illa monographia deficientium, vel nova patria, novis synonymis, nova

descriptione auctorum, in: Miscell. Ent. VII, 1899, p. 4—10 etc.

Pseudorhynchus hastatus (BoL.).

Pyrgocorypha hastata BorivaAr, Orthopt. de Africa d. Mus. de Lisboa

1890, p. 222.

Pseudorhynchus hastatus BRUNNER, l. c. p. 366.

Die vier parallelen, dunklen Linien oben und die zwei

etwas breiteren an den Seiten des Pronotums sind bei dem Kame-

run-Exemplar sehr deutlich und setzen sich bei ihm, allmäh-

lich verschwindend, auch auf den Kopf fort.

Faran ser des tPtonötumsi so od dee & sc sn - Il2—12: mm

» 21 FaStiotumsitösd gla hg ct Et 9 >

den aleekintel Alen ue ja . 53 —55 >

Breite >» IEEE FOI PRE VU RNE 9 —10 >

Länge » Vorderschenkel, ohne Trochanter . 11 —11,5 >

» FAT VOLTETSChIeNe sc do ae RAK 1 >

» stcHintersechenkel 9 nad. 19longgn 24 >

> Mi ttlönterschienenböovr. Jetta odds 24 >

> AA PS eSCHOLAG: cergra ris de fy [0 RA

Das Kongo-Exemplar hat die ganze Unterseite des Kop-

fes und der Schenkel scharf rotbraun schattiert.

Fundorte: Kamerungebirge, (KNUTSON & VALDAU) 2; Kongo,

(SJÖHOLM) 2.

Pseudorhynchus nigrifrons REpDz.

Pseudorynchus nigrifrons REDTENBACHER, l. c. p. 368.

Fundort: Ein 9 dieser ausgezeichten Art von Bonge in

Kamerun, Oct. 1891.

Conocephalus mandibularis (CHARP.).

Locusta mandibularis CHARPENTIER, Horge Entom., 1825, p. 106.

Conocephalus mandibularis BRUNNER, 1. c. p. 427.

Wie BRUNNER a. a. O. p. 429 vermutet, ist Conocephalus

ambiguus STÅL, von welcher Art StåLrs Type vorliegt, mit C-.

mandibularis identisch.

40 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

Das grösste der mitgebrachten Exemplare, ein schönes

&, hat folgende Dimensionen.

Länge des PLoOnOtHlS” a. jopsi söt .e böter SG dirr si 3 mm

$." (Uer IDECKHUSO Ia ov a sosse te Ads lg NS ter Pa RE RE 47 >

> 3 Hinterschelkels sn :t ac Möceerclsn AR oj RE 29 >

> 3 "T;EResCheIde 3 Mag per at orken srt SANS REN 28 >

Fundort: Bonge, Sept. 1891 u. s. w. Sehr allgemein.

Xiphidium senegalense (KRAUSS).

Orchelimum senegalense Krauss, Sitzungsber. d. Akad. d. Wiss. z. Wiem

LXXVI, 1877, p. 32.

Xiphidium senegalense BRUNNER, 1. c. p. 504, 2; KArscH, Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr. XXXVI, 1891, p. 338; XXXVIII, 1893, p. 142.

Das bisher nur kurz beschriebene & hat folgendes Aus-

sehen: Hellgriäin mit violettrötlichen Kopfseiten und einem

Anstrich von dieser Farbe am Meso- und Metathorax; Tar-

sen etwas bräunlich schattiert; Fihler haarfein, lang und gelb

mit schwarzen, schmalen Ringen, die nach aussen mehr ge-

trennt und undeutlich sind, wodurch die Fihler ziemlich

dunkel einfarbig erscheinen; Dornen der Vorder- und der

Mittelschienen 6 an der Zahl, schwarz, die Zwischenwand

der Gehörorgane auch schwarz; alle Schenkel ohne Dornen;

Dornen der Hinterschienen oben schwarz, unten spärlicher

und heller; Pronotum nach hinten breiter als beim 2 und

mit einem leicht aufgebogenen, von einer etwas gebogenen

Querrinne begrenzten, seicht eingedräckt punktierten Hinter-

lappen; Speculum der beiden Deckflögel sehr gross, hyalin;

Deckfläögel kärzer und breiter als beim 8, erreichen die Spitze:

der Hinterflugel; Analsegment tief ausgerandet und mit

abgerundeten Ecken; Cerci ziemlich dick und kurz, kreisrund,

an der Spitze etwas verjängt, mit je einem zugespitzten,

von der Mitte der Innenseiten abstehenden, etwas gebogenen

Dorn; Subgenitalplatte winkelig ausgeschnitten.

& 2

ange. des Pronötums'. >... "she cs öre a röse 3 4,5 mm

PRO JBL DIE br fad et BGN RASERNA SE FR ng 25 Or

Grösste. breite der DeckHugel . com: . gåh ff Få Jr

Tänger uer VOrderschenkel a Los so de ber ee 4: NEG NR

2 > fVordersehienen: sv:f. ler AR 45700 NAS

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 3. 41

Haänge der, Mittelscehenkel :4 sb.ei:cd ss vr ol os D,4

> RE MTHtelSCRISNHON: i. ov..stfendd sn Le 2

> SAEHONtTersehenkKöl «.ep:, 0 oo 16 sec 6 sj se Il

SINE TITINVGeRSCNISNÖN ao mo. . a « « & -m & 16

RR (PTGT a ESRI MV SER SON TT, 19

> Sörketescherdea:s «olen os YI:

Fundort: Kamerun, 1 &, 2 2, 1 Larve 29.

Xiplhidium maculatum LE GOouILLoU; BRUNNER, 1. c. p.

Xiphidium maculatum LE GoviLL.

Fundorte: Kamerun, 1 &g, 4 Q.

Kongo, (EKBLOM) Y.

Xiphidium &thiopicum (THUuNB.).

Xiplidium cethiopicum THUNB.; BRUNNER, 1. c. p. 517.

Fundorte: Bibundi, 18. Dec. 1890, 2; Kamerun,

Angaben 3 2, 8 Larven.

Hexacentrus dorsatus REDT7.

6 mm

DDR 3

11 >

515.

ohne nähere

Hezxacentrus dorsatus REDTENBACHER, Monographie 1. c. p. 549.

Fundort: Ndian, 20. Juni 1891, 2.

Fam. Hetrodideae.

F. KarscH, Uber die Hetrodiden, in: Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. XXXI, 1887,

p. 43—272, Taf. II.

W. F. KirBY, Notes on the Family Hetrodide, with a List of the di-

scribed Species, in: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) III, 1899, p. 97—101 and 141—146.

Gen. Cosmoderus Lucas.

Cosmoderus Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4) Tom. 8, 1868, p. 325, tab. 8.

Cosmoderus femoralis SJöstT. n. sp.

Horngelblich, oft etwas rötlich angehaucht; Hinterleib

glatt, oben dunkler und oft deutlich bronzeglänsend; Fiihler

dunkelbraun und gelb geringelt, die dunklen Ringe nach aus-

42 Y. SJÖSTEDT, LOCUSTODEEN AUS KAMERUN UND KONGO.

sen immer länger, die Basalglieder gelb; Pronotum entweder

fast einfarbig, oder an der Seiten und oben in der Mitte dun-

kler; zwischen den Vorder- und Mitteldornen oben zwei kleine

runde Flecke; der Rand des Pronotums ringsum gelb; die

Dornen mit dunklerer äusserster Spitze, bisweilen rötlich,

die vorderen und mittleren bisweilen dunkel: alle Schenkel mit

runden schwarzen, kleinen Flecken, die jederseits mehr oder

weniger deutlich in zwei nach aussen zusammenfliessenden

Reihen stehen; alle Schienen oben und unten mit einem breiten,

mehr oder weniger deutlich markierten Band, das sich nicht

bis an die Unterseite erstreckt; gegen die Spitze der Hinter-

schenkel hin auch ein solches breites Band vorhanden; an den

Hinterschienen die Bänder oben unterbrochen und auch an

der Innenseite undeutlich; alle Schenkel, von den zwei grossen

Enddornen abgesehen, oben unbedornt; das erste und zweite

Paar unten am Aussenrand mit 2—3, am Innenrand mit 3,

das dritte Paar mit resp. 3—6 und 2—4 Dornen, die letzteren

sehr klein; Vorderschienen glatt, nur selten mit kleinen

Dornen bewehrt, nach aussen ein wenig abgeplattet, nicht

rinnenförmig, unten wie die Mittelschienen mit sechs Paar

etwas eingebogenen Dornen, von denen die mittleren grösser

sind; Mittel- und Hinterschienen oben am Aussen- und Innen-

rand bedornt; Hinterschienen unten am Aussenrand mit 9 Dor-

nen, von denen die zwei äussersten sehr klein sind, am Innen-

rand mit kleineren Dornen, von denen die äusseren noch

kleiner sind und dicht stehen.

Länge des Pronotums ohne Dornen . . .. .... 12—17 mm

Breite » D » » og ön NR LS MES 9—13 >»

Länge der Vorderschenkel mit TROCKARGE ; SRIPT SINE 10—16 >

; 3" SVOrdersehienen os 9 os ss St Ar [0 es ra

> 5 SMICCelSCRSNKEIS = pre te SRA DNE IAS NANG

> 5” "Mitbtelsehfenent?ö SM4sg]o svt ciel told SH RTde 9—15 >

> 3 SHANTerSChenKel Lö: så: natöe LA .. . 12—20 >

> + JEnterschignen oms. äccmumlk Fi s sa « IRON

Diese Art bildet ein Zwischenglied zwischen den Gattungen

Cosmoderus Lucas?) und Aprophantia KIRBY ?). . Sie unter-

scheidet sich von der ersteren durch das Fehlen von Dornen

an der Oberseite der Schenkel, von den zwei grossen Dornen

1 LUCAS, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4), pa 8, 1868, p: 325, tab. 8; vergl. THOMSON,

Archives Ent. II 1858. pl TX, HEL ip. SOM

? KIRBY, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) XVII; 1896, p: 261, pl. XII, fig!8.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 38. 43

an der Spitze derselben abgesehen, von der anderen durch

das Vorhandensein von Dornen an der Oberseite der Schienen

der zwei letzten Beinpaare sowie auch bisweilen an den

Vorderschienen. Ohne die Gattungsdiagnosen zu verändern,

kann die vorliegende Art weder zu der einen, noch zu

der anderen der genannten Gattungen gezählt werden, sondern

es wirde dieselbe als eine selbständige Gattung zu betrachten

sein. Da sie indessen dasselbe typische Aussehen wie die

Arten dieser Gattungen hat, kann ich die genannten Ver-

schiedenheiten nur als Artencharaktere betrachten, weshalb ich

die Arten dieser Gattungen alle zu einer Gattung, Cosmode-

rus, vereinige, welche Gattung also, was die Bewaffnung

der Beine betrifft, variirend ist. Wie Cosmoderus (Apro-

phantia) maculatus, hat auch die vorliegende Art unbedeutend

längre Beine als C. erinacius.

War an den meisten Orten ziemlich allgemein und wurde

im Buschwalde oft auf breitblätterigen Marantacéen angetroffen.

Bewegt sich sehr langsam.

Fundorte: Bonge, Sept. u. Nov. 1891, Bibundi, Itoki, Bavo,

8 Ex. 9 &g. Kamerun (LINDow, 1890) 6 Ex. in Spiritus.

Cosmoderus maculatus (KIRBY).

Aprophantia maculata KirBY, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. XVIII,

iuadbip. 201, pl XII fig. 8

Mit Ausnahme der zwei grossen, abstehenden Enddor-

nen der Schenkel sind die Beine oben ganz ohne Dornen;

unten sind sowohl die Schenkel, wie die Schienen mit zwei

Reihen grosser Dornen bewehrt; die Dornen am Innenrand

der Hinterschienen sind kleiner.

Fundort: Kamerun.

Ote I NN HH

CQ vv IR

Ubersicht der angefährten Arten.

Fam. Phaneropteride.

Seite

Stenamblyphyllum dilutum KaArRsoH . oo. soc d.

Arantla Melanotbus SJÖST NM. SD.. serie ste «ERE

> Orthöcnemis KKARSCH . . . . ars a ft 3.

> latifolia KäArseg CJ lo

Goötia, galbana IKARSCH . c co o.s sme farter ONE ENE 8.

Böngeia puncticollis NSJOST. 0. 2. I. SP... = EE 9.

ITtokiia silvarum NSJÖST. D. Z.. 0. SP -. = stor seesE 10.

Dapanera genuteres KARSCH . . ... . . . Nesse IL

Poöreuomena. forerpata NJÖST. I. SP. . . He det eeSeeee 12.

> ALICANA, DRUNNER & scen sfertsfe eo oc SG

Mangomaloba monticola SJöst. n. g. n. sp. . . . . . 15.

Miltinobates blandus SJÖST. Nn. g. D. SP. cf -edes . IG:

Aeuneria melanopeza IKKARSCH .. s. e CE ESA eree It

Gravenreuthia saturata KARSCH . . - oo SKE Ci

Phaneroptera nana CHARP.. . . . . . 5 drar SR

'Tetraconcha fenestrata KARSCHj «i. fe, beddd smek 195

Dannfeltia:; nana SJÖST. N.,.S..M..tSP.:rf, Iis ters FSE 19:

Euryeorypha, montana SJösT. 1: SP: mac: ock 20.

Fam. Mecopodid2

Leproscirtus granulosus (KARSCH) - + - EEE 22.

Apteroscirtus denudatus KARSOH . . - » «Coe 22.

Acridöxena hewaniana WHITE .=| snel CASE REN 23.

Anoedopoda -erosa. KARSCH : Jr sd se sf ee 24.

> lamellata (LINN:)os sås & sr sk KARE 24.

Macroscirtus-preussianus KARSCH.; .;. - = sdödk0e 24.

> acutipennis (ICARSCH) . . . » re 24.

Corycus Jurinei SAUSS:; NG oo 5 se EEE 25.

» abruptus: KRAUSS + owe Fans se. tl. 25.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 38. 45

Seite

KÖ töryeas siceltollum SJÖST. 1. SP... s s » . . « « « 25.

29 > NAT SO tCRKRADSST mo Se son du ih ee dre La ve SAO:

Fam. Pseudophyllide2.

Mustius Afzelii STAL.

Hö ästus saperbus SJÖST: D. SP... . «so. co cs. «so + » 29.

31 » EINy PEEDUSPICARSOHT oc ole el esk 8 An AL

Bempvatesas svineensis (BOL.): . « « « «oc. « so. sv « &« IM.

fa Eleminia personata NJÖST. MM. SP... so « « « « «sc. cc + öl.

Faselachenochrus marmoratus NSJÖST. Nn. SP. . . . « . . . 32.

35 > mA CUOSUSKSJÖSTY ND. SPE. co cc sits ske sd

36 » HOV EKO NSE SJÖSE. Is SP os rade es DD

iuOörchestridoptera rufipes SJÖST. n. g. D. Sp. . . . . . al.

Nor motus Montes (BOL.). «co s sl. 84 sv Rn os BM

FölSsemophlygas arescus KARSCH =; . . cs: = +» + 08.

Fam. Conocephalide.

ömt sendorhkynechus. hastatus (BOoL.). . - « « « «= « -« « « 39.

41 > ITSETERÖTIST TED, (base a AO

42 Conocephalus mandibularis (CHARP.). . . . . . . . . 39.

föntipbidiam senegalense: (KRAUSS). . . . « . . . . « . 40.

44 2 ae laTenuRNGrOUIki: sits ee a Al

ftEresacentrus dorsatus REDT. . . dd ....c..c.o..> 41.

Fam. Hetrodide.

Himtosmoderus femoralis. SJÖST. mm. spe. . « «cc os. « « 41.

47 » MACWIA US] (EIRBY äs sale da serna HAD

+= X. ethiopicum (THUNB.) = 48 sp.

. .

, ( öra TS 4 Ä "Ar RR aa | i j

SES SE SSE Te LET Ne ISEN RE AES ENSE KO

Ki T / PREL SR LEg pr SE die ÅR

1 é i )iY rn AM al AJ fann GASTA AY N

LÄN Å z

d 2

; fa melon

| säs ant Ior

; |

AN HIORTE

| ST FILER viatd eta

| da tagit au

j | OLA ATfadott T äl

so i sletom rån ar

/ | ÄR HÖRTGEnT

;

) , - ; å = (4 BMT R 4 -

ik å AR fr 6 - s dl MIL eratqobiiad 0

| ; FJDEL) fssdnoNt ar vå

q [I j 7

KT gurase ATT ÅA

: 4 VORE

TIG mm H Py g q WETT slufod de IRIS

4 2 öl ÄTOmSE STEN

J datan) natelnötn

dö

KE ER EV GR JA

rs a =

Ke .J - Å ; hn så JT

Jen be Ar AASE Me MSE fe Ta

&Å

SVA

-”

YI VAN

Wilsons I YE | d 1.1e é |

dd Let un än fu HA klå Mävisdg ot |

BR tva ag Jkre ÖRAT eeanh ÖR

Re KlöJA. Of ih

> da ”

[Fe De 4 ee

Xx ||

Erklärung der Abbildungen.

Tar: ÅK

Orchestridoptera rufipes Ssöst., 9 in nat. Grösse.

» > >», Legescheide in nat. Grösse

Corycus siceifolium Sjösrt., 9 in nat. Grösse. ; ig

Mustius Afzelti Står, 2, Deckflägel in nat. Grösse; nac

der Type Ståls. ;

Tafel

| Bilang till K. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bä. 27. Afd. IV. N9 3.

sö

Stockholm.

Tith. 6. Tholander,

SA cd

LSD

ETT]

vå

(EF

RAN EF

bi PED Vägen rn.

& 6 ,

—

re]

[SV]

Erklärung der Abbildungen.

bed

Årantia melanotus Ssöst., A in nat. Grösse; vergl. Taf. VI,

Fig. 4.

Lichenochrus maculosus Ssöst., 9 in nat. Grösse. FE

Poreuomena forcipata Sjöst., SA, Analsegment, vergr.

> > >» Cerci und Lamina subgenita

lis, vergr.

Bihang till K. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. IV. NO 3. Tafel TIL.

å Th. Ekblom del. Lith. 6. Tholander, Stockholm.

2 tisnblidde gj akrntdlrtT

AT AST -

0: AB. vi TAF: FER ww. HÅRT OAL)

andbe) ov savskd mer RA v

SE feta SR MIIO Att 3 rna av

LR. 2ileibon

SN 2 fbe

FÖRE ni ROR AT nåoter Are

Eooari vå

= 02 ND ken

Erklärung der Abbildungen.

"Paf. II

Gravenreuthia saturata KaArscE. & in nat. Grösse.

FEurycorypha montana Ssöst., 9 in nat. Grösse.

Corycus Karschi Krauss, 9 (adhuc ignota) in nat. Grös

Mangomaloba monticola Ssösr., Cerci und Lamina su

genitalis.

afel II.

IV! No 3.

Bihang till K. Vet. Akad: Handl. Bd. 27. Afd.

SS SRA 2

SETLAMUw

Sr ry

Lifh. 6. Tholander, Stockholm.

'Th. Ekblom del.

Sr nan nöb kg RäÄCn

JR NT RT

lane > VER AL bd I UVA > NTA av

Nio RE cd MN JM "AS LR Er LUSKA ve NYA

OD. Ke ;

AY Val) > $ > vi ön tAJ nal auvyvk

RER VG I aÅ La

6 nn (AN Å

ön JM é

Skrot by Par. Sve UD ||

SAN jet) Ya VIDA GET) 4

or TRÖVE SS AIKA ;

Jå

sil

wow Mo

Erklärung der Abbildungen.

'Taf. IV.

Grösse.

Dapanera genuteres KarscH, Legescheide, vergr.

Mäiltinobates blandus Ssöst., ” in nat. Grösse.

Bongeia puncticollis Sröst, 9 in nat. Grösse.

» > » » Legescheide, vergr.

Arantia melanotus Söst., S Cerci, vergr.; vergl. Taf. I,

Pics

Dannfeltia nana Sjöst., A in nat. Grösse.

j Bihang till K. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. IV. N9 3. Tafel IV.

SANT

TTG

Wat

Th. Ekblom del. Tith. 6. Tholander, Stockholm.

BIHANG TILL K. SVENSKA VET.-AKAD. HANDLINGAR. Band 27. Afd. IV. N:o 4.

THE GENUS LYCODES

NAS NSMETIT:

WITH 5 TABLES AND 1 PLATE.

PRESENTED TO THE R. SWEDISH ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, MARCH 13, 1901.

STOCKHOLM

Ri | SA

CKERIET. P. A. NORSTE

1901

Ån my last paper on this genus!, when giving the result of

my examination of the fishes from the NATHORST-expedition,

I tried to show that hitherto a far too great weight had

been given to the colour-differences as used for specific cha-

racters, thus asserting that such nominal species as f. i.

Lycodes frigidus and Lycodes pallidus should be regarded

only as colour-varieties, at least until true characters could

be assigned to them. Now I have had the opportunity to

examine the collection of these fishes brought home by the

KoLTHoFF-expedition last year from Spitzbergen and Green-

land, a relatively great number, which gives a more thorough

knowledge of the forms and their changes.

It may be remembered that the author, who first treated

this genus, REINHARDT sen., distinguished three species, reti-

culatus, Vahlii and seminudus, the last however, as he said,

nearly related to the first. After REINHARDT the genus has

been treated in many ways, and a new subgenus, Lycenchelys,

has been created among our northern forms; but always

among the true Lycodes the characters given by REINHARDT

have been acknowledged as the most essential, either in

distinguishing of more species or in grouping them together

around the two standard ones reticulatus and Vahlii. These

principal characters of the two species or resp. groups of

species are to be found in the length of the head and the

position of the anus; but in distinguishing the seminudus

from the reticulatus REINHARDT also brought into considera-

tion the distribution of the scales and the height of the

body.?

1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. V, pag. 56.

? For the sake of brievety I have not here mentioned the other characters

cited by REISHARDT. The colour-differences and the breadth of the head give

no constant characters. The number of rays in the dorsal resp. anal fins

goes along with the different position of the anus, in following the prolonga-

tion of the tail.

4 SMITT., ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

Now, in our studies of the KoLTHOoFF-collection and the

other specimens of Lycodes, preserved in the Royal Museum,

numbering about 380 specimens, our results with some modi-

fications are essentially the same as those presented by REIN-

HARDT, and thus at first we may consider the mentioned

characters.

In the same manner as when treating the patagonian

Lycodoids,! I have measured 80 specimens, using the following

designations:

a: total length of the body, expressed in millimeters,

b: length of the head,

(ÖS » » oo» reduced (without the operculum),

(DESK >» » cheek (from the back point of the maxillary

to the hind margin of the preoperculum),

by: length of the postorbital part of the head,

ga breadth of the head at the eyes,

lt,: largest breadth of the head behind the eyes,

c: longitudinal diameter of the eyes,

e: length of the nose,

g: breadth of the interorbital space, without the membranous

fold the skin covering the upper part of the eyes,

: breadth of the interorbital space together with the skin over

the Se

h: length of the upper jaw,

IE >» » lower >

br: breadth (height) of the branchial aperture,

tr: length of the trunk, from the upper axil of the pectorals to

the beginning of the anal fin,

m: distance from the point of the nose to the beginning of the

dorsal fin,

nr: length of the dorsal fin to the tip of the last (caudal) rays,

NIE > > 46 » > I» svor ve tall (WithoutiIcan:

dal rays),

o: length of the longest ray in the dorsal fin,

Per 3 > » pectoral fins, from the upper axil to the tip of

the fin,

pb: breadth (height) of the base of the pectoral fins,

r: distance from the point of the nose to the base of the ven-

tral fins,

7,: distance from the point of the lower jaw to the base of the

ventral fins,

s. length of the ventral fins,

t: distance from the base of the ventral fins to the beginning

of the anal fin,

1 Bih. Vet. Akad.; Handl, Bd 24, Afd. IV; N:o 0; Pp, 39:

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD IV. N:04. 5

au: distance from the point of the nose to the beginning of the

anal fin,

u,: distance from the point of the lower jaw to the beginning

of the anal fin,

v: length of the anal fin to the tip of the last (caudal) rays,

v,: length of the anal fin to the tip of the tail (without caudal rays),

x: length of the longest ray in the anal fin,

alt,: height of the body at the pectoral fins,

alt,: > Ar 2 3 > WHeginning of the anal fin,

Olla 5 > > >» >» >» middle of the length of the anal fin.

After the above-named principles, laid down by REINHARDT,

I have divided the mass of specimens of Lycodes into six

groups; and for these it is not difficult to find respective

names, chosen from the mass of synonyms in this genus,

although we may not expect to find any complete corres-

pondence to the characters or descriptions given by the

authors. The group of Lycodes Vahlii I have thus divided

into the three forms: gracilis, pallidus and Vahliti typicus; the

group of Lycodes reticulatus is divided into frigidus, seminu-

dus and reticulatus typicus. To these in the tables of mea-

surements are added two specimens of the Lycodes (Lycen-

chelys) Verrillii.

I: Length of the head (b).

From the tables of measurements in the first instance

it is very easy to find, what however already is known, that

the widest gap in the per-cent-numbers of the relation of

the length of the head to that of the body lies between

Lycenchelys and the true Lycodes. Still it is to be remem-

bered, that according to GoopE and BEAN,! »the old males of

L. Verillii are transformed almost beyond specific recognition

by an extraordinary development of the entire head in ad-

vance of the eyes». Through this deformity and through the

intervening »species» L. Sarsii,? the named gap is filled; but

setting aside the abnormities, in the manner of development

we find a more important difference between the two sub-

genera. With CoLLEtt, who has given the measurements of

1 Oceanic Ichthyology, p- 310, pl. LXXIX, fig. 277.

Fröfr Ann, Mag. Nat... Hst,,8et. d.y vol V, ip, be.

6 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

4 specimens of Lycodes (Lycenchelys) murena! as well as of

17 specimens of L. Sarsit,” we find that the relative length

of the head in this subgenus is normally diminishing from

the young to the old age; but in the true Lycodes, setting

aside the larval stages (fry, with a length of the body less

than 60 millimetres), we find that length of the head nor-

mally increasing with age. The two subgenera then seem

to have started FR the same spe developing themselves

in opposite ways.

As to the true Lycodes, between the cited 6 forms in the

individual per-cent numbers we find no constant differences,

but in the average-numbers (see Table IV) the figures are

rather regularly increasing from the Vahlii-group to the

reticulatus-group. Thus the former group seems to represent

the lowest stages of development. The least figures we find in

Lycodes gracilis; but it may perhaps be questioned, if that not be

a consequence rather of degeneration (regressive development)

than of originality. In the most instances the males have

greater figures than the females; but this sexual difference

is not constant, what will most easily be seen from the

averages:

POLO gracilis? | pallidus | Vahlii Jöides förrn

| (Plåt TAR (140.2) (1445) 93.6 106.5/137.3/206.2 /244.2 145.2|140.9|189.71/95.31150.1

bja 8 - - | (19.9)| (19.7)|20.9] 22.5) 21.8) 23.0] 24.9) 24.5| 25.5) 27.3)24.7| 25.9

"The .different parts.of the head. (b,; 05; Op; G;XESKOGNONG

h; k; br, as well as It, and lt;) present the same evolutional

changes as well in the ontogenetic development as in the

form-series, and that sometimes with such a regularity, that

f. i. the specimens of pallidus may be divided in two groups,

the younger (a < 99 mm.) with the upper jaw (hj 2) less

than 92 and the lower jaw (k,, 2) less than 112 of the length

1! Norsk. Nordh. Exped., Zool., Fiske, p. 119:

a (millim.) . 141 | 198 | 217

bja ; Arn cn EDEN 12.6 12.0

SHOfr Ann: Mag; Nat. Eusgt.; ser. 't; vol V,; Pp Dö

3 The figures in brackets are no true averages, because we have not

more than two males and two females of this form.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4, 7

of the body, while the more adult ones present higher per-

cent-figures. In the same manner in the group of typical

reticulatus at the length of the body of 120—130 mm., be-

tween the younger and older individuals there is a marked

difference in the relative length of the upper jaw. In the

formseries (see Table IV, hu. and k,) this onto-genetic pro-

gression is expressed by the almost unbroken series of in-

creasing average-figures for the six forms, counted from

gracilis to reticulatus. "This being the case, when seeing these

differences growing on with the natural development, we may

not expect here-in to find any constant specific characters,

as it rather seems probable that the respective forms are

only different stages of development of one and the same

species, but there are marked differences in the age, at which

the one and the other form acquires the same degree of de-

velopment. Thus f. i. the length of the nose (e) would give

a constant character (ej, 7 < 6.3) for the forma gracilis (see

Table IT), if it not were that the larval stage (a < 60 mm.)

of the typical Vahlii (Table IT) as well as of frigidus (Table

II) presents almost the same figures as those of gracilis

when about 200 mm. long. Furthermore such a short nose

(eja 72 < 7) reappears as individual abnormities in the whole

Vahlii-group.

With the changes of the length of the head follow in

general the changes of the distances from the tip of the nose

resp. to the beginning of the vertical fins (:m and u) and to

the ventral fins (r), the relative increase of the first-named

length taking with it a corresponding increase of these dis-

tances. Thus we may not expect in these relations to find

any constant characters for the different forms; but the above-

named sexual difference (bg > b2), although not constant,

takes a more palpable expression in the relation between the

length of the head (b) and the distance from the tip of the

nose to the beginning of the anal fin (vu); thus in average:

gracilis |pallidus| Vahlii | frigidus TT försjat |

and TN EN Fd od EA ÄN Aa ANGE KAR

| | |

a: mm. . .((140.2) (144.5)|93.6 106.5/137.3/206.21/244.2 145.2|140.9 189.7/95.3/150.1|

bru $ . . (47.6) (48.3)|49.6 51.8] 52.8) 56.0) 51.9] 52.2) 51.2) 55.0151.5 52.3)

8 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

Here it is of interest also to see, how evenly the figures

for bi, 2 in the whole Vahlii-group (from gracilis to the ty-

pical Vahlii) are enlarging, in the first place owing to the

evolutional law (bj, 2 juv. < bj, 2 sen.) but with the figures

for gracilis, although for a more advanced age, smaller than

the others, in accordance with the above stated fact that

this form represents the juvenile stages of the group as a

whole.

IT: Position of the anal aperture (u; u; v; vi; tr).

The position of the anus itself is not given here directly,

because with the looseness of the tissues it is often difficult

to fix either the anterior rim or the centre of the aperture,

but instead of this I have given the position of the begin-

ning of the anal fin, what practically will give the same

results.

As above quoted from REINHARDT, the two species or

groups of forms of the northern Lycodes may be characterized

by the resp. relations between the length of the fore-body

(head and abdomen) and that of the tail (here measured from

the beginning of the anal fin resp. to the tip of the tail-fin

or of the tail itself). Now, in our tables of measurements,

as the specimens are distributed into these two groups, if we

set aside the larval specimens (with the total length less

than 60 mm.), we find, that the lowest figure for the length

of the fore-body in the reticulatus-group (Table IIT), measured

from the tip of the nose, is 44.4 per cent of the total length

("/a 20), while in the Vahlii-group (Table IT) the highest cor-

responding figure is 43.s. In the same manner that length

of the fore-body measured from the tip of the lower jaw (u,)

in the reticulatus-group presents the lowest figure 42.4 and

in the Vahli-group the highest figure of 42.0x of the total

length (/,2). For the length of the tail these relations of

course in general are reversed. If measured to the tip of

the tail-fin, in the reticulatus-group the highest figure for this

length is 56.2 2, while in the Vahlii-group the lowest figure

is 56.127 of the total length ("/, 2); and, if measured to the

tip of the tail itself (without caudal fin), this length in the

reticulatus-group (Table IIT) has the highest figure 53.s 2, in

the Vahlii group (Table II) the lowest figure 54.3 7 of the

sdnmac rr

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 9

total length ("/, 2). These differences, no doubt, either are

too small for giving specific characters, or, as we see for ”/, 7,

the figures overlap each other; and with the larval specimens

taken into account, the differences between the two groups

are farther evanescent, because then we see:

ul, 24 in the reticulatus-group | -

> > >» >» Vahlä-group . . ; | 0

ul, > > reticulatus-group | T Ae

35 oo» > Valli-group . . i 3 Sä

of, > > » reticulatus-group | cg ÅR

> >» > > Vahlii-group . . | -

vil,» > > reticulatus-group ; SS cin

> > > > Vahlii-group . . | S Su

The auxological law (ontogenetic as well as phylogenetic)

for the development is expressed by a steady progress in the

figures for the relative length of the fore-body and a decrease

in those for the length of the tail, as may be seen from the

following table:

Averages | gracilis | pallidus | Vahlii | frigidus Mus fika

a: mm. . . |106.31155.5| 76.3/114.6 97.11182.5 120.9 261.5/139.8/235.7 96.4/161.3]

Ua Hg . . | 40.5| 41.11 40.9] 43.5 40.3) 41.5| 45.6| 48.6| 49.6| 49.9| 47.3) 50.1

Hildir a n35,6-JJ4 SL 41.5 38.6| 39.2] 43.0| 46.5| 47.3| 48.2|44.6| 47.0

ae 1 60:4] 59:71.58.8| 57.159: 59.31.5354) 53.7) 50.31 50.7152.6| 50:5

vila . . «| 5841 57.7156.3| 54.91 57.3) 56.9] 52.9) 51.6) 47.0] 47.71 49.0] 47.2

up 8 .- - . | 67.01 68.81 69.6] 76.21 67.5] 70.0] 82.3) 90.5) 98.6] 98.31 90.0) 99.2

ur/vj BB. « «| 66.1] 68.3] 69.4 75.6| 67.4| 68.8| 81.3| 90.1/100.6|101.2]91.0| 99.5

Here, indeed, in the last two lines ("/, 24 and /,, 2) a

truly constant character divides the two groups, as far as can

be judged from our specimens; and the limit between their

respective variablenesses seems to be fixed at 787, so that

u/, sf < 78 characterizes the forms of the Vahlii-group,

ie & fo » > > >» >» reticulatus-group.

10 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

By the same manner of reasoning one will find a con-

stant character also in the relation between the length of

the tail and that of the head. At first for the ontogenetic

changes, in comparing the younger specimens with the older,

we get the following averages:

| -S ARA | ; ss fe semi- reticu-

| Averages | gracilis Läs Vahlii | frigidus nada Jar

la: mm. . . 1219 155.5 76.3/114.6] 97.1 182.5/120.9 261.5/139.8/235.7| 96.4 161.31

O/v 36 | 30.8 30.3| 35.7 39.1] 36.7] 38.2| 42.9| 47.3] 51.9| 53.3] 47.5| 52.0]

Here we see that the figures for the younger specimens

always are lower than those for the older (juv. < sen.), and

that those for the Vahlii-group are lower than for the reti-

culatus-group. In auxological respect then, the former group

may be regarded as the more primitive. The limit between

the respective variations within the two groups, according

to our specimens and measurements, is to be found at the

figure of 41 Zz, so that |

bart | < 41 characterizes the forms of the Vahlii-group,

BARDA » >» oo» > > Yreticulatus-group;

although the difference is so slight, that we have found the

highest figure in the former group to be 40.s, while in the

latter group the lowest figure has been 42.3.1 In both groups

there is one form (gracilis, resp. frigidus) representing the

juvenile characters, in such a way that its figures are the

lowest, although they belong to older specimens. Just the

same we find in the examination of the external sexual diffe-

rences with their evolutional changes:

| CT ES ER RE RO KE EA ASA fe

| |

a: mm. . .|(140.2)|(144.5) 93.6 |106.5|137.3|/206.2|/244.2/145.2|/140.9 189.7/95.3|150.1

d/y 4 . | (83.0)| (32.5)|35.9] 39.6| 37.0] 38.7) 45.9) 45.5| 50.5| 54.2/47.5| 51.4

As here the males, in all the true averages, with due

attention to the respective ages, have higher figures than

the females, we have the final auxological result:

1 In a larval specimen 40.9.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:04. 11

juv. < sen.

Vahlii-group < reticulatus-group;

and the specific distinetness may be acknowledged, although,

as we have seen, of very slight value; the one group having

to be regarded as a farther advanced stage of the common

development, with the masculine characters as leading the

advancement.

All these differences in the position of the anal opening,

we have seen, are depending on the length of the head; but

there is of course another factor also determining that posi-

tion, viz. the length of the trunk (abdomen, tr in our tables

of measurements). A comparison of this length with the

head gives the following result:

| N-UELe [E a DET RR

2 Averages | gracilis pallidus | Vahlit Se dd | CS

| =

| AK 106.31155.5| 76.3 114.6| 97.1|182.5/120.9/261.5 139.81235.7, 96.4 161.3

ee : II141|113:21 94.5] 96) Broor.r) 90:7) 975) 92:6| 94:5|.95.7|-92.0

| | |

RE Inn SEG | 146.6 | 191.2 | IS da

tr/y « 113.6 Sör NN SS ne Nr BN oa

Here we see that the above cited auxological law is broken,

for in each group (excepting the two extremes gracilis and

reticulatus) the respective forms have the per-cent-numbers

of the young less than those of the older age (juv. < sen.),

but the form-series of the Vahlii-group goes from the higher

to the lower figures (gracilis > pallidus > Vahlii), and in the

reticulatus-group the form-differentiation is almost none. In

the first place this is a natural consequence of the sexual

differentiation; for the females, as we have seen in all other

respects, normally represent the juvenile stages, but here,

for the shorter head, present higher per-cent-numbers, thus

in average:

SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

Aves YN Been pallidus YR sfriglns bör ker

SEN SR CT KE CE er GR es

a . . . I(140.2)|(144.5)|93.6|106.5|]137.3|206.2|244.2 145.2|140.9] 189.7|95.3|/150.1

tr/p 2. . [(112.9)|[(105.4)|96.8] 95.8| 94.7| 87.3] 95.9) 94.3) 93.7|(88.8)|92.9] 93.7

aracilis pallidus frigidus seminudus

Averages BE To odds: VOR AR +reticulatus

Se do I Sa a 3 Re

Ae sun) (1402) | (1445) |, £13.5 | 1508 )| ALS | 1452 | 1181 | 1481

tr/y «vo | (112.9)-| (1054) | 96.7 | 91.6 | 95.9 | 943 | ÖRgNEGEG

Where it is evident, that the forms gracilis and frigidus in

this respect rather represent the female characters, slipping

away from their usual position as representatives of the

juvenile stages.

Another result of greater interest is given by the com-

parison of the length of the trunk with that of the tail, as

seen from the following statements:

reticu-

Averages | gracilis | pallidus | Vahlii | frigidus ora lekis

NO ee 106.3/155.5| 76.3 /114.6| 97.1|182.51120.9/261.5/139.8|235.7] 96.4/161.3

tr/yyg - - - | 36.7) 37.7|35.8| 40.2] 33.7] 36.0) 39.7| 46.9) 51.0] 51.7) 47.8] 49.6

| | | | |

Averages päre pallidus | Vahlii | frigidus gr reticulatus

Gadiinant: 133.1 91.6 146.6 191:2 187.7 131.8

trlo, 2 2.2 Dl:5 35.0 A3:8 Jools 48.8 |

and

) SER | gracilis pallidus — Vahlii frigidus Rd fr

gefrmgnipeda refererad ef

a a (140.2) (144.5) 93.6 |106.5 137.3/206.21/244.2 145.21140.9| 189.7195.3/150.1

vå (38.6)] (35.5)36.9] 48.3| 36.0] 35.1| 44.9] 43.4] 51.1/(51.7)|46.2 50.1]

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4.

pallidus

seminudus

Averages seine + Vahlii SEGA +reticulatus

2 tr NG & INO & öh BS

mv EA 2 (1445) 113:5 I :150:8') 244.2 1:146.2.], 118.1 | 148.1 |

tr/oy 6 : + | (886) (35.5) 36.5 42.5 44.9 | 43.4 48:40

In all these respects we see, that frigidus comes nearest

to the Vahlii-group — although in its older age it is here a

complete reticulatus —; but the most interesting is to find

two new facts: the sexual differentiation is the same for

gracilis and frigidus (& > >) but another (9 < FS) for the rest;

and among these latter, in the Vahlii-group the pallidus is

the highest developmental stage, in the reticulatus-group the

siminudus takes that same position.

These irregularities suggest the suppositions, that frigi-

dus may be a hybrid, and that pallidus as well as seminudus

may be in the beginning of differentiating themselves to

distinct species resp. from Vahlit and from reticulatus.

IIT. Distribution of the scales.

This matter I have already treated in the »Scandinavian

Fishes»,! with the result, that »the individual variations in

this respect seem to be so great that we must abandon the

attempt to base the determination of the species upon the

presence or absence of scales; and no more reliance can be

placed on the proposed determination based on the greater

or less extent of the scaly covering in a forward direction,

over the trunk and head, in those forms which are furnished

with scales at an early age and retain them at all subsequent

ages». Nevertheless it is a long-know-fact, cited by REIN-

HARDT also, that the scaly covering in the Vahlii-group is

not only more constant but also more extended both forward

on the body and outward on the vertical fins. Herewith it

follows, that the forms of the last-named group get their

scales earlier in life than those of the reticulatus-group. The

smallest specimen of Lycodes reticulatus, on which I have

seen evident scales, is that numbered 26 in my tables of

1 pp. 608—609.

14 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

measurements, with a total length of 77 mm., while in the

Vahlii-group already the specimen of Lycodes gracilis num-

bered 1, with a total length of 42 mm., is covered by scales,

although thinly, on the midst of the sides of the body just

before the beginning of the anal fin. However, the individual

variation is very great, as shown by my remarks on the

respective specimens in the measurement-tables.

IV. Height of the body.

The scaly covering, as shown in the preceding paragraph,

does not entitle any specific rank to Lycodes seminudus, as

in that way defined by REINHARDT. Neither does the colora-

tion give any better result, for, while our most specimens

are rather pale, REINHARDT'S type-specimen was uniform dark-

brown (unicolor fuscus!). As to the dentition, which according

to LÖTKEN would give a constant character — series dentium

palatin&e intermaxillares equantes (reticulatus) 1. intermaxil-

laribus longiores (seminudus) — this already once? has shown

its futility as used for the distinction of the nominal species

Lycodes Esmarki from Lycodes Vahlii; and it seems to be

the same case here. At first, if we consider the 20 specimens

of the »eticulatus-group, on which we have measured the

length of the resp. lines of the palatine and intermaxillary

teeth, we find

N:o TR RAT le 2 kd inden aa KE Sex.

: total length in 4 of total length

26 77.0 | 4.0 4.0 Q

27 sar 4.1 3.5 fo

28 88.8 | Do 3.6 Q

29 113.3 4.6 3.8

30 SE Ven 5.0 3.6 3

31 116.0 4.3 3.9 öjt

32 120.0 27 4.0 Q

14 130.0 4.8 4.8 [4

(et

33 134.0 5.2 4.5

1 LörKEN, Vid. Medd. Naturh. For. Kbhyn 1879—380, p. 331.

? Ofr. Scandin. Fishes, 2d edit., pp. 614 and 615.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:04. 15

TG lonsth Length of line of j Length of line of

N:o S >”Ipalatine teeth, in 4 of| intermaxillary teeth, Sex.

An, AMN. total length in 4 of total length

34 1373 5.4 | 4.9 3

15 161.0 5.1 | 5.6 Cr

16 164.0 4.1 Du Q

Al 182.2 5.0 5.8 |

30 KIDS 4.6 4.5 3

18 196.7 4.9 D.4 | Q |

19 2339.0 5.0 J.4(2)

20 218.2 Dö i D.4 | |

36 245.0 D.7 4.6 Fe

| 21 252.3 5.6 5.6

| 22 278.1 4.6 5.3 3

Here we have the averages:

Length of line of Length of line of |

ROR length, palatine teeth, in 4 of|intermaxillary teeth,

tape total length in 4 of total length

9 specimens

EERHO mm. . 109.1 4.5 4.0

11 specimens

ab mm... 207.6 5.0 DA

Thus we see, that both the two lines, in their resp. relations

to the total length of the body, are growing longer with the

increasing age, but the intermaxillary line in the highest

degree, and this without any apparent sexual difference.

Now, if we divide the above-cited specimens in two groups,

the one with the palatine line longest, the other with this

line either as long as the intermaxillary or shorter, we have

the averages:

| Z Length of line of Length of line of

Nr rg palatine teeth, in 4 of intermaxillary teeth,

; | total length in 2 of total length

11 specimens. . 143.1 4.9 |

do EL SNR NNE 186.8 4.9 5.2 |

and here also we see, that the character alleged to Lycodes

seminudus is bound with the younger specimens, while the

16 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

older specimens would belong to the typical reticulatus; but

it is to be noted, that just those specimens (N:o 31—34)

which in their coloration and scaly covering come nearest

to the type of REINHARDT'S ”eticulatus, would be referred to

seminudus, as judged from the supposed teeth-character. The

names therefore would rather be changed, the one for the

other. "This is the reason, why I cannot acknowledge the

value af this character. But CoLLEtr, in his classical work

on these fishes,! has distinguished two forms, characterised

by the low body. The one, belonging to the Vahlii-group,

he named Lycodes pallidus, the other, of the reticulatus-group,

he identified with REINHARDT'S Lyc. seminudus. These I have

tried to find again in our collection, with the result which

will easily be seen already in my table of averages for the

six primary forms (table IV). For all the respective heights

— the greatest height of the body (usually at the anterior

end of the trunk, alt,), the height at the beginning of the

anal fin (alt,) and that at the midst of the base of the anal

fin (alt,,) — in the Vahlii-group the relative figures are less

for the pallidus than for the typical form, just as in the

reticulatus-group the figures for seminudus are less than those

for the true »”eticulatus. In the former group, however, this

may possibly be explained as a consequence of the evolutional

changes, for the specimens of pallidus in averages are conside-

rably smaller than those of the true Vahlit, and a single glance

at the primary figures (table IT) will show that these relative

alt) ., alt./

CANE

Besides, there are no constant characters in these respects,

for the maxima and minima are as follows:

figures | 4 and a) are increasing with age.

pallidus Vahlii seminudus reticulatus

bar gsi EA ir ay ET 100 ds | 11.7(11.3) | 16.6

Å 4 71 | 97| 84 | 117 | 89] 10.3 | 10.289) | 12.5 |

La HA öd 6.8 | 5.2 TAN GRE GA 6.8(6.5) 78

1 Norw. N. Atlant. Exped. 1876—78, Zool., Fish., pp. 110 and 113.

;

fruga vv.

"BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:o 4. 17

It is thus necessary to find another proof of the signifi-

cance of the averages, and the most instructive that I have

found is derived from the relation between the height of the

body at the beginning of the anal fin and the distance of

this fin from the tip of the lower jaw kg ul. There it

will be seen (table V), that the forms named pallidus and

seminudus always take lower figures than Vahlii and reticu-

latus respectively, at the corresponding age (as far as age

can be judged from the length of the body); and for semi-

nudus indeed in this relation there seems to be a constant

character, distinguishing it from reticulatus, as its highest

limit of variation is below 22», what in reticulatus occurs

only in the larval state (a < 60 mm). This character, how-

ever, seems to be due to a divergency of the manner of evolu-

tion or, perhaps rather, to its interruption for seminudus, as

will be seen from the following averages:

| pallidus | Vahlii | seminudus | reticulatus

I I

la, in mm. . | 80.4 | 122.4 | 91.4 144.4 | 218.4 140.4 230.7 | 98.0 | 170.4 |

ra g..| 19.1 | 215 242 | 264] 27.7) 20.5) 19.7) 23.5 | 238)

1 || I I

Here for pallidus and Vahlit the figures evidently are

increasing with age, for retviculatus this inerement is rather

small (if a real one), but for seminudus the figures are a

little decreasing from the younger to the older age, perhaps

the beginning of a specific divergence, if it not at last, with

a fuller material for examination, should turn out to be more

properly regarded as the retention of a juvenile character,

in which case seminudus in this respect would hold the same

position to reticulatus, as does frigidus in other respects.

A few words may be added about a character, to which

many authors have given a great weight. It is well known

that in the Vahli-group as well as in the frigidus-form the

most conspicuous lateral line is the ventral one, while in the

reticulatus-group the median lateral line appears in this cha-

racter. But besides, in the former group usually at least

18 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

traces of a median lateral line may be seen, just as in the

reticulatus-group a dorsal line may be added to the median

one. Now it happens also, that sometimes (see f. i. in N:o

V. 34 in our tables of measurements) all the three lines are

present, although, as far as we have seen, in a rudimentary

state, with the scattered pores visible only as small, white

dots. Very often, most frequently in old specimens, and al-

ways in the youngest, the lines are indistinct, in such a

degree that they scarcely may be perceived, thus making the

cited character useless. It is a very ambiguous character,

but may sometimes be used as a supplementary one; and as

it unites the frigidus-form with the Vahlii-group, although

that form in other respects is a true »eticulatus, it will

strengthen the above made supposition that hybridism has

played its part in the origination of the frigidus-form.

Lately (1898!) it has been suggested that one of the most

striking characters would be derived from the breadth of the

pectoral fins. This we have tried to prove by measuring

the height of the base of these fins (pb), which in our speci-

mens we have found variable enough, from about 4!/3 or 4

to 7!/2 or 7?/3 per cent of the total length of the body, thus

very well suggesting the probability of its giving place even

to any specific distinction. But the figures, as may be seen

already from our tables of primary per cent figures (tables

II and TITT), are very irregular, although within the respective

groups increasing in the main with the age of the specimens,

what in the average-table (table IV) is expressed also by

their steady increasing in the form-series from gracilis to

reticulatus. As in the first-named table they cross over each

other, from the one form to the other, they can not give us

any constant characters for the respective forms; but their

auxological changes through their regularity in the averages

give us a new proof of the correctness of our views of the

natural relations between the species, forms and varieties.

This will be still more evident by comparing the breadth

of the base of the pectoral fins with another part of the body,

as f. i. the length of the tail.

1 JORDAN and EVERMANN, Fish. North a. Mid. America, p. 2462, note.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 19

--—--- rn —A2 nn nwnoo Oo Ono nro

| Averages gracilis pallidus | Vahlit

i |

za in mm. . . . |125.7|142.1| 158.4| 70.1 | 87.1 | 9L.1| 122.4| 104.4 146.5 188.

KR AR I el Sm SET SA: 96 9.9] DIE LO LZ

Maximaand mini-

ma for the speci-

mens above . .|Min. — | Max. | Min. | — | — | Max. | Min. | — | Max.

KRA 1 [1085] — | 196:0| 66.5 = | — |155:0] 65.0 | — |819:2

ON ORENAE Sd, ANNE 9 93 —— | 10:21 86) — | IL3

Averages frigidus seminudus reticulatus

N |

a, in mm. . . - |120.9|191.2] 261.5] 139.8| 187.7| 235.7| 91.9 [121.11131.831 199.3

NOK ratar ie a 110 | ELI 20 | I9:6) 12:39) 12:38: 13 A5:0

Maxima and mini- |

ma for the speci- |

mens above . .|Min. | — | Max. | Min. | — | Max. | Min.| — | — | Max.

Mika 0 96.7 | — |857,8] 62.0] — |278.1|77.0 | — | — |245.0

RAR ue. a KÖREN SORTS ASS

Here, if we choose the per cent number for these ave-

ragespecimens which are most like each-other in the size of

the body, we find, for instance

gracilis FE Re Vahlit | frigidus |seminudus| reticulatus

gas 125.7 | 122.4 | 104.4 SN 187.7 | 199.3

a. SÖT RC 11.5 123 | 15.0

A rather wide gap here divides the Vahlit-group from the

reticulatus-group, but only in the averages. 'The forma gra-

cilis is well divided from the pallidus-form, but not from the

typical Vahlii, which as to the grade of development holds

a lower position than pallidus. "The frigidus-form has almost

the same maxima and minima as seminudus, and the resp.

maxima of these two forms exceed the minima of the typical

reticulatus. Thus here are no constant characters to be found,

but the evolution goes on with the form-series, and it is

20 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

first in the typical »eticulatus that we find the character,

which by CoLLETT was assigned to Lycodes Liitkenii.!

After this examination of the most principal characters,

it may well be conceded, that among our true Lycodes the

distinction of species is very vague. It seems rather as if

the species still were in a state of developing themselves.

In the larval and in the young postlarval stages they are rather

impossible to distinguish from each other, but the individual

varieties seem to leave a great field for the working up of

more stabile differences. Such a difference, constant enough,

although of no considerable magnitude, we have ascertained

between the resp. limits of variation in the old Reinhardtian

species Vahlii and »reticulatus. As the natural factors for

their differentiating themselves from each other, in connection

with the evolutional force, in many instances we have seen

the feminine characters leading the way of differentiation to

Lycodes Vahlii, the masculine characters leading to Lycodes

reticulatus. Within the limits of the former species it is

easy enough to distinguish a local form, gracilis, living in

the more southerly localities on the european side of the

Atlantic, corresponding to the zoarchus-form on the american

side, and perhaps by this geographical selection from the

true home of the genus stopped in the evolution and retaining

the juvenile characters. Again within the limits of variation

of reticulatus, a special form, frigidus, may have been origi-

nated, perhaps by hybridisation, in the arctic home common

for the two species. The resp. differences between pallidus

and Vahlii and between seminudus and reticulatus are of still

less value or constancy: they may rather be regarded as elong-

ated varieties, with indications of a farther differentiation,

that may perhaps lead to the origin of distinct species.

We thus arrange the forms:

A: Length of the head more than 41 per cent of the length of the tail.

a: Median lateral line most conspicuous.

a: Height of the body at the beginning of

the anal fin usually more than 22 per

cent of tbe distance of this fin from the

tip of the lower jaw . . . . . . . Lycodes reticulatus.

1 Norsk Nordh. Exped. 1876 —78, Zool., Fiske, p. 103.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27.

pg:

b: Ventral lateral line most conspicuous .

Height of the body at the beginning of

the anal fin usually less than 22 per

cent of the distance of this fin from

the tip of the lower jaw

B: Length of the head less than 41 but more

than 29 per cent of the length of the tail.

AA:

a: Length of the head usually more than 33

per cent of the length of the tail.

Heigth of the body at the beginning

of the anal fin usually more than 22

per cent of the distance of this fin

from the tip of the lower jaw :

Height of the body at the beginning

of the anal fin usually less than 22

per cent of the distance of this fin

from the tip of the lower jaw

b: Length of the head usually less than 33

per cent of the length of the tail

C: Length of tbe head less than 29 per cent of

the length of the tail.

a: Distance of the dorsal fin from the tip of

the nose more than 22 per cent of the

length of the body -. -.

b: Distance of the dorsal fin from the tip of

the nose (in normal specimens) less than

per cent of the length of the body.

Height of the body at the base of the

pectorals more than 5 per cent of the

total length (with caudal fin) .

; Height of the body less than 5 per

cent of the total length .

AFD: IV: N:O 45. oh

. Lycodes seminudus:

. Lycodes frigidus.

. Lycodes Vahli.

Lycodes pallidus.

. Lycodes gracilis.

Lycodes Sarsu.

. Lycodes Verrilli.

. Lycodes murcena.

22 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

Remarks on the specimens in the tables of

measurements.

TABLE: I

N:o 1 and 2: Lycodes Verrillit, two males from the arctic sea east?

off Greenland, 72” 25' N. lat., 17” 56' W. long.; depth 300 meters;

stone and sand; July 30, 1900, KOLTHOFF-expedition. Two lateral

lines, viz. a ventral and a median one, the latter with scattered

white pores, each with a longitudinal white streak from the front

and at the back. These pores as usually are smaller than the

white scales and most distinct in the dark (red-brown) patches

of the body; — cfr fig. 1.

TABLE II.

Lycodes Vahlii.

1—-11, forma gracilis.

N:o V. 1. Bahusia, Gullmar-firth, at Essvik, June 18, 1894, with

trawl. Compared with the N:o 27 below (the arctic form of

Lycodes Vahlii) this specimen is much more elongated. The

livery of fry has its characteristic saddle-marks, red dorsal cross-

bands, edged by brown, divided by the ligther colour of the body.

The two foremost of the dark saddlemarks belong to the upper

side of the head, divided by a strait, light crossband over the

occiput, on a level with the hind preopercular margin. The

second light dorsal crossband is on a level with the hind opercular

margin. Then follow two dark saddle-marks, belonging to the abdomen

and distinguishing themselves by their cross-bands in the dorsal fin

more intensely dark than all the other marks. Behind these there

are 9 dark saddle-marks, which all would belong to the tail, if

not the anal opening (exceptionally?) were placed below the

midst of the first mark. The tip of the caudal fin is white. In

comparing this specimen with the corresponding figure in COLLETT

(Vid. Selsk. Skr., I, M: N. Kl. 1899, N:o 6, pl LEGfNHöne

will find the body more elongated and the anal opening otherwise

situated. |

Scattered scales on the sides of the body just in front of

the beginning of the anal fin.

N:o V. 2. Bahusia, Gullmar-firth, biological station of Kristineberg,

1893. The livery of the fry is lost, except the two above-named

dark crossbands in the front part of the dorsal fin (now specks

as rests left of the abdominal saddlemarks) and the confused rests

of the caudal saddle-marks, which give a black margin to the

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 23

hind parts resp. of the dorsal and anal fins. No dark spots on

the sides of the body. Anal opening placed below the second

dark spot of the dorsal fin. Scales on the body well developed;

only the head with nape and the livid belly without scales.

N:o V. 3. Same locality as N:o. .V. 1. Pale red, paler than the pre-

ceding specimen, the marks of the fry-livery resting very faint,

as f. i. a light crossband on the nape and some pigment in the

hindmost part of the vertical fins. Scaly covering as in the

preceding specimen. Belly light. Hind margin of the pectorals,

as usually in ÄLycodes Vahlit, incised, the 7th and 8th rays

(counted from below) being almost like to each other and to the

6th but shorter than the 9th.

N:o V. 4. Locality, colour and scaly covering as in the preceding

specimen. Pectorals scarcely incised.

N:o V. 5. Bahusia, Essvik, at the end of August 1900, with trawl.

Colour as in COLLETT, 1. c., fig. 6, with a line of dark spots in

the middle of the sides of the body.

N:o V. 6. Same locality as N:o V. 1. Colour as in COLLETT, 1. c.,

fig. 9, without dark spots on the sides of the body.

N:o V. 7. Same locality as N:o V.5. Marks from the - fry-livery

rather conspicuous. Anal opening below the interspace between :

the second dark spot in the dorsal fin and the first dark caudal

saddle-mark. 8 such marks on the tail (the 9th forming a spot

on the tip of the caudal fin), the two first ending below just

under the midst of the sides of the body but there combined

through a network of irregular dark (brown) streaks, the other

saddle-marks less or more completely extended on the anal fin.

ÅA row of six dark (brown) spots in the middle line of the sides

of the body, each spot more or less regularly placed in the lower

parts resp. of the abdominal and the foremost caudal dark saddle-

marks. Incision in the pectorals rather inconspicuous.

N:o V. 8. Bahusia, Börsås, 1889, Dr CARL AURIVILLIUS. Pale red;

fry-livery vanished. Spots in the front part of the dorsal fin

rather inconspicuous. Other fry-marks visible only as forming

a dark shading in the margin and hind parts resp. of the dorsal

and anal fin. No spots on the sides of the body. Specimen

erooked, measurements thus rather uncertain.

N:o V. 9. Bahusia, Firth of Saltkälla, August 1894, AURIVILLIUS.

Specimen ecrooked, with the mouth and branchial apparatus in

the highest degree expanded; measurements thus uncertain. Colour

pale red, still lighter (yellowich white) on the ventral side. No

spots in the front part of the dorsal fin. Irregular thin spots

on the sides of the body.

N:o V.: 10. Same locality as N:o V.5. Pale red, light yellow below,

with the median line of the belly livid. Only one dark spot in

the front part of the dorsal fin, but faint rests of the caudal

saddle-marks. An irregular, dark, longitudinal band in the midst

of the sides of the abdomen. Dark spot on the opercle. Anal

opening surrounded by yellowish white.

24 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

N:o V. 11. Same locality as N:o V. 5. Pale -grey-red. 9 caudal

saddle-marks (10, if the dark tip of the caudal fin be counted)

rests from the fry-livery conspicuous enough, but narrow, a little

enlarged below, with the centre of this part lighter. Vertical

fins for the most part blue-grey. Belly (for the translucent peri-

tioneal membrane) livid. Pectorals light-edged.

12—26, forma pallida.

N:o V. 12. Greenland, Mackenzie-bay, N. of Franz-Joseph-firth, August

1—3, 1900; depth 12—35 m.; mud-bottom; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

White, with grey, brown-edged figures. Caudal crossmarks

9, viz. 2 saddle-marks and 7 crossbands, the latter narrower than

the white interspaces, the hindmost placed on the tip of the

caudal fin. Back part of the anal fin brown-edged. Belly livid.

Anal opening surrounded by white, placed below the interspace

between the second abdominal and the first caudal saddle-mark.

Scaly covering reaching from a little behind the beginning of the

anal fin to the hind tip of the body.

N:o V. 13. Greenland, Franz-Joseph-firth; 73” 15' n; 25” 42' w.; depth

760 m.; mud bottom with sand, gravel and stones; August 14,

L8005 NATHORST- expedition.

Coldur reddish dark, compare fig. 19 in COLLETT, 1. ec.

(young Lycodes Esmarki). Head and belly livid. Saddle-marks

(some of them probably a result of fusing together, two and two)

transformed to broad ecrossbands, 7 behind the head, divided by

six rather narrow white interspaces. Tail-fin white. Anal opening

below the midst of the second dark crossband. Besides to be

compared with N:o V.29 below. Scales well developed on tail

and abdomen, both above and below the middle line of the sides of

the body, but head and belly naked. On the crown of the head

a large fontanelle, through which whole the brain may be seen.

N:o V. 14. Same locality as N:o V. 12.

. Colour light, with livid belly. Caudal crossmarks 9, the

first four not descending over the anal fin, the fifth just doing

so, the sixth and seventh crossing it completely, the eight also

but having lost its hind margin, the ninth forming a crossband

on the base of the caudal fin, whose tip is uncoloured. The

white anal opening below the midst of the first caudal saddle-

mark. No scales, but marks of a median as well as a ventral

lateral line.

N:o V. 15. Same locality as N:o V. 12.

Colour intermediate between the ligth (N:os V. 12 and V. 14)

and dark (N:o V. 13) varieties. Caudal crossmarks (resp. saddle-

marks and crossbands) 7, the two first not descending to the anal

fin, the third just doing so, the fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh in the

anal fin conjoinded to a black, narrowly white-edged band, leaving

the tip of the caudal fin as well as the hindmost part of the

dorsal fin white. Anal opening below the interspace between the

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET:-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 25

second abdominal and the first caudal saddle-mark, which marks

however are partially united below (in the middle of the height

of the body) by a streak of dark pigment. Belly livid. The

nuchal light crossband abrupt in the middle of the neck. Iris

silvery in front and behind. Scales on the dorsal (none on the

ventral) part of the sides of the body from a little behind the

base of the pectorals to the back margin of the third caudal

saddle-mark. Median lateral line rudimentary, ventral line more

conspicuous. Back margin of pectorals a little incised, the 7th

—9th rays (from below) scarcely longer than the 6th.

N:o V. 16. Greenland, Franz-Joseph-firth, at the bottom of Musk-ox-

bay; depth 100 m.; clay-bottom; August 17, 1900; KOLTHOFF-

expedition.

Specimen crooked, with the mouth and gill-apparatus in

the highest degree expanded; measurements thus uncertain. Colour

and scales as in the preceding N:o but the nuchal light cross-

band continuous.

N:OrV LT. Same: locality as N:o V. 12.

Colour almost the same as in N:o V. 14. Scales as in the

preceding N:o (V. 16).

N:o V. 18. Same locality as N:o V. 12. Specimen erooked etc. as

INHORTVA LO

Colour of the body pale. Caudal erossmarks (probably through

confluence) reduced to 6. Tip of caudal fin white. Belly livid.

Sealy covering as in the preceding, a little more extended below

in front.

N:o VV: 19. Same locality as N:o V. 12.

Colour pale. Caudal crossmarks 7 (or 8, if the black tip

of the caudal fin be counted). Scales as in the preceding. A

rudimentary median lateral line.

N:o V. 20. Same locality as N:o V. 12. Colour as in the preceding,

but tip of caudal fin white. Scales as in the preceding. Back

margin of pectoral fins feebly incised.

N:o V. 21. Greenland, off Mackenzie-bay, N. of Franz-Joseph-firth;

depth 100 m.; mud-bottom, August 24, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Specimen in the same bad condition as N:o V. 18. Caudal

erossmarks 6 (7, if the black tip of the caudal fin be counted).

Scaly covering extended below the middle line of the sides of

the tail and abdomen. The naked belly blue in its middle line

and higher up on the sides, but there-between white. .

N:o V. 22. Same locality as N:o V. 12.

Colour as in the preceding, moreover resembling the figs.

5 and 6 in COLLETT, 1. c. (Lycodes gracilis). Opercular spot

conspicuous but ill defined. Caudal erossmarks 6, besides a black-

brown spot on the caudal tip of the body. Scales as in the

preceding. The naked belly livid.

N:o V. 23. Same locality as N:o V. 12.

Colour almost completely as in the preceding, but still paler.

Seales below the middle line of the sides of the body scarcely

em”

SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

perceptible but in the front of the abdomen, above the ventral

lateral line.

N:o V. 24. Same locality as N:o V. 12:

Colour pale, as in the preceding, but retaining more of the

fry-livery characteristics. Caudal crossmarks 9; tip of caudal fin

white. Opercular spot indistinct. Scales almost as in N:o V. 21;

head with nape, the livid belly, a streak along the base of the

anal fin and the hindmost part of the body naked.

N:o V. 25. Same locality as N:o V. 12.

Dark variety, with the white interspaces forming more or

less drop-like saddle-marks in the dorsal fin and the upper part

of the sides of the body, but on the tail indistinctly descending

to the anal fin. 6 complete and 1 incomplete (in the dorsal fin

defective) caudal dark crossmarks, lighter in the centre above,

together with a brown tip of the caudal fin. Nuchal light cross-

band broadly abrupt on the neck. Opercular dark spot distinct.

Head, as usually, light, almost white below; its upper side with

tbe dorsal colour. Branchiostegal membrane livid, with white

margin. Belly pale livid. Scaly covering almost complete on

the body, but the head with nape, belly and the hindmost part

of the tail naked. Incision in the hind margin of the pectoral

fins rather feeble.

N:o V. 26. Greenland, mouth of Franz-Joseph-firth; depth 200—300

m.; mud-bottom; August 14, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Colour reddish and yellowish. Nuchal light crossband (be-

tween the upper angles of the branchial apertures) almost un-

broken. 6 complete caudal dark crossmarks, of which the two

hindmost are reduced to crossbands; the 7th crossmark defective

in the dorsal fin and represented only by a lump of brown pig-

ment-spot in the anal margin of the body; the 8th represented

by a brown pigment-spot on the caudal fin, whose tip however

is light. Anal fin brown, reddish in front, almost black behind;

with light margin. Opercular spot confluent with the brown (but

light-edged) branchiostegal membrane. Anal opening below the

front margin of the first caudal dark saddle-mark. Back margin

of pectoral fins feebly incised. This specimen to be compared

with N:o V. 38, below.

27—42, forma Vahl typica.

N:o V. 27. Baffin-bay; 71” 42'n., 73” w.; depth 15—30 m.; sand

with stones; September 28, 1894; Forrester E. NILSSON.

Light yellow, with reddish brown markings. Upper side of

the head coloured as a saddle-mark, enclosing the upper half

part of the eyes. Nuchal light crossband arched fore-over from

the one to the other pectoral fin. Of the two abdominal dark

saddle-marks, the first reaches the dorsal fin only with the tip

of its hind, brown margin. Caudal saddlemarks 3 of which

however the third evidently is composed of two yet undivided,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 27

Åd

N:o

N:0

N:o

what perhaps may be said of the fourth also. The second on

the contrary is very narrow, contracted below and prolonged to

a crossband over the anal fin also, in the same manner as the

hind part of the third saddle-mark. The fourth saddle-mark

forms a broad crossband (narrow below) over tail and fins. Tip

of the tail and caudal fin light. Anal opening below the fore

part of first caudal saddle-mark. No scales.

V. 28. Baffin-bay; 71” 57' n., 73” 56' w.; depth 9—36 m.; muddy

bottom, off the mouth of a river; September 13—15, 1894;

NILSSON.

Colour as in the preceding. -Nuchal light erossband angular,

V-formed. Caudal saddle-marks 4; on the right side, the first

three continuous, the front part of the third downwards prolonged

to a crossband over the anal fin, the fourth as in the preceding

specimen; on the left side, all the marks separated and the middle

parts resp. of the second and the third downwards prolonged as

above. Anal opening below the dividing line between the second

abdominal and the first caudal saddle-mark. No scales.

V. 29. Same locality as N:o V. 26.

Colour white, figured with reddish grey (dark variety); other-

wise as in the preceding, but the whole of the eyes included in

the colour of the upper side of the head, and the tip of the tail

with the caudal fin (except the hindmost point) occupied by a

fifth dark crossband. Scales on the upper part of the sides of

the abdomen. Anal opening below the front part of the second

abdominal saddle-mark. Belly livid. Lateral line ventral.

Vv. 30. Same locality as N:o V. 12.

Coloration almost the same as in N:o V. 15, the 7th caudal

dark crossband evidently composed of two (united in the anal

fin), of which the hindmost is defective in the dorsal fin. Tip

of the tail together with the caudal fin white. Hind margin of

the pectoral fins feebly incised. Scales on the upper parts of

the abdominal and caudal sides of the body. Lateral line ventral,

but rudimentary signs of the median as well as of a dorsal line.

NI3S1: Same» locality asN:or V:16:

Colour about the same as in N:o V. 19, but still paler, with

only 5 caudal dark crossmarks, and with the anal opening placed

below the hind margin of the second abdominal saddle-mark.

Tip of tail together with caudal fin light. Hind part of the anal

fin black-brown but light-edged. Scales as in the preceding

specimen.

V. 32. Same locality as N:o V. 13.

Colour reddish; the crossmarks on the body almost evanished

but in the dorsal fin sharply defined and dark, 5 in the caudal

part of that fin together with a faint sign of a 6th caudal band,

more conspicuous in the anal fin. Tip of the tail with caudal

fin light. Hind part of the anal fin and the branchiostegal mem-

brane black-brown; belly livid. Anal aperture white, placed below

the interspace between the second abdominal and the first caudal

N:o

N:0

SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

cross-marks. Scales on the whole body, except head and belly.

Lateral line ventral.

Vv. 33. Greenland, off Franz-Joseph-firth, between Bontekoe-island

and Mackenzie-bay, depth 250 m.; mud-bottom; August 8, 1900;

KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Colour almost the same as in N:o V. 25, but paler, with

the white crossbands broader. Caudal dark crossmarks 6; hind-

most part of the dorsal fin white, caudal faintly dusk; anal black-

brown from behind forward about to below the hind margin of

the second caudal saddle-mark, in front lighter. Belly and bran-

chiostegal membrane livid. Scaly covering complete to below the

last dorsal crossband. Head with nape and belly naked. Lateral

lines ventral and dorsal, the latter thin but reaching at least to

the second caudal dark crossmark.

Vv. 34. "Same; locality as! N:o V.-13.

Colour reddish grey, intermediate between the dark and light

varicties, but with belly and sides of the head dark livid. Caudal

dark crossmarks 6, but the hindmost defective (only faintly marked)

in the dorsal fin, whose end together with the caudal fin is white.

Scaly covering complete on the body, but the head with nape

and belly as well as the hindmost part of the tail naked. Fins

(as before) naked. Lateral lines ventral, median and dorsal.

V.35. Same locality as N:o V. 26.

" Dark variety, else the colour as in the preceding specimen.

Caudal crossmarks 8, else as remarked in the preceding. Scales

and lateral lines as in the preceding. Fins (as before) naked.

Hind margin of pectoral fins feebly incised. Anal fin rather light livid.

V. 36. Same locality as N:o V. 33.

Colour on the body a little lighter than in the preceding,

on the anal fin darker. Caudal dark crossmarks 9, but the last

small, placed on the caudal fin.

V. 37. Greenland, outer part of Musk-ox-bay; depth 200 m.;

clay-bottom; August 21, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Light variety, reddish blue-grey, with the crossmarks on the

body faded away. Dark livid spot on the opercle and in the

upper pectoral axil (to be compared with the gracilis-form).

Caudal dark crossbands in the dorsal fin 5 conspicuous and 1

rather faded. Anal fin dark, light-edged. Scaly covering almost

reaching the tip of the tail. Fins naked. Lateral lines ventral,

median and dorsal, the first-named to be followed along at least

half the length of the base of the anal fin. Incision in the hind

margin of the pectorals rather inconspicuous. |

N:o V: 38. Same locality as N:o V. 29.

Colour and markings almost completely the same as in N:o

V. 26, but the hindmost crossbands still less marked, and the

opercular tract darker.

V.39.- Same: locality” as N:o V. 37:

Light variety, with the pale dark saddle-marks running to-

gether below, thus turning the light interspaces to saddle-marks

0 SSSSESEESFVEESUISUUENI EAA

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 29

on the upper part of the sides of the body and in the dorsal

fin. Anal opening below the hind margin of the second abdominal

dark saddle-mark. 7 conspicuous and 1 rather indistincet dark caudal

erossband in the dorsal fin together with an obscure dusky spot

on the caudal fin, whose tip however is light. Opercular spot

rather indistinct. Branchiostegal membrane light livid. Belly

rather light. Incision in pectorals feeble. Lateral lines, except

the ventral, indistinet. Scales as in the preceding specimen.

N:o V. 40. Same locality as N:o V. 29.

Colour intermediate between the dark and light varieties,

with the dark crossmarks brownish red on the body, rather black

in the dorsal fin. Light caudal interspaces forming crossbands

on the body and the vertical fins. Tip of the tail light. Anal

opening below the front part of the first caudal saddle-mark.

Branchiostegal membrane and belly livid. Caudal dark erossbands

6, all complete. Scaly covering extending on the basal third

part of the dorsal fin, else as in the preceding specimen. Back

margin of the large pectorals distinctly incised. Lateral lines

indistinct.

N:o V. 41. Same locality as N:o V. 29.

Dark variety, with the light crossbands rather indistinct on

the reddish-brown body. Only 1 abdominal and 6 caudal black

erossbands in the dorsal fin, the hindmost band in the tip of the

tail-fin. Anal opening below the front third part of the first

caudal crossband. Scaly covering extending nearly to the tip

of the tail and on the belly as well as on the basal two-thirds

of dorsal and anal fins. Head with nape naked. Lateral lines

indistinct. Pectorals incised.

N:o V. 42. Same locality as N:o V. 13.

In all essentials like the preceding specimen, but 7 caudal

dark crossbands.

TABLE III.

.Lycodes reticulatus.

1—12, forma frigida.

N:o R. 1. Greenland, Murchison-sound; depth 45 fathoms; July 29,

1894; Dr OHLIN. Fry-livery. Caudal saddle-marks 9; anal

opening below the hind part of the first. No scales apparent.

N:o R. 2. Greenland; 73” 20' n.; 21” 20' w.; depth 70 m.; dead (mud-)

bottom; 1899; NATHORST-expedition.

Very like Vahlii (Esmarkii), f. i. N:o V. 13, above. Body

white, with the dark marks almost grey and grey-brown, scarcely

red. Caudal saddle-marks (resp. dark crossbands) 6. Tip of

caudal fin white. Belly livid. Anal opening below the white

interspace between the second abdominal and the first caudal

saddle-mark. No scales.

N:o

N:0

SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

R. 3. Same locality as N:o V. 21.

Very like Vahl (gracilis); almost uniformly pale reddish

grey on the body, with bluish fins. 8 caudal oblique crossbands

scarcely perceptible (9, if the dusky tip of the tail-fin be counted),

the foremost of these however probably two and two belonging

to the same original saddle-mark. Belly pale livid. Scales on

the upper (dorsal) parts of the sides of the body from a little

behind the head to half the length of the tail. Breadth of the

head about twice that of the belly and about four times the

breadth of the body at the beginning of the anal fin.

R. 4. Same locality as the preceding specimen.

Same colour as the preceding, but with the crossmarks a

little more distinet. Caudal saddle-marks (resp. crossbands be-

hind) 6 (or 7, if the dark tip of the tail-fin be counted). Anal

fin light edged, dark livid in the hind halt of its length. Belly

white, but a longitudinal livid band on the upper parts of its

sides. Scales on the whole sides of the body (except the naked

belly), in the dorsal part extending back to the end of the fifth

caudal crossband, in the ventral part to the end of the fourth.

Anal opening below the usual interspace.

R. 5. Same locality as N:o V. 13.

Same colour and shape of the body as the preceding, but

the cross-marks still more distinct, as well as the branchiostegal

membrane, the belly and the light-edged anal fin in whole its

length darker, more or less livid. Cross-marks on the body more

reddish grey. Caudal cross-marks 6; the dark tip of the tail-fin

uniting with the dark longitudinal band in the anal fin. Anal

opening below the usual interspace. Hind margin of pectorals a

little incised.

R. 6. Same locality as the preceding, same shape of body and

same colour, but paler. :

R. 7. Spitzberg; mouth of Ice-firth; depth 350 m.; mud-bottom;

June 6, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

In colour a true frigidus, reddish brown, but with obscure

rests of 6 caudal cross-marks and dark tip of tail-fin uniting

with the blue-black anal fin. Pectorals a little incised. Head

with nape, fins and belly naked.

R. 8. SE. of Walrus-island; 74” 30'n.; 18” 40' w.; depth 80—

100 m.; mud with stones; August 4, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Paler (more reddish) frigidus-colour, with more distinct

cross-marks. Caudal ecrossbands 7, the last on the caudal fin,

whose tip however is light. Belly livid. Anal opening below

the front half of the first caudal crossband. Scales from the

base of the pectorals almost out to the hind tip of the body.

R. 9. Same locality as N:o V. 12.

Pale red, almost as N:o R. 6. Above the opercle, at the-'

upper corner of the branchial aperture, on each side of the body,

a light-red spot as a rest of the original light nuchal crossband.

Caudal crossmarks 7 (or 8, if an obscure mark of a crossband

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 31

N:0

on the tip of the tail be counted); anal opening below the midst

of the first. Scaly covering thin but expanded over the whole

sides of the body (except belly) backward at least to the fifth

caudal ecerossband. Lateral lines ventral, a thin dorsal (in the

abdominal region and the fore part of the tail) and a median

(in the fore and middle part of the tail).

R. 10. Between Greenland and Jan-Mayen; 72” 42' n.; 14” 49' w.;

depth 2000 m.; mud with foraminifera; August 27, 1900; KOLT-

HOFF-expedition.

Head, fore-part of body, and fins bluish red, tail red, uni-

form. Vertical fins black-edged.

R. 11. Same locality as preceding. Uniform red. Scales on

belly and on the back forward to half way between dorsal fin

and head.

N:o R. 12. Same locality as preceding. Uniform greyish-red. Scales

N:0

as on preceding.

13—22, forma seminuda.

mitöskGreenland; 73-55 n:; 19720 w:; depth 150 m.; mud-

bottom; August 7, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Colour very light; the white interspaces broader than the

reddish-grey, dark-brown-edged crossmarks. Caudal saddle-marks

(resp. crossbands behind) 5, the three hindmost forming bands

erossing both body and vertical fins; tip of tail with fin white.

Belly feebly bluish. Anal opening below the interspace between

the second abdominal and first caudal saddle-mark. No scales.

R. 14. Same locality as N:o V. 29.

Rather dark variety, with bluish belly and with the lower

(ventral) reddish parts of the saddle-marks uniting, thus giving

the white interspaces the appearance of more or less drop-like

saddle-marks. White, reddish-brown-edged spot on the neck left

as a remnant from the original white nuchal cross-band, which

besides has left a smaller white spot on the opercle of each side,

at the upper angle of the branchial aperture. Caudal dark cross-

marks 8, the hindmost on the tip of the tail with caudal fin.

Anal opening below the first caudal dark saddle-mark. Scales

on the sides of the fore part of the tail backward to the penul-

timate dark crossband. Length of the intermaxillar as weli as

of the palatine series of teeth 6.2 mm.

R.15. Same locality as N:o V.37.

A little paler than the preceding, only the third and fourth

dark caudal crossmarks uniting below. Nuchal white crossband

as in the preceding. Caudal dark crossmarks 8; anal opening

below the back part of the first. Scales on the sides of the

tail, from the second dark caudal crossband backward almost to

the hind tip of the body. Length of the intermaxillar series of

teeth 9 mm., of the palatine 8.2 mm.

N:o

N:0

SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

R. 16. Spitzberg, Ice-firth, Coal-bay: depth 100 m.; rocky bottom;

June 16—20, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Dark (reddish-blue) variety, with narrow white crossmarks.

Nuchal white erossband incompletely 4-partite. Caudal dark cross-

marks 6 (7, if the dark tip of the tail-fin be counted); anal

opening below the front part of the first. Scales thin, from the

first to the fifth dark caudal crossmarks. Length of intermaxillar

series of teeth 6.1 mm., of palatine 6.7 mm.

Adn. ”/, 2 very frigidus-like, but lateral lines median and

dorsal. Cfr. N:o R. 19, below.

RR. 17: Same localltysas N:o Valö:

Rather light variety, with narrow white crossmarks but light

interior of the dark ones. Nuchal light crossband undivided.

Caudal dark crossmarks 6, besides a dark spot on the tip of

the tail, united with the last dark crossband in the white-edged

anal fin. Tip of tail-fin white. Belly light livid. Anal opening

below the interspace between the second abdominal and the first

caudal saddle-marks. Scales of seminudus. Length of the inter-

maxillar series of teeth 10.6 mm., of the palatine 9.2 mm.

R. 18. Same locality as N:o R. 14.

Very similar to N:o R. 14, but caudal dark crossmarks 6.

The white-edged anal fin reddish livid. White nuchal crossband

as N:o R. 14. Scales as semtinudus. Length of intermaxillar

series of teeth 10.6 mm., of palatine 9.6 mm. ;

R. 19. Sibiria, Chatanga-bay; specimen figured in SMITT, Scand.

iish., needs 2, Po 6122

Length of the intermaxillar series of teeth 8 mm., of the -

palatine 11.7 mm. This specimen together with N:o R. 16, above,

may perhaps be marked as a separate form, characterized by

short head (b; bi; b,), rather forward advanced ventral fins

(r; 7,) and long abdomen (tr); although it seems to be the most

natural to hold them as merely individual variations.

R. 20. Same locality as N:o R. 14.

Colour mostly as N:o R. 18, livid and reddish, the three

foremost (two abdominal and one caudal) white interspaces being

saddle-marks, the four hindmost (the white tip of the tail-fin

inclusive) being crossbands, but the last of these having its lower

part dusky and united with the dark colour of the anal fin.

Form of the tail with fins acute, dagger-like. Caudal dark cross-

bands 5 (or 6, if the dusky, lower part of the tail-fin be counted).

Anal opening below the usual interspace. Scales as seminudus.

Median lateral line most conspicuous, dorsal and ventral lines

thin and irregular. Length of intermaxillar series of teeth 11.9

mm., of palatine 12 mm.

R. 21. Greenland; 74?” 52'n.; 17” 16' w.;; deptk 350 mm. ;mud

with sand and pebbles; July 4, 1899; NATHORST-expedition.

Colour as preceding, but more uniformly red on the body.

Form of the tail as preceding. Caudal dark crossmarks 7, the

dark tip of the tail-fin inclusive. Scaly covering as seminudus,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 33

beginning at the hind margin of the first caudal dark crossmark.

Length of the intermaxillar as well as of the palatine series of

teeth 13.3 mm.

N:o R. 22. Same locality as N:o V. 13 and R. 17.

Rather light variety, red and white. Nuchal white cross-

band entire. Elongated and acute form of body. Caudal dark

erossmarks 8, the hindmost on the tip of the tail, the two fore-

most white in their interior, thus hinting to the origin of secondary

white saddle-marks. Scales as seminudus, reaching forward about

to the beginning of the anal fin. Anal opening below the usual

white interspace. Length of the intermaxillar series of teeth

14.9 mm., of the palatine 12.8 mm.

23—36, forma reticulata.

N:o R. 23. Spitzberg, Treurenberg-bay; 5 fathoms; August 1861;

GofÉs and SMITT.

Type-specimen for Lycodes Rossi, MALMGREN ; figured in

SMITT, Scand. Fish., ed. 2, p. 612, and in. COLLETT, Lyc.

gracilis, Vid. Selsk: Skr. Chrnia, I, M. N: Kl. 1899, N:o 6,

Para

N:o R. 24. Greenland; 75” 26'n.; 260 fathoms; mud-bottom; 1883,

A. E. NORDENSKIÖLD.

Same fry-livery as preceding, but the first caudal saddle-

mark reaching the base of the anal fin. No scales. Whole brain

visible through its coverings.

N:o R. 25. Greenland, Inglefield Gulf, 25 fathoms; August 8, 1894;

Dr A. OHLIN.

Fry-livery. Caudal crossmarks 4, the first and second scarcely

reaching the anal fin, the two hind ones crossing that fin also.

No scales. Brain visible as before. Anai opening below the

usual interspace.

N:o R. 26. Greenland; 72” 25'n.; 17”.56' w.; depth 300 m.; sand

and stones; July 7, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Colour as in LÖTKEN, Kara-Havets Fiske, tab. XVI, fig. 6,

with the inner field of the dark crossmarks greyish-red, and the

oblique bands in the vertical fins resp. dark-brown (almost black)

and white. Light nuchal ecrossband 4-partite. Caudal dark

crossmarks 7, the hindmost in the tip of the tail-fin; anal opening

below the front margin of the first. Scales rather indistinet but

perceptible on the upper and middle parts of the sides of the

body from the back margin of the first to the third caudal dark

crossmark. Length of the intermaxillar as well as palatine series

of teeth 3 mm.

N:o R. 27. Spitzberg, west off Cape Mitra; 79” 10'n.; 11” w.; depth

100 m.; mud-bottom; July 2, 1900; KOLTHOFF-expedition.

Colour as preceding but the red parts a little darker. Caudal

dark crossmarks 6 (besides a little dark spot in the tip of the

tail-fin), the four hind ones crossing the anal fin also; anal

34 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

opening below the middle part of the first. Belly light bluish.

Scales in a longitudinal band, about a third of the height of the

body, in the middle of the sides from the midst of the abdomen

to the second dark caudal crossmark. Length of intermaxillar

series of teeth 3.1 mm., of palatine 3.6 mm.

N:o R. 28. Same 'locality as N:o R.13.

Colour very similar to the preceding. White nuchal cross-

band imperfectly 3-partite. The two abdominal and the two

first caudal dark saddle-marks uniting below, thus forming between

themselves three droplike saddle-marks (compare fig. 4, tab. XVI

in LÖTKEN, 1. c.). Caudal dark crossmarks 6 (besides a little,

dusky spot on the tip of the tail, in front of the uncoloured

tail-fin). Anal opening below the usual interspace. Ventral side of

head as well as belly and pectorals milk-white. Longitudinal

band of scales on the sides of the body a little broader and

longer than in the preceding, reaching from the front of the

first abdominal to the back of the second caudal dark saddle-

mark. Length of intermaxillar series of teeth 3.2 mm., af pala-

tine 4.6 mm.

N:o RB. 29. - Greenland, Franz-Joseph-Firth; 73” 32'n.; 24” 38 w.;

depth 100—110 m.; mud, gravel and pebbles; August 28, 1899;

NATHORST-expedition.

Colour very similar to the preceding, with the same three

droplike white saddle-marks, and with the same but more com-

plete partition of the white nuchal crossband. Caudal dark cross-

marks 5; anal opening below the middle part of the first. Tail-

fin white. Scaly covering extending over the whole sides of the

body, except the belly, from the front of the first abdominal to

the back of the fourth caudal dark crossmark. Length of inter-

maxillar series of teeth 4.3 mm., of palatine 5.2 mm. Left

pectoral deformed; its hind margin deeply incised.

N:0orRSS0T Same tlocalityrasbN:o Raila.

Colour as the preceding; behind the 3-partite white nuchal

crossband thus there are 5 white, droplike saddle-marks and 4

white crossbands, the hindmost on the tip of the tail, but with a

black spot on the tip of the caudal fin. Anal opening below the

third white saddle-mark. Lower side of head white: belly and

anal fin light bluish. Scaly covering extending backward to ?/3

of the length of the anal fin. Length of intermaxillar series of

teeth 4.2 mm., of palatine 5.7 mm.

N:o R. 31. Same locality as N:o R. 26.

Very light variety, with the white interspaces almost as broad

as the dark and uniting below with the white ventral side.

White nuchal crossband imperfectly 4-partite. Caudal dark cross-

marks 5, besides the dark tip of the caudal fin. The second

abdominal and the three first caudal saddle-marks with their

resp. lower parts (below the dorsal fin) four-sided, in their interior

light-red, and with the lower corners extracted both for meeting

each other from the one saddle-mark to the other in the middle

YT Yrgvw

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:04. 35

of the sides of the body and for expanding right down. The

significance of this figuration will be more clearly seen below, in

the N:o R 34. Anal fin in the front third white. Anal opening

below the usual interspace. Scales on the body from the middle

of the length of the pectorals to ?/3 of the base of the anal fin.

Length of the intermaxillar series of teeth 4.5 mm., of the pala-

tine 5 mm.

N:o R. 32: Same -locality as N:o RB. 26.

Colour not quite so light as the preceding. Nuchal white

erossband as in N:o R. 30. The two abdominal and the three

first caudal dark saddle-marks uniting below, thus making the

four white interspaces between themselves droplike saddle-marks.

Upper parts of the sides of the body, bounding on the lower

parts of the abdominal saddle-marks, marked by a longitudinal

livid band. Caudal dark crossmarks 6, besides the dark tip of

the tail-fin. Anal opening below the front margin of the first

caudal dark saddle-mark. Scales as in the preceding. Length

of intermaxillar series of teeth 4.s mm., of palatine 5.5 mm.

N:o R. 33. Greenland, S.E. off Pendulum-Island, 74” 35' n.; 18” 15' w.;

depth 150 m.; mud with stones; August 5, 1900; KOLTHOFF-

expedition.

Colour about as in the preceding, but more bluish. White

nuchal ecrossband almost vanished in the midst of the neck.

Caudal dark crossmarks 6 (if the dark tip of the tail-fin be

counted), the two first being saddle-marks with their interior

just below the dorsal fin as light as the white interspaces, the

third crossing both dorsal and anal fin, the fourth and fifth

uniting below to form a semicircular ring. Anal opening below

the usual interspace. Scales obscure because of the slimy skin.

Length of the intermaxillar series of teeth 6 mm., of the palatine

7 mm.

N:o R. 34. Same locality as N:o R. 26.

Figured in our plate, fig. 4 and 5, where it will be seen,

how the above-named figuration in N:o R. 31 gives the origin

to the reticulate appearance, which has given its name to the

species. Scales from the front margin of the second abdominal

to the third caudal dark saddle-mark. Length of the inter-

maxillar series of teeth 7.7 mm., of the palatine 8.5 mm.

N:o R. 35. Same locality as N:o R. 26. äs

Colour about as in N:o R. 33. White nuchal crossband

rather broadly (as broad as half the breadth of the interorbital

space) interrupted in the midst of the neck. Caudal dark cross-

marks 6 (if the dark tip of the tail-fin be counted). Head

above figured as in the preceding. Anal opening below the

usual interspace. Abdominal scales extremely thin, the scaly

covering rather inconspicuous in front of the second caudal dark

erossmark. Pectorals broad. Length of the intermaxillar series

of teeth 8.9 mm., of the palatine 9 mm.

36 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

N:o R. 36. Same locality as N:o R. 26.

Red variety, with all the white interspaces, except the hind-

most, through the union of the dark crossmarks, transformed to

droplike saddle-marks, but with a light, round spot below each

of them. White nuchal crossband 4-partite. Caudal dark cross-

marks as in the preceding, anal opening below the front margin

of the first. Scaly covering extending from the middle of the

length of the pectoral, but rather thin in the front part of the

sides of the body. Length of the intermaxillar series of teeth

11.3 mm., of the palatine 14 mm.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4. 37

Explanation of plate.

1. Lycodes Verrillii, specimen N:o 1 in the table of measure-

ments I. Natural size.

2. Head of the same, seen from above. ?/1 nat. size.

3. Head of the same, seen from below. ?/1 nat. size.

4. Lycodes reticulatus, specimen N:o R. 34 in the table of

measurements III. Nat. size.

5. Head of the same, seen from above. Nat. size.

Letters on the tissue-paper:

Distance between a and & corresponds to a inthetablesofmeasurements

v sv Vv vv vs vuvYyplyvvvVVvUVUPvVV Vv YVY VV UY YI VV VY

» a —> » Sr (Ur DR » » »

> LO » Sa SOK » > >

> a » by » > by AE » » >

»> bada b, » » ba SC i »

> by 3. 0 > > by Sur SES >

» C bo » » (6) 20 » » > »

» & VTA se > » ÖL DR » »

> ff > Nn » 2 GR » ) »

20000) (0 » SE, NR VAN >

» mo» ba » » SAN Sr » » »

20 3 k » Fi JON ak » » »

3 Re os ille Å > Sk UR ar »

Al lg, » HÖ lt OR 1 >

24 KÖRA 207, » SK INIGS BEAR NS »

» MM > UU > 28 tr) KAS > > > »

> TT SM d NR NN ) ) »

FINNE 3. & > mn ml RU > ) »

» LU » BN Meg » ) > »

» OMR Fö: > SOA > ) >

> PAD » > > » PAEV »

» par > » pb AE > » »

» a » > Art l HL > » »

» äg I I > SN NS »

» VARE EISE > FAL si Al » > >

> 7 EE > VAT NR > > »

mm 3 > IN a ANA ) » >

aj > uUu » > UU > > >

> LG » NVC » »

> (/ AM > SAC ere » > >

> 7 ÄRE 3 LJ » » X > 1» » » »

> al, > al » > alt, så (EJ SE »

D al, > UU » ME NE RE »

Föra: Suv > 3 Albo

> FLSA » RAG » ) >

SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

Lycodes Verrillii. TaBrr I.

N:0 LT NUNIOER N:o IEND

SJ FN MAR EE

; mm. | 128.5 | 131.7 a z Ål SA

Är 13.6.) 13.8 sj a | "ESR

40 g 12.0 | 11.4 Pe a | SIE

6 a 6.6 | 6.2 h « | 12.514 AG

kel (NERE 2 a AN (0 LD

EC sg 6.6 6.4 | Ro ; 2.9 2.9

Mö 4 83 | Vv 6.9 z wa | 16816

Å a 31 |'7 24 Nå a JF 20018 200

så FÄRGA EEE | 268 | 26.7

I vg 1.3 13 sd 4 . «| TIO) RRD

Jå 4 28: | 28 cc a | 651

Ma 5.6 5.3 ER a 6 4.6 | AN

sl 4 6.3 |” 6.4 ale go. 40-15 SAR

gå oc 4.0 3.7 en KK 5.0 4.7

så 6 ER) KLAN 15.5 aj ER DIG 3.3 3.3

vå 4. dr so) ASOS Nå 250 TITT

a Kr med) DRAKES eat a) BEN RE

jr JES = RO Ne 1 INS 14” | HAI5)

Lycodes Vahlii.

VY SR

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV.

JAS

N:0 4.

GET GEE KON URDES jo Ch UM Dela VARE UTE

N:o |V.1|V.2|/V.3/|V.4/V.5|V.6|V.7/|V.8|v.9|V. 10|v. 11lv. 12] V. 13 lv. 14lv.15| V. 16 |V. 17lv. 18lv.19lv. 20lv. 21lv. 22/v. 23| Vv. 24 |v. 25lv. 26) Vv. 27 v. 28 |v. 29 V. 30 |V. 31 v.32 |v. 3a|v. äv. s/v. 3e|v. aa|v. a8'v. sojv. ao|v. lv. aa

5 3 Ej NE ET 2 Tee fe elelr SER |Jejelelele2elela

7 mm. | 43.6 |[108.5/110:6/183.1/135:5 141.0/145.0/148:0/147.3/155:8|196:01 66.5 | 69:0 |70.0 | 70:0 | 74.8 1'78:5 | 81.0 83.0 | 94.0 99.0] 99:0 |108.7] 110.0 |116 0!155.0] 35.0 | 57.0 |650| 72.5 |89.0| 1135 |117.0|135.5|138.5|139.6|153.4|155.2|162.2/165.8 226.5/319.2)w mm. |

a 4 20.0 | 18:7| 18.0! 19.2| 18.3) 19.9) 18.61 19.5] 20.51 18:4| 19:01 22.5 | 22.5 120:0 20.7) 21.5 |20.5 |21.1 | 20.5 | 21.4 |22.0 | 22.3) 23.0) 22:7| 22.6) 21.0] 19.1 | 21.2 |219] 214 |20.8| 23.1| 21.5) 22.6) 22.9) 22.21 20.9) 22.01 23.3) 22.9) 23.8] 23.3 Hr 9

Ps 16.3 | 15.7| 15.01 15.9] 15.5] 16.4) 15.3) 16.0] 16.5) 14.8] 15.9] 17.6 | 16.9 | 17.1 | 17.4 | 18.7 | 17.8 16.2 | 17.5 | 17.8 | 18.0 | 18.2 | 18.4] 19.1] 18.7] 17.8] 15.2 | 16.4 | 194] 17.5 | 17.9| 19.1) 18.0) 17.9) 18:9) 18.6) 16.9) 18.1] 18.9) 19.3) 19.4] 18.8 Pia

AR 9.6 | 10.0] 9.7] 9.5) 8.91 9.91 831 9:01 10.2] 7.8l T.6]10:4] 10.6 | 9:7110.3| 10:7 |10:21 9:9:110.9] 11.8 |10.7 | 10:3 | 9.9] 10.91| 10.8) 10.381 9.5 9.1 | 108] 9.7 |10.:2] 11.11 10.3) 10:31 10.6) 10.0) 9.1) 10.3) 9.7| 11.5 11.0] 9.2 a

Pol 4 9.4 | 10.0] 9:21 9.91 -9:8) 10.1] 9.7] 96) 10.1] 9:71 10:51 10.7] 9.7 110:0 | 10:31 10:7 |10:2 I 11.2] 10:91 10.8 | 11.3 | 11.8 | 12.0] 11.9] 11.8) 10.7] 11.2 | 10.9 |IT6] 11.0 | 10.4 9.71 11.11 9.6] 10:8) 11.8) 10.9] 11.3] I1.5| 12.1) 12.3) 11.9 ör

ET = — — —|10.5] — |10.3 | 11.3] 10.0 |10:2 | 11.8 | 10.3 | 10.2 | 12:4 |12:0 | 11.5) 11.8| 134 12.6] —) — 94| 124 | 92) —/ 118) —L 119) 12.2) 108) 12.3) IL7| 1.5 12.0] — al

KG Lå 7.6) 9.0] 10:8] 8.4 12.4] 9.9] 11.9] —I —L 10:5) 13.0] 9:01) —9:6 |10:1 10.1 | 12.3 |10.7 | 12.6 | 10.3 10.7 | 12.9 | 12:2 | 12.0) 11.9] 13.0] 13.0] 11.8 ! 10.9 | 95! 12.4 | 9.3) 13.2] 12.4) 12.5) 10/6) 12.6) 11.7| 12.5) 12.4] 12.2] 14.3) 11.2 Hog

je GG LS IE 205) fe Se] |A) RE: tf 0 il 503 | RS) fä (2) fe | ES EE AE EE EO EA SE RO GE RE SE RE EK GB | i Bla) Se GA So Sö Se Se SA AA Skal TA AN Ae a

; FÅ 46] 6:21" 541 5:61 "5:91-76:010 6) 6 61 5:85. EET AN mISE 76 8:56) 6:96 Ta 4 TEST 560 ET SBN OT enl 7 16:51) BI TS 0 TE Bi7IKESTSLNSS AE

då 4 20] 1.7) 15) 22125) "Lösa fal 1.8) 2:67 Teres Bes TT 24 20 LA TAL FT) 2 3 sl Ts TES SSNRSD TS 20. dis deg ERS ADS) NS IT ae jer oa Nie ISA Ia

Ia ES I EE [1 EE ET fn a SE) RS ES I re ER a RO ers st GD ee ae ag a Be SN da SN Aa a Se Da JA HA Ah — ad z

i Lå 21 81 75) 811 7.8l 91) 83) 951 Bil To 96) 83) TAN 7.31 891 801 841 831 841 7.5) 9.4) 10:2] 93) 10:51) 10:24] 9ol 72 BES 186 | 79 9.21] 87) 9.6) 9.5) 9:31) 8.6) 9.7) 10:31] 9:01-10.7) 11.5 G FÅ

2 9.6 | 911 821 9.21 BI 9:31 9:01 10:01 10:01 9:0] 9i7|10:5] 9:7.18.91 9:91 10.7 |10.2110:7 10.0 10:2 | 11.2 | 12.7 | 11.5) 118) 11.9) 110] 9.8 8.9 | 108] 10.5 | 11.8) 12:6| 11.7) 114) 11.6] 12.1) 11.6) 11.6) 11.6) 121) 12.3) 11.5 a Få

gr 4 2 Ft —| 57) Tale) TS 7073) > 6:6 | 7.3) 751 TA 79 "tells 78 så Tel tele EA T 7 TN BB föl SI dsKosE SI 00) NB ra 8

ena 20:9 | 21.21 21.8) 22.5) 21.8) 19.9) 21.4] 21.6) 22.4 23.7) 21.91 19:8 | 18:0(2)| 21.0 120:0 | 20.0(?)| 20.4 | 19.7 | 21.8 | 20.2 | 20.9 | 21.7 | 21.1] 21.8) 22:4| 22.11 25.7(2)| 25.4(2)) 177 | 20.8 |19:2] 19:31 187) 19.6) 20.7) 21.11 22.31 19.4] 19:7) 19.7) 21.6) 20:3 He

Ne 25.2 | 25.6| 23.3] 25.1] 25.0) 26.2) 24.0] 25:0| 24.5) 24.4 25.2] 27.2 | 27.8 |26.7 |27.7 | 274 |26.9/|26.1|27.5|27.7 | 281293 | 26.8) 291) 311) 26.5) 254 | 24.7 |26.2| 29:0 |27.8| 27.3) 27.0) 27.3) 29:5| 29.8) 27.3) 27.5| 201 260) 282) 27.6 "ad

a Å 76.3 | 74.21 76.8) 75.9) 75.0] 74.1] 75.6) 75.1] 75.4| 77.4] 75:01 73.4 | 71.7 | 74.3 | 721] 72.9 |72.9 | 74.4 | 72.3] 72.4 | 71.8 | 70.6 | 73.5) 72.31 68.3] 74.0] "74.9 | 76.9 |T24| 70.5 |72:2) 73:31 73.5| 73.5) 70:6) 70.2) 73.5) 73.0] 72.21] T4.7| TL.B| 75:9 ” £4

a 73.8 | 72.8| —I 72.9) 73.6) 72.6| 74.0) 73.7| 73.21 75.8) 72.5170.5 | 67.5 |71.4/69.1] 70.0 |71.3 | 71.9 |70:0 | 70.3 |68:7 | 68:4 | 70.9] 69.0) 65.7) 71.5) 69:8 | 74.1 1693] 67.5 |70:5| 70.0) 70.2) 71.7| 67.8) 68:11 71.0| 70.31 69.8) 72.3) 70:0] T2:G KA kd

gl Cd I Fl oo Sol —ösel = = 21917 Bios 4:31 ABN sans ST 60BsrEET GT sal fr — | 62) 6:38 | 56 1 160] FEI 660 gl IA I JR

m « 15:6 | 13.1] 13.3] 13.0) 12.5| 12.0) 12.4] 12:38) 13.1] 11.3) 10:7] 13.5 | 15.5 |12.6 | 12.7 | 14.7 |12.8 13.6 | 13.5) 13.6 | 14.2 | 15.2] 13.8) 15:5/| 13.1] 13.0] 17.2 | 15.0 |17.1) 13.5 |13:5) 141) 13.7) 13.3) 14.1] 13.3) 12:9) 13:4| 18:0] 15:7) 151) 18:5 IE

PU 41| 4.8) 51) 4.5) 53) 4.6) 50) 47) 54) 43) 491-60] 581 57| 57) 601 57| 56| 55| 53| 58) 58) 57) 56) 56) 58) sl 531 ör) 62 | 56) 61) 53 59 55 58 Basel Ball bs 6662 Py

2 2 ..|15.1| 16.2] 18.4| 16.9) 14.9| 15.7 15.2) 18:7| 17.1] 145) 16.4|16:5 | 17.8 |16.6 | 17.1 | 20.0 |17.8 | 21.8 | 15.7 | 18.3 | 18.4 | 18.2 | 18.8) 17.3| 17.3) 181] 15:8 | 17.2 |173| 17.2 1183) 22.5) 18:6| 19:83) 18:8) 16:7) 17.0) 18.1] 17.7) T7.81 19:01 184 G Fd

"i 13.7 | 13.5] 16.5, 14.8] 11.4| 14.0) 13.1] 17.5) 15.6) 12.9) 14.9] 15.2 | 15.2 |15.9 | 14.3 | 17.4 |16.0|17.3 | 14.5 | 16.0 | 16.9 | 16:3 | 16.6) 15.5) 15.6) 16.1] 140 | 14.4 |15.6] 15.2 |16.9] 198) 16.3) 17.0) 159) 15.1] 15:7| 15.6) 16.3) 16.0] 17.0) 15.5 a

4 4.6) 3.2] 3:51 3.0) 27) 2.8 2ol 28 26) 26) 26 421 401 4.3) 4.3) 471 4.0) 3.4) 4.81 37| 4.2) 36) 39 4.71” 41| 13:38] 5.8 4,6 | 501] 4.4] 34 34 | 39) 38) 37 34) 34) 32) 37) 4:01 351 22 a då

4 25.4 | 24.7| 23.4| 23.3] 25.0] 24.7) 25.4) 22.5) 23.2] 26.3) 25.21 23.2 | 222 |221]22.9| 22.7 |23.8 | 21.3 | 25.4 | 23.5 | 24.8 | 25.3 | 24.8] 25.9| 25.7| 25.8) 29.5 | 28.5 |2A.8| 23.5 |221]) 21) 214) 220) 231) 24.3) 25.4) 232) 22.2) PAT RA 23.0 Lz

ec 4 40.6 | 41.5| 39.6| 41.2] 39.8] 40.3] 40.4| 41.2] 42.1] 41.0| 41.4] 40.5 | 39.4 |38.6|40:7 | 421 |40.8 | 42.3 | 41.4 | 42.6 | 43.5 | 43.5 | 43.8] 43.3) 431) 43.8] 43.4 | 43.8 |382 | 41.0 |40:5| 41.6 40.0) 40:6) 4210) 41.31 42.4] 41.6) 40.1] 40.7) 42:5| 41.5 ve Få

jön 30.4 | 40.0] 35:21 38.41 36.8) 38.2 28:01 40121 40:7| 39:2| 39:81 39.1 | 38.1 |37.4| 38.1 | 40.0 |39.2 39.7 | 40.7 | 39.9 | 40.6 | 41.5 | 41.6) 41.8 | 41.2) 42.0] 42.6 | 42.1 |37.0| 38.9 |38:9 |) 405) 37.2) 39.2] 39:4| 38.9] 40:51 39:21 38:0 38.6) 40.5] 38.7 "vs

VE 2. -|61.01| 59.31 60.4! 60.8) 60.5) 60.3 60.) 60:3) 58.9) 58.0] 59.7|58:7 | 58.7 |60.0|60.0 | 60.2 |58.6 59.9 |56.7 | 56.4 | 57.4] —L1 56.9) 577| 561) 57.6] 55.7 | 55.8 |627| 57.7 |585| 58:6| 59.9 60:6) 59:01 58:31 6041 59:41 599] 604 58.3) 59.4 va 4

MT 59.1 | 57.11 57.9] 58:4| 59.6) 58.2] 59.0) 58:4| 55.8] 57.0| 57:7|55.8 | 552 |H7.1 56.0 | 57.4 |5T.1|57.5 55.4] 554 | 5414] 56.7 | 544] 545) 548) 55.2] 040 | 552 |596]| 572 |56.3| 55.5) 56.6) 58.3) 56.31 56:21 57.7] 56.8] 57.4] 58.0] 563] STA ”R

29 3.8) 2.6) B:s] "45 | — EB Lb:a | — | 52 5) 4 61] GA sel ja RNE RO ES ara at

Alina. 98) 93) —I 91) 99] 9.8 10.0] —I —I 93 981014] 94 | 89100) 10.4 |10.2]10.5]| 9.6] 9:7|10.2 | 112] 108] 105) 10.5) 11.0] 10.9 | 10.2 10.0] 10.5 | 9.7| 128 104102) 115) 42.5) 07) FLSA) Ila Fa) La OR

Alfu/ a. 69] Bo) Tal Ba) dc) Bel 97 Tel Ba val Dal vel Bal Til Ta) Bo| 76) 75) Za To 81| Bu) Bs 84) Br 97 Bel 98 9a|. 88 | so 10.7] 94) 103] 103] 11.2 40:2) 10.0/10:3] 10.4] I1.7| 407 SE

cn 21 571 61) Gal 6.4) 6.41 16.9] 6.9] 61) 58) 6:3) 6.5) 55| 5.2 |IH7| 5.91 5.8) 51) 5.81 5.91 581) 60) 6:0) 64) 64) 60) 6.8) Yi 6.8 5.2 | 6.2 | 67 6.6) 66) 67) 72 6.9) 71 7 7.4) 6.3) 701-6:5 TR

” 4 32.7 | 31.51 30.0] 31.5| 30.21 32.9) 30.7) 32.1] 34.5) 31.6) 31.8] 38:4 | 38.2 |33.3 | 34.5 | 35.7 |35.0 1350 | 36.2 | 38.1 |38:2 | 39.6 | 40.4) 39.4) 40:4| 36.4] 34.4 | 38.0 |34 9 37.1 1356 39.4 | 35.9 37.3 38.6) 38.0) 34.8) 37.1] 38.9) 38.0) 40.8) 39.2 Oe

IP —1 18.1 181 27 I 19.118 1201) 17 ag! 18 I 29 ll I 19 IB Ia lag I av g20! 18118 Ia9vl 18 I 201189) 18! axl av I 46 1 201189) 20 I1809 20 1971 2IRo RO ler RO er Fer IR R

SMITT, ON THE GENUS LY(CODES.

FER a RE TE SVR 07 Tan (SKE CE

40 a

Lycodes reticulatus.

frigidus se minudus Rog TG ve ML Gu

N:o [RAR 2|R3|R4|R5|R.6] R7|R8|R.9| R.10|R 11] R.12| R13 |Rd4|R.15/R 16/R. 17IR18]R.191R 20) R.21 |R.22R. 23 R.24/R.25R26 R. 21 R.28/R. 29|R. 30/R. 31/R. 32] R.33 |R.34 [R. 35/R. 36

Zl? SEE 2 ITE 9 SSR I AE

a. mm. 42,3 |55.5 | 96.7 104.2/124.7/130.2]| 148.5 |160.3|178.7| 264.2 346.5| 357.8] 62.0 —|130.0/161.0 164.0[182.2/196.7 233.0218.2] 252.3 [27811 33.0 | 45.0 |54.0 |77.0 88.5 | 88.8 |113.3|114.5/116:0|120:0] 184.0. | 157.5 [195.3|245.0| a mm.

a 2. .|23.6 23.6 | 24.8 | 23.8) 24.4| 23.0] 23.2] 24.1] 24.6) 25.3| 27.5] 246] 255 | 27.4 26.7) 23.9] 27.1] 27.0) 23.8) 28.01 26.0 | 27.9]21.7| 24.4 |23.4 |23.9 | 24.4 | 24.6 | 24.7| 252] 26:5| 25.5) — 2.8 26.2 | 26.6) 27.8 a

6 « . .|190,] 18.6, 20.6.| 19.6] 21.6| 20.4] 18.4] 20:4| 20.7) 19:7| 20.9) 19:21 20.9 | 228) 24 19:6) 21.7) 22.2] 19:35) 23:90) 204 | 22:01 —| —-— |18:4 |19:5 | 19:9 | 192 184 20.5) 22.4] 21.4] -20:0 | 22.2 | 2.1) 231 Pil g

Pia 12.0 | 10.6 | 11.6 | 11.4| 12.1] 120] 9.3) 9:4| 10.3] 11.4] 93) 10:4 12.1 13:2] 12.6) 9:8| 11.0] 13:2] 9.1) 13.5) Il. | I15l-— — | 10:6 | 11.7 | 11.9 | 12:0.] 9:22] 11.5) 13:0) 11.7 10.2 12.4 | 11.6) 11.9 Pals

os &. .|11.8|11.0|12.8 | 11.9] 12.8| 12.3) 12.1) 13.5| 12.4 13:6 | 15.4) 12.51 13.0 | 14:01 13:2| 12.3) 13.7) 14.3) 13:8) 15a] 141 | 14.7] 91) 111 |10:6 [11.9] 12:7 |18:0 | 12.1] 13.2) 13:21 18.3] —12:0 13.3 | 14.0) 15.1 Pers

2 sill —|-—43:5| 14.7) 14.2) 12.6] + 12.5 11.3) 140, 14.5) 15:38), 112] JI44 | 12.1] 14.7) 1128) —| 180] —I12211 -— Jol — | 15] 7) ÄB — dör) 13:83) 158] 14.0 | d4m) 162) 16.3 Edla

SEE 10.6 | 10.6 | 15.2.) 15.9) 15.9) 13.2] 12.8| 12.4| 15.1]. 15.9. 16.2] 12.6] 15.7 | 127| 17.1] 13.4] 12.6) 148) 142] 13.8] 135 | 12.22] —| -— |112 18.1] 13.6 | 15.8] 16.1] 16.2) 16:4| 17.4] — 15.5 | 184] 16.8) 17.8 a 4

Få 8:51] 18.1] 15:55:81 a Häl 3:ur 35 4) 39 BO Fd IL 6.5 6:11. 5.917 4.3] 15.9] 54] 26 50 5.0 5.3] 6.7| 7.81 7.51 9.21 5:71) 5.6) 6.7] 6.0] 4.8) 5.0 4.5 3.6) 37) 40 fa Få

Ge 4 6.4/| 6.7) 8.31 7.8) 8.6) 8.9) 821 88 al Ii) 96 Ii 8.1 8.5). 8.6) 86) 8.0] 8.7) TA 88 To 8.6] — — | 6.9); 7.81) 8.3) 83) 7.9) 831 8.6]. 8.3 9.0 10.6 | 10.5] 10.6 EG 96

Ya 3.5: 927] F22i 24 elr 2:01) Bio XI Ly 3 LM 36 2.8 15 P4 26-28) div 2 2.0 3.1 — = i 34 | 2:01 2:31 RSS: ES Bbl Be 1.7 2.8] 3.1] 32 JAA

Ilan) | —| 38) 30-40 46) 51) 37 38 — 55) 51| ä2 | 58 44) 40) — 38) — 48 Brf —) — 52/39) 62) — £9 sa sa 38 60) Bis 9 4

a z 8.5| 88 | 10.1 | 10.3] 11.2] 10.8]. 10:0| 11.3) 12:92] 9.8) 111 9.71 9.9 | 10.0) 11.2] 10.4] 10.4| 10.7| 12.2] 11.5l 11.0 | 11.2] —| 911 9.3) 9.41210.3|10:3,] 9.8) 10.71 10.8 10.3] — 11.4 | 11.3| 12.4] 13.1 Mar

a Z 11.4 | 11.0 | 12.3 | 11.9| 12.8) 12.4] 11.1 | 13.2) 13.5] 12.5) 13.0] 11.5118.3(11.5) 13.1] 13.5) 11.4] 12.6] 12.7) 12.81 13.6) 13.0 | 18.9] — | 13:5(2)) 11.5 | 18.1 | 12:2 | 12:0 | 11.8] 12.1) 12.9] 133] 13:5(12:4)) 12.7 | 13.2 HEN fas

d 2. .| 85| 6.7| 89| 95 84 92 Bil Ia el 111) 12 96) 89 | 108) 9.9) 9.3 —I 10.2] 82 10.5) 10:2(9.5)) —I-—1| —1 76| 78| 87) 80) 74l 92) 95 Rol 90 | 10.5| 121) 12.3 2 x

ua 24.0 | 21.6 | 21.7 | 22.1) 20.8) 21.5) 21.9] 251) 22.51 251) 26.21 24.01 21.9 | 23.4| 24.6) 27.5] 22.9) 24.4] 28.71 25.0) 22:6 | 23.7124.2| 22.2 | 24.1 | 22.2 | 24.8 | 233] 23.8) 23:5| 23:38] 23.2] 24.6 23.3 | 24.1] 25.8 SÅ 4

"La 28.61 30.3 | 30.1] 30.0) 30.8] 28.7) 29:8 | 31.21 32.5] 31.4 | 34.4) 31.81 29.6 33.7) 29.2] 30.8] 30.7) 30.8) 28.11 33.5] 32.0 | 32.4|28.8| 26.6 | 26.3 | 28.9] 31.0 | 304] 28:4| 30:21 31.1] 30.7 31.4 30.8 | 31.8) 31.7 EA 4

a 4...) 73.5 | 70.8 | 69.9 | 70.21 69.6| 71.0) 70.7] 69.4 66.4] 69.7.) 67.0) 69.8] 68.6 | 67.1) 70.5) 70.1] 69.2) 69.8) 71.9) 66.7) 69.3 | 687] =) — |74.1 70.6 68.3 |69:0 | 71.9) 70:5| 71.6] 70.0] 702 | 69.9] 69:7| 68.7 Ha 4

ae 69.3 | 66.3 | 67.4 | 67.11.67.2| 68.8] 68.7.| 67.5) 63.5) 67.4| 64.8] 68.9] 64.6 | 64.0] 67.4| 67.2) 66.5] 66.2] 70.7) 63.7] 66.6 | 65.38] —) — |71.9 67.2 65.3 65.3 | 69.4] 67.51 68.5) 67.1] 67.2 | 66.4) 66.2] 64.9 äv 4

2 Z =) Hj ct 0 6 6mIN Sam SD 23:e pen 6.4 == 88 | Se EN 94 = 4.5) 9.6) 7.7| —I 9.6| 10.3] 10.2 9.3 7.9) 86) 81 VR

gå kd 15.4 |16.6:| 16.2] 15.5] 15.0) 13.5) 12.3 | 12.7] 12.4] 18.1| 12:8] 15:0] 16.2 | 12.4 12:7| 13.5) 11.3) 10.7) 12:21 12.8 10.7 | 12:0] —1| 16.9 | 14.9 | 12.8 ]15:6 | 16.9 | 14.4] 14.9] 13:8) 15:2] — 147 16.4 | 15.2] 15.0 Hu

PRC 3 6.2] 6.0:] 6.2 5.8|- 6:2l- 6.21] 6.0] 6.2] 59) 68) 67 651 63 | 67) 63) 6.0) 64) 60) 53) 65 63 | Gl —! —1 581 6.3) 62) 70) 61-65) 70) 69. 67 7.3) I 7.4] 7.6 pil ah

a 2. 1199 19.5 238 20.3] 22.1 20.0] 18:83 | 19:4| 20.81 20.1] 20.9) 19:0] 251 | 19:8) 22:4| 18.0) 19.7| 20.4] 18.7) 20.6] 20.4 | 20.6] —| —— 1|18:8 | 20:4 | 19:9 | 22.6 | 21.8] 20.0) 22:5| 24.7) 214 | 24.9) 221) 23.5 få A

"ig |27.0,| 16.8 | 19.7 | 17.8| 18.0) 17.2] 16.8 | 17.5| 18.4 17.6 | 18.6] 17.6 19.4 19:01.20:8) 15:7| 18.11 18:3] 16.6) 19.0) 18:6 | 19.4] — — |16.1 | 17.2 | 17.9 | 18.6 | 19.3] 17.3] 19:1] 21.7 17.7 21.5 | 19.21 20.5 MN

ne 6.0 4.91 4.4] 3.5) 411 31 28) 28 34 241 26 26 4.9 4.9]. 4.4] 3.7] 3.8] 36) 29) 41 2.5 | 3.6) —]r — | 5.611 39) 4.4) 43 1 431 48 34 3.8 3.8 | 3.4] 2.9 å Få

Zu 2. -|26:0 25.6//23.8 20.1] 24.2] 24.8] 26.1] 28.2] 25.3] 29.11 30.8) 29.8] 26.7 | 30.4) 28.0) 3016) 28.5| 30:0] 31.8) 29.9) 29.3 | 28.4] —| — |28.2 | 24.7 | 28.3 | 27.6 | 26.7| 26.7) 26:21) 26.5) 27.6 | 26.8 | 287) 29.4 2 4

(6 2.497 44.1 AT.) 45.31 46.4 45.1] 44.4 | 47.5) 46.4 48.8 | 521) 484] 50.0 | 50.4] 50.0) 48.8] 48.8) 50.3) 50.4) 50:7| 49.4 | 48.71 46.0| 43.3 |45.8 | 44.9 48.3 49.6 | 47.7) 47.2] 49.1] 492] 48:91 500 | 50.9] 527 a 4

at 41.8 42.5 43.7 | 42.8] 42.4] 42.8) 43:4 | 45.8) 44.7) 46.4) 49.8] 46.2] 45.5 | 49.3] 48.1] 46.5) 47.3) 48.2) 48.21 48.9] 48.0 | 47.7] —| — |48.2 | 42.9 | 45.4 | 46.0 | 45.4] 44.7| 45:0| 46.0] — 45.4 47.7 | 48.0) 49.8 äv 4

1 2. .|95:6 156.6 54.6 | 56.2] 54.81 55.5] 55.9 | 53.3) 54.8) 53.8 | 50.90) 55.7) 49.2 | 48:7| 51.3) 50.6) 51.8) 51.3) 50.0) 49.5] 51.4 | 514|53.0] 55.5 |54.5 53.3 50.8 512] 52.8) 50.9) 52.4 51l.3| 50.8 | 49:61 50.0) 49:0 v 4

"Va | 534513 52.01 53.0) 52.41 53.3] 53.8 | 51.4] 5Le| 516 | 49.1] 538] 457 | 4521-481] 47.7) 48.3) 47.7| 48.6] 46.5] 483 | 47.3] — | —— |51.5 | 49.9 47.3 | 47.8 | 50.2] 47.7) 49:38] 48a| 47.7 | 46:1 | 46.51 45.3 ys

re = = 5.7 | 69) 49) 54; Sm) 50) el 46 68 381k te = bd = Gil NG | (Bel BO = Sv NN HE 6.3) 82 Ti ae

Eae 11.8 10.512 | 11.6] 12:11 10.9] 11.1| 10:e) 11.8) 14.5) 15.8) 127 11.3 d11.6| 11:38] 11.9] 10:9| 12:0) 11.5) 12.5] 11.5 | 12.8) — — | 11.3 | 11.7 | 12.3 | 12:4 | 12.2] 12:9) 13.8] 14.2 14.0 13.2 | 14.4] 16.6 Hoa

Alva. 192] 7.6] 81) 85 84] 84| &z| 87) 90) 125) 122] 15] 99 | 92103) 99) 92) 92 sl 102) 89 | 102) 9t| 91) Ba| 102103] 113) 105) 10.6) 104] 10:7| 10.6 | 10.9) 15) 22 VN

albemng 5.7 5.6 6.0) 5.7] 6:01 6.1]: 6.6] 63) Gal 68) 67) 6.9 2 62) 7.5l 7:31 6.9) 62 62) To +&&7 | T.4l 6.7) 67 | 6.5| 78) T7z| Tal 75) Ti TU TH TA 6.8) 72 78 SG

2 2. 0|42.6 43.6 45.5 42.3) 44.5] 41.3] 40.9 | 45.2] 45.9] 47.0) 541) 4411 518 | 56.21 521) 47.2| 52.1] 52.6| 47.6) 56.5) 50.6 | 54.1140:0| 44.2 |42.8 | 44.9 | 48:5 | 47.9 | 46.8) 49.5) 50:5| 49.:7| 48.9 | 52:91 53.1) 567 kl $

2 16 | 19 | 20 | 191 191-18 Il 20(21)) 181 202102) 22 lapp 22 211 211-191 211! 21171 221 20(21)y I 22] — I-— I 19 I121 1201-201 491 21 I211 201 21 IRIRRILRLIRITAE

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 4.

Averages. TABLE IV(1).

mens mens mens mens mens mens

dmm. | 1421 Silor idee | 19120. 1817 | 1318

Å RN 19.0 21.6 22.3 24.5 26.3 25.5

Få sg 15.7 17.9 18.5 20.1 2.4 20.8

vå g. 9.1 10.5 10.3 10.7 11.7 11.6

EN 2 9.9 10.9 11.1 12.9 13.8 19

re g. 2X 11.3 11.3 13.4 13.2 14.7

RR 10.7 11.3 11.9 14.5 14.0 16.1

4 4.6 7 4.6 4.0 5.2 5.5

än 9 5.9 TA 7.8 8.8 8.3 8.9

gu 26 1.9 21 21 2.5 2.3 2.7

IR 3.8 4.7 4.9 4.3 4.4 5.1

6 ON 8.4 8.7 9.4 10.7 10.8 10.9 |

sh 4 9.2 10.7 170 124 12.9 | 128

4 4 7.1 7.5 8.3 9.5 9.7 9.4

as 21.8 20.7 | 20.0 | 23.1 24.5 23.8

0 248 | 7 | 278 | Bl1 | 31 | 306

ÅR 4 75.4 124 72.6 69.4 69.2 70.0

ja a 73.7 69.7 70.1 67.1 66.2 66.8

KG 4 3.2 5.5 6.4 6.6 8.2 9.0

a 12.4 13.8 14.0 13.8 12.4 15.0

Pb «. 4.8 5.7 5.8 6.2 6.2 6.8

gu sg 16.4 18.0 18.4 20.5 20.5 22.2

42 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES.

TABLE AVL2):

mens mens mens mens mens mens

a Ra | Ad ör: | 66 | IE BE

Rdr dT EA 15.9 16.3 17.9 18.5 19.1

at 2.9 4.1 3.6 3.2 3.8 3.9

a = 0 år RE 24.0 22.7 26.7 29.4 272 |

Mere] 408 | 420 | 4101 AT

uns 38.9 40.0 39.0 44.7 47.8 46.0

fd d 59.9 58.2 59.5 54.5 50.5 51.1

AR 57.9 0.6 a 22 | 47.3 | 478

Le 3.0 5.6 5.7 5.1 6.4 6.0

vn z 9.5 10.2 11.2 12.3 11.7 13.4

a 87 8.1 10.1 9.6 9.6 | 12087

ENG 6.4 5.4 6.7 6.3 6.9 74

så g 31.8 37.2 37.5 45.1 52.1 49.4

ky « 22.2 20.2 26.0 21.3 20.1 | 23.6

;

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND STIÅRD: IV: N:0 4; 43

PABER-V()):

| altul 4

ollee Sex. ER = (a | :

- gracilis | pallidus) Vahlii | ER

BEER. 12 PO | 357.8 = al ot 24.9 = =>

FERTIL IQ 1 346.5 — =E — 24.3 = —

V.42 | I | 319.2 LB ch TT 26 2 =

R. 22 St I 278.1 — — — — 2152 —

R.10 | 9 | 264.2 28 Lig Al 27.0 odd SS

BN 1 252.3 I = pa 28 18.6 =

R.36 | I | 245.0 EK AR a Ac Så 25.1

BT 2330 4 A= SE AS 18.9 s—

V.41 | I | 226.5 2 8 28.9 CE XE, 2

RrJ0N IE 1 218.2 4 2 2 AN 20.7 AL

BElSLo | 196.7 LE SM 206 a 19.1 —

Nate | 196.0 |, 22.9 sr a de ÅR SH

Brag Ik 1953 = = == == — 24.1

Bele) — |, 182.2 en 22 ES 4 19.5 =

50 ERE LG: — == — 20.1 => a

v.40 | 2 | 165.8 ÅA = 27.0 AR = =

I R.16 | 9 | 164.0 SE 25 22 Ar 21.3 =

| V.39 | I | 162.2 25 Me 27.2 = = =

R. 15 | 3 | 161.0 a ÅA 2 33 21.4 De

BIS la |.160.3 er 2 2 19.2 2 2

R: 34 ot | 157.5 =E == -- 2E —å 22.9

Vv.38 | 9 | 155.2 A 28 20.5 28 KE &

WO0R— | 1558) 23.7 4 Je JE pp Lå

V.26 | 9 | 155.0 8 23.4 da 13 Lå Je

Näste |153.4 du = 25.2 3 - Då

Bi Q | 148.5 => =8 >5 20.0 Ad De

usa | 148.0] 194 = 28 AN RS

MOE 147.3] 204 Å. 2 2H 23 EA

Madre | 1450 | 25.6 28 gt 3 23 FS

Mage ot 14.0] 225 Ås Av ÅA ko 5

YR. means reticulatus-group (table III).

Vv.

Vahlii-group (table IT).

J $. hå

44 SMITT, ON THE GENUS LYCODES. |

TABLE V(2).

altu/ Fd

N:oin the a ue

collec- | Sex. TR =

tion :

SES RS ES ES ES pg

i FARA HQ

40 40-40 40 Q, 10

139.6

138.5

| 135.5

135.5

134.0

33.1

130.2

| 130.0

| 124.7

120.0

117.0

116.0

| 114.5

113.5

113.3

110.6

110.0

108.7

108.5

104.2

99.0

96.7

94.0

89.0

88.8

88.5

83.0

81.0

78.5

71.0

74.8

12.5

gracilis

pallidus! Vahlit. | fr igidus

scilis | pallidus) Vahtis |frigidus| Semi | retiow

| semi- | wtttrn

| nudus | latus

28.8 - SE CE

26.1 3 — --

26.3 23 et. KL.

== => = 23.4

= 19.6 = ==

=— = 18.7 =

== 19.8 = -

— — 23.3 = i

25.3 2 = 23 f

— = 25 25.2

— — —= 200

26.4 == = i

= — - 23

— 19.9 = =

=— 18.5 = =

22.9 — = —

— — — 24.6

— — = PP

= =S 3 20:80

21.4 - - —

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:04. 45

N:ointhe

collec-

tion

VIL

Vv. 14

Vv. 13

Vv. 12

Vv. 29

R<13

Vv. 28

R.2

R. 25

MEL

B;1

NäR

Sex.

a, in

"PARES" V(3):

altu/ ,

/Uw

gracilis | pallidus! Vahlit | frigidus! ES CR

— 19:2 -- | — — — |

— 19.0 -— -- — -—

TNT = = 2

— 20.0 — — — —

= LIN ATT is 2 A3

— — — — 21.8 -—

— — 23.3 — — — |

Sh 23 TI = 2

2 = E 2 NG

17.5 a 2 Eu 2 =

— - -— 22.0 — —

— — 20.7 — — -—

dte

ET RS

är

o ES VM Å em -

iN d q a IL

(OG RTR

våg jr br sr ” LR :

Pt AN ÄR derra

påta yt «fåltnn

| ||

bind PL avla Nå

KANE Fövborn SR

| | | ;

|| |

fu | I 08

SEN Ht Ge

' Pc i [ 6

| | E | v

; | i

a äg 008

JG - | GE

Hyde BIC fa

j I

nd Ö RARE

FOR TSEK i

DAG mn

l J Sv, vn

| (ae

+ | LEX

q i

” bi

$ MN t

bi pt] NLA

år

Kd MN

ANT

SAN KT Sr ka

OR vy, ET VE Ny RE BTM p sd

Rd TI

p JR

Ä Li Hije 2

3 EAS STR ng NS ESS STAG et 5 Ser

ar ScagN far pärt SEE BES Ke

ser FA FA a ra go. Nå - ANEE.S AE s

DR 2 VS vå

mjogvns tTrydsea 400 om AÄSKÄT

"TP FloquasQ Vv ,

Ä -Å

LFN / 4 vig

dö Pr ORPR |

SSR Ma SÖ NOA VN

BIHANG TILL K. SVENSKA VET.-AKAD. HANDLINGAR. Band 27. Afd IV. N:o d.

SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES

FROM CAMEROON AND SOUTH AMERICA, BELONGING TO THE

COLLECTIONS OF THE ROYAL MUSEUM IN STOCKHOLM

LARS GABRIEL ANDERSSON,

; PHIL. LIC.

WITH TWO PLATES

REVISED BY F. SMITT AND HJALMAR THÉEL.

STOCKHOLM

j SÖNER

BOKTRYCKERIET. P. A. NORSTEDT

1901

sd EA få SA NE aa

SEO VMA TS bat 8 MAR TOTT

mn 0 an VN

Mm 07 OKIoNOIE ADEM HYUOR (MA oa

juo kt Modem dAtoR am 90 OÄ0R

MHOBBAHOKA INIASAD esAT.

JD JIE

eXTAT OWT HIA

106T OL JIATA AMTADAUMUÖD

ANNIE KAMSANIE AMA TTIM2T AASE 0

ÅA: the request of the Director of the vertebrate department

of the Royal Museum in Stockholm, Professor F. A. SMITT,

the auctor of this small paper has determined and cataloguised

the collections of reptiles and batrachians, there are to be

found in this museum. By this, it was shown that among

the rich collection of snakes there were several, hitherto not

described, species, on which now in this paper I am intend to

give diagnoses and figures. Most of these new species (5)

came in the year 1885 from Mapanja, Cameroon, from Messrs.

KNUTSON and VALDAU, swedish merchants and explorers in that

country. A few specimens, belonging to these same species,

were received in 1886 by Mr. KNÖPPEL and one by the swedish

naturalist, Doctor R. JUNGNER, who in the years 1890—91 tra-

velled in Cameroon. The three south-American forms are all

obtained in 1862 from Doctor Touvzet at Rio Janeiro by kind

mediation of Mr. HYLTÉN-CAVALLIUS, at that time Swedish

Chargé d'affaires to the Brasilian court. One of the new

species is kept in the Royal Museum since old times without

any information of patria, collector or year, when collected.

Beside these diagnoses of new species I beg also to offer

some notes on some specimens of snakes in the collections of

the museum, which differ from the typical forms, hoping they

will be interesting for the herpetologist.

To my honoured chief, Professor F. A. Smitt, I want to

express Jay sincere gratitude for his great kindness of per-

mitting me to get the drawings of my figures at the expen-

ses of the museum, by which it has been possible to obtain

good figures for the diagnoses.

4 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

Ungalia brasiliensis. Spec. nov.

Plate I, figure 1.

Maxillary teeth 19, mandibular teeth about equal in

number, in both jaws all solid, closely set, and decreasing in

size from the large anterior ones. Head depressed, small,

but at the base distinctly broader than the narrow neck.

Eye small, half the length of its distance to the tip of the

snout; pupil vertical. Rostral broader than deep, not visible

from above, with its upper margin bordered by a little pen-

tagonal shield, placed between the rostral, the nasals, and

the internasals. Two internasals, considerably broader than

long. Two pairs of prefrontals; the anterior pair much lar-

ger than the posterior and in contact with the third upper

labial shield. Both pairs considerably broader than long.

The nostril oblong, pierced in the anterior part of a rather

elongate, semidivided nasal. No loreal. A single great

preocular with its upper margin broadly in contact with the

posterior prefrontal and separated from the nasal by the

anterior prefrontal. Frontal pentagonal, much broader than

the supraocular, 11/3 as long as broad, and as long as its

distance from the tip of the snout. Parietals small, much

smaller than the frontal. Two postoculars; temporals 2+3.

Upper labials 9 or 10; 4—6'" or 4-—7'" entering the eye. Nine

lower labials; the chin with a longitudinal groove, which on

both sides is bordered by four small irregular scales; of these

the two anterior ones are in contact with the three anterior

lower labials, the two posterior being separated from the

labials by scales. Body short and compressed, the posterior

part much higher than the anterior. Scales in 21 rows,

smooth; the vertebral row enlarged. Ventral shields 178;

anal entire. "The tail short, prehensile, and pointed; sub-

caudals 37, all single.

The colour above brown with indistinct round dark spots,

arranged in six rows; the head ligther than the body, with

a dark streak from the eye to the angle of the mouth, small

dark spots on the frontal shield, and a dark angle-shaped

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 5. 5

marking on the occiput. Lower parts yellowish and black;

the black colour is arranged in two rows of great square

spots which on the posterior part of the trunk, alternating

with each other, form a broad zig-zag line; on the anterior

part as also on the tail these spots confluent into broad ob-

lique cross bands, which on the tail and on the throat are

narrower, but on other parts as broad as or broader than the

light interspaces between them.

As shown above, this species agrees rather well in colour

with other species of Ungalia, hitherto described, from which,

however, it is beside other characters distinctly separated

by its broad vertebral row of scales and by the small number

of scale-rows, characters not coincident in any other Ungalia-

species.

The specimen in question belongs to the collection from

Doctor Touvzet. The labels belonging to this collection are

marked »Brasilia». The new Ungalia would then differ even

in the geographical distribution from other Ungalia-species,

hitherto known, the patria of which is the West Indies, the

Central America, and the west South America.

The single specimen is a female.

Total length 325 mm., tail 42 mm.!

Pseudoboodon, Peracca.

Among the fine collection of snakes which the Royal

Museum in 18835 received from Mapanja, Cameroon, from

Messrs. KNUTSON and VALDAU, there were six specimens, evi-

dently belonging to the same genus, which on account of

the form of the teeth ought to be closely allied to the genus

Boodon. By a deep loreal pit, however, the specimens in

question are distinctly separated from this genus and neared

to Bothrolycus as also to Bothrophthalmus, although they gene-

rically differ from these in the teeth. On these reasons,

when cataloguising the snakes of the museum, I came to the

conclusion that those six specimens, which evidently represented

1! Length of the head (distance between the nose and the hind margin

of the parietals) 8 mm. Greatest breadth of the head 6,8 mm. Longitudinal

diameter of the eye 2 mm. Distance from the eye to the snout 3,6 mm.

6 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

two undescribed species, nearly allied to each other, ought

to be arranged under a new genus, provisionally in the cata-

logue named Pseudoboodon by me.

On closer studying of the herpetological literature of the

later time, I found, however, that this name was given by

PERACCA to a new snake from Eritrea, East Africa, named

by him Pseudoboodon Gasce and described in Boll. dei Musei

di Zool. ed Anatomia comp. della Universitå di Torino vol. 12

N:o 273; 1897. At the first glance on PERAcCCA's generic dia-

gnosis it appeared to me that his genus Pseudoboodon and

my supposed new genus were identical, although his specimen,

however, was specifically distinct from mine. The only modi-

fication of PEraccA's generic diagnosis, which ought to be

made, is that the scales must be said to be disposed in 17 —21

rows instead of only 21.

Synopsis of the species of the genus Pseudoboodon.

1. Scales in 17 rows, ventral shields 135—141, subcaudals

31—33 pairs; Ps. albopunctatus.

2. Scales in 19 rows, ventral shields 149—152, subcaudals

16—21 pairs; Ps. brevicaudatus.

3. Scales in 21 rows, ventral shields 196 —198, subeaudals

41 pairs; Ps. Gasce.

Pseudoboodon albopunctatus. Spec. nov.

Plate I, figure 2, 3, and 4.

Hypapophyses distinetly developed even on the posterior

part of the vertebral column. Maxillary bone not angularly

bent, with 19 solid teeth; the five anterior of these very en-

larged, separated by a distinct interspace froin the small

posterior ones, which are closely set, decreasing in size behind

and in the specimen examined 14 in number. Annterior six

to seven mandibular teeth strongly enlarged and in a conti-

nuous series with the much smaller posterior ones, which de-

crease in size behind being about equal in number. Head elon-

gate, depressed, distinct from neck, with a sharp canthus ro-

stralis between the upper face and the vertical sides. In front of

the eye there is an elongate deep loreal pit, extending between

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:05. 7

the front margin of the eye and the nasal shield, the bottom

of which chiefly consists of the elongate concavye loreal shield

and, on a narrow rand at the eye, of the narrow lower pr2eo-

cular. The upper margin of the pit is formed by the elon-

gate superior preocular, which is bent over the opening,

partly covering it, and by the prefrontal; below the pit is

bordered by the second and third upper labials. The eye half

the length of its distance to the snout, with a round pupil.

Rostral just visible from above, much broader than deep. Two

internasals broader than long, considerably smaller than the

large prefrontals, which also are broader than long. Nostril

in a semidivided nasal. HLoreal elongate and concave; two

preoculars, the lower vertical, high, and narrow, the upper

horizontal, elongate, and narrow, together forming a right

angel at the upper posterior corner of the loreal pit. Fron-

tal hexagonal, contracted behind, 1!/+4 as long as broad.

Supraoculars as broad as the middle of the frontal. Post-

oculars two; temporals 1+2; upper labials 7, third, fourth,

and fifth entering the eye. Lower labials 7—8; three or four

of them in contact with the anterior chinshields, which are

short and broad in conformity with the posterior. Body

stout, cylindrical. Scales smooth, in 17 rows, without apical

pits, the vertebral row not enlarged. Ventral shields 135—

141; anal entire. The tail short, conical, with 31—33 pairs

of subeaudals.

Above brownish black, a little lighter on the sides; each

scale with numerous small white dots. The head is a little

more brownish than the body, each shield with small white

dots. On some of the upper and lower labials there is a

distinct white ocellar spot. The ventrals and the subcaudals

paler brownish with dark edges and white oblong spots, each

of these not occupying more than a single ventral or sub-

caudal shield. On the specimen N:o 2066 the white ventral

spots are very distinct and numerous, on the other two they

are distinct on the sides of the shields but disappear on

the middle parts.

8 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

Measurements and numbers of the shields of the specimens.

Catalogue number. 2066. 0 2064. 7. 2065. I.

Tötal lenethvalad” det matrstesttr.yd ck 382 mm. hn 425 mm.

Lensthoofitke tailard.sl ten bitdt has 60 > 70 >» lv

» of the head to the hind margin of the

PATLGlala fa felen: for ten a ar 15,2» 16.2 15 >

Greatest: breadth of thesheadrn sm, oms! sn sed ce 12-13 12 > 1133

Longitudinal diameter of the eye . . . . . .. 3,5 > 3,6 > 3,5 >

Distance from the eye to the snout. . . . . . 6,2 > ve 6,5 >

Number (of: tie ventralg «oc oahelicde blott 135 135 141

> Fr SBN CATORLS so na nd +il | 32 33

Pseudoboodon brevicaudatus. Spec. nov.

This species, which also is represented by three speci-

mens, agrees completely with the preceding except in follo-

wing points: The rows of scales are 19; the ventrals 149—

152, and the subeaudals 16—21 pairs. The lower labials are

eight in number in all specimens, four of these bordering

the anterior chinshields, which always are longer than the

posterior. The tail is shorter and of an other shape, tape-

ring gradually from the base to the end. (In Ps. albopunc-

tatus the tail is nearly of the same thickness, rapidly con-

tracted at the point.) |

The species seems to vary in colour by age. The ground

colour in all three specimens is brownish black as in the

preceding species, but in the little young specimen the head

is pale brown with the same black edged white ocelli on

the labials as in the preceding species. On the sides of the back

of this specimen there are two rows alternating transverse light

spots, and on the ventral shields as also on the scales we find

the same white spots as in the preceding species. With increa-

sing age the head becomes darker and the light spots dissa-

pear with exception of the white ocelli on the labials. On

the halfgrown specimen the head is still much lighter brown

than the body and a few light spots are left on the ventrals,

but on the great specimen the colour above, on the head as

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 9. 9

well as on the body, is dark olive brown, lighter brown on

the sides and yellowish beneath with small indistinct white

markings on the shields.

Possibly the preceding species also passes through that

same stage of development in colour; all specimens however

being halfgrown, as far as I can judge, it is impossible to

decide the matter. Such a variation in colour appears by the

fact that on the smallest specimen the white dots on the ven-

trals are more numerous and more distinet than in the two

other, but the head is rather darker than in these.

Measurements and numbers of the shields of the specimens.

Catalogue number. 2067 9 | 2068 9 | 2069 7?

nat nat basta fo c alagne Av 670 mm. | 320 mm. | 240 mm.

BEMER SE NGA > bröt ade rerriila sr (a 22 > 18.3

> > >» head (Distance between the

nose and the hind margin of the parietals) | 22,5 > 13803 11,5 >

Greatest breadth of the head . . . . . . . 18 > 1 3,2 >»

Longitudinal diameter of the eye . . . . . 4 > dr 2,5 >

Distance from the eye to the snout . . . .| 11 > 6 > ÖMT

FET GERE EG LILLE BA dare AL OL 152 149 149

rr HERA LS NESNEE AMTIr Le 12 oral före vallen 21 | 16 16

Chlorophis carinatus. Spec. nov.

Among the collections of the museum from the West

Africa there are five snakes, belonging to the same species,

which I, -though with some hesitation, refer to the genus

Chlorophis, although they show some discrepancies from the

forms of this genus. The specimens in question differ namely

from these in having only 13 rows of scales and possessing

a very great number (about 40) maxillary teeth, but in other

respects they resemble this genus so closely, that I think it

most correct to refer them to this one, especially as I have

found in the few Chlorophis-specimens in the museum that

the maxillary teeth are more than 25, which number Bou-

LENGER states as maximum for the genus Chlorophis.

10 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

The new species, to which I adopt the name »carinatus»

on the ground of the distinct keels on the ventrals, seems to

come nearest to Chlorophis heterodermus HALLOW., from which

it differs only by above mentioned characters. For the sake

of completeness I give, however, in the following a brief

diagnosis of the new species.

Maxillary teeth about 40, increasing in size behind and

forming an uninterrupted series; mandibular teeth numerous,

sligtbly decreasing in size behind; all teeth solid. Head

elongate, distinct from neck. Eye large, ?/4 of its distance

to the tip of the snout; pupil round. Rostral broader than

deep, well visible from above. Internasals as long as or

slightly shorter than the prefrontals. Frontal pentagonal,

twice as broad in front as behind, as long as or slightly

shorter than its distance to the tip of the snout, shorter

than the parietals, about as large as the supraoculars. Nostril

lateral, large, between two nasals. HLoreal longer than deep.

One preocular, nearly reaching the frontal. Two postoculars

(one on the one side of a specimen and four on the one of an-

other). Temporals 2+2 or 1+2 (on the smallest specimen

the temporals are 2+3 on one side, 3+2 on the other). Nine

or ten upper labials, fourth, fifth, and sixth or fifth, sixth,

and severth entering the eye. Five lower labials in contact

with the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the

posterior. Body elongate, cylindrical. Scales smooth, in 13

rows with apical pits, disposed somewhat oblique on the an-

terior part of the body. The vertebral row not enlarged,

the outermost row slightly larger than the other. Ventrals

with a distinct keel and a very small notch on each side;

146—162 in number. Anal entire. Tail long, tapering in a

long point; subceaudals 83—97 pairs, without keels and not-

ches. Olive or green above (blue when the epidermis is

lost); the young with dark cross bars which disappear more

or less with age. Yellowish green beneath.

Four of the specimens belong to the collections of Messrs.

KNUTSON & VaALDAU, the fifth also is from Cameroon, received

by Mr. KNöPPEL in 1886.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:o 5. 11

Measurements and numbers of the shields of the specimens.

Catalogue number. 1972 9. | 1978 7. | 1974 9. | 1975 &. | 1976 2;

FIEF LÖR GRVSEA. 2800 0 Fu 700 mm.| 595 mm.| 815 mm.| 300 mm.| 730'mm.

Meng tb et tbe Ftal vn. 200 3175, 13 UID tl 150

Length of the head (distance

between the nose and the

hind margin of the parietals) | 15 >» | 14 > | 17 > IT 3 Te

Greatest breadth of the head | 9 > Ö:6CA ELLE rd SEN

Longitudinal diameter of the i

FREE AO RE SLIN. SUN, kar 4.3» FAR 3,5 Dd,2 >»

Distance from the eye to the

Ern hyr areldn bo svea 6,2 » 5,8 » ter 4 hb LT ö

Number of ventrals . . . . « 146 153 162 155 161

> > subeaudals. . . . 88 SV 83 83 -—!

Thrasops splendens. Spec. nov.

Plate I, figure 8.

Maxillary teeth 22 or 23, the three posterior very enlarged

and by a short interspace separated from the other, which

are small and equal in size. Mandibular teeth about 20, de-

creasing in size behind. All teeth solid. Head large, very

distinct from neck. Eye large, !/s of its distance from the

tip of the snout; pupil round. Rostral much broader than

deep, well visible from above. Internasals as long as broad,

the suture between them as long as that between the pre&e-

frontals, which are considerably broader than long. Frontal

hexagonal, nearly twice as broad in front as behind, as long

as its distance from the tip of the snout and sligthly shorter

than the parietals, about as large as the supraoculars. Nostril

lateral, very large, in the posterior part of a semidivided

elongate nasal. Loreal elongate, twice as long as deep. One

preocular, high and narrow, not reaching the frontal. Two

postoculars, narrow and falciform, the inferior reaching to

below the eye. Temporals 1+2; the superior of the two

posterior very large and similar to a posterior parietal.

1 The tail mutilated.

12 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

Eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye. 7—10

lower labials, four or five in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are shorter than the posterior, behind which

there are two large scales resembling a third pair of chin-

shields. Body elongate and compressed. Scales in 17 rows,

unequal in size. The scales of the vertebral row very en-

larged, as broad as long, in one specimen very strongly kee-

led, in the other slightly keeled or smooth. The scales of

the sides narrow, oblique, and overlapping, smooth except on

the posterior part of the body of one of the specimens. In

the two outer rows the scales are broader but not longer

than on the sides and smooth or very indistinctly keeled

except in the mentioned keeled specimen, there all the scales

are keeled at least on the posterior parts of the body. Ven-

tral shields 170—178, angulate laterally, with a faint trace

of a keel on the sides in one of the specimens, smooth in the

other. Anal divided. Tail long, gradually tapering in a

long narrow point. Subceaudals 135—145 pairs.

Upper parts variegated with black and green or blue.

The head pale green with black margins on the shields. The

scales of the vertebral row black with a blue longitudinal

stripe on the middle. The scales on the sides are blue in

the centre and black on the margins; the blue colour predo-

minating in the outer rows, the black in the inner. On the

tail the blue centres of the scales confluent into four narrow

stripes on the black groundeolour. "Lower parts pale green

with a light longitudinal streak on each side of the ventrals.

On the tail the inner margins of the subceaudals are more or

less black, forming a median black line, which becomes more

distinct at the point. On the specimen with the strong

keels on the scales the blue colour becomes green when cove-

red of the in this specimen very thick epidermis. When the

epidermis is lost, the colour is blue as in the other specimens.!

In the museum we find four specimens, all from Came-

roon, being received from three different collections. N:o 1978

belonged to the above mentioned collection of Messrs. KNUT-

SON and VALDAU from Maäpanja, N:o 1979 from Bibundi, N:o

1980 is received 1886 by mr. KNöPPEL and N:o 1977 by Dr.

JUNGNER, bought in 1892.

1 Possibly one might presume the epidermis to be lost in the other

specimens, but this is not the case, being, however, in those rather thin.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 5. 13

Measurements and numbers of the shields of the specimens.

Catalogue number. TOS JAS OT 19799: | 19800;

INGA LON ON ar a TY Tre ev sv 1330 mm. | 1320 mm.| 1470 mm.| 1430 mm.

Length of the tail . . . .... 475 > | 3901 >» | 520 > | 470 > |

Length of the head to the hind

margin of the parietals . . . .| 22,5» 22 0 24 > 22-02 |

Greatest breadth of the head. . . 15,8 > 316 16 >» 14 >

Longitudinal diameter of the eye . Too 38 a 8 >» JETS

Distance from the eye to the snout 9,5 >» nd Ulygp 10,

Number of /ventrals . ini: 4 di 174 178 175 170

2 syhsnbeaudålsb i ar .sdt 145 100! 141 135

Leptophis flagellum. Spec. nov.

Plate, ll fe, fe, lörand 4

Maxillary teeth 27, solid; the two posterior enlarged and

separated from the small subequal anterior ones by a short

interspace. Mandibular teeth small, numerous, about 30, de-

creasing in size behind. Head depressed, distinct from the

neck. The snout broad and flattened. Eye moderate, half

the length of its distance from the tip of the snout. Pupil

round. Rostral twice as broad as deep, just visible from

above. Two internasals, as long as their greatest breadth at

the hind margin. Two prefrontals, scarcely broader behind

than in front, a little longer than the internasals. Frontal

elongate, pentagonal, slightly narrower behind, a little longer

than its distance from the end of the snout, but distinctly

shorter than the parietals. Nostril lateral, pierced in the

centre of an oblong entire nasal. Loreal elongate, 2!/4 as

long as deep, one preocular, not reaching the frontal, narro-

wed at the base. Two postoculars; temporals 1+2; eight

upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; lower labials

eight on the one, ten on the other side; the middle ones con-

siderably greater than the posterior and anterior. Four or

1 The tail is mutilated.

14 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

five in contact with the elongate anterior chinshields, which

are as long as and broader than the posterior.

The body slender, cylindrical, very long and narrow,

tapering in a long and thin tail. Scales in 15 rows, elongate

and narrow, on the anterior part of the body obliquely dis-

posed, all smooth, but striated. The median row enlarged.

Ventral shields 157, without keels and notches. Anal divided;

subeaudals 169 pairs.

The groundeolour above pale brown, each seale with

numerous copper-coloured dots and stripes, beside which there

are greater black irregular dashes dispersely spread over the

body. Beneath the darker copper colour is the ground co-

lour, the shields all marbled with ligth and black. The

throat light, with a dark spot on the middle of each shield.

Where the epidermis is lost, the snake is white with a tinge

of red and sprinkled with black. The head above dark brown,

speckled with black, beneath yellowish white. The first.

second and third upper labials are brown with the inferior

anterior corners white, the fourth, fifth, and half the sixth

white with brown spots, and half the sixth, the seventh and

the eighth brown. There is no dark streak behind the eye.

In colour this species seems to agree very closely with

Leptophis cupreus (Cope), but differs in the want of the dark

streak behind the eye, the smooth scales, the single enlarged

vertebral row, and the not »unusually short broad head».

From Leptoplis depressirostris, with which it agrees in the

smooth scales, it differ in the colour, the enlarged vertebral

row, eight upper labials etc.

The specimen in question belongs to the collections, above

mentioned, received in 1862 from Dr. TouvzEt at Rio Janeiro,

wherefore Brasilia probably is the patria of the new species.

One single specimen, which is a female.

(otal lendetb rer: $3a src fras Fas le föce varslen BILAR 1005 mm.

Kkenegti of the fell i socken sne ob ARE ARTER 415 >

Length of the head to the hind margin of the parietals . 12,53

The. ..ereatest breath of therhead. amsåä oe IT dök (DG

'The longitudinal diamefersof thejeye js... sl sme ehe se 2,2 >»

Distance frem, the eye ito-the snout, < prpe so die acts 9

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 5. 15

Arrhyton Quenselii. Spec. nov.

Plate I, figures 5, 6 and 7.

In the Royal Museum there are kept from an earlier:

period three snakes, named Coluber Petola, L. "They are all

labeled and probably determined by Professor C. QUENSEL,

who was Director of the museum of the R. Academy of Science

from 1799 to 1806. In his catalogue of 1802 we find them

stated without indication of locality or collector and very

probably the must have been in the museum before his time.

Externally the three specimens seem to correspond fairly

well — QUuUENSEL also says: »Nostra exempla pallida et nullo

modo dissimilia> —, but on closer examination we find, that

they belong to two genera far removed from each other.

The one specimen namely is an ÖOzxyrhopus petolarius, the

present name for LINnNzvs's Coluber petolarius as well as for

his Coluber Petola, and then correctly named by QUENSEL,

but the two other specimens, though, as mentioned above, in

colour and external appearance very similar to the former

(all being rather discoloured), differ from this one in many

important points. QUENSEL already observed the great diffe-

rence in number of ventral and subceaudal shields, which,

however, he did not believe would cause any separation of

the snakes into different species. The characteristic denti-

tion, very unlike that of Ozxyrhopus petolarius, indicates that

the specimens in question ought to be put down under the

genus Arrhyton, Ginther, where they then would represent

a species hitherto not described, to which I propose the name

A. Quenselii in memory of Professor QuUENSEL, whose magni-

ficent catalogue with its brief but distinct notes on the rep-

tiles of the Royal Museum is of uncountable value for the

reviser of the collections.

Hypapophyses absent in the posterior dorsal vertebree.

Palatine and pterygoid teeth few, sparsely sitting, but di-

stinet. Maxillary teeth ten, the eight anterior small, equal

in size, closely set, after a considerable interspace followed

by two strongly enlarged and compressed, blade-like fangs.

All solid. Mandibular teeth about equal in number, but all

16 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

small and forming an uninterrupted series. Head scarcely

distinct from neck; eye small, half the length of its distance

to the tip of the snout, with vertically subelliptic pupil.

Snout conical, not depressed. HRostral broader than high, well

visible from above. Two internasals and two prefrontals,

the suture between the former considerably shorter than that

"between the latter. No loreal, prefrontal in contact with

second labial. Nostril between two nasals, the anterior of

which is expanded in front and wedged in between the

rostral and the first upper labial. A single preocular, not

reaching the frontal, which is very broad, nearly as broad

as long, as long as its distance to the tip of the snout, but

shorter than the pårietals. The supraoculars narrow, ex-

panded behind. Two postoculars; temporals 2+2. Upper

labials six; third and fourth entering the eye; six or seven

lower labials, four of which are in contact with the anterior

chinshields, which are considerably larger than the posterior.

Body stout, cylindrical; scales in 17 rows, smooth, without

apical pits. Ventral shields 153—157; anal entire. Tail mo-

derate, tapering in an acute point, with 63—67 pairs of sub-

caudals.

As mentioned above the colour is bleached. The whole

snakes are yellowish-white except the upper surface of the

head and a broad band on the neck behind the occiput, which

are brown. Possibly, a few brown blotches on the back are

a relict of other dark cross-bars, now discoloured. A speci-

men of Ozxyrhopus petolarius, also bleached, and preserved

from the same time, is very similar in colour to these snakes,

wherefore it is possible that the colour of this Arrhyton-spe-

cies corresponds with that of Ozxyrhopus petolarius with its

alternating dark and light cross-bars.

As mentioned above there is no statement given about

the patria of these snakes neither when or how they came to

the museum, but probably they have as also their nearest

relations come from the West India, where this form, howe-

ver, must be very rare, considering the fact that no more

than these specimens seem to have been met with. It seems

strange that the species has not been obtained and described

during all the scientific explorations of the nineteenth cen-

tury but, as far as I can see, this is the case. Although

many trials I have still not succeeded in identifying this

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 5. 17

with any previously described form: Though externally

resembling Ozxyrhopus the form of the teeth does not allow its

arranging under this genus. Even from Arrhyton it differs

on account of the pupil and the presence of two large fangs,

but in other respects it agrees so well with this genus and

especially with A. teniatwm, Gntr. that I do not think I make

any mistake when referring it to this genus. In the Cat. of

Sn. the Arrhyton-species are, described as being yellowish with

a brownish head and three dark longitudinal lines. If the

mentioned brown spots I find in these specimens are remains

after longitudinal lines instead of transversal ones, which

latter is presumed in the diagnosis as in my opinion more

probable, the colour also would correspond with the typical

colour of the genus.

Measurements and numbers of the shields of the specimens.

Catalogue number. | 119 1192.

Ce LENfe Ule, Se AE ROS ga RR ORT FEL 420 mm.! 480 mm.

MISS NRGtaLle "vallar: sl - Kdvs de de AT el a SN a 0 de

Length of the head to the hind margin of the

RetRST 0. QiIlNalza .IRBA. YAYt 11,8 > 126 2

Greatest breadth of the head... . fo. cs so so SN 9 bb Ij5n a

| Longitudinal diameter of the eye su: cs ss de 2202 2,4 2

Wistance fromnthereye to: thewvsnouteriit 10 famn Fur as

Nnnmber (of väntrals ntiaggl olt. ta TING: sg ; 157 153

LJ Fr isabeandals »idatottd slet + HON 63 67

Tropidodipsas longicaudata. Spec. nov.

Plate II, fig: 9, 10;;and 11:

Maxillary teeth 15, solid, in «an interrupted series, rather

small, a little decreasing in size behind. Mandibular teeth

about 14, decreasing in size behind. Head very distinct from

neck; eye moderate, the horizontal diameter as long as the

distance to the nostril and 12/3 as long as the distance to the

snout; pupil vertical. Rostral twice as long as broad, just

visible from above. Two internasals a little broader than

long, considerably smaller than the prefrontals. Nostril

18 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

lateral, between two nasals. HLoreal nearly twice as long as

deep, not reaching the eye. Frontal hexagonal, longer than

its distance to the tip of the snout and slightly shorter than

the parietals. One preocular, not reaching the frontal. Two

postoculars; temporals 2+3. HEight upper labials, the fourth

and fifth entering the eye; the sixth and seventh being the

largest. Eight lower labials, four of which are in contact

with the anterior chinshields, which are longer than the

posterior.

Body elongate and compressed, especially the anterior

part. Scales in 19 rows, all smooth and equal in size, without

apical pits. Ventral shields 225, anal entire. Tail long,

nearly one fourth of the total length, gradually tapering to

the narrow end; subeaudals 101, in two rows.

Colour above brownish and greyish white by numerous

more or less regular, broad, brown, dark edged, crossbands,

alternating with narrower light ones. The brown crossbands

are broadest on the back, where the sometimes merge into

each other. On the sides they are contracted, wherefore the

white-greyish colour there is more expanded. Lower parts

yellowish white, marbled with dark. The head above light

brown with dark distinct spots on the shields. Behind the

eye a broad dark edged brown band, extending to the eighth

upper labial. The head below, the upper labials and the

throat yellowish white with dark dots on the labials.

The single specimen of this new form also belongs to the

collections from Dr. TouzET at Rio Janeiro, which collections

are said to be from Brasilia. Probably the north part of

that country is the patria of this snake, all other species of

the genus Tropidodipsas being from Mexico and Central

America.

The specimen is a female.

otal Jens bhogt: fe vals roger fn er Sc ske LE 920 mm.

TLenetot adhe fall fe fötarte see ln sä TES så LTS Rd seR fö NES 220 >»

> > head (distance between the nose and the hind

Marpin "Of blire" PArTeURIS) CA Me oe s RENEER 15,8 >

GITERA VEN, PICAULN "OT "CHG HERE > er. vYrt UEL. SYPERIU RASOIAERST NERE 14 >

Frörigontal "Urameter OL CHC CYC Co elen jen eta SS KT ERUTET RTR 3,6 >»

Distance from the cye to the tip of the snout . . . .. . 6

BIHANG TILL'K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27: AFD. IV. N:0 5. 19

Geodipsas mapanjensis. Spec. nov.

Plate II; fig. 15.

Solid maxillary teeth 16, equal, followed, after a distinct

interspace, by two enlarged grooved fangs. Mandibular teeth

small, about 20, slightly decreasing in size behind. Head

distinct from neck; eye small, two thirds of its distance from

the tip of the snout; pupil round. Rostral considerably broa-

der than deep, just visible from above. Two internasals,

broader than long, half as long as the prefrontals, which

are longer than broad. Nostril lateral, between two nasals.

Loreal as deep as long. Frontal pentagonal, slightly longer

than its distance to the snout; 1!/3 as long as broad, twice

as broad as the supraoculars. Two preoculars, the lower

deep and narrow, the superior broader than deep, not reaching

the frontal. In one of the specimens the lower preocular «

is divided into two on one side. Two postoculars; tem-

porals 1+2; parietals large, as long as their distance

from the tip of the snout; seven upper labials, third and

fourth entering the eye. HFEight or nine lower labials, four

of which are in contact with the anterior chinshields, which

are about as long as the posterior. Between these and the

first ventral shield there is only one pair of scales, which are

considerably large and may be considered as a third pair of

chinshields. The body cylindrical, with 19 rows of scales,

which are equal and distinctly keeled. In one of the speci-

mens (the lighter one) all the scales are keeled but in the

other the outer row is smooth. Ventral shields 138-—149,

anal entire. The tail short, sharply pointed!; subcaudals 40

in two rows.

The two specimens, there are in the Royal Museum, which

in my opinion must be referred to the same species, differ

considerably from each other in the colour. Although they

belong to different sexes, it is not truly that this variation

in colour may be regarded as a sexual distinction, hitherto

not mentioned among the snakes; more probably the two spe-

t! In the melanotic specimen the tail is obtuse and the number of sub-

caudals only 30 pairs; probably the tail of this specimen is mutilated.

20 L. G. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

cimens represent two different colour-varieties of the same

species, so very common in this order of the reptiles. In the

figured specimen, which is a male, the ground colour of the

upper parts of the body is light brownish grey with four

rows of dark spots on the anterior part of the body, which

spots behind confluent into fine dark stripes. The two me-

dian rows of spots, commencing just behind the occiput, are

separated from each other only by the vertebral row of scales

and are formed by small round to square dark-brown spots,

which on the posterior third of the trunk confluent into two

stripes, now also touching the vertebral scale-row. On the

tail these stripes confluent into a fine median line. The

outer row of spots commences further behind and grows to

lines sooner than the median ones. They are separated from

each other and from the median ones to the end of the tail.

Half of each scale on the sides below this outer row of spots

is light half dark, forming in this way indistinct longitudinal

lines. The belly and the lower surface of the tail yellowish

white with a longitudinal dark bar on the outer end of

each ventral, which bars form a very distinct dark brown

streak from the throat to the end of the tail. The head

above dark brown, sprinkled with very small light dots.

Behind the parietals there are two light spots separated

from each other by an angle shaped dark marking. Upper

labials white with dark margins. The head below yello-

wish white with dark sutures between the lower labials.

Behind the angles of the mouth there is a bright white, large

spot, below confluent with the light colour on the throat.

The other specimen, which is a female, has a much darker

ground colour, which causes that the dark lines and spots

become more indistinct than in the first described specimen,

although they exist on the same places in both forms.

Even lower parts in this specimen are dark with light mar-

gins of the ventrals and light dots bordering the dark bars

on the ends of the shields. On the throat the colour becomes

lighter, and the whole head is of the same colour as in the

light specimen.

This new species seems to come nearest to Geodipsas

Boulengeri, (Peracca), from which however it is distinguished

by the keeled scales, the single loreal, the two preeocu-

lars, the colour, and the geografical distribution, G. Bou-

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:05. 21

lengeri being from Madagascar and this form from the West

Africa.

The specimens belong to the same collection as the spe-

cimens of the genus Pseudoboodon, mentioned above, being

received from Mapanja, Cameroon, by Messrs. KNUTSON and

VALDAU.

Measurements and numbers of the ventral and ecaudal shields of

the specimens.

Catalogue number. | 2071 Q. 2070 I.

ET UTI ELR NR SE ft RR RNE 270 mm. | 275 mm.

| ETT ONE FEET SAR eESANS ERA SL VADER NIE SER 331 > 45 >

Length of the head (distance between the nose and |

the hind margin of the parietals) . .oc mo co. Oj2 | SJUKE

Greatest breadthk: ofithe! heado: ). todo Ott. ah os 6,2 » Jo Dörr

Horizontal I diameter; of the eyes . (20.11: Dumt 2 PAGE

Distance, from the; 'eye:to the snow ne. ull. . J,2 > 3 I

Ntmbort offthejvöntralsd). tnalgn dl. so hoTn Ne | 149 138 |

pad 8. Hskbogudalslt. amor bus anv: SR 30! 40 > |

Aporophis lineatus (L.).

A colour-variety of this snake, which is to be found in

the museum under the number 834, will be mentioned below.

The lateral dark lines are remarkably broad, nearly as broad

as the vertebral band and oceupying the fourth, half the third,

and half the fifth outer rows of scales. They are darker

than the vertebral band, but the inner margin is lighter

than the outer and the middle parts. In the normal states

of things the lateral lines are very narrow, occupying only

the median parts of the fourth outer row of scales. The

specimen, having also a fewer number of subeaudals than

stated in BouLEnGErR's Cat. of Snakes, 67 pairs instead of

79—93, is from Uruguay, obtained by Mr. ÅBERG in 1886.

1 Possibly a little mutilated.

22 L. 6. ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES:

Urotheca lateristriga (Berth.).

A specimen, obtained in 1833 from Columbia, differs from

the typical form of this species in the arrangement of the shields

of the head. The loreal shield is considerably deeper than long,

on one side divided into two superposed smaller loreals. Pree-

and postoculars typical, on one side a little subocular. Posterior

temporals 2 (instead of 1) and the single normal elongate an-

terior temporal is divided into two or three smaller shields.

Upper labials on one side eight with the fourth and fifth ente-

ring the eye, on the other side nine with the fourth, fifth, and

sixth entering the eye. Five lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields. By the posterior temporals and by five

lower labials entering the anterior chin-shields the specimen

seems to be allied to the other Columbian species of this

genus, Urotheca euryzona (Cope), with which it also agrees

in having only 126 ventral shields. Subcaudals are only 68,

but the tail is mutilated. In colour the specimen is a ty-

pical Urotheca lateristriga and seems thus to be an interme-

diate form between the both Columbian species of the genus

Urotheca, wherefore I think it ought to be mentioned.

Contia 2estiva (L.).

In the Cat. of Snakes Boulenger states the scale-rows of

this snake to be 15. Of the ten specimens, however, there

are preserved in the R. Museum, no less than nine have 17

rows of scales on the anterior half of the body, only one has

15. On the posterior part the rows are 15, viz. 13.

Oxyrhopus cloelia (Daud.).

In the Catalogue of Snakes, part III, p. 110, London

1896, BouLENGER states a new species of the genus Oxyrhopus,

O. maculatus, from Uruguay, said to be different from the

farther north Özxyrhopus cloelia, by having 51 instead of 64

—93 pairs of subcaudals, narrower frontal shield and light

spots on the dark ground colour above. The Royal Museum

received in 1891 from Uruguay by the engineer Mr. A. E.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:05. 23

KULLBERG a fine specimen of a typical Oxyrhopus cloelia but

with 57 pairs of subeaudals only. Thus, it is clear that this

species lives so far south as in that country and also that

its subeaudals sometimes are fewer than stated by BouLENGER

(the tail is not mutilated). I therefore believe that the spe-

cies Ozxyrhopus maculatus Boul. is only a colour-variety of

the typical Ozxyrhopus cloelia (Daud.).

Oxyrhopus carinatus (Schneid:).

Two Brasilian species, belonging to the mentioned collec-

tions from Dr. Touvzet at Rio Janeiro, differ from the descrip-

tion in Cat. of Snakes by having 69—71 subeaudals instead

of 80--97.

Erythrolamprus fissidens (Gntr.).

There is in the museum a fine colour-variety of this

snake, which I have not seen mentioned before. The colour

above is uniform brown-black with the two light narrow

lines, which we find in the typical form only above the eyes

and on the upper face of the neck, extending over the whole

back of the snake as far as to the point of the tail, where

they confluent into each other. Lower parts and the 2!/2

outer rows of scales white. The head below sprinkled with

brown. On both sides there is one preocular with a small

subocular below. The number of the ventrals is greater than

stated in BouLEnGErR's Cat. of Snakes, 157 instead of 117—140,

but in all other respects the specimen is a typical Erythro-

lamprus fissidens (Gntr.).

The snake is collected by Dr. C. BowaALuius 1883 in Cen-

tral America, R. Omotepe, Nicaragua.

Miodon gabonensis (A. Dum.)

In the last edition of Catalogue of Snakes in the British

Museum we find stated three Miodon-species (part III, p. 251,

252), all from the West Africa, being very closely allied to

each other, viz. M. gabonensis (A. Dum.), M. collaris (Peters),

24 L. G: ANDERSSON, SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

and M. notatus (Peters). In the Royal Museum there are

twelve specimens of this genus, all received from Cameroon

through Messrs. KNUTSON and VALDAU, Dr. JUNGNER and Dr.

Y. Ssöstebt. When trying to determine these, I have come

to the conclusion that the three above mentioned species must

be regarded as one species, to which the oldest name Miodon

gabonensis (A. Dum.) may be maintained.

Following table shows the differences presumed between

the species. (After Boulenger's Cat. Sn.)

M. collaris. M. gabonensis. M. notatus.

Number of ventrals . 201—228. 214—249. 181—200.

> > subeaudals 16—22. 16—24. 142-184 id

Internasals . . . . .| considerably as long as or as in M. gabo-

shorter than the | sligthly shorter nensis.

prefrontals. than the pre- | ;

frontals.

The eye. . . . . . .| 3/5 of its distance | !/s—"/2 of its di-|!/a of its distance

to the tip of the | stance to the tip | to the tip of the

snout. of the snout. | snout.

Frontal ::sf..;f. ogvt | 1/2 asdong as, | 1i/s—L/sjas long | sligthly longer

| broad. | as broad. | than broad.

IRENE divided. entire or imper- | divided.

fectly divided. |

Temporalbi(! .srit (0. red (ord P2). 1+1. | 130.

Lower labials in cCon- |

. tact with the an- |

| terior chinshields . | 4—5. 4. 3.

The most important differences between the species would

be the different number of the ventrals and the length of

the internasals compared with that of the prefrontals. To

judge from the number of the ventrals there should be eight

M. notatus (182—200 ventrals), three M. collaris (206, 207,

211 ventrals) and one M. gabonensis (229 ventrals) among

the specimens in the museum. At the first glance on the

specimens we find that such a distribution of them is an un-

natural one. The relation between the internasals and the

prefrontals is very varying in the same group. Among the

»collaris»-forms we find the internasals well as long as those

among the »notatus-> and »gabonensis»-forms. Thus, it is clear

that the above mentioned chief-characters ought not to be

FREE YA

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:05. 25

employed, when separating the species from each other. Re-

garding the number of subeaudals, M. notatus should have

no more than 18. There are two specimens with 18 or less

subeaudals (15, 18) but both these have more than 200 ven-

trals (206, 211), wherefore they ought not to be M. notatus;

besides, all the eight specimens with less than 200 ventrals

have more than 18 subceaudals.

Other specific characters, mentioned, in the table, are so

very unimportant or so individually varying that they cannot

be of any value. In all the specimens there are four lower

labials in contact with the anterior chinshields; the nasal is

entire or divided without any order and the frontal varies

in length also without any constant rule.

In colour eleven of the specimens correspond so well that

any trace of specific difference in this respect is not to be found.

They are all »black above and on the sides down to the outer

end of the ventrals and subeaudals» with the dark colour

sharply distinct from the yellowish-white belly. In two of them

(two small ones) the occipital part of the neck and the head

above are light brown, except the prefrontals, the frontal,

the anterior part of the parietals and a spot below the eye,

which are black. In the other specimens the head is black-

brown with the above mentioned parts darker. Probably the

light head is a juvenile character. A single specimen differs

in colour by having the upper parts greybrown instead of

black, and this colour confluents without distinct limits with

that of the belly. To judge from the diagnoses in Cat. of

Snakes, however, it is not rare that the specimens vary in

colour.

Following table shows the variation of the presumed

»specific-characters» in the specimens examined.

SOME NEW SPECIES OF SNAKES.

i FÖRS A

ANDERSSON,

"uMOIq ped ITL & 6'[

| "UMOT PB IYL « TT

"UMOIAY IIYJBI PED IYL & TZ

"ugmrods 243 ML £ ec

| | UuNaäE 2

'sfBjuosgrBId

24 UPIMI

-9q 9INJUS

[4 6

8'T

&« 6'[

"ww 8'T

"STESVUTIJUT

24 UIIMI

-9q 9INjUs

4 JO YITuIrT Ur 0 YTTUIT

«> 18

te dt

«8

<= 08

«> 8

«<> 18

RR G

«61

'sared GT

'srepuvaqus

Jo I9qwunN

'STVLJUIA

J0 19QuuN

GGR

«1866

« GLP

SE GP

OST

«> OPFG

<> OSP

«069

«i OYG

tI OBE

«099

uu G8G

—É——=—— — = —<— = < ” » --—- - >--— r — - <2 2 X ?-—-———-"2s—-——— — OO —]L Vr

"Yu [VOL

: vqsspunqag deg Nact «

se kr

- : "SLYPTS

$ "ARG o$

Zz Rv Fog

é "ara -<

VISE +

RA erfa] «

EN S "erat «|

efuedeW 'IIST «< |

ENN SER, TSE: Su

"IpuuqTrg "GOGT ocN

"A[BIOT

pus I9qumu on3ojv]rN

List of Plates.

Plate I.

(All figures in natural size except Fig. 7, which is enlarged [ x 21.)

1 Ungalia brasiliensis sp. nov.

» 2—4. Pseudoboodon albopunetatus sp. nov.

» 5—7. Arrhyton Quenselii sp. nov.

JAS Thrasops splendens sp. nov.

Plate II.

(All figures in natural size.)

Fig. 9—11. - Tropidodipsas longicandata sp. nov.

» 12—14. Leptophis flagellum sp. nov.

3 LD Geodipsas mapanjensis sp. nov.

sant T 10 Jan Xx

+»

Nå Salt ; RE

Ci Six Fbändalns ni dte Sond iqugra osla Muta Ta

j i 4 sd » gr -

Fan Et SEA SÄPO N JE vid

Å | rv

sont de kylostsqodin NOhggdakbsrg”k I 0

TÖSE (8 tilag nat KON et

föl. satan AGREE ft = RÅ å

a N

)

JTI otalT

f 204 (Goxta fönstan ot äran IA) ARA

| >

Zn fe into OIrOAOÅ Anäusbobsaot) JB ;

1 SOA qe L '” slags TAG på | | kl EL . EA

Om day Et TN SÄVE Aa OD &. ELLE

' - hög

I Å /

I DR

| & 4

i 4

SÅ JÅ

I vå -r (VS - » kr”

' ; p Så Sr vt Låg j

br JE

|| Kd

[

od ' kd sn AM MIN or Säter] .

M a ” ; js ”- Pg a i

: å : So Ej RJ Ae

JE -- pad Mår hat Mag 7 nn ROR nad a Nye

| ; - é , Te -

2 i

Bihang t. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. IV, M 5. PTE

A. Österberg del. Ljustryck af Chr. Westphal, Stockhohn

Bihang t. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. TYSEN: PL II

ÅN

)

Fen

A. Österberg del. Ljustryck af Chr. Westphal, Stockholm.

BIHANG TILL K. SVENSKA VET-AKAD. HANDLINGAR. Band 27. Afd. IV. N:o 6.

A SINGULAR CASE OF HERMAPHRODISN

HOLOTHURIDS.

HJALMAR THÉEEL.

WITH TWO PLATES.

COMMUNICATED 8 MAY 1901.

STOCKHOLM

KUNGL. BOKTRYCKERIET. P. A. NORSTEDT & SÖNER

är (ig Eetgrnd ISS

NN re nd

Pe p j vil )

rag

HAr

ör Yö

204 URTOIOH >

t Er ; it

MN 4

AGE JATET AAMIALE

g KRATAT'T OT HTIW

[001 TAR BJUSTASIKURMOTJ

; MaÖRänora Sk

ersÖn Åh MATInOX Ah SR:

duction . .

Contents.

he ge falsbubesn9s std MODA Ad

destruction and resorption of eggs and tissues

oso

fbe investigations which form the subject of the present

paper were carried on during a summer-stay, several years

ago, at the Swedish Marine Biological Station, Kristineberg.

I then observed that the Mesothuria intestinalis (Ascan.), one

of our common west-coast species of Holothurids, was a herma-

phrodite, but in a manner quite different from that known

before in this group of animals.

For a long time occupied with studies on the develop-

ment of the organ-systems in the Echinidea, and being almost

entirely engaged in pressing business at our state-museum,

I did not publish anything about this discovery. In 1896,

Dr HJ. ÖSTERGREN! published an account of his studies on

the sub-family Synallactinze, where he established the herma-

phrodism in the species in question. Consequently he was

the first to make public anything about the union of the two

sexes in the same individual of Mesothuria intestinalis. I

may be allowed here to quote his own words: ”Die Genital-

schläuche sind alle entweder männliche oder weibliche, die

Tiere werden aber dadurch zu Zwittern, dass beiderlei Arten

beisammen vorkommen, die weiblichen mitunter etwas zahl-

reicher (10—15) als die männlichen. Beiderlei Schläuche er-

reichen, völlig gereift, etwa ein Drittel der Körperlänge des

Tieres, sie reifen aber ungleichzeitig heran; demnach sind die wei-

blichen klein, wenn die männlichen gross sind, und umgekehrt.

Die FEier sind rot, weshalb die reifen weiblichen Geschlechts-

schläuche durch die Körperwandung hindurchschimmern, und

zugleich sehr gross (gereift mehr als 0,5 Mm.), so dass sie be-

reits zur Zeit der männlichen Geschlechtsreife mit blossem

Auge zu sehen sind. Infolgedessen wird man die Zwitterig-

keit leicht gewahr. Eine nähere Beschreibung der Geschlechts-

' Zur Kenntniss der Subfamilie Synallactine unter den Aspidochiroten.

— Festskrift WILHELM LILLJEBORG tillegnad på hans åttionde födelsedag af

svenske zoologer. Upsala 1896.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 5

teile von Mesothuria intestinalis durch Herrn Professor THÉEL

steht in Aussicht. Derselbe hat gleichfalls in diesem Jahre,

und zwar fräöher als ich, die Zwitterigkeit bei diesem Tiere

beobachtet.”

If we take into consideration that this is really the only

positive information on hermaphrodism in the pedate Holo-

thurids and, besides, that we are greatly in want of a more

detailed description of the genital organs in this group af

animals, it is thought that the following communication may

be of some interest and may contribute, to a certain extent,

to widen our present knowledge of the subject.

It is a well known fact that several of the apodous Holo-

thurids, for example Synapta digitata (Mont.), Synapta in-

herens (O. F. MÖLLER), and probably also several other spe-

cies belonging to this genus are hermaphrodite, and for a

long time it was supposed that all the forms of the Synap-

tide had the two sexes united in the same individual. Later

on it was proved by several investigators that this is not in

conformity with the truth, but, that, on the contrary, the sexes

are distinct in many forms of apodous Holothurids. If we

neglect the family Molpadide which probably has the sexes

separate,! all the Holothurids provided with feet are consi-

dered to have the sexes distinct, except Ananus holothurioides

and Öcnus javanicus which, according to SLuvItER,? are herma-

phrodite.

Nevertheless, LupwiG of Bonn,? our best authority respec-

ting the echinoderms, has pronounced in his splendid descrip-

tion of the ”Seewalzen”, that these very cases are unsatis-

factorily known and are greatly in want of further investi-

gation. It is true that SLuItTER has not given reasons enough

for his interpretation, which may be understood from the

following citation taken from his paper, ”Ueber einige neue

Holothurien von der Westkäste Java's.” Here he says with

regard to Ananus holothurioides: ”Einige dieser Follikel sind .

männliche und einige weibliche Zeugungsorgane. Welche

aber männlich welche weiblich sind, ist äusserlich nicht zu

! LuDwiG, H., Die Seewalzen. — Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des

Thier-Reichs. II, 3, p. 182. Leipzig 1889—1892.

> Ueber einige neue Holothurien von der Westkäste Java's. — Natuur-

dig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indié. XL. Batavia 1881. With 7

plates.

FELNEIN p.Ci83.

6 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

entscheiden” — —- — ”Ueber den histologischen Bau, die Eier

und das Sperma, kann ich leider nichts Bestimmtes mitthei-

len.” And, as far as concerns the reproductive organs of Ocnus

javanicus he adds: ”Sie bilden ein Biändel kärzerer und län-

gerer einfachen, nicht verästelten Schläuche. Die kärzeren

sind die Zeuger der Spermas, die längere sind die weibliche

Zeugungsorgane.” From these citations it becomes evident

that SLuviITER has not undertaken a careful histological exa-

mination of the objects, and that LuDpwicG is right, when he

closes his examination of the hermaphrodite Holothurids and

of those possessing distinct sexes with following declaration:

”Solange demnach der Beweis fär das Gegentheil nicht mit

aller wiinschenswerthen BWNicherheit erbracht ist, werden wir

alle Holothurien mit alleiniger Ausnahme eines Theiles der

Synaptiden als getrenntgeschlechtliche Thiere ansehen missen.”

Nevertheless, it may not be impossible that the views of

SLUITER are correct, so much the more as my own investiga-

tions of the reproductive organs of Mesothuria intestinalis

point in this direction.!

! Respecting the hermaphrodism in other pedate Holothurids, it ought ot

course to be very rare and I am convinced that most of them have the

sexes separate. On the other hand, the genitalbasis of Mesothuria verrillii

(Théel), Holothuria scabra Jeger and Holothuria vitiensis Semper, appear to

be arranged in conformity with that in Mesothuria intestinalis.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. (

The genital basis.

In Mesothuria intestinalis the efferent duct of the geni-

tal organ at first takes its way from the external pore in a

downward direction close behind the madreporic canal and

almost parallel to it (Pl. I, fig. 1—5). Attached to the dor-

sal mesentery, it then deviates from that canal, and runs

almost straight backwards slightly above, and in a direction

convergent to the rather important genital lacunar cord to

SN | |

MW |

Y NN | i TT mn

| lagen — ME LU |

nn ; dm

LL | | I a < NE SN

”

The reproductive organ of an individual, 40 mm. long. g efferent duct; gb

genital basis; t young genital tubes: dm dorsal mesentery; s madreporic canal;

Db lacunar cord; x germinal cord. Highly magnified.

which it is attached by two mesenteric membranes bounding

the genital sinus of Semper. At their entrance into the geni-

tal basis, the efferent duct and the lacunar cord almost meet

each other. The lacunar cord, in its turn, is strengthened by

means of two membranes connecting it to the alimentary ca-

nal and forming the >Nebenschlundsinus» of Semper.

The genital duct opens into a rather spacious cavity

situated within the genital basis and bounded by thick walls

of a stroma of fibrous and lacunar structure. The cavity is

lined with a ciliated epithelium and is in open communica-

8 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

tion with the cavities of the more or less elongated and rami-

fied genital tubes which protrude from it.

In young individuals measuring three or four cm. in

length, the genital basis presents itself as a very insignificant

expansion at the left side of the dorsal mesentery, where the

efferent duct enters it. The older the animal grows, the more

the genital basis increases and finally it appears as a rather

considerable prominence or swelling, projecting from the left

side of the mesentery.

The reproductive organ of a full grown individual bent downwards from the

dorsal mesentery. g efferent duct;: gb genital basis: c posterior portion of the

genital basis devoid of tubes but provided with small »macul&e» or minute pro-

tuberances; d a genital tube still not resorbed; ot nearly ripe ovarian tubes;

mt immature male tubes. Magnified.

In an early stage of the development, the genital basis

is devoid of every trace of a naked portion behind that part

which carries the tubular genital appendages. But, during

the growth of the animal, such a portion becomes visible by

degrees and enlarges itself successively, forming at last a

spiral or helicoid terminal-portion bent towards the dorsal

mesentery and terminating in an obtuse or somewhat elon-

gated tip. A closer inspection of it reveals that it bears on

RATE

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. 1V. N:o 6. 9

its surface small specks or ”macule” of a yellowish brown

colour, not seldom accompanied by minute protuberances

and more or less cylindrical processes. A glance at the fig-

ures 1—5 on plate I will easily throw light upon these

matters.

In order to give an exact idea of the arrangement and

variations of these macule and protuberances, as well as of

the bundles of genital tubes in different specimens, so as to

make them comprehensible, it may be convenient to first

quote some notes from my diary with reference to fresh ma-

terials.

Specimen 1. Caught July 9, 1900. Length about 170 mm."

a. The posterior portion of the genital basis devoid of

tubes has a length of 3 mm. and is provided with

several yellowish maculze and a couple of minute pro-

tuberances.

b. The genital basis immediately in front of the former

portion carries 12 bundles of male tubes of a light

flesh or even whitish colour measuring about 37 mm.

in length.

c. The anterior portion of the genital basis protrudes

16 bundles of female tubes, those most posteriorly

situated being the largest and having a length of

about 15 mm. They are blood- or brick-coloured and

are filled with larger and smaller eggs, with the ex-

ception of the six posterior bundles which are empty

and irregularly swollen.

d. The foremost part, where the efferent duct issues,

is provided with a series of very minute, scarcely 1

mm. long, cluster-like or unbranched globular tubes.

Specimen 2. Caught July 9, 1900. Length about 200 mm.

a. The posterior naked spiral portion of the genital

basis measures 3,5 mm. in length, and is marked with

twenty light brown macul&e and, anteriorly to these,

an equal number of small obtuse prominences.

b. The portion immediately in front of the former, car-

ries 22 bundles of large, 50 mm. long, light flesh-

coloured male tubes filled with mobile spermatozoa.

c. Anteriorly to the former, the genital basis supports

t! In consequence of the power possessed by the animal of contracting

its body, the measurements cannot be exactly given.

10 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

25—30 bundles of reddish female tubes with large

eggs.

d. The foremost part of the genital basis protrudes very

minute clusters or simple club-shaped follicles.

Specimen 3. Caught July 9, 1900. Length about 250 mm.

The arrangement of the genital organ in this specimen

is much the same as in the preceding, except that

the posterior naked portion is longer, and is curved so

that it takes the form of an S&S.

Specimen 4. Caught July 9, 1900. Length about 150 mm.

a. The posterior spiral portion of the genital basis is

almost 4 mm. long and is marked with many maculee,

and with several processes with the free end club-

shaped and of a yellowish brown colour.

b. The portion in front of the former has 16 bundles of

large reddish female tubes of an elongated oval form,

the largest measuring about 25 mm. in length. The

brick-coloured eggs are visible through the thin walls

of the tubes.

ec. Next in order, we find 23 bundles of light fesh-

coloured male tubes attaining a length of as much as

15 mm.

d. Most anteriorly are situated the minute clusters and

club-shaped tubes.

Specimen 5. Caught July 9, 1900. Length about 200 mm.

"The arrangement of the tubes is the same as in spe-

cimen 1, except that a bundle situated between the

male and female tubes contains, besides an infinite

number of active spermatozoa, large and well developed

scattered eggs.!

Specimen 6. Caught July 12, 1900. Length about 150 mm.

a. The posterior spiral portion of the genital basis is

beset with a number of distinct maculze and, in front -

of these, with eight rather considerable processes having

their ends slightly branched and presenting yellowish-

brown irregular dilatations.

! I dissected more than 10 other specimens, all captured the same day

and in the locality ”Flatholmen”, and in all these cases the genital bundles

were arranged in the same way as in specimen 1. Consequently, among more

than 15 specimens, only a single one had the posterior bundles filled with

eggs.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 11

The portion in front of the former supports a num-

ber of female bundles with large brick-coloured eggs.

The anterior portion ecarries a number of somewhat

smaller male bundles.

Foremost we find the common clusters and club-

shaped bodies.

Specimen 7. Caught July 13, 1900. Length about 175 mm.

The posterior portion of the genital basis is of the

ordinary shape, and is provided with maculze and pro-

cesses, one of which bears four, 4 mm. long branches,

filled with eggs.

In front of the former there are to be seen 12 large

female bundles, containing large, nearly ripe, brick-

coloured ova.

In front of these are situated 15 immature male bun-

dles, the posterior ones being, as a rule, the largest,

and having a length of 16 mm.

Anteriorly to these we have 8—10 small bundles of

female tubes, about 7 mm. long, with unripe ova.

Foremost may be observed the common minute buds

or clusters.!

Specimen 8. Caught November 1900. Length about 250 mm.

The total length of the whole genital basis from the

minute, anterior bud-like follicles to the poste-

rior curved -end, measures about 6 mm. Its naked

portion possesses three sets of marks: posteriorly about

18 rounded, light brown macul&e; an intermediate set

of 12 to 14 small knobs of a brownish colour, separa-

ted from the former by a narrow naked band, and in-

creasing in size forwards; finally an anterior set of

small, 4 to 5 mm. long, bundles of processes.

In front of the former are situated about 18 bundles

af male tubes, the largest measuring only 14 mm. in

length.

Anteriorly to these, 15 to 20 small bundles of female

tubes have their place, the largest being only 5 mm.

1 Among eight more specimens obtained by dredgings on the same day

and from the same locality three had the posterior genital bundles filled with

nearly ripe ova, while the remaining five had them filled with ripe sperma-

tozoa.

In one instance I counted more than 100 macul&e and prominences on

the large posterior spiral portion of the genital basis.

THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

in length; they pass imperceptibly over into the fore-

most minute clusters and club-like bodies.

Specimen 9. Caught in November 1900. Length about 250 mm.

The genital organ of this individual differs from that

of the preceding one mainly in these two points: that

the posterior end-portion is longer, more curved, and is

provided with a greater number of maculze and pro-

tuberances, and that it carries anteriorly about 12 small,

4 mm. long, bundles of tubes evidently of the male-

sex and in a state of resorption. In front of this

part are seen 11 bundles of 13 mm. long female tubes

filled up with large eggs, and, foremost, a set of

small tubes pass imperceptibly over into the well

known knobs and club-shaped bodies.

Specimen 10. Caught in November 1900. Length about 250 mm.

The genital basis is very large, about 10 mm. long,

and curved spirally inwards to a high degree. On

account of the curvature of the organ the measures

may not be fully correct. The narrow curved end

has a brown colour and is evidently in a state of

decay. In front appear about 14 brown maculze, and

before them may be observed the same number of

knobs with brown tops; finally in front of the knobs

are placed about 12 very small, scarcely more than

2,5 mm. long, tubes, each finishing in a tuft of stunted

brown branches in a state of absorption.

Anteriorly to this portion protrude 13 bundles of

male tubes having a length of 20 mm.

In front of these are observed 16 bundles of some-'

what smaller female tubes, filled with eggs.

The former tubes pass over into smaller ones, and

imperceptibly into the foremost minute club-shaped

bodies.

From the above extracts taken from my diary it becomes

evident that the posterior, naked portion of the genital basis

increases in size on approaching age, but it also follows that

this increase is confined by the gradual obliteration of its

terminal part (cf. specimen 10). Moreover it becomes clear

that the macule are nothing else than traces of previous

genital tubes which have been totally absorbed, and, further,

that the minute protuberances placed in front of the maculie

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 13

are marks of a somewhat younger generation of such tubes,

and lastly, that the small, often bifurcated or, rather, bran-

ched processes, situated in front of the former and behind the

large genital tubes, represent a still younger set of such

tubes in a state of obliteration.

In some instances I counted more than three generations

of genital tubes which had already disappeared and, as far

as I have been able to prove, these must have alternated

with regard to their sexual contents.

Among those genital tubes which are in a state of pro-

gressive development, the posterior ones are the largest and

oldest, their sexual contents having reached a higher degree

of maturity. They decrease anteriorly and pass over imper-

ceptibly into the minute, club-shaped bodies in the front end

of the genital basis. Thus, the development of the tubes

goes on from before backwards. With regard to the succes-

sion in which the different generations of tubes appear, I

have not been able to determine whether the first visible

generation consists of male tubes or of female.

Without entering into a more detailed analysis of the

different tissues which build up the genital basis, I may be

allowed to confine myself to the following remarks.

The organ in question is invested by the coelomic mem-

brane made up of rather high cells with an oval nucleus.

Sceattered among these cells, and between the narrower bases

of these, may to be detected other larger, rounded and finely

granulated corpuscles. Inside this epithelium, a thin layer of

longitudinal and transverse muscular fibres envelopes the

remaining main portion of the genital basis, which is formed

essentially of connective tissue constituting a more or less

spongy stroma of irregular bundles of fibres crossing in all

directions. It contains an infinite number of blood-corpuscles

or wander cells, proving that the nutritive uid pervades the

tissues in powerful currents, in order to nourish the whole

reproductive organ. In addition, the stroma is strengthened

here and there by rather coarse threads of a muscular na-

ture. The stroma encloses and bounds a rather wide cavity,

having a longitudinal and vertical extention, and elothed with

a columnar ciliated epithelium with oval nuclei. 'The height

of the epithelial lining seems to vary in different places, and

to reach its maximum on the roof of the cavity.

14 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

As the genital cavity stands in open communication with

the tubes, the stroma is pierced by combining canals, corres-

ponding in number to that of the tubes themselves. All the

canals are lined with ciliated epithelium-cells like those which

invest the cavity itself and their walls are even and devoid

of folds. It is first towards the periphery, and just on the

transition where the canals pass over into the tubes, that a

series of longitudinal folds appear. Thus, in a section of the

peripheral part of the genital basis, the lumen of the canals

presents the aspect of a more or less irregular star. The

ciliated investment also ceases where the folds take their

origin.

Longitudinal section through the naked posterior portion of the genital basis

where the ”macule” are to be seen. «a hollow remains from obliterated follicle

tubes. Magnified.

From sections through the hinder naked portion of the

genital basis, where the maculz and protuberances have their

place, we also discover that close inside them is situated a

correspondent hollow, with the confining walls in a state of

obliteration or atrophy. In those forms (comp. specimens 9

and 10) where the posterior end of the genital basis is Very

significant by its size and colour, this work of destruction had

advanced so far that that part of the basis encloses only a

number of close-lying hollows bounded by thin walls devoid

of all epithelial lining, the surrounding tissues having been

totally destroyed, or being in state of dissolution. Probably

most of the hollows have also lost their communication with

the canals.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 13

The efferent duct and the germinal cord.

The efferent duct of the reproductive organ is in the

elosest connection with the singular ribbon-like formation

which I call ”germinal cord” and which, in its turn, opens into

the genital basis. As far as I have been able to discover,

this cord has escaped the attention of previous investigators

Vertical section through the dorsal mesentery in front of the genital basis.

4, efferent duct of the genital organ; B, genital sinus of Semper; C, ”Neben-

schlundsinus” of Semper; D, lacunar-blood cord; m. dorsal mesentery: x, ger-

minal cord with its canals within the left wall of the duct. Highly magnified.

The efferent duct! resembles a band compressed at the

sides, and runs in a rather straight direction forwards to

1! Comp. the wood-cut on page 7.

16 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

the neighbourhood of the madreporic canal where it turns up-

wards in order to accompany the latter and, finally, to open exte-

riorly on the dorsal surface of the animal. Of course, during

its whole course it is attached to the left side of the dorsal

mesentery. Posteriorly and below, it is supported by the two

mesenteric membranes which limit the genital sinus of

Semper.

The outer investment of the efferent duct is, of course, a

continuity of the coelomic epithelium, its cells being not very

high and not distinetly limited but being in possession of an

oval nucleus deeply stained with iron-hiematoxyline. HSepara-

ted from this layer by a very thin stratum, obviously of

muscular nature, a layer of areolar 'connective tissue forms

the main portion of the wall, the filaments crossing each other

in larger or smaller bundles in all directions. In the meshes

between the bundles can be seen numerous migratory cells

of several different appearances, which may be treated of

further on in a succeeding chapter.

Inside the connective tissue and separated from it by a

very thin basement-membrane occurs a ciliated epithelium,

presenting a high columnar shape and having the oval nuclei

placed close to the broad and superficial end of the cells.

Where the duct is in a contracted state, the nuclei are very

crowded, so that they present themselves in two layers or

more. As a rule, the cells are much higher on the left and

upper sides. The peripheral nucleus is surrounded by a

layer of finely granulate protoplasm which appears to be

unenclosed in a definite cell-wall. Towards the basement-

membrane the cells taper into long fine threads which, treated

with iron-hematoxyline of Haidenhain, become of an almost

black colour. The hair-like cilia are long and powerful, espe-

cially at the left and upper sides of the duct (P1. II, fig. 13).

In transverse sections of the efferent duct there appear

between the thread-like basal parts of the ciliated cells, large

juxtaposed bodies of a fine granular structure (fig. 13 a). Here and

there may be perceived a nucleus surrounded by a clear space,

but it always has its place close to the basement-membrane

and has evidently nothing to do with the bodies in question.

Treated with different staining fluids, they still remain pale

and almost colourless. At first one is given the impression

that the bodies in question represent mucous-secreting cells,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL.. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 17

but a closer investigation, especially on longitudinal sections,

reveals the fact that they are due to considerable bundles of

extremely fine filaments running in a longitudinal direction

and crossing the interstices between the pointed lower ends

of the ciliated cells. In horizontal sections across the colum-

nar cells it is stated with certainty that the ”bodies” above

mentioned are nothing else than transversely cut bundles of

very fine threads. In such preparations stained with iron-

hamatoxyline, the cells present themselves as scattered black

points surrounded by the crossing bundles of filaments. As

to the nature of the bundles it is of course impossible, for the

present, to pronounce any exact idea. However, though it

may seem strange, I am inclined to consider them to be peri-

pheral distributions of nerves between the bases of the cilia-

ted epithelium cells.

On the left side of the efferent duct and imbedded in its

layer of connective tissue is to be observed a wrinkled and

plaited cord-like formation extending from the upper and

anterior end of the genital basis, where it communicates with

the lumen of the issuing duct, forwards to that part of the

duct where it meets the madreporic canal and bends upwards

in order to open exteriorly. Just at the curvation, the cord

terminates in å small enlargement. It is easily brought into

view by treatment with hematoxyline, fuchsine, carmine or

other solutions. Seen in toto under a low magnifying power,

it presents the view of a simple wrinkled band or cord, hence

the name germinal cord (comp. the wood-cut on page 7).

In sections across the efferent duct it becomes obvious

that its left wall is often somewhat thicker than the right

and, besides, is provided with some low ridges or folds pro-

truding into the lumen, one of these being as a rule more

prominent. Sometimes I also observed such a low longitudi-

nal elevation on the outer left side. In some very few cases

the ridges in question are almost imperceptible, probably owing

to a high degree of extension.

Moreover, when examining the sections carefully, it be-

comes evident that the germinal cord is by no means a solid

string, but that, on the contrary, it presents a more or less

complicated arrangement, built up either of a single very

meandrous canal, or of several limited cylindrical and elonga-

ted cavities, always lined with rather large primitive germi-

SÅ

18 " THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

nal cells which often reduce the central lumen to a minimum

(P1. II, fig. 14). In the same sections I found three to five,

sometimes more, cut ends of canals (Pl. I, fig. 6, 7) imbed-

ded in the connective tissue of the left wall of the duct,

and in other sections I have observed that some, at least,

of these cavities, apparently separate the one from the

other, intereommunicate and are twisted in such a manner

that a section has passed through the same canal twice, or

even several times. Besides, some views make it probable

Transverse section of the genital duct. m, dorsal mesentery: mm, mesenteric

membranes confining the genital sinus of Semper; sp, amassment of sperma-

tozoa; c, canals constituting the germinal cord in the left wall of the duct.

Highly magnified.

that the canals (or canal) protrude small branches. Never-

theless, from want of sufficient material I am obliged to leave

undecided whether the germinal cord is built up of a single

highly wrinkled and plaited canal giving off small branches,

or if it is composed of a series of shorter wrinkled and branched

closed tubes.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 19

The germinal canals or tubes are bounded by a thin base-

ment-membrane, inside which are arranged the primary ger-

minal cells with their large rounded nuclei. These cells subse-

quently become converted into ova and spermatozoa. In the

neighbourhood of the genital basis, groups of them protrude,

together with surrounding tissues, in order to form minute

knobs or club-shaped bodies, the first developmental states

of the future genital tubes (Pl. I, fig. 8 f.). Among the true

germinal cells, others are to be found characterized by a

smaller oval nucleus. These cells do not become converted

into ova and spermatozoa, but are follicular cells and probably

serve directly in the nutrition of the former.

Consequently, the germinal cord is the matrix from which

not only the genital products but even the genital basis and

its tubes originate.

The genital tubes.

As before mentioned, the tubes shot out from the genital

basis, reach their greatest length behind, and shorten gradually

The most anteriorly placed small club-shaped bodies representing the earliest

developmental stages of genital tubes. Highly magnified.

forwards, in order to present themselves as very small, simple

club-shaped processes at the beginning of the efferent duct.

Attention is also called to the singularity that a certain

number of genital tubes are male tubes, while another series

of tubes contains eggs and that the different generations suc-

cessively alternate.

It has been presumed that the genital tubes remain during

the whole life of the Holothurids, and that they retain their

20 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

faculty of producing eggs and sperma during the whole of that

period of time. Mesothuria intestinalis appears to form a remar-

kable exception from the rule, in-as-much as the emptied bund-

les of tubes successively become destroyed and obliterated as

soon as the animal has spawned. From what I have learned

from the extensive literature on the Holothurids, a similar

case has not been noticed before. |

On the preceding pages I several times used the term

”bundle of genital tubes” by which I mean each tuft of tubes

running out from a common, more or less elongated, cylin-

drical stem. With regard to the term ”generation of genital

tubes” I mean, of course, all such bundles which contain the

same sexual products.

A very young follicle bundle, though somewhat older than those in the for-

mer wood-cut. Highly magnified.

As before mentioned, the bundle consists of a stem sup-

porting a tuft of dichotomously-branched tubes varying in

number in different bundles. In the male bundles the ripe

tubes are narrower, cylindrical, and are of a milk-white colour.

The female tubes, on the contrary, are elongated fusiform,

and of a reddish colour. In one and the same individual, the

male and female products very seldom reach maturity at the

same period of time.

The number of bundles appears to change considerably.

As a rule, they seem to reach their maximum-development

during the summer-months and at the beginning of the autumn.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 21

All the specimens caught late in the autumn presented their

bundles of genital tubes as comparatively small and unripe.

In order to gain an exact idea of the developmental pro-

cess of the reproductive bundles, it is most suitable to make

a careful examination of the foremost part of the geni-

tal basis, just at the place where the minute elub-shaped pro-

minences are situated. In their earliest state of development,

they present themselves as very insignificant protuberances

on the base of the efferent duct and its germinal cord just

where these enter the genital basis (comp. the wood-cut on

page 19). The protuberances grow larger, and gradually

acquire the shape of minute nails with narrow bases and

enlarged ends or heads. They take first the form of a mush-

room and, finally, they change into clubs with double heads,

the first trace of dichotomous branches or tubes. In some-

what older bundles the stem has grown longer and the bran-

ches have become doubled but still remain very short, each

bundle having the aspect of a bunch of grapes (comp. the

wood-cuts on page 20). The further increase is easily under-

stood, and does not need to be given in further detail here.

In 1899, Borpast published a paper on the reproductive

organs in some Holothurids. Thus, he describes in Holothu-

ria impatiens Gmel. a series of minute tubes disposed ante-

riorly close to the efferent duct. He says: ”Les plus anté-

rieurs sont courts, cylindriques et renflés å leur extrémité

libre. Les uns affectent la forme d'un clou, les autres celle

d'un champignon et enfin d'autres celle d'une massue. Tout

pråés de ces tubes en existent d'autres de couleur blanchåtre,

cylindriques et ramifiés”. He considers these tubes to be quite

different in form and structure from the true genital tubes and

insists on the point that they are glands ”organes glandulaires”

secerning a clear transparent fluid having for function the di-

lution of the genital products. Nevertheless, on page 6 he

writes: ”On pourrait peut-étre aussi les considérer comme des

tubes génitaux atrophiés” and, moreover, on page 8 he gives

them the name ”glandes annexes tubuleuses” and, furthermore,

on page 7, he adjoins the following sentence: ”Sur son bord

antérieur viennent se fixer les tubes å fonetions problémati-

ques que nous venons de signaler (glandes tubuleuses, canaux

1 Recherches sur les organes de la génération de quelques Holothuries. — -

Annales de la Faculté des sciences de Marseille. IX, IV (extract).

22 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

génitaux atrophiés ou en voie de développement)”. From the

above quotations it becomes evident that Borpas himself was

in great doubt as to the true function of these small bodies.

In my opinion, there is not the least doubt but that they

only represent the youngest and least developed forms of

genital tubes, and that they have nothing at all to do with

secreting glands in the strictest sense of the word.

With regard to the elementary tissues which compose

the genital tubes, I have nothing of importance to add to our

present knowledge of them. I only intend to call attention

to the most obvious and neglected transformations of the

general arrangements to which the tubes are subjected during

the ripening process of the sexual products. In very young

tubes, both male and female, there is to be found an aggre-

tion of cells of two different kinds: large sexual cells in differ-

ent stages of karyokinesis, this being especially the case with

the male cells, and smaller ones which have as their end to

gradually arrange themselves around the eggs in order to

form the follicle-membrane and, moreover, to form the inter-

nal epithelial lining of the tubes. At this early period,

scarcely a lumen is visible, nor are any folds to be detected.

Considering that the afflux of nutritious fluid is very sparse

at that period, it is very probable that the increasing sexual

cells procure their nourishment through the surrounding cells.

By degrees, the tubes, invested exteriorly by a ciliated epi-

thelium, grow larger, their lumina become wider and their

walls commence to increase in thickness and, simultaneously,

to give off a series of longitudinal folds hanging down into

the cavity of the tubes. The sexual cells arrange themselves

successively in such a manner, that they finally become pla-

ced in the glens between the outgrowing folds, which gra-

dually become expanded to such a high degree that they

finally conceal the sexual cells and fill up the cavity of the

tubes (P1. I, figs. 9, 10).

The folds in question are sparingly strengthened by con-

nective tissue. Their growth is mainly due to the abundant

aflux of blood which causes them to swell, and the inereasing

germinal cells are certainly in pressing need of the nutri-

tious fluid in their immediate neighbourhood. In sections

across a tube, the folds present themselves as transparent and

nearly structureless protrusions. Treated with hematoxyline,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 23

and afterwards stained in a solution of acid-fuchsine, their

chief substance seems to be homogeneous and of a light rose-

colour. The cellular elements within them are very sparse

and ramified, resembling in a certain degree those of connec-

tive tissue, but they also present an obvious conformity to

wandering plasma-cells intercommunicating by their pseudo-

podia. In the folds of the female tubes the corpuscles seem

to be present more abundantly. In my opinion most of them

are true migratory cells, a view supported by the facts that

they have around the nuclei, or in their vicinity, a various

number of larger and smaller vacuoles, and moreover, they

vary greatly in number in different places. Thus, for in-

stance, in many sections of male tubes especially, the cells

seem to be totally absent or nearly so.

During the increase of the sexual products, the free bor-

der of the folds in question gradually become more and more

swollen from the affluent nutritious blood, but, on the contrary,

during their ripening process there enters an apparent reduc-

tion in volume of the folds, which finally present themselves

as very narrow bands, or rather lists, along the inside of the

tubes (P1. I, fig. 11). The number of the folds, commonly

four to six, seems to be subject to some variation. Moreover,

their arrangement appears to be somewhat different in the

two sexes. In the male tubes they are more irregular, and

the sexual cells become at a later period of their development

not only spread over the glens but also over a great part of

the folds themselves.

A full grown but immature ovum measures about 0,5 mm.

in diameter. It is surrounded by a thin follicular capsule

formed by those cells which subsequently fused, thus forming

a membrane in which the nuclei alone remain distinct and be-

come placed on its outer surface. In his beautiful work on the

histological structures of the Echinoderms HAMANN! says:

”Zugleich scheiden diese Zellen eine Membran um die Eizelle

ab, welcher sie aussen aufliegen”. In my opinion the follicle-

cells do not secrete any membrane, but their plasm become

fused into a plasmodium, thus constituting a membrane in

which the nuclei lie protruding exteriorly as small knobs (Pl.

fig. 12 fy).

1 Beiträge zur Histologie der Echinodermen. I. Die Holothurien. Jena

1884

24 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS. '

HAMANN,! SEMPER” and several other eminent naturalists

have stated, that in several Holothurids an albuminous ”zona

radiata” becomes formed from the ovum. My own experien-

ces show that this is not the case in Mesothuria intestinalis.

In vain did I search for a zona radiata, in fresh genital tubes

ås well as in fixed ones.

However, to judge from preparations stained with iron-

hzematoxyline in conformity to the method of Haidenhain, it

is evident that the peripheral layer of the ovum sends out a

number of large and irregular pseudopodia-like processes which

taper towards their free ends and ramify, certainly in order to

be capable of absorbing the greatest possible amount of nu-

Part of a section through an egg treated with iron-hematoxyline according

to Haidenhain. wy, yolk; f£, follicular membrane; ps, pseudoponia-like proces-

ses. Highly magnified. |

Part of a section of another egg stained in the same way. wy, yolk; f£, folli-

cular membrane; p, pellicles. Highly magnified.

triments from without. They never give rise to a finely radia-

ted appearance resembling a zona radiata.

When studying somewhat thicker sections, I not seldom

observed that, instead of finely branched protrusions, fine

5 ! Beiträge zur Histologie der Echinodermen. I. Die Holothurien. Jena

1884.

? Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. II, 1. Holothurien. Leipzig

1868.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. -AFD. IV. N:0 6. 25

pellieles äre stretched between the ovum and the follicular

capsule, and that they fuse with their.bases and upper ends

so as to constitute a series of larger and smaller defective

hollows arranged inside the capsule. Evidently the pellicles

have originated from the processes mentioned, these having

become fused "and transformed. The truth is, that the pro-

cesses too, have in general their bases more or less fused

together, forming here as well a kind of incomplete mem-

. branes. Probably, the processes and plasmatic pellicles in Meso-

thuria intestinalis are analogous to the albuminous zona ra-

diata of other Holothurids, which, however, here is never

visible.

In 1898, IwANZoFF! states that the unripe ovum of Holo-

thuria tubulosa sends out processes through the ”Gallertschicht”

towards the follicular membrane and somewhat earlier, in

1896, ANDREWS? appears to have observed the same phenome-

non during his studies on ”Some spinning activities of proto-

plasm in Starfish and Sea-Urchin eggs”.

In unripe ova, on the part facing the lumen of the geni-

tal tube, a layer of homogeneous plasm covers the egg like a

calotte (P1. I, fig. 9, 10), the space being crossed by a num-

ber of very fine irregular granulated filaments. However,

there are no radiating pore-canals to be detected, nor is any

micropyle formed. I suppose this to be the preparation for

the protrusion of the micropyle-cone. At a slightly later,

stage, the egg sends out through this homogeneous plasma-

calotte, besides other processes, an eminent conical protrusion

towards the follicular membrane (Pl. I, fig. 12). This beco-

mes the micropyle which always seems to have its direction

towards the lumen of the genital tube.

In this earlier developmental stage, the nucleus has taken

a decidedly excentral position, and the substance of the ovum

has separated into two elementary parts, one coarsely meshed

main portion, and another finely granulated part limited to

the narrow space between the nucleus and that part of the

periphery where the cone protrudes and which corresponds to

1! Uber die physiologische Bedeutung des Processes der Eireifung. Bull.

Soc. Natural. Moscou (2) XI, pp. 355 367. I have not had the opportunity

of seeing the original paper, but only an extract in ”Zool. Jahresbericht

för 1898”. Berlin 1899.

? Journal of Morphology. Vol. XII. Boston 1897.

26 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

the space occupied by the clear calotte which now begins to

disappear (Pl. I, fig. 12). The micropyle has acquired the

shape of a cone with double contures and its top is joined to

the follicular membrane. It always contains an irregularly-

formed peculiar body, which appears well defined and almost

black after being stained with iron-hematoxyline. The future

fate of this body may be discussed further on.

By degrees, during the progress of the ripening process,

the micropyle-cone penetrates the follicular membrane, thus .

bringing about a communication between the contents of the

ovum and the lumen of the genital tubes. According to Ha-

MANN, the conical protrusion of the egg is to be considered

as a simple string formed of egg-plasm, finishing in a rounded

nucleus-like figure which hangs freely down into the cavity

of the genital tubes. However, a careful investigation shows

us that it has a rather complicated structure, which may be

better understood from the figures given on plate II, 15, 16.

In sections treated with iron-héematoxyline, the deutoplasm of

the ovum presents a thin exterior coat surrounding the in-

terior main-portion, the two constituent parts being well di-

stinguishable one from the other; the inner part has, viz, a

much coarser mesh-structure, and at the place of between

them there is a dark line of demarcation increasing in clear-

ness towards the micropyle-cone.

The outer deutoplasma-coat also reaches its greatest thick-

ness at the cone where it forms a circular enlargement round

its base. Decreasing again in thickness towards the top of the

cone, it forms its envelope and confines a string-shaped pro-

longation of the inner coarsely-meshed deutoplasm which even

reaches or possibly penetrates the follicular membrane. More-

over, in vertical sections through the ovum and the micro-

pyle, another structural arrangement is met with. Inside

the base or the micropyle-cone, the dark line of demarcation

between the two substances emits inwards the coarser deuto-

plasm an annular valve pierced in the centrum (fig. 15 v.).

As mentioned above, HAMANN found in Holothuria tubu-

losa that a rounded nucleus-like corpuscle was attached to

the top of the micropyle and hung freely down into the cavity

of the genital tube. In somewhat more adwanced eggs of

Mesothuria intestinalis I regularly observed the same myste-

rious corpuscle covering the end of the cone like a cap and

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:06. 27

placed within the lumen of the genital tube. It varies greatly

in shape from spherical to more or less curved and elongated.

Treated with iron-hematoxyline it acquires, the same blackish

colour characteristic of the singular body which is mentioned

as to be seen within the finely granulated substance of younger

ova at the base of the micropyle. When we reflect that the

eggs are still in possession of a germinal vesicle with a ger-

minal spot, we see that the corpuscles in question have

nothing to do with the extrusion of the polar globules. For

my own part I am inclined to consider them as being an ex-

eretion from the egg-plasm, and that fig. 12 on my plate I

represents an earlier stage, the ovum having not yet thrust

it away.

According to my experience the nearly ripe ovum is kept

in position within the follicular sack by means of the micro-

pyle-cone being attached to the wall of the sack, which, in its

turn, is firmly bound with a broad part of its opposite pole

to the inner lining of the genital tube, so as to form a con-

tinuous whole with it. In Mesothuria I never observed that

the ova are kept in position by any true capsular stalk, such

as SEMPER! states to be the case in tropic Holothurids, nor

have I seen that bundles of fibrilles of conneetive tissue spin

round the ovum in order to keep it fast, as is mentioned by

HAMANN.?

In sections of the minute genital tubes in their earliest

developmental stages, the differences between male and female

tubes are well pronounced. The male tubes contain, besides

smaller follicular cells with oval nucleus, large geminal cells

all of almost the same size and provided with a large rounded

nucleus. In female tubes of the same age, on the con-

trary, the germinal cells vary greatly in size and contain a

large vesicula germinativa with a well developed macula ger-

minativa.

In immature genital tubes, the rather large mother-

cells of the spermatozoa are at first arranged in the glens

between the folds. In the depths of the glens alone do they

seem to be more crowded. By degrees, they multiply so as

to form several layers distributed over almost the whole in-

side of the tubes in the glens, as well as on the folds them

Se EE I

TOP; CM.

2 0Pp., cit:

THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

rö

Lar |

= RS

INA

2 &

Sar

> DV

in €

—

5.2

= 50

[<b]

go ME

[san

[=]

SS 8

—

Nn 2

[=]

[DD]

fond

Transverse section of a male tube in a more advanced developmental state.

Magnified.

sp, spermatozoa.

£, longitudinal folds; s, spermoblasts

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 29

selves, which at that period of the maturation have become

much narrower and irregular in shape.

After this, all the spermatogenic cells present stages in

the division of the nucleus and in different stages of karyo-

kinesis. However, the V-shaped chromatin rods seem to be

aggregated at one pole of the nucleus. On the inner side of

these germinal cells, a number of much smaller spherical cor-

puscles are met with, which evidently represent the heads of

fhe spermatozoa. MStained with iron-heematoxyline according

to Haidenhain, both the heads and the tails become very di-

stinct. I have by no means been able to make clear in what

Transverse section of a ripe male tube. /f,longitudinal folds; s, spermablasts:

sp, spermatozoa. Highly magnified.

way the spermatozoa are developed from the spermospores

but, to judge by all appearances, the nucleus of the spermo-

spore becomes subdivided, the segments of the nucleus giving

rise to the main-part of the head. Certainly the spermatozoa

do not originate from the spermatogenic cells by direct

division. Further investigations may throw light upon this

very interesting matter which is so very difficult to elucidate

in a perfectly satisfactory manner.

In ripe male tubes, the longitudinal folds, which were pre-

viously very voluminous, now become almost totally oblitera-

ted, and present themselves as almost inconspicuous ridges on

the inner wall of the tubes.

30 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

The destruction and absorption of eggs and

tissues.

It was said before, that, in Mesothuria intestinalis, the

posterior portion of the genital basis devoid of genital tubes

successively increases in size. "This takes place at the cost

of the tubes situated immediately in front, which, by degrees,

become obliterated. This enlargement, however, is kept within

proper limits, because the free curved end of the basis gra-

dually diminishes by absorption and atrophy. Besides, it has

been noticed that some genital tubes often present a colour

different from that of the others. A careful microscopic in-

spection reveals that this is due to a process of destruction of

the egg-cells within the tubes, causing them to aquire a pecu-

liar colour easily distinguishable in fresh specimens. In both

cases, the wandering cells should play a predominant part in

the process of destruction.

It lies far beyond the limits of this paper to pay any

attention to the great number of papers which treat of the

dissolution of tissues and organ-systems (histolys), and where

the question has been discussed as to what part the wander-

ing cells (leucocytes, phagocytes etc.) play in these processes

as well as in the destruction of minute foreign bodies.!

Varying views have been propounded, but METSCHNIKOFF'S pha-

gocytosis is still sustained by many distinguished investiga-

tors. >

My own observations support the views of METSCHNIKOFF.

the eggs in Mesothuria intestinalis being attacked and ingested

solely by amoeboid cells. Concerning the atrophy of the

posterior portion of the genital basis, a fatty degeneration

may take place, though even here the chief work of destruc-

tion is carried out by the phagocytes. It is a fact already

well known, that in several forms of Metozoa the eggs and

spermatozoa are destroyed by the phagocytes. In 1880, ScHNEI-

DER? pointed out that amoeboid cells are met with within the

1! Comp. the works of METSCHNIKOFF, BARFURTH, LOo0OssS, KOROTNEFF,

EBERT, NOETZEL etc.

? Uber die Auflösung der Eier und Spermatozoen in den Geschlechtsorga-

nen. — Zool. Anzeiger III, 1880, N:o 46. Thanks to PFLÖGER, HIS, LINDGREN,

WAGENER etc. we have been made acquainted with the immigration of granu-

losa-cells within the mammalian ovum, but the respective interpretations of

this phenomenon vary.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.- AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:O 6. 31

testes and ovaria of Nephelis, Aulostomum and Hirudo, and

that they attack the spermatoblastes and the ova with the

result that these finally become absorbed. In addition, he

also states that ripe eggs in the Hirudinids are destroyed by

a fatty process of degeneration.

Considering that there are mainly two kinds of plasma-

cells which seem to partake in the resorption-process in Meso-

thuria intestinalis, it may be suitable to first give an account of

them. This description refers only to cells and tissues

which have been fixed and hardened in a mixture of formaline

and bichromate, or in a sublimate-solution. The staining is

regularly performed in iron-heematoxyline according to the

method of Haidenhain, with or without after-dyeing in acid

fachsine or other aniline-solutions.

1. Wander-cells with vacuoles are oval or irregularly rounded

large cells with a deeply stained mnucleus, and are distin-

guished by the extreme vacuolation of their clear protoplasm.

In preparations treated with iron-hematoxyline, the circum-

ference of the larger and smaller vacuoles has acquired an

almost black colour, the protoplasm presenting a reticular,

somewhat knotted aspect. The plasm separating the vacuoles

is elear and finely granulated. It is evident that these plasma-

cells exhibit great variations in general appearance, the va-

cuoles themselves being capable of changing in size and number.

In a living state, the cells in question may protrude pseudo-

podia in all directions. Cells are not seldom met with, in

which the reticular aspect has disappeared, whereby the clear

protoplasm of the cells seems to enclose a number of dark

coloured V-shaped loops. It may be left undecided whether

this is due only to an incompleteness in the staining process,

or whether we have to do with another kind of plasma-cells.

The cells with vacuoles are distributed in all tissues, but par-

ticularly in the connective tissue.

2. Cells "with spheres are the second kind of migratory

cells which exhibit a totally different appearance. ' They are

considerably larger than the former and are frequently much

elongated, though there are to be found all transitional forms

between globular ones and elongated cells. They present

themselves under several different aspects this being evidently

due to different stages in the development. Thus, for instance,

bodies occur containing, besides a spherical nucleus, an abun-

3 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

dance of minute globules which become visible after staining

in acid fuchsine. The typical cells are characterized by pos-

sessing a number of refringent spheres easily brought to view

by dyeing in acid fuchsine or iron-hematoxyline. The spheres

are surrounded by a clear homogeneous protoplasm, vary

greatly in number: and are also somewhat unequal in: size.

Thus I counted in smaller cells only a few spheres, while the

larger elongated: cells contain more than fifty. In properly

stained sections it becomes evident that the spheres enclose

one, or several smaller globules which have got a deeper colour.

Scattered among these cells, other migratory cells are to be

seen which have fewer and much larger spheres aggregated

so as to resemble a black mulberry. The cells in question

are common in all the tissues which constitute the reproduc-

tive organ in Mesothuria intestinalis..

Mingled with these two kinds of wander-cells other cor-

puscles are met with, evidently also capable of movements by

means of pseudopodia, and recognised by their rounded form,

spherical nucleus, and their homogeneous plasm clear as water.

However, they do not seem to play any part in the resorption,

and they possibly represent earlier stages of one of the former

kinds. of cells. Besides it ought to be pointed out, that we have

similar cells though with the nucleus now gone and replaced

by an irregular, small, blackish body. They are either scat-

tered or aggregated, particularly in such tissues which are in

state of resorption. The cells in question have distinct con-

tures, are certainly non-amoeboid and have nothing in com-

mon with wander-cells or leucocytes. They very much remind

one of fat-cells.

In order to study the absorption of eggs and tissues in

Mesothuria, it is necessary to make use of very thin succes-

sive sections across such parts of the animal which are in a

more or less advanced state of destruction, to treat them with

some suitable dyeing solutions, and to examine the preparations

under a high magnifying power. Thus, I have taken contin-

uous series: of sections through the yellowish brown small

protuberances and maculée placed at the posterior end of the

genital basis, and which have been stated to be remains of

former genital tubes and, besides, of sections taken through

tubes containing eggs in different states of resorption.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 33

In the former I have seen immense masses of oval or

elongate plasma-cells with spheres, but never cells with

vacuoles (P1. II, fig. 17). In a single section of such a small

protuberance I counted more than one hundred cells with

spheres. Considering that a complete series comprises thirty

sections or more, we find that more than 3,000 wander-cells

with spheres are amassed in this very insignificant promi-

nence. If we pay due attention to the fact that similar

plasma-cells are scattered sparingly in the tissues, except in

these very places where a degeneration goes on, it becomes

evident that a reason must exist why they aggregate just

there. Unquestionably they have as their purpose to destroy

and devour tissues reduced in vital power. Nevertheless, I

do not think that the cells with spheres are the only effec-

tive power in this work of destruction, because I have ob-

served in such places clusters of the above mentioned ”fat-

cells” with a very reduced uneven nucleus. HEvidently, here

a fatty degeneration also plays an important part in the act

of absorbing tissues, though I believe that the wander-cells

with spheres execute the essential work.

If we then turn our attention to the process which goes

on during the devouring of eggs within the female tubes, we

find that the cells with spheres never play any part in their

absorption. Here, on the contrary, the cells with vacuoles occur

in great abundance (P1. II, fig. 18, 19). They not only arrange

themselves in the circumference of the ovum outside the

follicular membrane, but a great number of them have pene-

trated this membrane and wandered within the deutoplasm

in order to devour it. I am sure I do not exaggerate when

I estimate the number of such cells which have found their

way into certain eggs at more than hundred. Through their

agency, the deutoplasm at last becomes entirely removed. On

plate II fig. 19 a part of a section of an egg is drawn, show-

ing a number of amoeboid cells with large irregular vacuo-

les and blackish coloured granules. By chance the section

has cut the egg exactly where a migration of cells takes

place through the follicular membrane. Wander-cells of quite

the same appearance are abundantly met with in the vast

lacunar system which is filled with blood-liquid and enclosed

within the walls of the genital tubes.

34 THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

It is a striking fact that not all the eggs in such tubes

which are attacked by these migratory cells are destroyed.

Some of them at least are evidently capable of resisting the

destroying work for a longer time.

Special attention should be paid to the fact that the two

kinds of phagocytes perform somewhat different work, the

one devouring eggs, the other attacking superfluous tissues

and organsystems.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET -AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 35

10.

12.

13.

Summary.

Mesothuria intestinalis (Ascan.) is a hermaphrodite.

This hermaphrodism differs from that known in other Holothu-

rids, the male and female products reaching their maturation

in different, successive series of genital tubes.

The genital tubes are subjected to a successive destruction and

atrophy, from behind in a forward direction.

Marks of former genital tubes in the shape of macule, protu-

berances and slightly branched processes are seen on the poster-

ior portion of the genital basis.

The genital tubes are supplied anteriorly, a continual growth of

new ones taking place from the anterior portion of the geni-

tal basis where it communicates with the efferent duct and the

”germinal cord.”

The ”germinal cord” "is a direct band-like continuation of the

genital basis, running along the left side of the efferent duct.

The genital basis, with its tubes and their sexual contents, is

continually renewed from the germinal cord.

The genital basis gradually changes, its posterior end being suc-

cessively obliterated.

The glands of BORDAS are no secernating glands but buds of

future genital tubes.

During the growth and maturation of the ova and spermatozoa,

the longitudinal folds of the genital tubes at first become very

voluminous; they gradually decrease, forming finally very in-

considerable ridges. This is due to the afflux and deflux of

blood.

The eggs may be destroyed by wander-cells with vacuoles.

The posterior end of the genital basis becomes absorbed by wan-

der-cells with spheres.

Bundles of very fine (nervous?) filaments cross the rather wide

interstices between the bases of the columnar ciliated epithe-

lial cells which invest the cavities of the genital basis and the

efferent duct.

Fig.

THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

Explanation of the plates.

Plate I.

Anterior portion of Mesothuria intestinalis, the right and left

body-walls having been cut away in order to show the repro-

ductive organ »in toto» on the left side of the dorsal mesen-

tery. Magnification 2/1.

Generative organ from a small individual. a, efferent duct;

b, lacunar blood-cord; c, genital basis; d, genital tubes.

Magnification 3/1.

Genital basis. a, efferent duct; b, lacunar blood-cord; c, the

basis carrying the genital tubes; d, the tubes cut off; e, the

porterior naked end of the genital basis with protuberances;

7, the foremost minute clusterly tubes. Magnification ?/1.

Same as above, though from another individual with the po-

sterior end-portion of the genital basis more developed. Signi-

fication of the letters as in Fig. 3. Magnification 2/1.

Same as above, though from an older specimen. Signification

of the letters as in Fig. 3. Magnification ?/1.

Transverse section of the left wall of the efferent duct. a,

the cavities of the germinal cord, stained with Borax-carmine

and drown with the Abbé's camera lucida. Highly magnified.

Similar section of the same duct taken posteriorly to the

former. Highly magnified.

Transverse section through the most anterior part of the geni-

tal basis of the same individual. «a, cavity of the efferent

duct; b, genital sinus of Semper; o, opening between the

genital sinus and the perivisceral cavity; f, one of the minute

club-shaped genital tubes; «x, the cavity of the germinal cord

in open communication with the cavity of the efferent duct;

m, dorsal mesentery. The cilia are drawn only where they

are distinctly stained with carmine. Drawn with the camera

lucida under high magnifying power.

Transverse section of an immature female tube. e, eggs; fe

folds filled with blood-fluid and leucocytes; fm, follicle

membrane. Treated with iron-h&ematoxyline according to

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 6. 37

Fig.

10.

JAR

12.

13.

14.

16:

18.

Haidenhain and drown with the camera lucida. Highly mag-

nified.!

Longitudinal section of the wall of an immature female tu-

be, f, folds filled with blood-fluid and leucocytes. Highly

magnified.

Transverse section of a nearly mature female tube. e, egg;

ef, egg with micropyle; f, folds reduced; fm, follicle-mem-

brane. Highly magnified.

Part of a section through an immature egg. /, follicle-

membrane; y, yolk; vg, vesicula germinativa; s, the micro-

pyle in an earlier developmental state with the ”blackish

body”. Highly magnified.

Plate II.

Part of a transverse section through the left side of the efferent

duct showing the columnar ciliated cells on its inner surface.

The cells are here very crowded; their narrow basal-por-

tions, being mostly cut off in the section, appear as irre-

gular crossing dark bands enlarged towards the nuclei and

separated by finely granulated masses of light colour; these

masses, a, are the cut ends of bundles of very fine fila-

ments running in a longitudinal direction. Highly mag-

nified.

Transverse section of a canal in the germinal cord with

primary germinal cells. a, a migratory cell with spheres;

l, lumen of the canal. Highly magnified.

Section through the micropyle of a nearly ripe egg. a, a

cylindrical slightly curved body protruding from the egg

within the cavity of the genital tube; b, follicle-membrane;

c, outer layer of the egg; d, the inner main-portion of the

egg with wider meshes; v, valve-like formation running out

from the dark line of demarcation. Highly magnified.

Similar view of another egg with a globular body protru-

ding within the cavity; letters the same as in fig. 15.

Section through a small protuberance in a state of resorp-

tion, the remaining part of the genital tube having been

destroyed. All the tissues are in a state of absorption by

means of migratory plasma-cells with larger and smaller

spheres.

Transverse section of a female genital tube with most of the

eggs destroyed and absorbed by migratory cells with vacuo-

1 The following figures in the plates I and II are all drawn with the aid

of an Abbé's camera lucida and a Winkel, mostly !/s4 oil immersion, oc. 3.

They are all treated with iron-hematoxyline in conformity to the method of

Haidenhain.

Fig. 19.

THÉEL, HERMAPHRODISM IN HOLOTHURIDS.

les. In the section one egg, a, is unhurt; in the remaining

eggs, e, the deutoplasm has been almost entirely removed

through the agency of the phagocytes.

Part of a section through an egg almost entirely destroyed;

£, follicular membrane in a state of destruction; m, phago-

cytes immigrated within the ovum; o, a wander-cell pear-

cing the folliele-membrane; 7, remains of food-yolk. Magni-

fication 799/1.

Bihang till K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd 27. Afd. IV. NM 6,

Ljustryck at Chr. Westphal, Stockholm.

G. Liljevall del. 1-5, 11. Hj. Théel. del. 6 - 10, 12.

FER

"4 d CR AT: fä ON STÄNG ye så

a å | å | "i |

ESR. FR AA Ae

Fy TNG VALE RSS oa En

Bihang till K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. IV. NM 6.

Ljustryck at Chr. Westphal, Stockholm.

G. Liljevall del.

BIHANG TILL K. SVENSKA VET-AKAD. HANDLINGAR. Band 27. Afil IV. N:o”.

ON THE ETHIOPIAN GENERA

OF THE FAMILY

NSTRIPHNOPTERYGIDAE

CHR. AURIVILLIUS

WITH 5 PLATES

COMMUNICATED TO THE R. SWEDISH ACADEMY OF SCIENCES MAY 8TH 1901

STOCKHOLM

BOKTRYCK NORS

CKERIET. P. A. NORSTEDT

1901

Te VE HA SN bol ALONE

minga ORD 9 0" ARR NAN

TIMAT HT 10

TACIOTATTION HEN

; BULLRVIADA ARO

ZATAN > HTLV

ho Striphnopterygide are, as far as is hitherto known,

restricted to Asia, Africa and Europe. The Asiatic genera

have been accurately defined by HAMPSON in the Fauna of

British India. Moths. Vol. 1 p. 41—-64 and the sole palzearctic

genus, Lemonia, is discussed by the author in Iris Vol. 7

p. 185. In this paper I propose to give a review of the

Ethiopian genera of the family. Without taking the Ethio-

pian genera into consideration it is impossible to form a

correct opinion of the extent and natural definition of the

family. I have therefore been compelled to modify the

following definition of the family in accordance with the

strueture of some of the Ethiopian forms.

Fam. Striphnopterygidea.

Proboscis absent or short and weak. Palpi hairy. An-

tenn&e bipectinated in both sexes. Mid tibie with one pair

of spurs; hind tibie usually with two pairs. The abdomen

usually shorter, never longer than the hind wings. Fore

wing with vein 1 forked at the base, 1 c absent, 5 emitted

from or from above the middle between vein 4 and 6, 10

absent or very short and emitted from 9 much farther from the

cell than vein 8, 11 free from the cell or rarely anastomosing

first with 9 and then with 12. Hind wing with two internal

veins, vein 5 from or from above, rarely from below the

middle between vein 4 and 6, vein 8 free from the base but

usually connected with the cell by an oblique bar. Frenulum

and retinaculum usually present in the male, often absent

or rudimentary in the female, rarely absent in both sexes.

By the characteristic given above and especially by the

singular arangement of the veins 7—10 of the fore wing the

family Striphnopterygide may easily he distinguished from

the families Bombycide and Notodontidee.

4 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

HaAMPSON ! distinguishes the Bombycide from the »Eupte-

rotidae» by the absence of the frenulum. The frenulum is

howewer as noted by SNELLEN”? distinct in the male of Bom-

byx mori and of Andraca trilochoides and on the other side

there are many genera, undoubtedly belonging to the Striph-

nopterygidee, vdck have the frenulum radiméntary or absent

in both sexes. The Bombycide have the veins 7—10 of the

fore wing arranged in a quite different manner so that vein

10 is emitted nearer to the cell than 38 and 9.

In the Notodontide&e the same conditions take place; vein

10 of the fore wing is always emitted nearer to the cell

and longer than vein 9. The genera Gangarides, Thaume-

topoea, Anaphe and others agree in this point, as well as in

habitus, completely with the Notodontidae and must therefore

as I have already accentuated? be referred to the latter fa-

mily. HAMPSON refers Gangarides and Thaumetopoea (Cnetho-

campa) to the »Eupterotidzae» only because they have the

proboscis absent. The proboscis is however also absent in

the European genus Ptilophora, a true Notodontid, and on

the other side present in the African genera Hemijana, Ca-

merunia, Drepanojana and Viana of the Striphnopterygidee.

The absence of the proboscis is, I think, of no real use

in distinguishing the families of moths.

The Striphnopterygide may be divided in two, as it

seems, very natural subfamilies. ?

Key to the Subfamilies.

A. Lower discocellular of hindwing much, usually three

times, longer than the middle discocellular.

1. Striphnopterygine.

B. Lower discocellular of hindwing not or slightly longer,

often much shorter, than the middle discocellular.

2. Janine.

1 Fauna of Brit. India. Moths 1. p. 9, 31; Catal. of the Lep. Phalenze

1 vo

2 Tijdschr. v. Ent. 43, p. 24, note 1.

3 Öfvers. Vet. Akad. Förh. 57, p. 1048 (1900).

+ The African genera Metadula WaLE., Metajana Horr., >Sangatissar

Dist. and Trotonotus BuTL. are unknown to me.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 5

Subfamily Striphnopterygin2.

Fore wing with the lower discocellular always much

longer than the middle discocellular; vein 10 absent or very

short and emitted from vein 9; vein 11 free from the cell.

Lower discocellular of hind wing much longer than the

middle discocellular, usually very oblique and angled near

its upper end.

I consider this subfamily to be the more ancient and more

typical group of the family Striphnopterygide. To this

group belong also the Indo-malayan genera Pandala, Dreata,

Tagora, Pseudojana, Ganisa, Apha, Apona, Eupterote, Sanga-

tissa and Nisaga, as defined by HAmMPson (Fauna Brit. India

1, p. 41—62), Sarmalia WaALK. and the paliearetic genus Le-

monia HöBN.

Key to the Genera.

I. Vein 6 of fore wing free, not stalked with 7 + 8 + 9 (+ 10),

very rarely briefly stalked, but in that case the hind

tibize with 3—4 spurs.

A. Vein 6 and 7 of hindwing distant or from the same

point, not stalked.

a. Lower discocellular of both wings nearly straight;

vein 6 of hind wing nearer to vein 7 than to 5.

1. Striphnoptery.

8. Lower discocellular of both wings distinctly

angled; vein 6 of hindwing nearer to 5 than to

7 or stalked with vein 5.

= Upper and middle discocellulars of hind

wings short, but equally long. Palpi long,

reaching far beyond the frons.

2. Schistissa.

+ Upper discocellulars much longer than middle

discocellulars, which are very short or wan-

ting. Palpi short; not reaching beyond the

frons.

6 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

1. Vein 8 of hind wing united with the

cell by an oblique bar; vein 5 and 6

on a long stalk.

3. Marmaroplegma.

2. Vein 8 of hind wing free, not connected

with the cell by a bar; vein 5 and 6

shortly distant, from the same point or

on a very short stalk.

4. Janomima.

B. Vein 6 and 7 of hind wing stalked.

ae. Hind tibige with two spurs only. Vein 11 of

fore wing from well before angle of cell. Outer

margin of both wings waved.

5. DTichenopteryz.

p. Hind tibie at least with three long spurs. Vein

11 of fore wing from near angle of cell. Outer

margin of both wings entire.

6. Poloma.

II. Vein 6 of fore wing stalked with 7 + 8 + 9 (+ 10). Hind

tibie only with 2 spurs.

A. Fore and mid tibixe normal and unarmed or only

with very small apical spines.

a. The branches of the antenne&e not stalked.

7. Phyllalia.

8. The branches of the antenn&e two and two on a

common stalk.

8. TrichopMala.

B. Fore tibie or the first tarsal joint of the fore legs

short and armed with 1 or 2 long and stout spines.

a. Mid tibie also short and armed with a long

spine. Vein 8 of hind wing remote from 7. Fore

tibie with one, straight spine.

= Vein 10 of fore wing present but very short.

9. Phala.

+ Vein 10 of fore wing absent or rudimentary.

10. Stibolepis.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. Ch

8. Mid tibixe normal and unarmed. Vein 8 of hind-

wing approximated to vein 7. First tarsal joint

of the fore legs with two, curved spines. Fore

tibie unarmed. 11. Sabalia.

1. Striphnopteryx WALLENGR.

< Dreata WaLz. List 4, p. 902 (1855).

= Striphnopteryx WaALLENGR. Öfvers. Sv. Vet. Ak. Förh.

15, p. 209 (1858); typus B. edulis Borsp.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi porrect, reaching well beyond

the frons; the 3:rd joint distinct, obtuse, as long as broad.

Antenn&e very long, reaching

beyond the apex of the cell of

fore wing, broadly bipectinate.

Fore tibie unarmed, hind tibize

with 2 spurs only. Wings very

broad. Fore wing with vein 3

from well before angle of cell,

3 from below upper angle, 6

free from upper angle, 7 + 8 + 9

stalked from just before upper

angle, 10 absent, 11 free from

cell near upper angle; the lower

diseocellular is very long and

shortly angled at its upper

end, the middle discocellular is

straight and erect. Hind wing

with vein 5 much nearer to

upper angle of cell, 6 and 7

separate, but nearly from the

same point, 3 arched at base and

nearly touching the middle of cell but not connected with

it by a bar; lower discocellular very long, nearly straight,

moderately oblique, not angled, middle discocellular straight

and rather erect. Frenulum short and weak in the male,

retinaculum absent. Ä

1. S. edulis Borsp. Voy. Deleg. 2, p. 599 (1847). — WALKER

List 4, p. 903 (1855). — WaALLEnGr. Vet. Akad. Handl.

5: 4, p. 28 (1865).

Cape Colony. Natal.

Fig. 1. Striphnopteryx edulis g.

8 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

2. Schistissa n. gen.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi long, porrect, reaching far beyond

the frons, very hairy beneath; the third joint conical. Ann-

tenne moderately long, reaching the apex

of the cell, very broadly bipectinate. Tibia

thickly clothed with long hairs on the outer

side; fore tibise unarmed, hind tibize with 2

spurs only. Wings subtriangular, with the

costal margin straight and the outer margin

convex. Fore wing with vein 3 from near

angle of cell, 5 from below upper angle, 6

free from upper angle, 7 + 8 + 9 stalked

from upper angle, 10 absent, 11 free from

Fig. 2. Schistissa Cell near upper angle; the lower discocellular

uniformis 3. is long and very sharply angled in the

middle, the middle discocellular very short

and erect. Hind wing with vein 5 much nearer to upper

angle of cell, 6 and 7 separate, 8 arched at base and touching

the middle of cell but not connected with it by a bar; lower

discocellular very long and sharply angled near its upper

end, middle discocellular straight and erect. Frenulum and

retinaculum absent(?).

AMN

1. S. uniformis n. sp. — P1. 5 Fig. 3. — Entirely fuscous

brown, unicolorous, wings on upper surface somewhat

densely sprinkled with yellowish gray hairs. &. — Exp.

64 mm. / |

Cape Colony. — In Staudingers collection.

3. Marmaroplegma WaLLENGR.

= Marmaroplegma WALLENGR. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5: 4,

p. 29 (1865).

Proboscis absent. Palpi very short, hairy, dependent.

Antenn&e broadly bipectinate in the male, shortly in the

female. Fore tibige normal and unarmed, hind tibixe with

two small spurs only. Wings rather narrow. Fore wing

with vein 3 from well before angle of cell, 5 and 6 from

the same point, 7 + 8 + 9 stalked, 10 absent, 11 free from

| BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 9

the cell well before upper angle; the lower discocellular

long and sharply angled near its middle, the middle disco-

cellular absent, the upper discocellular

long, straight and very oblique. Hind

wing with vein 3 from before angle of

cell, 5 and 6 on a long stalk from near

upper angle of cell, 7 free from upper

angle, 8 arehed at base and connected

with the middle of cell by an oblique

bar; lower discocellular long and angled

near its upper end, middle discocellular '

absent, upper discocellular rather short

and straight. Frenulum and retina-

culum absent in both sexes.

Fig. 3. Marmaroplegma

r SVE PA ING 5

1. M. paragarda WALLENGR. Wien E. sarbkägtia Wallengi. os

Mon. 4, p. 166 (1860); paragauda

WALLENGR. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5: 4, p. 29 (1865).

»Caffraria». Natal.

4. Janomima n. gen.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi porrect, short, not reaching

beyond the frons, thickly clothed with hair beneath; the

third joint minute, indistinct. Antenne bipectinate, rather

short, not reaching the apex of the cell of fore wing. Fore

tibie unarmed, hind tibie with apical spurs only; claws

simple. Wings very broad and thickly elothed with scales.

Forewing with vein 3 from well before angle of cell, 5 and

6 from upper angle of cell, 7 + 8 + 9 stalked from well

before upper angle of cell, 10 absent, 11 free from middle

of cell; lower discocellular long, more or less angled and

very slender in its upper part; upper discocellular long and

very oblique. Hind wing with vein 5 nearly from the same

point as 6 or at least 6 remote from 7, 8 arched from

base, remote from the cell and not connected with it by a

bar; lower discocellular very long and oblique, angled near

its upper end. Frenulum and retinaculum well developed

in the male, weak in the female.

The species of this well defined genus are either very

variable or more numerous than hitherto supposed.

10 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

"1. Jo mariana Wie An. N. Hi (1) 12; p. 264(1843)0==

WALK? TIist"4 port (1855):

Congo. German E. Africa.

2. J. Danfelti Avr. Ent. Tidskr. 14, p. 208 (1893).

Congo. — |

fö |

Fig. 4. Janomima mariana g.

"3. J. Westwoodi n. sp.

mariana WEstTw. Oates Matabele Land p. 358 t. G. f. 6,

t. H. f. 4, 4a, 4b (1882); Ed. 2 p. 367 t. 7 f. 6, t. 9 f. 4,

4a, 4b (1889).

Brit. South Africa: Tati Fluss.

3. Lichenopteryx FELD.

= Lichenopteryx FELD. Reise Novar. Lep. Het. p. 6 (1868).

Proboscis aborted. Palpi porrect, minute, not reaching

beyond the frons, hairy beneath; the third joint indistinct.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 11

Antenn&e nearly reaching the apex of the cell in male,

shorter in female, with the pectinations moderately long in

male, short in female. Fore tibie of

normal length with a very short spine

at apex, mid tibie unarmed, mid and

hind tibie with 2 apical spurs only.

Wings broad with the outer margin

distinetly waved. Fore wing with vein

3 from well before angle of cell, 5 from

near upper angle, 6 free from upper

angle, 7 + 8 + 9 + 10 stalked, 11 free

from well before upper angle of cell;

lower discocellular long and sharply

angled in the middle; middle discocel-

lular short and erect. Hind wing with

vein 5 from near upper angle of cell,

6 and 7 stalked, 8 arched at base and

connected with the cell before middle by

an oblique bar; lower discocellular long oblique and distinctly

angled nearer its upper end. Frenulum and retinaculum well

developed in male, very weak and nearly rudimentary in

female. Apex of the abdomen bent down in female.

This genus is distinctly allied to Phiala.

+]. L. despecta FELDER Reise Novara Lep. t. 95 f. 5 (1868).

— PI. 5 Fig. 1 9.

Natal.

2. [.? conspersa KirBY An. N. H. (6) 18 p. 389 (1896).

Brit. East Afrika: Kisakon River.

May, to judge from the description, be a species of Chryso

poloma, a genus belonging to a quite different family.

Fig. 5. Lichenopteryx

despecta g.

6. Poloma WALK.

= Poloma WALKER List 4 p. 858 (1855); type angulata

WALK.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi porrect, very densely hairy,

elosely pressed to the frons, not or briefly reaching beyond

the frons. Antenne moderately long, bipectinate. Tibice

normal, unarmed, densely hairy; mid tibie with 2, hind

12 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

tibie with 3—4 spurs. Wings moderately broad, densely

squamose. Fore wing with vein 3 near angle of cell, 5

from well below upper angle, 6 from

upper angle or very shortly stalked

with 7 + 8 + 9, 10 absent, 11 free from

cell near upper angle: lower disco-

cellular nearly straight and very slender

in its upper part; middle discocellular

rather long, straight and erect; veinlet

in cell distinct and deeply forked. Hind

wing with vein 5 near to upper angle

of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 near base

connected with the cell by a bar; lower

discocellular oblique, nearly straight;

obtusely angled near its upper end.

Frenulum and retinaculum well deve-

loped in the male, absent in the female.

Fig. 6. Poloma angu-

lata 3.

Poloma differs from the nearly allied genus Phyllalia

by the almost straight lower discocellular of forewing and

by having 3 or 4 spurs to the hind tibize.

"1. P. angulata WALKER List 4 p. 858 (1855),

janula FELDER Novara Lep. t. 94 f. 4 (1865).

Natal.

P. nmgromaculata Avriviuivs Ent. Tidsskr. 14 p. 210

(1893). — Pl. 2 Fig 2 g.

Natal.

P. castanea n. sp. — Tota castanea, capite, thorace et ab-

domine supra obscurioribus, fusco brunneis aut nigro-

brunneis; alis anticis ad marginem costalem et exteriorem

infuscatis et pone medium lineis duabus transversis fuscis,

exteriore duplici, ornatis, infra castaneis lineis transversis

obsoletis; posticis utringe castaneis, supra unicoloribus,

pilis brunneo-fuscis ad marginem internum dense vestitis,

infra lineis duabus transversis fuscis; ciliis omnibus

brunneo-fuscis. — Expans. alar. 57 mm.

Natal. — Museum Holmie.

The fore wings are somewhat longer and narrower than

in P. angulata. At the base of the antenne there are some

whitish hairs.

7 STERN

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 13

7. Phylalia.

= Phyllalia WALKER List 6 p. 1494 (1855); type Ph.

concolor.

= Homochroa WaLLrenGr. Öfvers. Vet. Akad. Förhl. 15

p. 142 (1858); Vet. Akad. Handl. 5: 4 p. 29 (1865); type

patens. — nom. preeocc.

Fig. 7. Phyllalia patens 3. Fig. 8. Phyllalia patens Q.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi porrect, densely eclothed beneath

with hairs, not or hardly reaching beyond the frons; third

joint longer and more distinct in the female. Antenne&e not

reaching the apex of the cell, bipectinate, the pectinations

long in male, very short in female. Tibie of normal length;

fore tibize with two small spines at the apex; hind tibizee only

with 2 spurs. Wings broad and thickly scaled in male, but

longer, narrower and thinly scaled in female. Fore wing

with vein 3 from well before angle of cell, 5 from below

upper angle, 6 stalked with 7 + 8 + 9, 10 absent, 11 free

from cell near its upper angle; lower discocellular long and

sharply angled in the middle, middle discocellular short and

nearly erect. Hind wing with vein 5 near to upper angle

of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 arched at base and nearly touching

the middle of cell in "the male, almost straight and very

approximated to the cell and to vein 7 in the female; lower

14 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

discocellular long and oblique, distinctly angled near its

upper end; middle discocellular short and straight, nearly

erect. Frenulum and retinaculum absent in both sexes.

1. Ph. patens Boisp. Voy. Deleg. 2 p. 599 (1847). — WaL-

LENGR. Vet. Ak. Handl. 5: 4 p. 29 (1865).

SA concolor (Dreata) WALK. List 4 p. 908 (1855).

2 concolor (Phyllalia) Waik. List 6 p. 1495 (1855).

Natal.

2. Ph. Tiunbergi Boisp. Voy. Deleg. 2 p. 599 (1847). —

Pos:

incerta WALLE. List 4 p. 905 (1855).

Caffraria. Natal. Zululand.

"3. Ph. valida FELDER Novara Lep. t. 93 f. 6 (1868).

Cape Colony.

"4. Ph. degenera War. List 4 p. 906 (1855).

South Africa.

8. 'Trichophiala AuRIV.

= Trichophiala Avriv. Öfvers. Vet. Akad. Förhandl.

30: 74Pa03 (IST)

Proboscis aborted. Palpi short, hairy and porrect or de-

pendant. Antenne of female not reaching the apex of the

cell of fore wing, their pectinations short and stalked. Fore

tibie normal, unarmed; hind tibize with 2 spurs only. Wings

moderately broad, somewhat thinly clothed with scales and

hairs. Fore wing with vein 3 from well before angle of cell,

5 from very near upper angle of cell, 6 stalked with 7 + 8

+ 9 + 10, 11 free from near middle of the cell; lower disco-

cellular long and sharply angled in the middle. Hind wing

with vein 5 very near to upper angle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked,

8 connected with the cell near base, by a bar; lower disco-

cellular very long, oblique and sharply angled near its upper

end. Frenulum of the female absent. — Male unknown.

+1. T. Devylderi Avriv. Öfvers. Vet. Akad. Förhandl. 36: 7

p. 54 (1879). — Pl. 3 Fig. 4 9. '

Damara Land.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV: N:o 7: 15

9. Phiala WALLENGR.

< Rhabdosia HöBN. Verz. p. 192 (1827) type tharops SToLL.!

< Olistheria HöBN. Verz. p. 193 (1827) type? zatima SToLL.

= Heteromorpha HERR. ScH. Aussereur. Schm. p. 11 f. 375

(1855); type costipuncta. — nom. nudum et preeoccup.

= Phiala WALLENGR. Wien. Ent. Mon. 4 p. 165 (1860);

Vet. Akad. Handl. 5: 4 p. 33 (1865); type costipuncta H. ScH.

Fig. 9. Trichophiala Devylderi 9. Fig. 10. Plviala costipuncta 9.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi short, porrect, hairy, not reach-

ing beyond the frons. Antenn&e of normal length, bipecti-

nate; the pectinations long and slender in the male, very

short in the female. Fore tibixe short, armed at apex with

one long and acute, straight spine; mid tibie also very

short and armed at tip with one long and acute spine; hind

tibie with 2 spurs only. Wings moderately broad, rather

densely scaled. Fore wing with vein 3 from well before

angle of cell, 5 from near upper angle, 6 stalked with 7 + 8

+ 9 + 10, 11 free from cell well before upper angle; lower

discocellular long and very oblique, sharply angled nearer

its upper end; middle discocellular very short and erect.

Hind wing with vein 5 much nearer upper angle of cell, 6

and 7 stalked, 8 free and arched at base but anastomosing

shortly with the cell before its middle; lower discocellular

1 The description of the genus Rhabdosia HöBnN. runs as follows:

>Both wings nearly transparent, coloured at the veins and shaded at the

outer margin>. This description agrees only with tharops SToLL but alto-

gether not with vaninmia Stor. Tharops, therefore, must be taken as the

type of Rhabdosia.

16 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

very oblique, strongly angled near its upper end, middle

discocellular short and nearly erect. Frenulum distinct in

male, rudimentary in female.

The palearctic genus Lemonma seems to me undoubtedly

very nearly allied to Phiala and Phyllalia.

"1. Ph. costipuncta HERR. ScH. Aussereur. Schm. f. 375 (1855);

atomaria WaALE. List. 4 p. 866 (1855);

xanthosoma WaALLENGR. Wien. Ent. Mon. 4 p. 165 (1860).

Vet. Akad. Handl. 5: 4 p. 34 (1865). — SNELLEN Tijdschr.

v. Ent. (2) 7 p. 47 t. 4 f. 4—6 (1872); (2) 8 p. 124 (1873);

punctilinea W ALE. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 1 p. 264 (1862).

Cape Colony. Damara Land. Angola. Congo.

2. Ph. venusta WaLE. List. 32 p. 360 (1865).

Sierra Leona.

3. Ph. dasypoda WALLENGR. Wien Ent. Mon. 4 p. 165 (1860);

Vet. Akad. Handl. 5: 4 p. 34 (1865).

»Caffraria».

4. Ph. bistrigata n. sp. — Alba, fronte, antennis, palpis,

pedibus, abdomineque ochraceis, tarsis nigromaculatis;

alis supra niveis, infra flavicantibus, supra squamis atris

conspersis et strigis duabus transversis atris, una pone

medium, altera prope marginem ornatis. — Expams. alar.

exp. 40 mm.

Cape Colony. Staudingers collection.

5: PR ärreeta "Dist. An: NIE: (7) 4"p: 301T (699)

Transvaal.

'6. Ph. incana Dist. An. N. H. (6) 20 p. 205 (1897):

Transvaal.

"7. Ph. flavipennis W ALLENGR. Öfvers. Vet. Akad. Förhandl.

STP VB CLIO)

Transvaal.

"8 Ph. polita Dist.” An. N' H. (6) 20'p. 205 (1897):

Transvaal.

9: Ph. vaninia STtToLL Pap. Exot. 4; t. 356, £i G.(1TSD!

Cape.

10. Stibolepis Burr.

= Stibolepis ButrL. An. N. H. (5) 2 p. 463 (1878); type

fervidaria FABR.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi porrect, not reaching beyond

the frons; third joint small, conical. Antenn&e moderately

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 17

long, bipectinate; the pectinations long in the male, very

short and connected at the base in the female. Fore and

mid tibiaxe short and armed at the

tip with one long and acute spine;

mid and hind tibie each with 2 long

spurs. Wings broad. Fore wing with

vein 3 from well before angle of cell,

5 from below upper angle, 6 stalked

Moth rd + .9, 10: absent, 11 free

from near middle of cell; the lower

discocellular long, oblique and sharply

angled near its upper end; middle

discocellular straight and erect. Hind

wing with vein 5 much nearer to

upper angle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked,

8 arched and near base connected with

the cell by a bar; the lower disco-

cellular long, oblique and sharply

angled at its upper end; middle

Fig. 11. Stibolepis fervi-

daria Y.

discocellular straight and oblique. Frenulum well developed

in the male, absent in the female.

This genus is very nearly allied to Phmala and differs

hardly but by the more ample wings, by vein 10 of fore

wing being absent (in S. alba there is a rudiment of it)

and by vein 8 of hind wing not anastomosing with the cell.

1. 5. cunina Storr Pap. Exot. 3 p. 114 t. 257 f. G. (1779).

Sierra Leone.

+2. S. fervidaria FABR. Mant. Ins. 2 p. 187 (1787);? = N:o 1;

nmivea ButL. An. N. H. (5) 2 p. 463 (1878).

Sierra Leone. — Camerun.

3. S. albida Prörz Stett. E. Zeit. 41 p. 87 (1880);

sylvia DrucE Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886 p. 410 (1886).

Camerun.

"4. S. abluta Horn. Ent. News 4 p. 343 t. 15 f. 14 (1893).

West-Africa: Kangwe.

5. S. alba Avriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 210 (1893).

German East A frica.

BO.

S. atomaria Horir. Entomolog. 25 Suppl. p. 93 (1892);

Proc. U. S. N. Mus. 18 p. 251 (1895).

Brit. East Africa: Taveta.

18 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

"7. S. odites ScHaus Coll. S. Leone Lep. p. 30 t. 1 f. 9 (1893).

Sierra Leone.

"8. S. subiridescens Horn. Psyche 6 p. 490 +t. 18 f. 11 (1893).

Ogove River.

11. Sabalia WALK.

= Sabalia WaLK. List 32 p. 547 (1865). — Avuriv. Ent.

Tidskr. 14 p. 206 (1893). — KarscH Ent. Nachr. 21 p. 343

(1895); 24 p. 290 (1898). — Hawmprs. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1901

p. 189 figg. (1901); type picarina.

= Heteranaphe E. SHARPE An. N. H. (6) 5 p. 442 (1890);

type Jacksomni.

= Hyperanaphe (sie!) KirBY Syn. Cat. Het. 1 p. 577

(1892); type Jacksoni.

= Conventia WEYMER Berl. E. Zeit. 41 p. 88 (1896); type

sericaria WEYM.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi slight, porrect, setose, not rea-

ching beyond the frons; third joint long, nearly cylindrical.

Antenne rather long, but not rea-

ching the apex of the cell of fore-

wing, in both sexes moderately bi-

pectinate. Fore tibie short; first

joint of fore tarsi armed with two

curved spines, of which the apical is

much longer; mid and hind tibize

with apical spurs only. Fore wing

with vein 3 from well before angle

of cell, 5 from below upper angle,

6 stalked with 7 + 8 + 9, 10 absent,

11 free from near upper angle of

cell; lower discocellular long and

angled in the middle, middle disco-

cellular short and erect. Hind wing

with vein 5 much nearer to upper

angle of cell, 6 and 7 on a very short stalk or from the same

point, 8 arched at base, connected with the cell by an oblique

bar and nearly approximated to the origin of vein 7; lower '

discocellular very long, oblique and sharply angled near its

upper end; middle discocellular rather long, slightly curved

and nearly erect. Frenulum absent in both sexes.

Fig. 12. Sabalia picarina Y.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 19

The systematic position and affinities of this genus have

been the subject of some discussion. ! Every one, who com-

pares the neuration of Sabalia, Phyllalia, Phiala and other

genera of Striphnopteryginee, must however, I think, admit

that Sabalia is connected with the more typical genera of

the subfamily by intermediate forms, which completely fil

up the gap between Sabalia and Striphnopteryxz. "The genus

Brahmea, the only known representant of Hampsons family

Brahmeide, is also very nearly allied to the Striphnoptery-

gine and especially to Sabalia. The short and week but

distinet proboscis, the short and singularly formed cell of

hind wing together with the very peculiar style of coloration

and the structure of the larva prevent me however at pre-

sent from uniting Brahmea with the Striphnopterygidee.

HAMPSON? states also that the frenulum is absent, but at

least in the male of the African B. lucina there is a distinct

frenulum and retinaculum.

41. S. picarina War. List 32 p. 548 (1865). — KarscH Ent.

Nachr. 24 p. 289 fig., p. 292 (1898). — Hawrs. Tr. E.

Soc. Lond. 1901 p. 190 fig. (1901).

Zambezi — German HEast-A frica.

2. S. Jacksomi EM. SHARPE. An. N. H. (6) 5 p. 443 fig. (1890).

— KaArscH Ent. Nachr. 24 p. 292 (1898).

Germ. East Africa. — Brit. East Africa.

3. S. Fiilleborni KaArRscH Ent. Nachr. 26 p. 354 (1900).

Nyasaland.

”A. S. Tippelskirchi KArscH Ent. Nachr. 24 p. 292, 293 (1898).

Germ. East Africa: Iramba.

5. S. fulvicineta HaAmes. Tr. E. Soc. Lond. 1901 p. 190 (1901).

Nyasaland.

"6. S. sericaria WEYMER Berl. E. Zeit. 41 p. 89 (1896). —

KarscH Ent. Nachr. 24 p. 292, 294 (1898).

Germ. East Africa: Victoria Nyanza.

Subfamily Janinege.

Forewing with the lower discocellular usually not longer

than the middle discocellular; vein 10 absent; vein 11 free

1 Cf. KaArscH, Ent. Nachr. 21 p. 343; 24 p. 291; Hawmps. Tr. E. Soc.

Lond. 1901 p. 187.

2 Fauna of Brit. India. Moths. 1 p. 29: Cat. Lep. Phalen. 1 p. 18.

20 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

or stalked with 6—9. Lower discocellular of hind wing not

or very slightly longer, often much shorter than the middle

discocellular, always straight, not angled; middle discocellular

long, oblique and usually angled near its upper end.

In this subfamily the vein 5 of both wings arises farther

from the upper angle of cell, nearly in the middle between

vein 4 and 6 or even a little nearer to vein 4 than to vein

6. Hereby some of the genera come near to the singular

ethiopian genus Hibrildes DrucE (= Anengya KARSCH), the

systematic position of which is still uncertain.

The asiatic genera Melanothriz and Palirisa must be

referred to the Janine.

Key to the Genera.

I. Lower discocellular of fore wing nearly twice as long

as the middle discocellular and angled near its upper

end.

12. Hemijana.

II. Lower discocellular of fore wing not or slightly longer

than the middle discocellular, usually straight.

A. Veins 6 and 7 of hind wing not stalked. Vein 11

of fore wing free from the cell

a. Vein 8 of fore wing to the apex. Middle disco-

cellular nearly erect and not or hardly longer

than the lower discocellular.

+ Fore tibie normal, unarmed.

13. Jana.

== Fore tibie short, armed at tip with one or

two stout spines.

14. Hoplojana.

p. Vein 8 of fore wing to the outer margin well

below the apex. Middle discocellular very oblique

and much longer than the lower discocellular.

15. Acrojana.

B.. Veins 6 and 7 of hind wing on a long stalk.

a. Vein 11 of fore wing entirely free and arising

from the cell close before its apex. Vein 8 runs

to the apex of forewing.

16. Cameruma.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 21

pg. Vein 11 of forewing anastomosing with vein 9

to near its middle and then forming a very

short bar between vein 9 and 12 or very rarely

free at its origin and thereafter anastomosing

with 9 forming a very narrow, linear areole

(fig. 20). Vein 8 of forewing runs to the outer

margin well below apex and vein 9 to the apex.

+ Veins 6—8 of fore wing given off one after

the other from vein 9.

17. Epijana.

++ Veins 7 and 8 of fore wing on a common

stalk from vein 9 + 11.

1. Vein 6 of fore wing given off from the

common stalk of 9 + 11 + (7 + 8).

a. Anal angle of hind wing broadly

rounded, indistinct. Fore wing not

or slightly falcate.

18. Phasicnecus.

b. Anal angle of hind wing produced,

very distinct. Fore wing falcate.

19. Drepanojana.

2. Vein 6 of fore wing given off from the

common stalk of 7 + 8.

20. Viana.

12. Hemijana n. gen.

Proboscis short, but distinct. Palpi porrect, densely hairy

beneath, not reaching beyond the frons. Antennee reaching

the apex of the cell of fore wing, bipectinate; the pectina-

tions in the male rather long at the base, gradually shorter

towards the apex. Fore tibie unarmed, hind tibie with 4

long spurs. Wings moderately broad, densely scaled. Fore

wing with vein 3 from well before angle of cell, 5 from

nearer the upper angle, 6 free from upper angle, 7. + 8 + 9

22 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

stalked from the upper angle, 10 absent, 11 free from cell

near upper angle, vein 9 to the apex; the lower discocellular

is long and oblique, distinctly angled at is

upper end; the middle discocellular is straight

and erect, only half as long as the lower.

Hind wing with vein 5 nearer to lower angle

FR of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 nearly straight and

connected with the cell by a short bar; lower

discocellular straight and oblique much shorter

than the middle discocellular, which is also

oblique an angled at its upper end. Frenulum

Fig.13. Hemijana and retinaculum absent.

subrosea &I.

"1. H. subrosea Avuriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 209 (1895): —

P3 Higalg:

Natal. Transvaal.

13. Jana WaLz.

= Jana HERR. ScH. Aussereur. Schm. t. 21 f. 98 (1854);

nom. nudum. ;

= Jana WALKER List 4 p. 909 (1855). — HERR. SoH.

Aussereur. Schm. p. 17—18 (1856); typus J. eurymas H. ScH.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi more or less upturned, distinctly

reaching beyond the frons, densely clothed with hairs. An-

tenn&e rather short, not reaching to the apex of the cell of

fore wing, bipectinate; the branches moderately long in the

male, short in the female. Fore tibie unarmed, hind tibize

with 4 long spurs. Wings ample and very broad. Fore wing

with vein 3 nearly from the middle between 2 and 4, 5 half

way between 4 and 6 or a little nearer to 4, 6 from well

below upper angle of cell or rarely from upper angle of cell, '

7 + 8 + 9 stalked from upper angle of cell, 10 absent, 11 free

from well before upper angle; lower discocellular straight

(except in N:o 10), not longer than the middle discocellular,

which is nearly erect and slightly angled at both its ends

or in the middle; upper discocellular usually distinct, rarely

absent; the cell is most prominent at vein 5 or at least

hardly more prominent at 4 than at 5. Hind wing with

vein 3 from the middle between vein 2 and 4 or nearer to

2, 5 from the middle between 4 and 6, 6 well separated from

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 23

7 and vein 8 arched at base and connected with the cell by

an oblique bar; the lower discocellular is straight and a

little longer than, nearly as long as or shorter than the

middle discocellular, which is slightly angled at its upper

end; upper discocellular straight and rather long. Frenulum

and retinaculum present in the male, absent or rudimentary

in the female.

Fig. 14. Jana eurymas 2.

1. J. strigina WEstw. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1849 p. 37

(1849). — WALKER List 4 p. 913 (1855). — fa Ent.

Tidskr. 14 p. 206 (1893).

Sierra Leone.

2. J. camerumica Avriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 206 (May 1893);

= strigina var. nobilis Horr Psyche 6 p. 515 t. 20 f£. 7

(Sept. 1893).

Camerun — ÖOgove.

24 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

+3. J. eurymas HERR. NScH. Aussereur. Schm. +t. 21 f. 98

(1854). — Wazzr. List 4. p. 910 (1855).

Camerun. Ogove. Natal.

4. J. preciosa Auvriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 207 (1893).

Camerun. Congo.

5. J. obscura Auriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 208 (1893). —

Pl FSE SAG

Ashanti. Congo: Uelle.

6. J. tantalus HERR. ScH. Aussereur. Schm. &t. 21 f. 99, 100

(1854). — WALKER List 4 p. 913 (1855).

signifera WALKER List 4 p. 911 (1855).

crepax WaALLENGRE. Wien. Ent. Mon. 4 p. 166 (1860);

Vet. Akad. Handl. 5: 4 p. 28 (1865).

South Africa.

17. J. gracilis WALKER List 4 p. 913 (1855). — Pl. 3 Fig. 1g.

polymorpha Avriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 207 (1893).

Ashanti. Camerun. Congo.

8. J. gabunica Avriv. Ent. Tidskr. 13 p. 195 (1892);

marmorata HOLLAND Psyche 6 p. 346 t. 20 f. 2 (Sept.

1893).

Gabun.

Differs from all other species of this genus by the

lower discocellular of both wings being a little longer

than the middle discocellular and may perhaps be taken

as the type of a separate genus.

9. J.22 chalepteryx FELDER Reise Novar. Lep. t. 98 f. 10

(1868).

»Cape Colony»>.

14. Hoplojana n. gen.

Nearly allied to Jana and only differing in the following

points: Antenne reaching the apex of the cell of fore wing.

Fore tibie short, armed at the tip with 1 or 2 spines, one

curved, the other straight but very short. Fore wing some-

times with vein 3 from nearer to 4 than to 2, 6 from upper

angle of cell; lower discocellular straight not longer than the

middle discocellular, which is slightly angled near its middle,

upper discocellular often absent. Hind wing usually with vein

3 from nearer to 4 than to 2; lower discocellular a little

shorter than the middle discocellular, both nearly straight.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 25

+]. Hoplojana indecisa Avr. Ent. Tidskr. 22 p. 120 fig. 21

(1901).

German East Africa: Lindi.

2: H. tripunctata : Auriv. Ent. Tidskr. 18 p. 221 (1897). —

PIA Sikiga, 15

Nyasa-Land.

3. H. rhodoptera Gerst. Archiv f. Naturg. 37 p. 361 (1871);

v. d. Deckens Reise 3: 2 p. 381 t. 16 f. 3 (1873).

German and British East Africa.

15. Acrojana n. gen.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi upturned, densely scaled; third

joint short and rounded. Antenna moderate, bipectinate; the

branches of moderate lenght

in the male, short in the

female. Fore tibixe normal,

. densely eclothed with long

hairs, unarmed; hind tibize

with four spurs. Wings

broad and ample, densely

scaled. Fore wing with

vein 3 nearly from the

middle between 2 and 4,

5 from the middle between

4 and 6, 6 from near upper

angle of cell, 7 + 8 + 9

stalked from upper angle,

10 absent, 11 from just be-

fore upper angle of cell;

vein 9 runs to the apex of

the wing and 8 to the outer

margin well below the apex;

the lower discocellular is

straight, somewhat oblique

and much shorter than the

middle discocellular, which

is straight and very oblique;

upper discocellular rather

long and very oblique. Hind wing with vein 3 from the

middle between 2 and 4, 5 a little nearer to 4 than to 6,

NES

NN SN Rd

SURMAM SAMI

Fig. 15. Arcojana sciron 9.

26 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

6 remote from 7 at its origin, 8 slightly arched at base and

connected with the cell by a short bar; lower discocellular

straight and nearly erect; middle discocellular much longer

than the lower discocellular and slightly angled near its

upper end; upper discocellular straight and almost as long

as the lower discocellular. Frenulum and retinaculum distinct

in the male, absent in the female.

1. A. sciron DrucE Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1887 p. 676

(1888). — Pl, 140:3P1A 2 Pigg dh

Sierra Leone (Coll. Staudinger). Camerun.

"2. A.(?) rosacea BuTLER Lep. Exot. p. 80 t. 30 f£. 3 (1871).

Ashanti.

16. Camerunia AvurIiv.

= Camerunia Avriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 211 (1893).

Proboscis at least in the male present, but short. Palpi

upturned, reaching a little beyond the frons; last joint rudi-

mentary. Antenne rather short, not reaching the apex of

the cell of fore wing, bipectinate;

the branches slender, rather short

in male, still shorter in female.

Fore tibie normal, unarmed; hind

tibie with four long spurs. Wings

moderatily broad, densely hairy

or lanate at base, more thinly

clothed beyond middle. Fore wing

with vein 3 issuing much nearer

to 4 than to 2, 5 in the middle

between 4 and 6, 6 from upper

angle of cell, 7 + 8 + 9 stalked

from upper angle, 8 running to

the apex, 10 absent, 11 free from

cell very near to its upper angle;

lower and middle discocellular of

nearly the same length, not or slightly angled, moderatily

oblique. Hind wing with vein 3 from nearer 4 than 2, 5

from little nearer to 4 than 6, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 connected

with the cell by a bar near the base; lower discocellular

straight and much shorter than the middle discocellular,

Fig. 16. Camerumia orphne 9.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 27

which is more oblique and slightly angled nearer its upper

end. Retinaculum absent; frenulum weak and rudimentary

in the male, absent in the female.

I. C. orphne ScHaus Coll. S. Leone Lep. p. 30 t. 1 f. 7

(before May 1893);

insignis Avriv. Ent. Tidsk. 14 p. 211 (May 1893).

Sierra Leone. Camerun. Gabun.

2. C. albida n. sp. — Fig. 17 9. — Alba antennis nigris,

fasciculis duobus frontis ad basin

antennarum, palpis fasciculoque

anali abdominis favescentibus,

pedibus favescente brunneis, ab-

domine supra brunnescente pilis

albis vestito; alis tenuiter squa-

mosis pone medium lineis duabus

communibus, transversis undatis,

fasciaque valde irregulari margi-

nali fuscescentibus; linea trans-

versa interiore ad costam 3:am lies Föne

alarum anticarum in plagam irre- albida &.

gularem = dilatata; alis anticis

maculis tribus nigro-fuscis ad apicem cellule. Long.

alar. exporr. 53 mm.

German East Africa: Nyangao. — Museum Holmiee.

"3. O.(?) bimaculata Drew. Mitth. Mänch. Ent. Ver. 3 p. 33

FRE fNSN (18790):

Angola.

17. Epijana Hoz.

= Epijana Horn. Psyche 6 p. 514 fig. (1893).

Proboscis aborted(?). Palpi porrect or slightly upturned,

reaching a little beyond the frons, densely clothed with

scales; last joint minute. Antenne reaching beyond the

apex of the cell of fore wing, bipectinate; the branches

slender, moderately long in the male, very short in the

female. Fore tibize normal, unarmed; hind tibia with 4 long

spurs. Wings moderately broad, heavily clothed with hairs

and scales. Fore wing with vein 3 from well before angle

of cell, 5 from the middle between 4 and 6, 6 stalked with

28 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

7 + 8 +9, 10 absent, 11 either free from just before apex

of cell, lying close up to the stalk of 6 + 7 and then

anastomosing with 8 +9 forming a very narrow, linear

areole and finally uniting vein

9 and 12 as a very short bar

or anastomosing with the stalk

of 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 from its origin

and only visible as a very short

bar between vein 9 and 12; lower

discocellular straight and nearly

erect, distinctly shorter than the

middle discocellular, which is

more oblique and angled near

its upper end. Hind wing with

vein 3 from well before angle

of cell, 5 nearly from the middle

between 4 and 6, 6 and 7 stalked,

8 arched at base and connected

with the cell by a bar; lower di-

Fig. 18. Epijana cosima 9. scocellular straight and slightly

oblique; middle = discocellular

much longer and very oblique, angled near its upper end.

Retinaculum absent, frenulum rudimentary in the male, ab-

sent in the female.

=]. E. cosima Prörz Stett. Ent. Zeit. 41 p. 85 (1880);

lanosa Hoir. Psyche 6 p. 514 fig. (1893);

velutonia DrRucE An. N. H. (6) 17 p. 355 (1896).

Camerun. Gabun.

2. E. cinerea Hoirn. Psyche 6 p. 515 (1893).

Gabun: Ogove.

> a

N a

III

18. Phasicnecus BuTLER.

? — Stenoglene FELDER Reise Novar. Lep. Het. p. 9 t. 95

(1874); type hilaris FELD. — nom. nudum!!

= Phasicnecus BUTLER Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894 p. 585 (1894);

type Ph. Gregori.

Proboscis aborted. Palpi minute, porrect, not reaching

beyond the frons; last joint very minute, rounded. Antennee

£s

[SV]

! There is no description, and from the figure it is impossible to deter-

mine the genus; S. ilaris is unknown to me and must be a very rare form.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 29

nearly reaching to the apex of the cell of fore wing, bipecti-

nate; the branches slender and rather long in the male, short

in the female. Fore tibizxe normal, unar-

med; hind tibie with 4 spurs. Wings

broader in the males. Fore wing with

vein 3 from well before angle of cell,

5 from the middle between 4 and 6, 6 '

from the stalk of 9 + (7 + 8), 7 and 8

stalked together from 9, 10 absent, 11

anastomosing with 9 to far beyond the |

stalk of 7 + 3 and then forming a very

short bar between 9 and 12, rarely free

at base and forming a very narrow,

linear areole (fig. 20); the lower disco-

cellular straight and nearly erect; the

middle discocellular very oblique and

shortly angled at its upper end, much

longer than the lower. Hind wing with

vein 3 from well before angle of cell,

3 nearly in the middle between 4 and 6,

6 and 7 stalked, 8 nearly straight and

near base connected with the cell by a '

bar; the discocellulars oblique, nearly of

equal length or the middle longer than

the lower. Frenulum and retinaculum

absent in both sexes.

Fig. 19. Phasicnecus

obtusus &Y.

Fig. 20. Phasicnecus

sigyna. Part of fore

wing with the linear

areole.

This genus is very nearly allied to Epijana and seems

only to differ by vein 7 and 8 of fore wing being emitted

on a common stalk from 9.

I. Ph. sigyna Avriv. Ent. ”Tidskr: 14 p. 209 (1893). —

Pl Fig. 2!

Camerun.

2: Phi Preussi Auriv. Emnt. Tidskr. 14 p. 209 (1893). —

Pc Ris

Camerun.

3. Ph. roseus DRucE Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886 p. 410 t. 38 f. 3

(1886).

Congo. Delagoa Bay.

"4. Ph. Gregori BUTLER Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894 p. 586 t. 37

1.06. (1894); ? = "705seus: Dr! var.

Brit. East Africa: Sabaki Valley.

30 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

"5. Ph. labda DrucE Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887 p. 677 (1888).

Nyasa Land.

6. Ph. citrinus DrucE Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886 p. 410 t. 38

f. 4 (1886).

Old Calabar.

1. Ph. obtusus WaLrr. List 31 p. 357 (1864);

Q tristis FELDER Reise Novar. Lep. t. 95 f. 4 (1868).

Natal.

"8. Ph. hilaris FELDER Reise Novar. Lep. t. 95 f. 3 (1868).

Natal.

9. Ph. bithynia DrucE Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887 p. 676 (1888).

Delagoa Bay.

10. Ph.(?) pira Druce An. N. H. (6) 17 p. 354 (1896).

German East Africa: Dar es Salaam.

"11. Ph.(?) nahor DrucE An. N. H. (6) 17 p. 354 (1896).

Caffraria: Umtata.

"12. Ph.(2) bicolor Dist. An. N. H. (6) 20 p. 206 (1897):

Transvaal.

13. Ph.(2) thelda DrucE Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887 p. 677 (1888).

Camerun.

19. Drepanojana AURIV.

= Drepanojana Avriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 212 (1893)

Proboscis short and weak, but distinet. Palpi minute,

porrect or slightly upturned, not reaching

beyond the frons. Antenn short, bipecti-

nate with slender branches. Fore tibize

unarmed, hind tibie with four spurs.

Wings broad, rather thinly clothed with

scales. Fore wing with the apex acute,

emarginate below apex and broadly convex

between vein 5 and the hind angle. Hind

wing nearly triangular with the hind angle

very distinct. Neuration completely as in

Phasicnecus. Frenulum and retinaculum

Fig.21. Drepanojana absent at least in the female.

fasciata Y.

<1. D. fasciata Avriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 212 (1893). — PI 5

HIA 2

Sierra Leone.

ETEN Pope

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 31

2: DD: meonia DrRucE An. N. H. (6) 17 p. 353 Br L=—N:0sL

Old Calabar.

20. Viana WALKER.

= Viana WALKER Trans. N. Hist. Soc. Glasgow 1 p. 340

(1869); type velutina.

= Gonojana Avriv. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 212 (1893); type

G. dimidiata.

Proboscis short and weak. Palpi porrect, hardly reaching

beyond the frons, more densely scaled in the male than in

the female. Antenn&e hardly reaching the apex of the cell

of fore wing, bipectinate; the branches rather long and slender

in the male, short in the female. Fore tibie unarmed, hind

tibie with 4 spurs. Wings moderately broad, more densely

scaled in the male than

in the female: Fore

wing with the outer

margin very convex; the

apex broadly rounded

in the male, acute and

slightly faleate in the

female. Hind wing with

the outer margin pro-

duced at vein 3 into a

short and obtuse tail

in the male, broadly and

obtusely angled at the Fig. 22. Viana dimidiata 9.

same point in the female.

Fore wing with vein 3 from well before angle of cell, 5 trom

the middle between 4 and 6 or a little nearer to 4, 6 from

the long stalk of 7 and 8, this stalk emitted from vein 9

near the upper angle of cell, 10 absent, 11 anastomosing with

9 and then forming a short bar between 9 and 12; lower

discocellular straight and nearly erect; middle discocellular

slightly curved, oblique and hardly longer than the lower

discocellular. Hind wing with vein 3 from well before angle

of cell, 5 from the middle between 4 and 6 or a little nearer

to 4, 6 and 7 on a long stalk, 8 nearly straight and con-

nected with the cell by a bar; lower discocellular straight

32 CHR. AURIVILLIUS, ETHIOPIAN GENERA OF STRIPHNOPTERYGIDA.

and nearly erect; middle discocellular very oblique, nearly

straight and much longer than the lower discocellular. Fre-

nulum and retinaculum present but feebly developed in the

male, absent in the female.

The above description is made from V. dimidtiata.

"1. V. velutina WALKER Trans. N. Hist. Soc. Glasgow 1

p- 340 (1869).

Congo.

2. V. dimidiata Avr. Ent. Tidskr. 14 p. 212 (May 1893) &, Q.

tt FIS

P tenuis HorL. Psyche 6 p. 515 (Sept. 1893).

Camerun. - Gabun.

Sms (E) tristis DÖRUCE An Ny E:(6) 37 :P33000 00500)

Gambia.

After I had nearly finished this work, I received Hamp-

sons paper on the fam. Sabaliade and have also been able

to look through the collection of Striphnopterygide in the

Museum fär Naturkunde in Berlin.

It may here only be remarked, that the peculiar new

genus Spiramiopsis HaAmPs. belongs to the Striphnopteryginae

and must be placed between Poloma and Phyllalia. It differs

from Poloma by having vein 8 of hind wing approximated

to 7 beyond the cell, from Phyllalia by having + spurs on

the hind tibige and from both by the presence of vein 10

of fore wing and by the shape of the cell of hind wing.

»Dreata» bimaculata DEW. agrees in neuration very nearly

with Camerunia and differs essentially only by the lower

and middle discocellulars of fore wing forming together an

even curve, from the middle of which vein 5 is emitted.

1! ÅA classification of a new family of the Lepidoptera. — Tr. Ent. Soc.

London 1901 p. 187—192.

"BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 7. 33

Fig.

Lam CIS 2 JE

= 0 KO

Explanation of the plates.

Elaterl:

Acrojana sciron DRUCE 9.

Plate 2.

Phyllalia Thunbergi BoIsp. I.

Poloma nigromaculata AUR. I.

Acrojana sciron DRUCE gg.

Plate 3.

Jana gracilis WALK. I.

> obscura AUR. g.

Hemijana subrosea AUR. I.

Trichophiala Devylderi AUR. Q.

Plate 4.

Hoplojana tripunctata AUR. I.

Phasicnecus sigyna AUR. IS.

» Preussi AUR. gg.

Plate 5.

Lichenopteryx despecta FELD. GQ.

Drepanojana fasciata AUR. Q.

Schistissa uniformis AUR. &.

Viana dimidiata AUR. &.

2 SLR EE IEA KU SON SG

it RVINTAE

JUS FFENTKEKY. PA RIV

By, fiT rå FOT AR t oM

« Y

bi i

' Hu

" i

- vå

FER blytyjavb NAGON far

SE NA STO VANN ONE fäRÄde APR

: ,. PATA

A ”

Af Ut KET SRAFIENN öd SRS 2

JR An Mid mine ks

Bihang till K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. IV. N9 7

A.Ekblom del.

PIC

Lith. G. Tholander, Stockholm.

| DRIST

ojana ScIron

ÄCT

BITS

Bihang till K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 27. Afd. IV. N97.

Stockholm.

Lith. G.Tholander,

A. Ekblom del.

2. Poloma nigromaculata AUR.3S

1. Phyllalia Thunbergi BOISD 3.

3. Acrojana Sciron DR.Z

Lith. G. Tholander, Stockhom

A. Ekblom del.

1. Jana gracilis WALK.3S. Z.J.obscura AUR. >.

3. Hemijana Subrosea AUR.d. 4. Trichophiala Devylderi AUR.o.

CcC

SSE ESESERENINERES FETA FEFENINYEREV SE

Bihang till K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd.27. Afd. IV. N97.

Lith. G.Tholander, Stockholm.

A.Ekblom del.

(Ev

[Le]

a MÅ

N 3

på 2

(=)

[Co]

A. Ekblom del. Lith. G. Tholander, Stockholm.

AE Lichenopteryx despecta FELD.o. 2. Drepanojana fasciata AUR.o.

us 3. Schistissa uniformis AUR.J. 4 Viana dimidiata AUR.ZS.

BIHANG TILL K. SVENSKA VET-AKAD. HANDLINGAR. Band 27. Afd. IV. No 8.

ARCTIC CRUSTACEA

COLLECTED DURING THE SWEDISH ARCTIC EXPEDITIONS 1898, 1899 AND

1900 UNDER THE DIRECTION OF PROFESSOR A. G. NATHORST

AND MR. G. KOLTHOFF

DECAPODA, SCHIZOPODA

AXEL OHLIN.

WITH 3 PLATES.

COMMUNICATED OCTOBER 9, 1901.

REVISED BY HJ. THÉEL AND CHR. AURIVILLIUS.

STOCKHOLM

KUNGL. BOKTRYCKERIET. FP. A. NORSTEDT & SÖNER

1901

at VIK SE hack HÄRAD (ALT

vr da RA RA

[ [ ; Ey |

3 ATDAT2UT) II

- dyk /gRKT 208 SAOINORTIE DITA Beldaa dT

fe TRROMTAX DA IORATORT 10 FOTA

a TTOHRTIOR 0 HM. QGVE

3 +

É 2 MOT0SIKR 400704 SR

Cu | [ -

MLIHO IATA

fler

CE SSE RENSA TE AST REN

NEN

AKTIER & HTIV

fra

J087 8 annvro TARO R KOD

art taDA AN OA Jafar Mm få d

L this paper I am going to continue with the enumeration

and description of Aretic Crustaceans collected mainly on

Professor A. G. NATHORST'S expeditions in the years 1898 and

1899 to Spitzbergen and East Greenland resp. In my pre-

vious paper! I have given some information as to the purpose

of, and the zoological work done during those voyages, therefore

I think it unnecessary here to reiterate it. But, besides the

material collected during those trips, I had at my disposal

the rather large collection of crustaceans obtained during the

Swedish Zoological Arctic Expedition of 1900 under the direc-

tion af Mr. G. KortHorr, of the University of Upsala. This

eminent ornithologist equipped an expedition to Spitzbergen,

Jan Mayen, and East Greenland, mainly for the purpose of

making collections of vertebrates and of studying their bi-

ology. But the other branches of zoological science were not

neglected by this zealous naturalist. He, therefore, engaged,

. to study the mårine fauna, Mr. Hy. ÖSTERGREN, M. A., who

has contributed by his valuable papers to an increased know-

ledge of the Holothurians, and Mr. TH. OÖDENER, B. A., who

acted as his assistant. These gentlemen dredged and trawled

at no less than 30 stations, most of them, viz. stat. 16—28,

situated off East Greenland, mainly in the neighbourhood af

Franz Joseph's Fiord. Stations 1—12 are situated off the

west coast of Spitzbergen, 13—14 off Jan Mayen, and 29—30

in the deep basin between East Greenland and Jan Mayen.

Some interesting deep-sea crustaceans were also obtained

by means of the vertical towing-net from depths up to 3000

meters.

When the collections of Mr. KoLTHOFF'S expedition were

handed to me, most of the decapods were already determined

by Dr. E. LÖNNBERG, of the University of Upsala. Therefore

it is only a few of the more interesting of these forms which

I have myself examined. Those determined by Mr. LÖNNBERG

This journal, Bd. 26 (1900), Afd. IV, n:o 12. Printed 1901.

4 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

I have marked with »det. LÖNNBERG. I take advantage of

this opportunity of offering him my best thanks for the

kindness with which he placed at my disposal his notices

about the localities of the species determined by him.

Here as in my preceding paper, I have also examined

a small collection of Decapoda collected by Mr. TH. WULFF,

M. A., on his trip to Spitzbergen with the Swedish-Russian

Expedition for measuring latitudes, in the summer of 1899.

The collections of the Arctic Expeditions 1898 and 1899

belong to the »Riksmuseum»>, (State Museum) at Stockholm,

those of the Expedition 1900 to the University Museum at Up-

sala, and Mr. WuLFF's collection to the University Museum of

Lund, which collections have been kindly placed at my disposal

by the resp. directors, Professors HJ. THEÉL, T. TULLBERG,

and A. W. QuUENNERSTEDT. To Prof. A. G. NAtHorst, who

first asked me tho work up these collections, I also wish to

express here my great gratitude.

Our knowledge of the carcinological fauna of East Green-

land and the seas East of Spitzbergen, round King Charles' Land,

has been considerably augmented by these expeditions. As

far as I know, the only papers treating of East Greenlandian

crustaceans are BucHHoLrz important memoir in »Zweite

Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den Jahren 1869 und 1870 etc.»

1874 and a short list of HANSEN, viz. »Pycnogonider og Mala-

costrake Krebsdyr» in »Meddelelser om Grönland», Bd. XIX,

1895.

The following Decapoda and Schizopoda are recorded by

those authors as occurring off that coast, viz. Selerocrangon

boreas (PuHIPPsS), Selerocrangon ferox (G. O. SaArs), Necto-

crangon lar (OWEN), Hippolyte turgida KrRöver, Hippolyte polaris

(SABINE), Hippolyte groenlandica (J. C. FABRrRiIcIuS),? Hippolyte

incerta BUcHHoLz, Bythocaris Panschii (BuUcHHoLz), Hymenodora

glacialis (BUCHHOoLz), Nyctiphanes norvegica (M. SaArs), Rhoda

Raschii (M. SARS), and Mysis oculata (O. FABRICIUS).

This list must now be increased by the: following species,

viz. Sabinea septemcarinata (SABINE), Bythocaris simplicirostris

G. 0. Sars, Bythocaris Payeri (HELLER), Hippolyte Gaimardi

H. MIiLNE EDWARDS, Hippolyte spinus (SowERBY), Rhoda iner-

mis (KRÖYER), Boreomysis nobilis G. O. SARS, Pseudomma .

roseum G. O. SaArs, Pseudomma Théeli n. sp., Erytkrops abys-

sorum G. O. SARs, Erythrops glacialis G. O.SArs, Parerythrops

Ute dT RE NE

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 5

robusta (SMITH), Parerythrops spectabilis G. O. SArs, Mysideis

grandis (Gois). and Mysis mixta LILLJEBORG.

Thus, the number of Decapoda and Schigzopoda known

from the East Greenlandian seas is, by the Swedish Expe-

dition, raised from 11 (12?) up to 26 (27?) species. Further

researches will, no doubt, still more increase their number

and prove that that part of the Arctic Sea is as rich in

crustaceans as the rest. However, it is worth while remarking

the strange fact that some species which are elsewhere rather

common in the Arctic, have not as yet been obtained oft East

Greenland. Such species are f. i. Hyas araneus (LINNÉ),

Hyas coarctatus LEAcH, Eupagurus pubescens (KRÖYER) and

Pandalus borealis Kröver. Other species as Hippolyte tur-

gida KRrRörer and Hippolyte groenlandica (J. C. FABRICIUS)

seem to be very scarce, as they were obtained at only a

very few stations out of about fifty where dredgings were

carried on by the expeditions in 1899 and 1900. Farther

below, in the special description, I have remarked such

strange occurrences in the geographical distribution.

As is well known, the seas round Spitzbergen, Franz

Joseph Land, and Nova Zembla, have been much better ex-

plored, and belong, doubtless, to the best known, in a zoological

respect, of all parts of the Arctic Ocean. It would increase

the length of this paper very much, if I tried to write an

historical review of the expeditions which have brought home

carcinological material from those regions. I content myself,

therefore, with referring the reader to the bibliography, where

he will find a somewhat exhaustive list of papers dealing

with the malacostracous fauna of those seas.

Strangely enough, there was, however, a restricted

area of Barents Sea which was nearly unknown until 1898.

I mean the sea E. of Spitzbergen, round King Charles” Land.

It was only once, in 1889, that it was visited by naturalists.

In that year, KÖKENTHAL and WALTER spent the summer in

dredging and trawling in that sea. The material is not yet

fully worked out. According to DoFLEIiNn 1. c. p. 323, PFEFFER

within a short time, is going to publish the results of his

examination of the Decapoda. In 1898, no less than three

expeditions visited the sea E. of Spitzbergen, viz. the Swedish

Expedition on board the »Antarctic», the German »Helgoland>

Expedition, and that of the Prince of Monaco on board the »Prin-

[>>]

AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA:

"Panos yrmg |

'puerT umgeg

"BILLY CN

JO 48207) SLA

'uUOÄLPN uef

"PueTudaLg

259 AM

Jo o3epd

-TYIIV IPTOd

JO BIIY P1I0D

pue IOPpeIQET

"BILIIWUIY CN :-

'e98 Furiqog

5 |

> |

”-

'oruely YHON

'PuB[UIII) ISTH

Decapoda.

yasvaraneus., (UINNB) a, su «19 sie du

+ + +

> COarctatus LEACH ng LME RN

Eupagurus pubescens (KRÖYER). . . . | —

Anapagurus levis (THOMPSON) . . . . .| —

Sclerocrangon boreas (PHIPPS) . . «co sl —|—JHN + tr! + + nan

> ferox (G. O. SaArs). . « | — I +ld4 ll + I—-I—] — — 1 —

(öransbn Adlnanni Kinabans Worst. (Pen eri EE -— ]—

Cheraphilus echinulatus (M. SaArs) . «| —1—|!|—])| — |—=]—1 — — |—

Pontophilus norvegicus M. SARS . .« . | + l—-|—|) + ]-|—| + a ES

» Spilosus (LRAGH) 5 omv ss: | —

Nectoerangon lar (OWEN). . «= «oc. scr ol —1—

Sabinea septemcarinata (SABINE) . . . .|— |

Bythocaris simplieirostris G. O. SArRs . .|— |—

» leucopis G. O. SARS . ss of + I —

> Payeris(HELLER) Få slöts ss SR

Hippolyte Garmardil H.M. BDW:, «fe se =

| FFF

+ +

SPINUS, (SOWERBY).- it. ob fö felö kerdet

T0TeNa KRÖTER. a s < fs ej Fl

> DUSLOLA AKER OMR ad Ch föl AAA NÄST] =

> polaris (SABINE). . oo . so «oc — =

> groenlandica (J. C. FABRICIUS)| — |—

EES

+ + +

Pandalus borealis KRÖYER .

FR) ER

OS ie a Tf Peje rå

Pasiphea tarda KRÖYER. . . oc ol Fb) —

Hymenodora glacialis (BUCKHOLZ) +

Schizopoda.

del

Nyctiphanes norvegica (M. SARS) . =

Rhoda inermis (KRÖYER) . |. (eter «| ob 4

Fl han

+ + +

Thysanoössa longicaudata (KRÖYER) -. . | db |—

| 3

E —

ES räeat RS

Boreomysis nobilis (G. O. SARS) : : - « |

> scyphops G. O. SARS .

4 Indicates that the species has been obtained during the Swedish

; '|

AE ra a

udasof zueiq

BIHANG TILL K. SV

'B98 BIGY

'BIY spusIL

"u93IIg

-ZHdS SEK

"UIBLIIG

-ZHdS I59M

')SB0) ULBTIINTT

For + +

. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8.

"IL UTALT

"ABMION JO

18B09 BIS-YJION

KÖRER ER SR RO

+ +

"puePpr

'spuejs] USTHIG

1e3079e20

'orHed

"ULJULIIJIPIN

|A I FF FER

| EF

+ + +

(mu)

uornqtystp

TB9TII9 ÅA

10—250

5—100

100—200

5—100

100—1000

40—150

100—150

200-—1229

60—150

10—250

10—300 |

250—900

1750—2750

200 2000

10—500

10—150

10—110

10—600

10—500

100—500

2—3000

2—6500

NN 0 te JB

(2) Kamtschatka and

Ochotsk.

Puget Sound.

Azores.

1 rare.

Adria.

1 Hippolyte Lilljeborgi.|

Bay of Biscay, North

Polar Basin.

North Polar Basin.

Southern Ocean.

Arctic Expeditions 1898, 1899 or 1900 in the sea thus marked.

S AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Me oh

Z [sa] dl

else [Fl yleEnanr

FR Boss Te fe — Bi EE 2)

4 IS SEA Fil EKO

be Rel. E SA =E] Blex

c& = [] &Å = 2! ZI He = oc >] I3 ad lad

5 BIBI 3 28328 HS öl! | fö

251517 EAP. SP PE SAR

TES [USE SF =" Pr 2

| Amblyops Crozetii WILLEMOES-SUHM . .| dH |—|—]) — es | Fr | FÅ

I I

> Sarsi n. sp... sc coc00 of —]—]——1—|—| — PES (SES (ar

Pseudomma roseum G. 0. Sars . «ol -l+lt+4l—!—I—! + EE Sgg ON

> Théeli n.: sp. ss «cc 1 — ll] — = = BS BLS

Erythrops Goéösii (G. O. SARS) . . . . . NEN NEN ae Br te

> abyssorum G. 0. SARs. . «lf — I++) + l—-!I—) — ER

> SIÄCIAISAG ND ISARS 206 far 5 aja ul RES la

Parerythrops robusta (SmirtH) . «o.s.v cf —l—lt4bl —I——| + ESR a

| I

> spectabilig! GÖ. SARS . od + [==] 4F) + =E Kö

Mysideis grandis (Goks) . . - - . . ol —I—-)Hl Fl ——) — BES

Mysis oculata (O. FaABrRiIcIUS) . . o.s.v 1 —l4bldtbl + I++ Sa KE ED En

mixta LITLDJEBORG =. « 4 ske ARI FER RE

Pseudomysis abyssi GO: SARS Grov fal Ro — |] — i

cesse Alice». As far as I know, it is only the collections of

Decapoda, obtained during the German Expedition, which are

worked up by Dorrrin. The result is published in >Fauna

Arctica» 1. c.

From the sea around King Charles” Land, from Hinlopen

Strait, or from the Stor Fiord, the following species were

collected: Pandalus borealis KRöÖYER, Sclerocrangon ferox (G.

O. SaArs), Sclerocrangon boreas (PuHIiPPs), Sabinea septemcari-

nata (SABINE), Hippolyte Gaimardii H. MILE EDWARDS,

Hippolyte vusiola KRröveEr,? Hippolyte turgida KRöver, Hippo-

lyte spinus (SowErBY), Hippolyte polaris (SABINE), Eupagurus

pubescens (KRÖYER) and Hyas araneus (LINNÉ). All these

species were also collected from the sea E. of Spitzbergen

during the Swedish Expedition 1898. I cannot add any

other Decapoda to that list. Of Schizopoda only the common

Mysis oculata (O. FABRICIUS) was obtained from King Charles

Land.

During the Swedish Arctic Expeditions trawlings were

carried on at some stations in depths exceeding 1000 metres,

and yielded some interesting forms. Among these, I wish

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 9

AA [ov] od

hj [oe] = Oo HH =) a

ej 2 HS I 8 3 =S e =

SRREERASNEANE M-s

mee IA stR sls 5 ls SI Feel e 5 ER |

KO RT |R AIR Wi BIE IR Ol DI HH) | | midenae N o tes.

Sol An il 2 ES 3 AS

smtmn | el mel Ols el sl 8/9 35 =>

RS ER GE NA 2 a0M

—l—-l el —-1—— | — '2000—3500) Southern Ocean.

EE re [Rn AE EES (ER OR pe re KN MA

ft a fe RO pA EES NE MN 150—1100 ! Matotschkin schar.

a pr fot beast och ao tmp of

se öda edet lr Is kat smn h 295800

+] I—- + Sa a Ba ln aa feg KM

SE GE pa et ae En fras) SS 1250 100]

od er Kr fr Kl EA fas rä NA Sö (od

—l—-l—-!l—-l—-l—-]—- I —-/—-/— — | 250—760 |

Slot le tle le 10—200 |

+ | + +) + FEN [SIG TES ES VE a 10—110 | I W. of Tajmur Penin- |

| fora) | : J

ee lt Perl El ep) 82001 a !

I I | |

RSS ARN Boj ges a 20 a CARE |Phat pl; SET) Gab 1300-700) |

to point out the occurrence of Amblyops Crozetit WILLEMOÉS-

SvAM formerly obtained, only on the »Challenger» Expedition,

off Crozet Islands in the Southern Ocean.

Although I fully agree with Boas, when splitting up

Schizopoda into two orders, viz. Euphausiacea and Mysidacea.

I have in this paper, which does however not claim to be

any classifieatory essay, maintained the old system.

1553.

1892.

1851.

1874.

1898.

1899:

1896.

1900.

1893:

1866.

1864.

AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Bibliography.

BELL, TH. A History of the British Stalkeyed Crustacea.

BENEDICT, J. E. Preliminary descriptions of thirty-seven new

species of hermit crabs of the genus Eupagurus in the U.

S. National Museum for the year 1892. Vol. XV, p. 1—26.

BIRULA, A. Recherches sur la biologie et zoogéographie, prin-

cipalement des mers russes. III. Essai d'une faune des

crustacés décapodes de la mer Blanche et Mourmanne;

Annuaire du Musée zoologique de I'Académie Impériale

des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. 1897. n:o 4. p. 405—452,

tab. XX—T[XXII] (in Russian).

BRANDT, F. Krebse; Middendorff's Reise in den äussersten

Norden und Osten Sibiriens. Bad. II. Zoologie, Th. 1.

Wirbellose Thiere, p. 77—148, tab. V-—VII.

BUCHHOLZ, R. Crustaceen; Die Zweite Deutsche Nordpolar-

fahrt in den Jahren 1869 und 1870 unter Fährung des

Kapitän KARL KOLDEWEY. Bd. 2. :Wissenschaftliche

Ergebnisse, p. 263—399. taff. 1—15.

CALMAN, W. T. On a Collection of Crustacea from Puget

Sound; Ann: N: Y. Acäd: Sci. XI. n:o 13, pr 259—292,

pl. XXXI—XXXIV.

— On the British Pandalide: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7,

Vol. III. p. 27—39, pl. —IV.

CAULLERY, M. Crustacés Schizopodes et Décapodes; Résultats

scientifiques de la Campagne du »Caudan> dans le Golfe

de Gascogne; Annals de V'Universitée de Lyon, p. 365—

419, pl. XII—XVII.

DOFLEIN, F. Die dekapoden Krebse der arktischen Meere;

Fauna Arctica, Bd. I. Lief. 2. p. 313—362.

FAXON, W. <:Preliminary Descriptions of New Species of

Crustacea; Reports on the Dredging Operations off the

West Coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the

West Coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in

charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U. S. Fish

Commission Steamer »Albatross> during 1891, Lieut.-

Commander Z. L. TANNER, U. S. N. Commanding; Bull.

Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College, Cambridge. Vol. XKXIV.

n:0 7. p. 149—-=220.

GERSTAECKER, A. OCrustacea, fortgesetzt von ÖRTMANN, ÅA. E.;

Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Bd. V.

Abtheil 1, 2.

Gofs, A. Crustacea decapoda podophthalmia marina Suecize,

interpositis speciebus norvegicis aliisque vicinis, enumerat

jen

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 11

Suv. Kol Vet: Akad. För Årg. 20. 1863. Pp.

161—1380.

1888. GOURRET, P. Révisiou des Crustacés podophthalmes du Golfe

de Marseille suivie d'un essai de classification de la classe

des crustacés; Ann. du Mus. d'”hist. nat. de Marseille,

Zool. T. III. Mem: n:o 5, p. 1—--212, pl. I—XVIII.

1887. HANSEN, H. J. Oversigt over det vestlige Grönlands Fauna

af malakostrake Havkrebsdyr. Malacostraca marina Groen-

landi&e occidentalis; Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturhist.

Foren. i Kjöbn. 1887. p. 1—226. tab. II —VII.

1887. — OÖOversigt over de paa Dijmphna-Togtet indsamlede Krebs-

dyr; Dijmphna-Togtets zoologisk-botaniske Udbytte, p-

183—286, tab. XX —XXIV.

1895. — Pycnogonider og Malacostrake Krebsdyr; Meddelelser om

Greenland XIX, p. 119—2132.

1863. HELLER, C. Die Crustaceen des sädlichen Europa. Crustacea

podophthalmia.

1878. — Die Crustaceen, Pycnogoniden und Tunicaten d. K. K.

Österr.-Ungar. Nordpol-Expedition; Denkschriften d. K.

Akademie der Wissenschaften, Math.-Naturw. Classe, Bd.

35. p. 25—46, tab. I —V.

1882. HOEK, P. P. C. Die Crustaceen gesammelt während der

Fahrten des »Willem Barents» in den Jahren 1878 und

1879; Nierländisches Archiv fär Zoologie, Supplem. Bd. I.

Lief:' 3. p. 21-75. taf. I—TII.

1862. KINAHAN, J. R. On the Britannic Species of Crangon and

Galathea; with some Remarks on the Homologies of these

Groups; Transact. Roy. Irish Academy. Vol. XXIV, pt.

II. p. 45—113.

1886. :KOELBEL, C. Crustaceen, Pycnogoniden und Arachnoideen von

Jan Mayen; Die Österreichische Polarstation Jan Mayen.

Beobachtungs Ergebnisse. Bd. III. p. 39—58, taf.

IIT—IV.

1838. KRÖYER, H. Grönlands Amfipoder beskrevne; Danske Viden-

skabernes Selskabs naturv. og math. Afhandl. Deel VII,

p. 229—326; tab. I—IV.

1838—39. — Conspectus Crustaceorum Groenlandize; Naturhist. Tid-

SKIN BOSS pe 20:

1840—41. — Udsigt over de nordiske Arter at Slegten Hippolyte;

ibidem. Bd. 3. p. 570—579.

1842. — Monografisk Fremstilling af Slegten Hippolyte's nordiske

Arter; Kongel. Danske Videnskabernes BSelskabs naturv.

ög math. Afhandl: '”Deel IX. p: 209—360, tab. I—IV.

1842—43. — De hidtil bekjendte nordiske Krangon-arter; Naturhist.

p Tidskrift, Bd. 4. p. 217—276, tab. IV—V.

1844-49. — Karcinologiske Bidrag, ibidem, R. 2, Bd. 1. p. 283—

345, tab. II, III, p. 453—638, tab. VI—VII. Bd. 2 p.

1-2 Ba RNE pe BO0-AA0 Ip. 527-609,

alt vi

1846.

1859.

1861—63:

1815.

1853.

18Ti.

1880.

1875.

KÖTT:

A8TA.

1881:

1834—40.

1894.

AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

KRÖYER, H. Crustacés; Voyage en Scandinavie, en Laponie, en

Spitzberg, et aux Feröe pendant les années 1838,

1839 et 1840 sur la Corvette La Recherche par M.

PAUL GAIMARD 1842—48.

— Forsög til en monographisk Fremstilling af Krebs-

dyrslegten Sergestes. Med bemeeerkninger om Deka-

podernes Höreredskaber; Kongl. Danske Videnskab-

Selskabs Skrifter. Naturvid. og Math. Afdel. Rekke

5, Bd. 4, Hefte 2. p. 217—804, tab. I—V.

— Et Bidrag til Kundskab om Krebsdyrfamilien Myside;

Naturhist. . Tidskrift. R. 3: Bd.; 1: p. 1—75, tab.

Tyrol

LEACH W. E. A tabular View of the external Characters

of four Classes of Animals, which LINNÉ arranged

under Insecta; with the Distribution of the Genera

composing three of these Classes into Orders etc.

and Descriptions of several New Genera and Species;

Trans. Linn. Soc. London. Vol. XI. p. 306—400.

LILLJEBORG, W. Hafs-Crustaceer vid Kullaberg. Öfy.

Vet. Akad., Förhandl. ;Arg..9.-.1852.. pp: 1—13!

MEINERT, FR. Crustacea Isopoda, Amphipoda et Deca-

poda Danige: Fortegnelse over Danmarks Isopode,

Amphipode og Decapode Krebsdyr; Naturhist. Tids-

skrift. RB. 3. Bd. XI. p. 56—248.

— — — idem. Förste Tilleg. ibidem. R. 3. Bd. XII.

p. 465—512.

METZGER, A. Crustaceen aus den Ordnungen Edriophthal-

mata und Podophthalmata; Die Expedition zur phy-

sikalisch-chemischen und biologischen Untersuchung

der Nordsee im Sommer 1872; Jahresber. d. Comm.

Zz. wissensch. Unters. d. deutschen Meere in Kiel.

Jahrg. II, III. p. 277—309, taf. VI. fig. 7—10.

MIERS, E. J. List of the Species of Crustacea collected

by the Rev. A. E. EATON at Spitzbergen in the

summer of 1873, with their Localities and Notes;

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. XIX. p. 131—140.

— Report on the Crustacea collected by the Naturalists

of the Arctic Expedition in 1875—76; ibidem, Ser.

4. Vol. XX. p. 52—66. p, 96—110, pl. III, IV.

— On a small Collection of Crustacea made by EDWARD

WHYMPER Esgq., chiefly in the N. Greenland Seas;

with an Appendix on additional Species collected by

the late British Arctic Expedition; Journ. Linn. Soc.

London. Zool. Vol. XV. p. 59—73:

MILNE EDWARDS. Historie naturelle des Crustacés, com-

prenant l'anatomie, la physiologie et la classfication

de ces animaux. T. I—III. avec atlas.

MILNE-EDWARDS, A. & BOUVIER Ek. L. Crustacés De-

capodes provenant des campagnes du yacht Y'Hiron-

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:o 8. 13

1892.

1895.

ved.

1893.

1896.

1886.

1890.

1893:

1884.

1863.

1864.

1868.

delle (1886, 1887, 1888). Pt. I. Brachyures et

Anomoures; Résultats des campagnes scientifiques

accomplies sur son yacht par Albert I:er Prince

Souverain de Monaco publiés sous sa direction avec

le concours du Baron JULES DE GUERNE, Fase. VII.

p. 1—112. pl. I—XI.

NORMAN, A. M. PBritish Schizopoda of the Families

Lophogastride and Euphausiide; Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. Ser. 6 Vol. IX, p. 454—464.

— On British Myside, a Family of Crustacea Schizo-

poda; ibidem "Ser. 6. VOL ON cp. 1438— 166, p:

SäDNGFPL IN X.

OHLIN, A. Bidrag till kännedomen om malakostrakfaunan

i Baffip Bay och Smith Sound; Acta Reg.' Soc.

Physiogr. Lund. T. VI. p. I—XXII, p. 1—70. pl. I.

OÖRTMANN, ÅA. Die Decapoden-Krebse des Strassburger

Museums. II. Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. etc. Bd. V.

p. 693—750. Taf. XLVII.

— Decapoden und Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition;

Ergebnisse der Plankton-Expedition der Humboldt-

Svctung, "Bd: IL Gb pot =T90, Paf. TX.

— AA Study of the systematic and geographic distribution

of the decapod family Crangonide BATE; Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sciences Philadelphia. 1895. p. 173—197.

PFEFFER, G. Mollusken, Krebse und Echinodermen von

Cumberland-Sund nach der Ausbeute der deutschen

Nordexpedition 1882 und 1883; Jahrb. Hamburg.

WWissensch. Anstalt. Jahre: tE p. 23-50. Taäf. I.

— Die Fauna der Insel Jeretik, Port Wladimir, an der

Murman-Käste. Nach den Sammlungen des Herrn

Käpitan "HÖRN. IH: I. = — Krebse = = :» ibidem,

Jahrg. VII, p. 63—96.

RATHBUN, M. J. Catalogue of the Crabs of the Fa-

mily Maiide in the U. S. National Museum; Proc.

USSNa: Museum, VoL XVI, ps 63—103, pl Il

-—VIII.

RICHTERS, F. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Crustaceen-

fauna des Behringsmeeres; Abhandl. Senckenberg.

Naturforsch. Gesellschaft (Frankfurt a. M.) Bd. XIII,

pp: A01- 407) Tar.ck.

SARS, G. 0. Beretning om en i Sommeren 1862 fore-

tagen zoologisk Reise i Christianias og Trondhjems

Stifter; Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. Bd. 12, p. 193—252.

— Beretning om en i Sommeren 1863 foretagen zoolo-

gisk Reise i Christiania Stift; ibidem Bd. 13, p.

225—260.

— Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zoolo-

gisk Reise ved Kysterne of Christianias og Christians-

sands Stifter; ibidem. Bd. 15, p. 84—128.

1869.

1870.

AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

SARS, G. O. Undersögelser over Christianiafjordens Dyb-

vandsfauna; ibidem, Bd. 16, p. 305—362.

Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten; Forh. Vid.

Selsk. Christiania Aar 1869, p. 147—174.

1870, 72, 79. — Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norgés Fauna. I. Monographie

18.

1877.

1879.

1883.

over de ved Norges Kyster förekommende Mysider,

Hella Pio

Nye Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middeihafvets In-

vertebradfauna; I. Middelhavets Mysider; Arch. Math.

Naturvidensk. Bd. II. p. 10—119, tab. 1—36.

Prodromus descriptionis crustaceorum et pycnogoni-

darum, que in expeditione norvegica anno 1876 ob-

servavit —; ibidem p. 337—371.

Crustacea et Pycnogonida nova in itinere 2:do et 3:tio

expeditionis Norvegicge anno 1877 & 78 collecta.

(Prodromus descriptionis); ibidem. Bd. IV. p. 425

—476.

Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer med forelgbige Be-

meerkninger over de nye eller mindre bekjendte Ar-

ter; Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania Aar 1882, p. 1—

124, tab. VIL

Preliminary Notices on the Schizopoda of H. M. S.

»Challenger» Expedition; ibidem Aar 1883, p. 1—43.

Crustacea I. II. Den Norske Nordhavsexpedition.

The Norvegian North-Atlantic Expedition. Vol. VI.

Zoology. p. 1—280, pl. 1—21, p. 1—96.

Schizopoda; Rep. Sci. Results Challenger. Zoology.

Vol. XIII. |

Bidrag til Kundskaben om Decapodernes Forvand-

linger. III. Fam. Crangonid&e; Arch. Math. Natur-

vidensk. Bd. XVI. p. 132—195, pl. I—VI.

Crustacea; The Norwegian North Polar Expedition

1893—1896. Scientific Results. Vol. I. pl 5 Pp:

1—141,; pl. I—XXXVI.

SARS, M. Om 3 nye norske Krebsdyr; Forhandli. Skand.

Naturforsk. syvende Möde i Christiania 1856, p.

160-—175. |

Beretning om en i Sommeren 1859 foretagen zoolo-

gisk Reise ved Kysten af Romsdals Amt; Nyt Mag.

f. Naturvid. Bd. 11, p. 241—263.

Bemerkninger om Crangoninerne med Beskrivelse

over to nye norske Arter; Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christi-

ania. Åar. L861,,p..bA95 3:

Forelagde en udförlig Beskrivelse over den af ham

i Aaret 1856 opstillede Thysanopoda norvegica; ibi-

dem, Aar. 1863, p.r2—-10;

Gav nogle Tilleg til sine i et foregaaende Mede

meddelte TIagttagelser over de meöerkverdige, paa

Bugsiden af Thysanopoda beliggende Sandseredskaber,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:08. 15

og anmeldte ved samme Leilighed Opdagelsen af to

nye norske Arter af denne Krebsdyrslegt; ibidem,

p.179—84.

SARS, M. Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens

Fauna; Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. Bd. 15, p. 240—344,

tab. I—VII.

SCOTT, TH. Report on the Marine and Freshwater Cru-

stacea from Franz-Josef Land, collected by Mr

WILLIAM S. BRUCE, of the Jackson-Harmsworth

Expedition; Journ. Linn. Soc. London. Zool. Vol.

XXVII, p. 60—126, pl. 3—9.

1878(—82) SMITH, S. I. The Stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic

1882—383.

1884.

1885.

1884.

1888.

1893.

1900.

1882.

1887.

Coast of North America north of Cape Cod; Trans.

CONNECL SARA 0-0 ATS and ber, - Vol Vi Pt: I. pss 27

—136. pl. VITI-—-XII.

— Report on the Crustacea. Pt. I. Decapoda; Reports

on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision

of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, on the East Coast of the

United States, during the Summer of 1880, by the

U. S. Coast Survey Steamer »Blake», Commander J.

R. BARTLETT, U. S. N., Commanding; Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool. Harvard College, Cambridge, Vol. X.

n:0 1, P. 1108, pla I- XVI.

— List of the Crustacea dredged on the coast of Labra-

dor by the expedition under the direction of W. A.

STEARNS, in 1882; Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum. Vol.

NiIsEl883, pr 218-222;

— Review of the Marine Crustacea of Labrador; ibidem,

Pe LAS RA

-— On some new or little known Decapod Crustacea,

from recent Fish Commission dredgings off the East

coast of the United States; ibidem, Vol. VII. 1884,

purgar- 51

SPARRE SCHNEIDER, J. - Undersögelser af dyrlivet i de

arktiske fjorde II. Kvexnangsfjordens Crustaceer og

Pycnogonider; Tromsö Museums Aarshefter, VII. p.

Av—30 HISTELV)

SPENCE BATE, C. OCrustacea Macrura; Rep. Sci. Results

Challenger. Zoology. Vol. XXIV.

STEBBING, TH. R. R. A History of Crustacea, Recent

Malacostraca; The International Scientific Series, Vol.

LXXTIV.

— Arctic Crustacea: Bruce Collection; Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist: "5 rVOlOö NApI 116:

STUXBERG, ÅA. Evertebratfaunan i Sibiriens ishaf; Vega-

Expeditionens Vetenskapl. Iakttagelser, Bd. I. p. 677

2-8 HraföNLe

— Faunan på och kring Novaja Semlja; ibidem, Bd.

V. p. 1—239.

16 AXEL 'OHLIN: ARCTIC ORUSTACEA

1897. VANHÖFFEN, E. Die Fauna und Flora Grönlands; Grön-

lands-Expedition der Gesellschaft fär Erdkunde zu

Berlin 1891—1893. Unter Leitung von ERICH

VON DRYGALSKI.

Decapoda.

Brachyura.

Tribe Oxyrhyncha.

Fam. Maiideae.

Hyas LEacH 1813.

1. Hyas araneus (LINNÉ).

1758. Cancer Araneus LINNÉ, Syst. Nuture, Ed. X. I. p. 628.

1780. » » 0. FABRICIUS, Fauna Groenl. p. 233, n:o 213.

1853. op araneus, BELL, Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 31.

1882. » coarctatus var., HOEK, Crust. >Willem Barents». 1. ce. p.

35 dala Fig. il8

1887. » aranens HANSEN, Dijmphna-Togtets zool. bot. Udbytte

Bte.s 10 Pru284t

1893. Hyas araneus RATHBUN, Catalogue of the Crabs of the Family

Maiide ete. 1. c. p: 67.

1894. Hvyas araneus, A. MILNE EDWARDS et BouVIER, Brachyures

et Anomures 1. c. p. 18.

1897. » » Var. hoeki Birula, Essai d'une faune des cru-

stacés décapodes etc. 1. c. p. 442.

1900. » » STEBBING, Arctic Crust. 1. c. p. 2.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 3. lat. 74” 21' N., long. 19” 15' E., Beeren Eisland, depth 20

m., bottom temp. + 1,5 C., pebbles, Laminarize and red alge,

15/VI one young spec.

RT RE

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:o 8. 17

stat. 4. lat. 74” 21' N., long. 19” 15' E., Beeren Island, »South Har-

bour», depth 14—18 m., rocky bottom with alg&e, pebbles,

and sand. 17/VI, »common, grayish-brown, colour varying as

to the bottom>.

>» 5. lat. 75” 49' N., long. 24” 25' E., between Beeren Island and

Hope Island, depth 80 m., bottom temp. — 1,42”, rocky

bottom, 21/VI, several spec.

» 16. Recherche Bay, between Reindeer Point and Fox Glacier,

West Spitzbergen, depth 90 m., rocky bottom with soft,

grayish-blue clay, 8/VII, one small spec.

» 17. Recherche Bay, the anchorage, depth 0 — 20 m., stony

bottom, 13/VII, one spec.

0 1899:

Tromsö, depth 60—70 m., 22/VI, several spec., WULFF.

This well-known species has a very wide distribution in

the North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans. It has been obtained at

the following places: in the North Sea off the coasts of Eng-

land, Denmark and Scandinavia, off Belgium and France, off

the Murman coast; in the Barents Sea, in the Kara Sea, off

Beeren Island and Spitzbergen, off Iceland and West Green-

land as far north as Godhavn, off the coasts of New Found-

land and New England as far south as Cape Cod. According

to Brandt, it occurs also in the Sea of Ochotsk; but it is still

undecided if the specimens recorded by that author are quite

identical with the typical North Atlantic species.! It also

depends on the settlement of this question as to whether we

are to regard it as cirecumpolar or not. Its main distribution

seems to be the North Atlantic where it occurs both on the

European and the American side, and goes into the Arctic as

far north as Spitzbergen and Godhavn, and southwards to

Belgium and the Atlantic coasts of France.

It lives in shallow water, although sometimes occurring

in depths of 100 fathoms or more.

As to the identity of this and the next species, I refer

the reader to STEBBING, Arctic Crustacea, 1. c. p. 2--4, where

he will find an historical review of the different opinions. I

am unable here, for want of material, to enter on a discussion

of the subject; but I must content myself with remarking that

! According to STIMPSON in RATHEUN, 1. c. p. 97, not one of Hyas ara-

neus out of several hundred specimens of Hyas latifrons was found in a

collection from the Sea of Ochotsk and Kamtschatka.

18 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC .CRUSTACEA.

my specimens of Hyas coarctatus from the harbour of Tromsö,

some of which were egg-carrying females (although of a remark-

ably small size) present the typical appearance and are, at

the very first glance, to be distinguished from specimens of

Hyas araneus.

Length of carapace of largest spec.: 50 mm., breadth 38 mm.

2. Hyas coarctatus LEACH.

1815. Hyas coarctatus LEACH, A tabular view etc., 1. ce. p. 329:

1853. > » BELL, Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 35.

1879. » » SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast North

America, 1. ce. Pp: 43.

1893. » > RATHBUN, Catalogue of the Crabs of the Fa-

mily Maiide etc. 1. c. p. 69.

1893: » 3 A. MILNE EDWARDS et BOUVIER, Brachyures

Anomures, 1. ce. p. 19.

1897. » — coarctata BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés déca-

podes etc., 1. ce. p. 445.

Localities:

in 1899:

Tromsö depth 60—70 m., 22/VI several spec., WULFF.

Distribution: "This species occurs in the same tracts of

the ocean as the preceding species, viz. the North Atlantic

and Arctic. Therefore, it is superfluous to reiterate the loca-

lities where it has been observed. It goes southwards on the

European side of the Atlantic to the British Channel, and,

on the American side, to the coasts of New Jersey and Long

Island. It has not yet been obtained off Spitzbergen or East

Greenland. It goes on the west coast of Greenland as far

north as Waigat and Hare Island. STIMPson has reported it

from the Behring Sea, and BRANDT from the Sea of Ochotsk,

the latter distinguishing it by the name of »var. alutacea>.

STIMPSON subsequently describes a new species, viz. Hyas

latifrons from the Behring Sea. Smitt suspects that he used,

for the description of this species, specimens referred by him,

a few months previously, to Hyas coarctatus.

That species, according to SMITH, seems to be distinct from

the North Atlantic Hyas coarctatus; but RATHBUN, who has

examined a great number of specimens, takes an opposite

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 19

view. How far BRANDT'S variety alutacea ought to be consi-

dered a variety or distinct species, is a matter that must be

left to a future revision of the whole genus to decide. Another

species, viz. Hyas lyratus Dana, occurs from the Aleutian

Islands and the Pacific coast of North America southwards

to Puget Sound. This species seems to be a very distinct one.

Hyas coarctatus occurs in depths from a few (5) up to

more than hundred fathoms.

Length of carapace of largest spec. 24 mm.

breadth » » > 16 mm.

Anomura.

Tribe Pterygura.

Fam. Paguridee.

Eupagurus BRANDT 1851.

3. HEupagurus pubescens (KRÖYER).

1838. Pagurus pubescens KRÖYER, Gronl. Amfip. 1. c. p. 314.

1838—39. » » idem, Consp. Crust. Groenl. 1. c. p. 251.

1846 (?). > > idem. nyvyl 'ensiscatd? ete.;/ PI

Fig. 1, a—n.

1851. > (Eupagurus) pubescens BRANDT, Middendorff's

SID: else 1 pe

1882. » pubescens HoEK, Crust. »Willem Barents» 1. c.

P:y6:

1897. Eupagurus pubescens BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des cru-

stacés décapodes etc. 1. c. p. 437.

1900. > » STEBBING, Arctic. Crust. 1. c. p. 5.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 3. lat. 74” 21' N., long. 197” 15' E., Beeren Island, depth 20 m.,

bottom temp. + 1,5” C., pebbles, Laminarige and red alge,

15/VI, one spec.

20 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

stat. 5. lat. 75” 49' N., long. 24” 25' E., between Beeren Island

and Hope Island, depth 80 m., bottom temp. — 1,42” &C.,

rocky bottom, 21/VI, six spec.

> 12. Recherche Bay near to Fox Glacier, West Spitzbergen, depth

90 m., stony bottom, 4/VII, one spec.

>» 13. Recherche Bay, off Fox Glacier, depth 75 m., stony bottom

with dead shells and soft grayish-blue clay, 5/VII, six spec.

>» 16. Recherche Bay, between Reindeer Point and Fox Glacier,

depth 90 m., rocky bottom with soft gray-bluish clay, 8/VII,

two spec.

>» 17. Recherche Bay, the anchorage, depth 0—20 m., stony bottom,

13/VII, three spec.

» 23. lat. 78” 15" N., long. 13” 55' E., Ice Fjord; Safe Harbour;

depth 50—90 m., soft grayish mud, 23/VII, one spec.

» 38. lat. 79” 47' N., long. 14” 28' E., entrance of Liefde Bay,

depth 140 m., stony bottom with red alg&e, 25/VIII, one

spec.

>» 39. lat. 79” 43' N., long. 10” 52' E., Danish Island, »Virgo's>

harbour, depth 25—30 m., gray mud, Laminarie, 27/VIII,

two spec.

> 41. lat. 75” 58' N., long. 13” 18 E:, 56 miles So WIOoNSoamt

Cape, Spitzbergen, depth 350 m., bottom temp. + 2,13” C.,

grayish clay, 1/IX, one spec.

in 1899:

Tromsö, depth 60—70 m., 22/VI, many spec. WULFF.

West Spitzbergen, Green Harbour, depth 110 m., 30/VI, three spec.,

WULFF.

North Spitzbergen, Danes Gat, depth 20—30 m., 7/VII, one spec.

WULEF.

in 1900:

stat. 1. West Spitzbergeu, Ice Fjord, Coal Bay depth 50 m., stony

bottom with dead shells, 16/VI—20/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

» 8. West Spitzbergen, Kings Bay, depth 10—30 m., pebbles and

sand with Laminarize, 29/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

This species seems to be subjected to very great varia-

tions as to the degree of the pubescense and to the form of

the left chel&e which has produced an almost inextricable

confusion in the synonymy.! As I have examined specimens

only from Spitzbergen and Tromsö, which closely agree with

the type as figured by KrRörErR, I am of course not able

1 To this has also, without doubt, contributed that KRÖYvER in his

descriptions has, by a lapsus calami, as to the chele written »dextre> in-

stead of »sinistre», as BRANDT was the first to suspect.

SES See

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 21

here to enter on a critical discussion as to how far Pagurus

Thompsoni Bell, Eupagurus Kröyeri STIMPSON,! or some species

from Alaska recently described by BENEDICT? as new species,

Eupagurus capillatus, Eupagurus brandti or Eupagurus dalli

are entitled to a specific rank. The distinctions between all

these forms seem to me to be of doubtful value, and the

whole genus is, certainly very much in need of a thorough

revision. I therefore, restrict myself here to what is said by

STEBBING in »Arctic Crustacea etc.» 1. c. p. 5. and by DoFLEIN

in »Dekap. Krebse arkt. Meere»x, 1. c. p. 341.

From this uncertainty, it is consequentily very difficult to

get an exact information as to the geographical distribution.

In its wider sense the species must be regarded as Arctic

and cirecumpolar. It has been obtained at most places in the

aretic region as far as I have been able to find out in the

literature. It is, however, not recorded as yet from the Si-

berian Polar Sea, Franz Joseph Land, or the Kara Sea. Nor

does it seem to occur on East Greenland, and, as to its

occurrence in the Polar Archipelago of North American, we

have no information. It has also not been taken in Smith

Sound, and this fact, in connection with its non-occurrence

in the above mentioned regions seems to indicate that it does

not belong to the Polar basin. The most southern places

where it has been obtained are as follows: Bohuslän (Sweden),

Kattegat, England, New Jersey, in lat. 40” N., long. 73” W.,

and Puget Sound.?

In my collections there are several large specimens, and

it seemed to thrive especially in Recherche Bay, West Spitz-

bergen. I have one specimen before me from that locality,

which measures:

(ENL IG OTLCATA PACE NG 0 fostran seg å20 MMN

SEKEL RN a NG de ser ocker 18

> > left > I I fer NR pe SA

The specimens collected by Mr. WuLFF in Tromsö are

of a much smaller size.

! Hupagurus trigonocheirus STIMPSON.

>? BENEDICT, Thirty-seven new species etc. 1. c. p. 8.

> Its vertical distribution is from several fathoms up to 100 or more.

In regard to two finds of this in 140 and 290 fathoms resp. HANSEN is

somewhat dubious as to the exactness of these depths.

22 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Length of largest specimen from this locality:

> SITS TÖPUCSE NTE GSK DIE TNT

$ sotTiSth hand Prigal VIII9SSHEne

» > SJett AE UEDRUNAS YM TONING

Anapagurus HENDERSON 1886.

4. Anapagurus levis (THOMPSON).

1843. Pagurus levis THOMPSON, Report on the fauna of Ireland,

Invertebrate; Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 13:th

j meeting.

1853. » > BELL, Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 184.

1894. Anapagurus levis, A. MILNE-EDWARDS et BOUVIER, Brachy-

ures "et Anomures, 1: CC: Pp. TAPE cvpnse

16—28.

Locality:

in 1899:

stat. 1. lat. 61” 16' N; 1” 18" E:, depth 150 m., sand, some stones

and dead shells. 31/V, two spec.

This species was first described by THOMPSON as Pagurus

levis, but it was in 1886 referred by HENDERSON to the genus

Anapagurus, mainly characterized by the form of the male

appendix on the fifth left leg, it being here short and curved,

instead of spirally twisted, as in Spiropagurus NTIMPSON.

Besides this species, easily distinguishable by a red mark

running along the whole length of the hand and continuing

to the fingers, HENDERSON includes in this genus four other

species from the North Sea, the Tropical part of North At-

lantic, and Australia.

Distribution: West Coast of Norway, British Isles, Medi-

terranean, six stations of the campagnes of 1886 and 1887

(Prince of Monaco), Azores (Prince of Monaco). It is a Pa-

gurid which seems to live in a moderate depth varying be-

tween 100 and 200 m.

Length of carapace (of a male) «=. sl 09 mm.

> 3 LL Ohtr HADE or var > ser RAR

> ALefb oo AA Nn

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 20

Macrura.

Fam. Crangonide.

Seclerocrangon SaArRs 1882.

In his »Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer med forelgbige

Bemeerkninger over de nye eller mindre bekjendte Arter» 1.

c. 1882 SaArRs instituted a new genus to receive this Arctic

species Crangon boreas known more than a century ago. He

afterwards gave, in the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedi-

tion, a generic diagnosis. In the genus he also included a

new species obtained during the said expedition, and with

some hesitation, Crangon cataphractus Olivi, from the Medi-

terranean. Later on, he added to the genus Cheraphilus

Agassizit SMITH, from the Eastern coast of United States,

and, in 1895, it was enlarged by ÖRTMANN! with the following

species: Crangon atrox Faxon,? from Western coast of Mexico,

Crangon sharpi n. sp. from Alaska, Crangon procax Faxon,

from Western coast of Central America, Crangon intermedius

STIMPSON, from Bering Sea and Alaska, Crangon angusticauda

de HAAN, from Japan, Crangon munitus DANA, from Puget

Sound and Lower California.? Besides the true Crangon

salebrosus OWEN, the genus Sclerocrangon would thus include

no less than eleven species, seven of which belonging to

the North Pacific, three to the North Atlantic, and one to

the Mediterranean.

5. Seclerocrangon boreas (PHIPPS).

1774. Cancer Boreas PHIPPS, Voyage towards the North Pole,

p3a.t907, Tab. XILpHiga yt.

1842.—43. Crangon >» KRÖYER, De hidtil bekj. nord. Krangon-

Arles peers klab, IV;CEig, 1— 14.

! It may be remarked that this author regards it as a subgenus of

Crangon.

> Faxon, Prelim. Descript. New Spec. Crust: 1. c. p. 199.

3 ÖRTMANN, Study Syst. Geogr. Distrib. Crangonid&e 1. c. p. 177.

24 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

1874. Crangon boreas BUCHH0OLZ, Crust. Zweite Deutsche Nordpolar-

Talet: 1 05 PES dk

1882. Cheraphilus boreas HoEK, Crust. »Willem Barents» 1. c. p. 10.

1886. Sclerocrangon » .KOELBEL, Crust. Pycnog. und Arachn. von

Jan iMayeng lye. p. 51.

1897. > > - BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés.

décapodes -ete., 1. ce. pi 431: Tab

Fiar8A

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 13. West Spitsbergen, Recherche Bay, off Fox Glacier, depth 75

m., stony bottom with dead shells and soft grayish-blue clay,

5/VII, four spec.

» 16. Recherche Bay, between Reindeer Point and Fox Glacier,

depth 90 m., rocky bottom with soft grayish-blue clay, 8/VII,

four spec.

>» 17. Recherche Bay, the anchorage, depth 0— 20 m., stony bottom,

13/VII, numerous spec.

» 20. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, North Fiord, off Cape Weern,

depth 36 m., boulders, Lithothamnia, with soft red-brownish

clay, 19/VII, two spec.

» 22: lat. 78:22' N., long. 14” 53' E., Ice Fiord, off Cape: Bohe+

man, depth 40—50 m., 21/VII, four spec.

» 30. King Charles" Land, Swedish Foreland, depth 10—16 m.,

blackish-gray sand, stones, mud, and alg&e. 6/VIII, four spec.

» 38. lat. 79 "47" N., long. 14” :28" E., entrance"of IietderBay:

depth 140 m., stony bottom with red alge, 25/VIIL,

five spec.

» 39. Jat... 79” 143) N., long. 10” 52' E., Danes Island Vireols

harbour, depth 25—30 m., gray mud, Laminarig, 27/VIII,

several spec.

in 1899:

stat... 21...1at.. 7410 N3 long: 20” 8 W., S:E:, of Claveningtuisland;

depth 25—40 m., mud with dead shells and pebbles, 17/VII,

one spec.

West Spitzbergen, Green Harbour, depth 110 m., 30/VI, five spec.,

WULEF.

North Spitzbergen, Danes Gat depth 20—30 m., 7/VII, several spec.

WULFF.

North Spitzbergen, Treurenberg Bay, depth10---20 m., 10/VIII, four

spec., WULFF.

in: I900:

stat. 1. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Coal Bay, depth 50 m., stony

bottom with dead shells, 16/VI—20/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

> 2. ibidem, depth 100 m., rocks, 16/VI—20/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

» 3. ibidem, depth 50—100 m., stones, 22/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8 25

ståt: il. lät. (9 20 N., long. 10” E.; WW. of Spitzbergen, depth 100

m., stones, 5/VII, det. LÖNNBERG.

» 12. ibidem, depth 60 m., rocks, 5/VII, det. LÖNNBERG-.

This species is one of the most common decapods in the

Arctic Ocean, where it lives mainly in shallow water from

a few up to 100 fathoms. In greater depths it very seldom

occurs, although, in HANSEN'S catalogue of West Greenland-

ian Malacostraca, it is said once to have been obtained off

Jakobshavn, at a depth”af 200 fathoms. The author, however,

points out, that he has never seen a single specimen from

the numerous Swedish dredgings from a depth of 100—400

fathoms — which seems to prove that the species, at least as

a rule, does not live in depths even slightly exceeding 100

fathoms.

Its horizontal distribution is very extensive within the

Arctic Cirele. I content myself with remarking that it has

been recorded from almost every coast. On the Eastern coast

of North America it goes as far south as Massachusetts Bay

and right along the coast of Norway to Lofoten Island.

As to the strange fact that it has not as yet been obtained

in the Kara Sea either by the Danish »Dijmphna» Expe-

dition or by the Swedish expeditions, and that it seems to

be very rare E. of Spitzbergen and off East Greenland, I

refer to what is said farther on under the next species.

Although BRANDT! says that »das Museum besitzt = = =

mehrere vom Hrn v. BAER im Eismeere gesammelte Indivi-

duen = =>, it is somewhat surprising to find that STUXBERG

does not mention it as occurring along the Siberian coast

except very far east. HANSEN remarks also that these state-

ments as well as STIMPSON'S notice that it occurs »along the

whole coast of North America to Bering Straits» must be —

ad interim — considered as somewhat doubtful, because,

possibly, some confusion with Seclerocrangon salebrosus taken

at Kamtschatka may exist as to some of these dates. TI,

therefore, think that its generally accepted circumpolarity

must be proved by further investigation in the Siberian

Polar Sea, as well as in the North American Archipelago.

1 MIDDENDORFF'S Sibir. Reise 1. c. p. 114.

AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Length of greatest spec. (from stat. 38, 1898) 90 mm.

Sclerocrangon boreas is sometimes very much infested by

an ectoparasitic Piscicolid.

Sclerocrangon ferox (G. O. SARS).

1877. Cheraphilus ferox G. O. SARS, Prodromus descriptionis etc.,

; LCD: SV

1882 > > . HOEK, Crust. »Willem Barents», 1. c.. Pp. 9,

TREES 3.

1885. Sclerocrangon salebrosus G. O. SARS, Norske Nordhavsexp. I;

PprsTög pia:

1886. » » KOoELBEL, Crust. Pycnog. und Arachn.

JAN MAYEN, 1. C: (Pp: öl, tal Lynne:

1—12.

1887 » ferox HANSEN, Dijmphna-Togtet zool. bot. Ud-

bytte; im: a236:

1897. » » BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés

décapodes-,etc.;; a1.;-e- Pp. 4321 Taptfoea,

Fig. 9.

1900. » > -USTEBBING, Arctic Crust.. SC DpIue

1900. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) salebrosus DOFLEIN, Dekap. Krebse

arkt. 'Meere, 1: ce; p. 328.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. . 4... Jat., 77”. '25'4N., long. 27” 301-E5'N. ofHopelslantasni

160 m., bottom temp. — 1,7” C., yellowish-brown clay,

23/VI, four spec.

375 lat. 81” 14N! long) 22050! TLAIN EMOFYSevemtuslanes

depth 150 m., bottom temp. + 2” C., gray clay, 20/VIII,

five spec.

» 40. :;lat..r79” 581 N.; . long:..97,.30 E., 419-20, milestiNSVWENE

Danes Island, depth 435 m., bottom temp. + 1,5' C., gray

clay, stones, 27/VIII, one spec.

in 1890:

Stat. ...2.5 lata 62 15 N.>., long. 0.37 rE.,, (depth. 670205 ove

pebbles, 1/VI, one spec.

Off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, in the oseophagus of Phoca barbata.

stäåtru2 7:

27.

43.

22/VIL one spec:

lat: 71” 0354 N:o longa 217107 W.;edeptkr260 myyostones:

and mud, 27/VII, one spec. ,

lat. 73" 2' N., long. 24” 30' W., King Oscar Fiorddopin

180 —215 m., mud, much pebbles and stones, one spec.

lat. 73” 32' N., long. 24” 38' W., Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord,

Cape Weber, depth 100—119 m., mud with pebbles and

stones, 28/VIII, one spec.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 27

inv 1900:

Bla. il6.- lats 2s25n Ny long. 17-56" Wan EE: of Greenland,, depth

300 m., pebbles and sand, 30/VII, det. LÖNNBERG

>» 25. the entrance of Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, depth 200—300

m., mud, 14/VIII, det. LÖNNBERG.

>» 27. Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, Muskox Fiord, depth 220 m.,

clay, 21/VIII, det. LÖNNBERG.

This magnificent species was first described by SARS in

1877 as Cheraphilus ferox and, a few years later, under the

same name by HozeKr. Then, a full description was given by

SARs in the Crustacea of the Norwegian North Atlantic Ex-

pedition, but, unfortunately, he identified it with Crangon

salebrosus OWEN described in BEECHEY's Voyage. HANSEN, in

his »Oversigt over de paa Dijmphna-Togtet indsamlede Krebs-

dyr», has, however, with full evidence shown that ÖWENS

Crangon salebrosus is quite another species. Both in regard

to the form of the rostrum and the sculpture of the carapace,

it exhibits no resemblance at all.! As far as I know, ORT-

MANN and DoFLEIN are the only ones amongst subsequent

writers who have not accepted HANSEN's alteration of the

nomenclature; but, as to the last author, it is not surprising

at all, as he did not use either »Malacostraca marina Groen-

landie occeidentalis» or the work cited a few lines above,

next KrRöreErR's and SARS works undoubtedly the most im-

portant ones with regard to Arctic crustaceans. He contents

himself in »Zusätze und Berichtigungen» to cite their titles.

The species has been taken at several stations in the

Arctic Ocean. It was obtaimed, during the Norwegian North

Atlantic Expedition, at six stations, four of which were si-

tuated in the sea round Spitzbergen, one off JAN MAYEN, and

one off the West coast of Norway. On the cruises of »Willem

Barents» it was found at five stations in Barents Sea.

It was dredged in the Kara Sea at two stations during

NORDENSKIÖLDS Voyages, and at no less tan twenty on the

»Dijmpha» Expedition. KOoELBEL enumerates it from JAN MAYEN,

and HANSEN from four places off West Greenland. It is

mentioned by BiIrRuLA from the Murman Coast, and by STEB-

BING from three stations in Barents Sea. One specimens was

1 In 1890 SaArRs himself corrected his error in naming it Sclerocrangon

ferog.

28 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

obtained by the »Helgoland> Expedition »in der Nansenrinne»

in lat. 81" 20' N., long. 19” E., and another one by »Olga»

between South Spitzbergen and Hope Island. Besides the

stations enumerated above, where it was dredged during the

last three Swedish Arctic Expeditions, these are, as far as

I have been able to find in the literature, the only certain

localities hitherto recorded of its distribution. STUXBERG states

that it does not occur E. of the Kara Sea, and the finds of it off

Kamtschatka and in the Bering Straits are already shown

to have arisen from some confusion with Crangon salebrosus

ÖWEN.

It is worth while remarking its singular distribution in

the Spitzbergian and Greenlandian Seas. It has not as yet

been obtained on the West Spitzbergen, but it seems to be

rather abundant farther east, in the Barents and Kara Seas.;

while in these seas, Sclerocrangon boreas, which is so abun-

dant off West Spitzbergen, becomes rather scarce here. The

same we might state with regard to East Greenland. Although

BucHHoLrz says that Seclerocrangon boreas >»gehört daselbst

ebenfalls zu den sehr häufig vorkommenden Formen», it must

be pointed out that, during the Swedish Expeditions of 1899

and 1900, this species was only dredged at one station, and

was represented by a single specimen, while Sclerocrangon

ferox was obtained at no less than seven stations in several

specimens. Moreover, Sclerocrangon boreas is by far, next

to Hippolyte polaris, perhaps the most common decapod on

both sides off Baffin Bay, as HANSEN and I myself can testify;

while the other species, as mentioned above, have been hitherto

obtained in those seas only at four stations and in a small

number of individuals.

Thus it seems as if they do not like living together,

but substitute each other. It has often been remarked that

Seclerocrangon boreas lives in more shallow water, while

Sclerocrangon ferox is an inhabitant of the deep-sea, and that

theory may partly hold good. Nevertheless, it does not fully

explain its singular distribution; for, in the shallow seas E.

of Spitzbergen, Sclerocrangon ferox is very common, and, on

the other hand, Seclerocrangon boreas has been taken at a

depth of 200 fathoms.

I think, therefore, that we must look for the explanation

in the temperature of the water. As a rule the bottom

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 29

temperature of the water in the seas E. of Spitzbergen and

of East Greenland is more or less about zero, varying some-

WlatLErom. <br Uasrto,—r 1,52 ,C: and the same, I think, will

be proved to be the case off East Greenland, when the hydro-

graphical observations made during the Swedish Expeditions

have been summarized. This temperature corresponds, on the

whole, very well with those in the greater depths of the

ocean. Only in water of that temperature Sclerocrangon ferox

has been found, while the type species seems to live in water

of somewhat higher temperature. I fully admit, however,

that this does not afford a quite satisfactory explanation,

for it will be difficult to account for that in Smith Sound,

for instance, where a strong Arctic current runs southwards,

Selerocrangon boreas is rather abundant, while the other one

is wanting.

The greatest depth from which this species has been

dredged is, I believe, 1000 m. (station north of Spitzbergen,

Helgoland Expedition).

Selerocrangon ferox rivals preceding species also in regard

to size.

Length of the greatest spec. (from stat. 37, 1899) 121 mm.

Crangon FaBricius 1798.

7. Crangon Allmanni KINAHAN.

7 Crangon Allmanni KINAHAN, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc., Dublin,

Vol. II (cited after KINAHAN).

1362. » (Steiracrangon) Allmanni idem, On the Brit. Spec.

of Crangon and Galathea etc., 1. c. p. 65, pl. III.

1890. > Allmanni G. O. SARS, Decapodernes Forvandlinger,

J.EAp 135, tan The 20E3T

1897. » Allmanni BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés

décapodes: etc.; 1: c..p. 430, tab. XX, fig. 5.

1900. » allmanni DOFLEIN, Dekap. Krebse arkt. Meere, 1. c.

Pp. J206

Locality:

in 1899.

Bumenernlat. 61 16 NN; long. 17 185 E:; depth 150 m., sand; some

stones and dead shells, 31/V, seven spec.

30 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

This form, which is easily distinguishable by the groove

on the sixth segment of pleon, was first described by KINAHAN

as a distinct species. It has proved impossible for me to get

the first paper in which it is named by that author, so that

I am, consequently, not able to give an exact reference here.

I must, therefore, quote it after KINAHANS later and, as

I believe, more extensive memoir »On the Britannic Spe-

cies of Crangon and Galathea; with some Remarks on the

Homologies of these Groups>.

There have been many disputes as to the specific value

of this form, and, in fact, the difference between it and the

common Crangon vulgaris (LINNÉ) does not seem to be very

great. But since SArRs has published his remarkable observa-

tions on the development of these species, we camnot any

longer have any doubts as to their specific difference. The

great carcinologist traced the development of both species

which is, on the whole, more or less the same. He could,

however, very easily distinguish the species on whatever

stage by two very striking characteristics. In the larvas of

Crangon vulgaris the third segment of the pleon is provided

with a strong dorsal spine directed at the rear which is quite

wanting in those of Crangon Allmanmi. Besides that the

lateral spines on the fifth segment of pleon in the former

species are comparatively much larger than those in Cr. All-

manni the larvas of which are, on the whole, larger and

more slender than those of Cr. vulgaris.

This species seems to belong to the European side of the

North Atlantic. It was observed for the first time by KrT-

NAHAN at Dublin whence he established the species in 1850.

Later on, it has been obtained at several places in the North

Sea, Skagerack, Kattegat, and the Sound, along the coast of

Norway where it occurs not infrequently as far east as to

the Murman Coast and the entrance to the White Sea.

During the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition it was

also taken in the harbour of Reykiavik, Iceland. It lives

in moderate depths, 20—30 fathoms. METzGER obtained it

once from 69 fathoms,! and my specimens were dredged

from 150 m. which, I think, are the greatest depths hitherto

LCD AR

BIHANG TILL K. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0. 8. 31

recorded for its vertical range. It prefers, for the most part,

to live in the sand or »Schlick»>.

Length of largest spec. (a female with roe) 51 mm.

The eggs are very small and numerous.

Cheraphilus KINAHAN 1862.

8. Cheraphilus echinulatus (M. SARS).

1862. Crangon echinulatus M. SARS, Bemeerkn. over Crangoninerne,

NNE: pre 1r86:

1868. » > idem, Bidrag till Kundskab etc., 1. ce. p.

5 269, Tab. III, Figg. 48—-64.

1882. Cheraphilus echinulatus G. O. SARS, Övers. Norges Crustaceer

ete.; 1. IP. 44.

1890. > » G. 0. SARS, Dekapodernes Forvand-

INSER AT exp oväT arp I. fig.

1—21.

Locality:

1890:

Brr felat. sol 16 N., long. 1" 78 E., depth 150 m., sand; some

stones and dead shells, 31/V, one spec.

This species belongs, according to SARS, to KINAHANS

genus Cheraphilus s. str. Two other Norwegian species are

ineluded by the same author in this genus, viz. CUheraplulus

nanus (KRÖYER) and Cheraplhilus neglectus (G. O. SArs). None

of these is represented in the collections of the last Swedish

Arctic Expeditions.

Cheraphilus echinulatus, with which, according to SARS,

Crangon serratus NORMAN is identical, has hitherto been ob-

tained only in the North Sea, off the Western and Southern

coasts of Norway and off the coasts of Scotland. It seems

to be very rare, and it lives at considerable depths, 50—70

fathoms or more.

Length 27 mm. According to M. Sars, the largest fe-

males attain a length of 37 mm.

Pontophilus LzEacH 1817.

Pontophilus norvegicus M. SARS.

1861. Crangon norvegicus M. SARS, Beretn. om en i 1859 foretagen

A00l: Reiseiete., I. ec. p. 248.

32 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

1862. Pontophilus norvegicus M. SARS, Bemeerkn. over Crangoninerne

ett; I aCaR öDE

1864. Crangon (Pontophilus) norvegicus Goös, Crust. decap. mar.

Suecia. 1. c. p. 173:

1868. Pontophilus norvegicus idem, Bidrag til Kundskab ete., 1. c.

p. 242, Tab. I, Figg. 1—25;/ Tab;

Fig. oli SH.

1869. » » G. 0. SARS, Undersög. over Christiania-

fjordens Dybvandsfauna, 1. c. p. 321.

1890. » » G. O. SARS, Dekapodernas Forvand-

linger,s III; 1.,C:a P5 LÖS» NE

Localities:

1898:

stat. 41. lat. 75” 58' N., long. 13.18" E., 56 miles SWE offset

Cape, Spitzbergen, depth 350 m., bottom temp. + 2,73” C.,

grayish clay, 1/IX, one spec.

»-1492, lat. 73.3" N., long. 187-30" E., between Beerenmöisland

and Norway, depth 410 m., bottom temp. + 2" C., gray

clay, 4/IX, five spec.

This species was first shortly described by M. SARS in

1861 on specimens from some places of the Western and

Southern fjords of Norway and, seven years later, fully re-

described by him and figured by his son. Nothing new is

of course to be added to MIcHAEL SARS concise and accurate

description. ;

In its geographical distribution this species seems to be

confined to the North Atlantic. It not in frequently occurs in

the deepest hollows of the Norwegian fjords, as Christiania

Fiord, Sogne Fiord, West Fiord, Porsanger Fiord and Tana

Fiord. During the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition it

was also obtained at four other stations more or less far out

at sea; two of which are situated off the West coast of Nor-

way, and the others between Finmarken and Beeren Island.

It also occurs. according to Goös, at »Skårberget», the deepest

place (80--90 fathoms) in Gullmar Fiord, Bohuslän. But on

the other side of the North Atlantic it has also been recorded,

although it seems here to be still more rare than on the

European. Thus HANSEN enumerates it in his catalogue of

Malacostraca from West Greenland from lat. 65” 35 N., long.

54" 50' W. depth 80 fathoms, and another specimen from

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET -AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 33

»Greenland». By SmIitH! it has been mentioned as occurring

in the Gulf of Maine, off the coast of Nova Scotia, and at

two more stations off the Atlantic coast of United States, in

depths ranging from 101 to 524 fathoms. The greatest depth

at which it has been dredged, was 672 fålhötts (= 122915),

in the inner part of Sogne Fiord.

Although, at present, occurring but very rarely within the

Arctic Ocean, the species is, in all probability, of an Arctic

origin. Like Munnopsis typica, Calathura brachiata and

others, it dwells now, since the great fiords of Norway have

been partly obstructed from free communication with the

open sea by submarine ridges, only in the very deepest hollows

of the fiords, where the conditions are most analogous with

those of the Arctic Ocean.

Length of greatest spec. (a female with roe from stat. 41.)

64 mm.

The eggs are, contrary to what might have been anti-

cipated in such a deep-sea form, small and numerous, although

relatively larger than in Crangon Allmanni. The cleavage

was just finished, but no formation of embryo was yet to be

observed, all eggs being about the same stage.

10. Pontophilus spinosus (LEACH.)

1815. Crangon spinosus LEACH, A tabular View etc., 1. c. p. 146.

1853. » » BELL, Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 261.

1862. Cherapbhilus >» KINAHAN, On the Brit. Spec. of Crangon

and Galathea etE:, 1 0 pa 4; PROVA

1862. Pontophilus spinosus M. SARS, Bemerkn. over Crangoninerne

etc.,”k1ic:ama. IG85:

1863. Crangon spinosus HELLER, Crust. Sädl. Europa, P. 229, Taf.

NIT Hig: 6,

1868. Pontophbilus spinosus M. SARS, Bidrag til kundskab etc., 1. c.

p. 264, Tab. II, Figg. 38—45, Tab. III,

Figg. 46, 47.

1890. > » G. O. SARS, Dekapodernas Forvandlinger,

du head I (a gl 1 gg a [Sal Ge

Locality: ;

in 1899:

stat. 1. lat. 61” 16' N., long. 1”.18' E., depth' 150 m., sand, some

stones and dead shells, 31/V, three spec. a

' SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast North America, 1. c. p. 61, and,

idem, Decapoda, lc. p ÅA.

d4 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

This form from which the former must be regarded as a

distinet species, since G. O. SARS has made his important

discoveries with regard to the development of Crangonide

was first obtained off the coasts of England and Ireland.

Later on; M. SARs, BoEcK, and DANIELSSEN dredged it at seve-

ral places on the Southern and Western coasts of Norway

as far north as Christiansund, in lat. 62” 35' N., but every-

where its occurrence was very rare. It lives mainly in mode-

rate depths ranging from 30—060 fathoms. Gofs enumerates it

amongst Decapoda from Bohuslän. It has also been found

in the Mediterranean, in Adria. This fact, together with

its occurrence in shallower water, point to its more Southern

origin, as opposed to that of the preceding species.

Length of greatest spec. 31 mm. The largest specimens

which M. SaArs measured reached a length of 43 mm.

Nectoerangon BRrRaAnpr 1851.

Syn. Argis KRrRöver 1842—43.

11. Nectocrangon lar (OWEN).

1839. Crangon lar OWEN, Zoology of Captain BEECHEY's Voyage,

Pp. 88; PLOOCV II, Pigs dd

1842—43 = Argis lar KRÖYER, De bidtil bekj. nord. Krangon-Art.,

1. ce, p. 255. Tab. V. Figg. 45—062.

Localities:

in 1899:

stat: 39. lat: 72”:45' N., long. 22” 58 W., depth 35—60"m., light

yellowish-brown clay, one spec.

in 1900:

stat. 27. Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, Muskox Fiord, depth 220 m.,

clay, 21/VIII, one spec., mutilated det. LÖNNBERG.

This species, first described by ÖWEN, was made the type

of a new genus by KRöÖYER, but as that name Argis had un-

fortunately, been used before, it had to be dropped to make

room for Nectocrangon BRANDT 1851. Another species, Necto-

crangon alaskensis, was described by KINGSLEY, in 1882, from

Alaska.

1 Gofs considered both species as identical, 1..e. p. 173.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 35

Distribution: Nectocrangon lar has a rather restricted

range within the Arctic Ocean. It has been obtained in the

Behring Sea, off Alaska, »Aretice Ocean» (OWEN), Smith Sound,

Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, Labrador, New Foundland, Nova

Scotia, East Greenland. But from this coast, where it seems

to be rare, only five specimens having been previously recorded

(HANSEN), as far as the Behring Sea, no specimen has hitherto

occurred within the whole of this large area.

It is found mostly on muddy bottom, so that KRörEr

first called it by the specific name argilicola which, however,

must yield priority to the less appropiate lar. It ranges

vertically from a few to 120 fathoms.

Length 95 mm. (st. 39. 1899):

Sabinea KRövER 1842 —43.

12. Sabinea septemearinata (SABINE).

1827. Crangon septemcarinatus SABINE, Supplement to the Appendix

to Capt. Parry's Voyage 1819—1820, p. CCXXXVI,

PL-IL, Figs: 11=13:

1842—43. Sabinea (Crangon) septemcarinata KRÖYER, De hidtil bekj.

nord. Krangon-Art., I ce. p. 244. Tab. IV, EFigs.

34—40, Tab. V, Figs. 41—44.

1846. (?) Myto Gaimardii idem, Voy. en Scand. etc., 1. 'c.

pl. 7, fig. 1a—q. (young stage).

13879. Sabina septemcearinata SMITH, Stalk-eyed Orust. Atl. Coast North

America, I. <p dv: ER. Fjgs. 5,

9—13.

1882. » ) HoEK, Crust. »Willem Barents», 1. c. p. 12.

1887. > > HANSEN, Dijmphna-togtets zool. bot. Ud-

bytte, .pelteDd.

13890. » ? G. 0. SARS, Decapodernas Forvandlinger,

FIT; 1. e.p. 168, på VY; pl: VI; fo: R1=13.

1897. > ; BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés

déceapodes' etc:,y 1:c. po 431, tab. XX,

figs. 6, 6.a, 6.b.

1900. » > STEBBING, Arctic Crustacea, 1. c. p. 6.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 7. lat. 77" 25' N., long. 27” 30" E., N. of Hope Island, depth

160 m., bottom temp. — 1,7” C.;- brownish-yellow' clay,

23/VI, two spec.

stat.

AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

8. lat. 76” 50' N., long. 17” 20" E., Stor Fiord, depth 14—18

m., stony bottom with Laminarize, 25/VI, one spec.

12. Recherche Bay, near to Fox Glacier, West Spitzbergen,

depth 90 m., stony bottom 4/VII, three spec.

13. Recherche Bay, off Fox Glacier, depth 75 m., stony bottom

with dead shells and soft bluish-gray clay 5/VII, three spec.

17. Recherche Bay, the anchorage, depth 0—20 m.. stony bottom,

13/VII, five spec.

30. King Charles Island, Swedish Foreland, depth 10—16 m.,

grayish-black sand, stones, mud and alge, 6/VIIIL, one

spec.

32. King Charles Island, Rivalen Sound, depth 100—110 m.,

bottom temp. — 1,45” C., soft clay with boulders, 8/VII,

eight spec.

34. lat. 78" 50' N:,. long: , (20:71 39/5E.;, King, Charles Island;

depth 60—70 m., soft, grayish-black clay, 17/VIII, one

Spec.

35. lat; 80 15" N:, long: 33 10"-H:, White oIstandfeNen

Island), depth 40—50 m., rocky bottom, 18/VIII, seven

Spec.

37. lat. 8154, N: dongi,2214:505E:, depth. 450cm., srey mud;

eight spec.

38... , lats, 79. 47' N., long. 14? 28' E,, entrance of IiefderBan

depth 140 m., stony bottom with red alg&e, 25/VIIIL, two

spec.

in 1899:

29. lat. 70” 27' N.,: long. 22” 35 W., Scoresby Sound, Cape

Stewart, depth 13—18 m., mud, boulders, alge, 30/VII,

one spec.

39. lat. 72” 45' N., long. 22” 56' W., depth 35—60 m., mud

and stones, 18/VIII, two spec.

40. lat. 72” 1" N., -long. 23,3 W., depth 32—=40 mi man

20/VIII, two spec.

43:01 1at., 73.32, N.islong. 24. 381 W., Kaiser Franz JOseph

Fiord, Cape Weber, depth 100—110 m., mud with pebbles

and stones, 28/VIII, one spec.

in 1900:

3. Ice Fiord, Coal Bay, West Spitzbergen, depth 50—100 m.,

stones, 22/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

16:; lat. 72” 25' N., long. 17” 56! W., E. of Greenland, depth

300 m., pebbles and sand, 30/VII, det. LÖNNBERG.

17. East Greenland, Mackenzie Bay N. of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 12—35 m., mud, 1/VIII—-3/VIII, det. LÖNN-

BERG.

19. lat. 74” 35' N., long. 18” 15' W., S.E. of Pendulum Island,

depth 150 m., mud and stones, 5/VIII, det. LÖNNBERG.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 37

stat. 22. Fast Greenland, Mackenzie Bay N. of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 12—18 m., mud, 9/VIII, .det. LÖNNBERG.

Sabinea was founded in 1842 by KRÖYER to receive SABINE's

Crangon septemcarinata. Later om SMITH drew the attention

to the fact that two forms had been confounded under that

name, the chief differences being the form of the rostrum and

telson and the more pronounced armament of the longitudinal

eriste on the carapace. Still, there exist some doubts, if Sa-

binea Sarsii may be entitled to specific value. SPENCcE BATE,

in his Challenger Report on the Macrura,! describes and figu-

res as Sabinea septemcarinata specimens taken off Nova Scotia

which undoubtedly belong to Sabinea Sarsu. Later on,

ÖRTMANN and DoFLEIN consider them as identical, without

giving any reasons for this view. DOoFLEIN despatches the

whole matter with tbe following passage:? »Ich halte septem-

carinata und sarsi för identisch oder höchstens för Varietäten

derselben Art. Mein Material zeigt bedeutende Schwankungen

in den von SMITH angegebenen Merkmalen.> It is only to be

regretted that the author of that work did not deal with

any details in favour of this argument, whereby he might

at least have thrown some fresh light on our knowledge of

Arctic Decapoda.

When examining my material of Sabinea I found that all

specimens agree exactly with the description given by KRÖYER

and SmitH. The form of the rostrum, and that of the telson

and its armament with spines, closely resemble that of Sa-

binea septemcarinata. "The only deviating point applies to

the number of spines of the median dorsal crista. In a number

of individuals of smaller size, up to 40 mm. length, there are

nearly regularly six spines, instead af five as SMITH has ob-

served in his specimens, and, besides that, the spines of the

criste are also more prominent than in the older ones; but

that, however, may be accounted for by the age, as we may

notice the same fact in Sclerocrangon. Only in one old fe-

male of 72 mm. length I found six small spines in the me-

dian dorsal crista, but, in all other fullgrown specimens,

there was the regular number of five small ones, and in no

single specimen out of all that I have examined, have I found

örter Pp. 498, PL. LUAXXIX, 82, pl KO. fig 1.

FLER J20. t

38 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

the form of telson and rostrum as in Sabinea Sarsii as figu-

red by SMITH, SPENCE BATE. and Brrura. Thus, I consider like

SMITH, SARS, HANSEN, STEBBING, BIRULA and others Sabinea

septemcarinata and Sabinea Sarsi as »good species».

Even if one had some hesitation with regard to this,

every doubt must disappear after the important discoveries

that SaArRs has published about the metamorphosis of the

Crangonide. In the paper cited above he figures! the telson

of very small individuals of both species, and even in these

young stages, the difference between both is still more strik-

ing than in older ones.

Distribution: "This is one of the most common - decapods

in the Arctic Ocean. It has been obtained off nearly every

coast. Thus, I enumerate the following places: Western

and Northern coasts of Norway, Spitsbergen, Barents Sea,

White Sea, Nova Semla, Siberian Polar Sea, Smith Sound,

Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, Nova Scotia, New England, East

Greenland, Iceland. Thus it is to be considered as Arctic

and cirecumpolar. Sabinea Sarsit is occurring off North Eastern

coast of U. States, off Nova Scotia, off South Western coast

of Greenland, where Sabinea septemcarinata is also rather

scarce (HANSEN), off Western coast of Norway up to the Lo-

foten Islands.

The vertical range of Sabinea septemcarinata extends from

a few up to 300 meters; that of Sabinea Sarsii seems to be

more or less the same.

DoFLEIN? suggests that Sabinea septemcarinata is an in-

habitant of muddy bottom. In this I cannot agree with

him; both my own experience and the statements of others fail

to confirm that. In the list of localities one will find

rocks, gravel, sand, and alg&e as common as mud.

Length of greatest spec., a female, from stat. 39 in 1899

S1 mm.

Nearly all full-grown females were carrying eggs.

11..c. p.-180; tab. XV, figs. 24, 25.

ALfC2P: I20.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 239

Fam. Alpheidee.

Bythoecaris G. O. SARS.

13. Bythocaris simplicirostris G. O. SARS.

pics.

1870. Bythocaris simplicirostris G. O. SARS, Nye Dybvandscrust. fra

Lofoten, 1..:e: p: 149.

1886. > > G. O: SARS, Norw. North Atl. Exp.,

HEDE

1897. » » BIRULA, Essaid' une faune des crustacés

décapodes etc., 1. c. p. 427, tab. XX,

Bod.

Locality:

in 1900:

stat. 21. East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIII, one spec.

Of this species, upon which G. O. SaARs based his genus

Bythocaris, mainly distinguished from Hippolyte by the struc-

ture of the mandibles, I found a single female amongst a

number of Bythocaris Payeri. In all essential details it

closely agrees with SARS description. Thus the dorsal carina

is provided with two small spines, the hindmost of which is,

however, very minute and almost blunt. The third segment

of pleon has a median dorsal hook. Telson, as in Bythocaris

leucopis, with four minute spinules on either side. The basal

joint of the peduncle of antenn&e has a spine on the inner

margin. The scales of the antenna rather remind us of that

in Bythocaris Payeri than of that in Bythocaris leucopis.

Mandibles, maxilla, and maxillipeds, as in last species. Last

joint of third pair of maxillipeds with 8—9 spinules. Fifth

joint of second pair of pereiopods divided into 10 articu-

lations.

The specimen was an egg-carrying female; the eggs, as

is usual in the genus, being of large size and few in

number.

"This species, which is easily recognizable from its nearest

allied species, by the form of the rostrum was observed for

40 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

the first time by G. O. SARS at a place off the Norwegian

coast at a depth of 250 fathoms. Later on, two mutilated

specimens were taken during the Norwegian North Atlantic

Expedition between Beeren Eiland and Finmark, and W. of

Spitzbergen, in depths of resp. 191 and 416 fathoms. BIRULA

mentions it in his memoir on Decapoda from the White Sea

and the Murman Coast. It seems everywhere to be very scarce.

Length 42 mm.

14. Bythocaris leucopis G. Ö. SARS.

1879. Bythocaris leucopis G. O. SARS, Crust. et Pycnog. nova etc.,

Prep 497.

1885. > > G. 0. SARS, Norske Nordhavsexp., I. p-

27, pl. III, figs. 1—26.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 27. lat. 77” 52" N., long: 3 5" W., 40 of SW Toft Stherswes

dish Depth», depth 2750 m., bottom temp. — 1,4” C.

Biloculina clay, 29/VII, several spec.

>av28: 5 lätar76? 361 Ny long. 271 401,.:;: 505 Woof HorntSound;

depth 1750 m., bottom temp. — 1,3? C., transition : clay,

1/VIII, seven spec.

in 1900:

stat. 29. lat. 72” 42' N., long. 14” 49' W., between Greenland and

JAN MAYEN, depth 2000 m., clay with foraminifers, 27/VIIL,

six spec. det. LÖNNBERG.

This magnificent Caridian was first obtained in four spe-

cimens during the third cruise of the Norwegian North At-

lantic Expedition at stat. 295 between JAN MAYEN and Fin-

marken from a depth of 1110 fathoms. Remains of two

other specimens were, after the return of the expedition,

found in the stomach of Rhodichthys regina CoLrLEtt from stat.

297 lying a litte farther west and from no less than 1280

fathoms. My specimens are from the same cold area, although

the stations are situated somewhat farther north. From no

other places has this species hitherto been obtained, so far

as I know.

Some of my specimens were females carrying roe in

different stages of development beneath the abdomen. In

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27: AFD. IV. N:0O 8. :41

some of the eggs nearly whole the yolk was consumed, and

the hind part of the body of the embryo had protruded from

the embryonic membrane. In others the embryo was in a

much less developed stage. The eggs are, comparatively

speaking, very large and few in number as must be expected,

considering the fact that the embryo does not leave the ple-

opods of the mother, before it has reached its complete state of

development. As among so many animals inhabiting either

the Arctic or Antarctic Oceans or the deep-sea, (har rule

seems to prevail also in the class of crustaceans. It was G-.

0. SARs, who, when examining Bythocaris simplicirostris, the

type of the genus, first called attention to the great size of

the eggs as possibly indicating a peculiar and abbreviate

development. Other Arctic Decapoda exhibit the same con-

dition. DoFLEtn! points out among such decapods Hippolyte

polaris, H. spinus, H. Gaimardii, and Sclerocrangon boreas.

The colour of Bythocaris leucopis is a bright red with a

lighter tint on the antenn&e and the sides of the abdomen.

The eyes are opaque white, as the specific name implies.

Length of my largest specimen from stat. 29, 1900, 77 mm.,

or, whith the antennal scalet, 95 mm., exactly the same length

as SARS” greatest specimen attained.

15. Bythocaris Payeri (HELLER).

1878. (1875). Hippolyte Payeri HELLER, Crust., Pycnogon. and

Tunicat, Bie: J.C: P-j203 tafs Hg. IA

RR Na Payeri G. O. SARS, Prodr. descript. Crust. etc.,

1:7e:"p- 240. -

1882. » payeri HOoEK, Crust. »Willem Barents» etc., 1. c.

p- 19, taf I, fig. 8—-9.

1885. » Payeri G. O. SARS, Norw. North Atlant. Exp., 1.

PÅLSSL DILL. Äg

1897. > payeri BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés

décapodes etc., 1. c. p. 428.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 40. lat. 79” 58' N., long. 9” 30' E., 19—20 miles N.W. of Danish

Island, depth 435 m., bottom temp. + 1,5” C., gray clay,

1]. ec. p. 355.

42 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

stones, 27/VIII, one mutilated spec. with the eyes abnormally

developed, the left being much larger shån the rigth, which

is nearly rudimentary.

in 11899:

stat! 2 Fat. 62” 1'5' Nong. 0 37 Wi depth "6 YT0”7.; mura

gravel, 1/VI, four spec.

17. lat. 71” 12' N., long..8” 38',W., ' off. JAN, MAYEN, depth

1275; m-,. gray; clay, 24/VI, one. spec.

18., lat. 74" 52 N., long. 17” 16” W., depth 350686 mem

clay with sand and pebbles, 4/VII, nine spec.

» 195. lat. 72” ”28'"'N., long.” 21” 48' W., depth 180 ”m., mudd wich

some stones, 24/VII, one spec.

in 1900:

stat. 16. lat., «2. 25 Ni dong: 17” 56 W.; EE, OM Greenland naepin

; 300 m., stones and sand. 30/VII, det. LÖNNBERG.

>» 21. East Greenland off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIII, several spec., det. LÖNNBERG.

» 25. East Greenland, off the entrance of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 200—300 m., mud, 14/VIII, det. LÖNNBERG.

»' 27. East Greenland, Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, Muskox Fiord,

depth 220 m., elay, 21/VIII, det. LÖNNBERG.

This species was first described by HELLER as Hippolyte

Payeri on specimens obtaimed during the famous Austro-

Hungarian Polar Expedition off Franz Joseph Land. Later

on it occurred at no less than three stations during the

Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition and it was referred

by SARs to Bythocaris instituted by him some years before.

Subsequently it has been found by »Willem Barents» Ex-

pedition at one station in Barents Sea and by BIrRura off

Murman Coast. As seen above, it was obtained, during the

last Swedish Arctic Expeditions, at nine stations in a rather

considerable number of individuals.

My specimens do not show any differences from the

descriptions of HELLER and SARS. Like the last author, I

have, however, in one fullgrown ovigerous female, observed

one distinct although small spine on the anterior part of

the dorsal carina, and also in some younger ones from the

same station, viz. stat. 18. 1899, a very faint, nearly imper-

ceptible trace of the same. Some females were carrying eggs,

although the embryos were in a much less developed stage

than those of the preceding species.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 43

It ranges vertically from 200 until 2000 m. Length of

greatest spec. 50 mm. The specimen from stat. 40, 1898,

seems to be somewhat larger, but as it was not complete,

its real size could not be ascertained.

Hippolyte LEaAcH 1813.

This genus includes numerous species many of which

have been for a long time known. However, strange to say,

but few families amongst the Macrura are involved in such

confusion and are so much in need of a critical revision as

this. In 1888, SPENcE BaATE, when examining the material

collected by the »Challenger», subdivided his family Hippolytide

into several genera. He based his division mainly on the

structure of the mandible, if provided with »synaphipod;>

(= palp) and »psalistoma» (= cutting edge) or not, on the

number of the joints constituting the fifth joint or carpos

(= »wrist») of the second pair of pereiopods and on the num-

ber and structure of branchize. Mainly by using these cha-

racterities he was able to arrange the »Challenger» llippo-

lytide s. str. under no less than nine different genera.

It is only to be regretted that he' did not at the same

time examine and classify other forms belonging to this fam-

ily. As far as I know, no other attempt has been made

since that time as to a monographic study of the group.

Amongst writers after SPENcE BaATE some have adopted his

genera, others not.

In his very useful and important book: »A History of

Crustacea;, STEBBING gives some interesting and. critical

reflections both on SPENCE BATE's new and somewhat compli-

cated nomenclature, as well as on special points in his classi-

fieation. In regard to Hippolytide, he adopts,! among others,

"SPENCE BATE's Spirontocaris, to which he refers the following

North Atlantic and Arctic species: Hippolyte spinus, H. tur-

gida, H. Cranchii, H. pusiola, H. polaris.

As to the genus Hetairus, the type of which SPENCE BATE

regards our common Arctic Hippolyte Gaimardi, STEBBING

tölrletpa2sb, Arctic Crost: 15,e3 pat0.

44 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

points out! that SPENCE Bartr's description is contradietory

in one essential character, and even incorrect in another.

For this reason he does not find it appropriate to maintain

that genus.

In a paper of ÖRTMANN, published in Princeton Univ.

Bulletin last year and cited by DoFrLrzein, I find that this

author also adopts Spirontocaris and that he includes in this

genus: Hippolyte Gaimardi, H. Phippsi (= H. turgida), H. spi-

nus, H. polaris (= H. borealis, which ÖRTMANN considers as

specifically distinct) and H. groenlandica.

In this list, where only a few species have to be enume-

rated, I refrain from a critical study, for want of time and

material, and I retain, therefore, the old name in the hope

that a monograph of the family may soon appear. It has

been promised by DoFLeIN.

16. Hippolyte Gaimardii H. MILNE EDWARDS.

1837. Hippolyte Gaimardii MILNE EDWARDS, Hist. Nat. Crust.,

tome II, p. 378.

1840—241. > ? KRÖYER, Uds. nord. Art. Slegt. Hippo-

lytesrill, cap. O72:

1840—41. > gibba Gaimardii KRÖYER, ibidem, p. 572.

1842. » Gaimardii KRÖYER, Monogr. Fremst Slegt. Hippo-

lytes nord: Art., 1, el P:u202a tGaDENIG

fig. 21—29.

1842. » gibba KRÖYER, ibidem, p. 288, tab. I, fig. 30,

tab. II, fig. 31—37.

1864. > Gaimardi GoÉs, Crust. decapoda podopleth. mar.

Suecie etc., I. c. p. 168.

1879. > Gaimardii SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast

North America ”ete., 1 de! UporsDods me

IXUS! GIG:

1882. » gaimardii HOEK, Crust. »Willem Barents» etc., 1.

Ce. Pallas

1886. > Gaimardii KOELBEL, Crust., Pycnog. und Arachn.

von JAN MAYEN, 1. c. p. 50.

1887. » » HANSEN, Dijmphna-togtets zool. bot. Ud-

bytte, p. 238.

1888. Hetairus Gaimardii SPENCE BATE, Crust. Macrusa, Chall.

Rep., 1.6: /p. 611,,pl, CEX) fg2n

1897. Hippolyte gaimardi BIRULA, Essai d'une des crustacés dé-

capodes' ete:; 15 ep: 4257 ana

Hg.u2;

1 klep. 235,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0O 8. 45

1899. Spirontocaris Gaimardii SCcotT, Crust. Franz Joseph Land, 1. c.

ps 63 Pl. 3; fösta

1900. » » STEBBING, Arctic Crustacea, 1. c. p. 9.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 5... lat. 75” 49' N., long. 24” 25' E., between Beeren Island

and Hope Island, depth 80 m., bottom temp. — 1,42, rocky

bottom, 21/VI, many spec.

>» 6. lat. 76” 45' N., long. 26” E., Hope Island, depth 40 m.,

rocky bottom, 22/VI, two spec.

> 8. lat. 76” 50' N., long. 17” 20' E., Stor Fiord, depth 14—138

m., stony bottom with Laminarize, 25/VI, two spec.

> 12. West Spitzbergen, Recherche Bay near to Fox Glacier,

depth 90 m., stony bottom, 4/VII, eight spec.

> 13. Recherche Bay, off Fox Glacier. depth 75 m., stony bottom

with dead shells and soft bluish-gray clay, 5/VII, two spec.

22. lat: 78” 22" N., long. 14” 53' E.;IcexFiord; off sCapeoBohes

man, depth 40—-50 m., 21/VII, three spec.

MAT 43 Nar J0ng: 1105,152" E., . Danish, Island, , Virgos

harbour, depth 25—30 m., gray mud, Laminarige, 27/VIII,

several spec.

in 1899:

stat. 22. lat. 73: 30' N., long. 20” 18' W., Cape Broer Ruys, depth

25—27 m., gravels, some red algas, 18/VII, one spec.

FrAONlat:r 1092 NE long: 227. 35 WW.” bScoresby "Sound, ”'Capé

Stewart, depth 13—18 m., mud, stones, alg&e, 30/VII, two

spec.

» 39. lat. 72” 45' N., long. 22” 56' W., depth 35—60 m., mud,

some stones, 18/VIII, two spec.

Tromsö, depth 60—70 m., 22/VI, several spec. WULFF.

West Spitzbergen, Green Harbour, depth 110 m., 30/VI,

several spec. WULFF.

North Spitzbergen, Danish Gate, depth 20—30 m., 7/VII

numerous spec. WULFF.

in 1900:

stat. 2. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Coal Bay, depth 100 m., rocks,

16/VI—20/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

> 3. ibidem, depth 50—100 m., stones, 22/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

> 17. East Greenland, Mackenzie Bay, N. of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 12—35 m., mud, 1/VIII—3/VIII, det. LÖNN-

BERG.

» 19: East Greenland, S.E. of Pendulum: Island, lat. 74” 35' N.,

long. 18” 15' W., depth 150 m., mud and stones, 5/VIII,

det. LÖNNBERG.

>» 21. East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIII, det. LÖNNBERG:

46 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

This species first mentioned by MILNE EDWARDS, Was

afterwards described by KRÖYER in his classical monograph

of the Northern species of Hippolyte. At the same place he

also describes another closely-allied form which he named

Hippolyte gibba, the chief characteristic of which was: Annu-

lus abdominalis tertius carina superficiei dorsalis triangulari

valde compressa armatus est.»

Gois was the first who suspected that this is a character-

istic peculiar to the males, and SMITH came to the same

conclusion that >» KRÖYrER'S gibba was based on old males of

H. Gaimardii. HorEK is the only one who thinks that the

peculiar form of the third segment of pleon is only an in-

dividual variation, but all subsequent writers accord in be-

lieving H. Gaimardii and H. gibba to be females and males

resp. of the same species.

SPENCE BATE established for this species the genus He-

tairus which, however, as already mentioned, STEBBING has

shown, is based on incorrect characteristics, and which he,

therefore, refers to Spirontocaris.

As synonymous with Hippolyte Gaimardiu SMITH has put

forwards H. pandaliformis BELL, and H. Belcheri BELL, and

in this he has been followed by most writers.

The species has a very wide distribution. It occurs

along West Greenland as far north as lat. 7817 N., off

Grinnell Land, off Baffin Land, Labrador, Nova Scotia and

East coast of United States as far south as Boston, »Arctic

Ocean and Bering Straits» (STIMPSoN), North-East coast of

Asia. There it has been recorded from Franz Joseph Land,

Nova Semla, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Murman Coast, Nor-

way, Kattegat, Western part of Baltic, at Kiel, Scotland,

Iceland, and, now, for the first time, from East Greenland.

Its vertical range is from a few fathoms up to 200

fathoms or more.

Length of greatest specimen (from East Greenland) 70 mm.

Its sexual maturity is very variable. I have measured

females with roe the length of which varied from 40 mm. to

60 mm. The former ones were from stat. 39. 1898, where

the bottom temperature was above zero, while the larger ones

were dredged at stat. 5. 1898, where the temperature on the

bottom was 1,42” C. below zero. The individuals of that speci-

mens collected by WuLFF at Tromsö were all still. smaller.

EIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 47

17. Hippolyte spinus (SOWERBY).

1805. Cancer spinus SOWERBY, British Miscellany, p. 47, tab. XXIII.

1817. Hippolyte Sowerbei LEACH, Malac. Podophth. Brit., tab. XXXIX.

1842. >» Sowerbei KRÖYER, Hippolytis nord. Arter, 1. c. p. 298,

tab. II, fig. 45—54.

1879. Hippolyte spinus SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. of Atlant. Coast of

North: America, 1. exp. 68:

1882. HoEK, Crust. »Willem Barents», 1. ce. p. 15,

taf. I, fig. 4—7.

1886. KOELBEL, Crust., Pycnog. und Arachn. von

JAN MAYEN, I. co p. 49.

1887. » HANSEN, Malacostraca mar. Groenl. occid.,

Ica PALT

1888. Spirontocaris spinus SPENCE BaTE, Crust. Macrura, Chall.

REP. Jol Ca iDe, 2964, pls, CNICYTI.

1900. Hippolyte spinus DOFLEIN, Dekap. Krebse arkt. Meere, 1. c.

p. 332.

Localities:

in 18938:

stat. 5. Jat. 75:,49' N.; long. 24” 25 Es; -between-,,Beeren Island

and Hope Island, depth 80 m., bottom temp. — 1,42” C.,

rocky bottom, 21/VI, five spec.

> 12. West Spitzbergen, Recherche Bay near to Fox Glacier,

depth 90 m., stony bottom, 4/VII, two spec.

»r357 lat. :8015N.,odong: 33,10'-E.; Giles Land (White Is-

land), depth 40—50 m., rocky bottom, 18/VIII, one spec.

3138. Jat. 79',47' N., long. 14” 28 E., entrance to Liefde. Bay;

depth 140 m., stony bottom with red alg&e, 25/VIII, one

spec.

mS00:

stat. 39. lat. 72” 45', N., long. 22” 56' W., depth 35—60 -m., mud,

some stones, 18/VIII, four spec.

Tromsö, depth 60—70 m., 22/VI, two spec., WULFF.

West Spitzbergen, Green Harbour, depth 110 m., 30/VT,

five spec. WULFF.

in 1900:

ståt. 1. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Coal Bay, depth 50 m., stony

bottom with dead shells, 16/VI-—20/VI, det. LÖNNBERG-.

> 2. Ibidem, depth 100 m., rocks, 16/VI-—-20/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

ndra > depth 50—100 m., stones, 22/VI, det. LÖNNBERG-.

fsk de lat. 9:10. NN: Jeng. 11? E-,- West Spitzbergen, W.. iof

Cape Mitra, deptb 100 m., mud, 2/VIII, det. LÖNNBERG.

Sul: 4” 30 ON Tong: 187 40' W., Eåst Greenland, S.E.: of

Walrus Island, depth 80—100 m., mud and stones, 4/VIII,

det. LÖNNBERG.

48 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

This well-known species' is subject to great variations

with regard to the form of the rostrum and the number

and size of its spines. Bearing this fact in mind, recent

authors usually regard Hippolyte securifrons NORMAN, which

has proved to be identical with Hippolyte LilljeborgiiDANIELSSEN,

as synonymous with Hippolyte spinus. |

Thus, SPENCE BaTtE has described and figured in his

Challenger Report no less than seven varieties, and one must

feel nearly convinced of the identity of both forms. As such.

these forms are also regarded, among others, by MIERS, HANSEN

and STEBBING, whereas SMITH, SARS and ÖRTMANN are of a

contrary opinion.

I have myself examined a good many specimens; but as

I could not get NORMAN'S original description, I do not think

it advisable to pronounce with any degree of certainty about

it. If that were not the case, then Hippolyte Lilljeborgii must

claim priority, as DANIELSSEN published his »Beretning om

en zoologisk Reise foretagen i Sommeren 1857» i Nyt Ma-

gazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Band 11, which appeared in

the year 1861, and NoRMAN'S paper was published two years

later.

DoFLEIN goes so far that he considers Hippolyte Phippsi

(= H. turgida) as identical with young specimens af H. spi-

mus, >»besonders solchen, bei welchem das Rostrum noch nicht

abgestossen war», 1. ec. p. 332. But, as usual, he does not

enter upon detailed reasons for this view. He contents

himself with the following remark: »Betrachte ich aber das

gesammte Material, so kann ich so viel Uebergänge zu H.

Phippsi feststellen, insbesondere zu den als turgida and ma-

cilenta von KRÖYER als besondere Arten beschriebenen Formen

von Phippsi, dass ich glaube, es handelt sich nur um eine

Art, welche dem Prioritätsgesetze gemäss den Namen H. spi-

nus Sow. tragen muss. Diese Annahme wird auch durch die

ganz gleichartige Verbreitungsweise der fraglichen Species

unterstätzt (!).1 Die Auffassung von SP. BatE (Chall. Rep.)

leitet zu der hier vorgetragenen iber.> Strangely enough, he

enumerates, however, both Hippolyte Phippsi and H. spinus

and even H. Lilljeborgi (= H. securifrons) as distinct species.

It is to be regretted that the author did not give any de-

" Ås he himself points out, this is circumpolar for both forms.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 49

tailed descriptions, accompanied with figures, of the transitional

forms between both species, as such would have proved of very

great interest.

As to my own opinion, I can not, at any rate at present

think that DoFrrriN is right in this view. I have examined

and compared a not inconsiderable number of both species,

but I was not able to observe any intermediate forms. On

the contrary, both forms seemed, in my collection, to he so very

distinct, that I was able at the very first glance, to separate

them. In nearly all specimens of Hippolyte spinus the rostrum

had the typical form as figured by KRöÖYER in tab. II, fig.

45, I. c. whereas hardly any one specimen of H. turgida

deviated in the form of rostrum from fig. 57 on the same

plate, or from fig. 64 on pl. III. As most of them were fe-

males carrying roe, the prevailing form of rostrum was that

figured in fig. 57 by KRöÖYER as typical for his Hippolyte tur-

gida. Besides that, it is very easy to distinguish both species

(at least, the females) on the more robust form of the body

and its smaller size in Hippolyte turgida than in H. spinus.

The spines on the dorsal carina are also, in this species, much

stronger and larger than in H. turgida. However, it is pos-

sible they may be united under one species, and it is for

this reason that further details on transitional forms would

be very welcome.

Hippolyte spinus has a very extensive distribution within

the Arctic region. It is obtained off the coasts of the follow-

ing countries: West Greenland as far north as Cape York

and Ingelfield Gulf, Grinnel Land, Baffin Land, Labrador,

Nova Scotia, New England as far south as Massachusetts

Bay, where »it is by far the most abundant species of the

genus» (SMITH, 1. c. p. 69), Alaska, Behring Strait, Kam-

tschatka, Nova Zembla, Kola Peninsula, Finmarken, Beeren

Island, Spitzbergen, East Greenland. But here it seems to

be rather rare, as it occurred only at two stations during

the last Swedish Expeditions. Although it is very probable

that it has a circumpolar range, it is, however, worth remark-

ing that it has not as yet been found in the shallow sea

along the Siberian coast from Nova Zembla in the west to

Bering Sea in the east.

If Hippolyte Lilljeborgi is identical it goes farther south

along the West Coast of Norway and Scotland. It lives

50 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

mainly in depths from a few to 50 fathoms, but it has also

but seldom, been dredged in deeper water until 200—240

fathoms.

Length of largest spec. 62 mm.

It was, although very seldom, infested by apparently

the same Piscicolid which is so common a parasite on Selero-

crangon boreas.

18. Hippolyte turgida KRÖYER.

1840—41. Hippolyte turgida KRÖYER, Uds. nord. Art. Slegt. Hippo-

IVGer Ler GC; PESO:

1840—41. , Phippsii KRÖYER, ibidem, p. 575.

1842. > turgida KRÖYER, Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippo-

lytes nord. Arter, 1:,e. P:va0850 Rb:

fig. 57—58, tab. III, fig. 59—63.

1842. 3 Phippsii KRÖYER, ibidem, p. 314, tab. III, fig.

64—68.

1864. > > Gofs, Crust. decapoda podophth. mar.

tgb ete., dd: exp. wg9g

1874. » turgida BUCHHOLZ, Crust. Zweite deutsche Närd

polarfahrt; 1. 6: Po K35

1874. » Phippsii BUCHHO0LZ, ibidem, p. 274.

LEUN: ; » SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast

North America, Ike: prodar

1882. > Phippsii HoEK, Crust. »Willem Barents», 1. c.

På udda

1897. ; BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés

décapodes etc., 1. c. p. 422.

1899. (?) Spirontocaris Phippsii SCcoTT, Crust. Franz Josef Land, 1. c.

prr63 I OPEL 3P ESA

1900. » turgida STEBBING, Arctic Crustacea, 1. ec. p. 10.

BLocalities:

in 1898:

stat. 10. lat. 77” 9' N., long. 14” 40' E., off the Islands; deptni 90

m., soft, gray clay, 27/VI, one spec.

» 13. West Spitzbergen, Recherche Bay off Fox Glacier, depth

75 m., stony bottom with dead shells and soft bluish-gray

clay. 5/VII, two spec.

22... lat. 78” 22: N.;slong..14” 53 E., Ice Fiord, of Canetbonper

man, depth 40—50 m., 21/VII, one spec.

39. lat. 73” 43' N., long. 10” 52' E', "Danish Tsländ; »Virgos

harbour», depth 15—230 m., gray mud, Laminarize, 27/VIII.

three spec.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 51

in 1899:

Stökr Aga lat 10 avAN:, "long. 22 35 W:, 'Scoresby Sound; Cape

Stewart, depth 13—18 m., mud, boulders, alg&e, 30/VIIL

one spec.

Tromsö, depth 60—70 m., 22/VI, many spec. WULFF.

West Spitzbergen, Green Harbour, depth 110 m., 30/VT,

one spec. WULFF.

North Spitzbergen, Danish Gat, depth 20—30 m., 7/VII,

many spec. WULFF. i

in 1900:

stat. 1. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Coal Bay, depth 50 m., stony

bottom with dead shells, 16/VI—20/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

>» 3. ibidem, depth 50—100 m., stones, 22/VI, scarce, det. LÖNN-

BERG.

The first one who suspected that Hippolyte turgida and

H. Phippsiti were only female and male resp. of the same

species was Gois who, in the paper cited above, says: »Cen-

turias perlustravi Spetsbergenses, nec feminam umquam inveni;

Hippol. turgidie KRövER, valde affinis et sodalis, inter spe-

cimina 100 circiter masculum nullum vidi, quare, et differen-

tiis tam exiguis, inclinat animus, ut illam hujus marem ar-

bitrer.»

As far as I know, BucHHorz is the only author sub-

sequent to Gois who does not confirm this opinion. He bases

the contrary supposition on the fact that he found amongst

about 30 specimens of Hippolyte Phippsiz one female of a length

of 33 mm., and because males, although relatively very scarce,

are nevertheless, to be observed in H. turgida. For this reason

he does not consider them as different sexes of the same species,

but only as varieties. As SmItH has shown, young ones of

both forms are indistinguishable, except in the sexual cha-

racteristics, and, in this sense, Gois' statement is not strictly

true, but, with regard to fullgrown specimens, SMITH says

that he never saw males agreeing with H. turgida as de-

seribed by KRÖYER. ÅS to the above mentioned male of H.

-turgida, SMITH does not hazard the supposition that there

was some error in BucHhorz' determination; yet it can hardly

be explained otherwise, as no subsequent author, as far as

I know, mentions a similar case, but all agree in regarding

both forms as identical.

52 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

As synonymous with Hippolyte turgida SMITH considers

Hippolyte vibrans STIMPSON, and, with a sign of interrogation,

Hippolyte ochotensis BRANDT.

In regard to the priority of turgida or Phippsit STEBBING

remarks, in his usual humourous style, that it »has been as

a rule set aside, probably under the idea that the male

was so obviously the superior animal that no rules of nomen-

clature could compete with its claim to preferential note».

This species is widely distributed within the Arctic sea.

It has been obtained at East Greenland, West Greenland as

far north as Port Foulke, lat. 78 17' N., Grinnell Land in

lat. 81” 44' N., Baffin Land, Labrador, Nova MNcotia, East

coast of United States as far south as Massachusetts Bay,

Arctic North America and Behring Sea, Sea of Okhotsk (?),

Arctic coast of Siberia, Kara Sea, Nova Zembla, Franz J oseph

Land (?), White Sea, Spitzbergen, Northern coasts of Norway,

although rare south of the Arctic Circle.

HANSEN, on reasons which he puts forwards in his Mala-

costraca marina Groenlandie occidentalis regards this species

as an inhabitant of the coast, living commonly in depths

"from three up to 25 fathoms, and occurring spontaneously

perhaps in deeper water, but hardly in more than 60 fathoms.

Length of greatest spec. (from stat. 13, 1898) 41 mm.

The specimens from Tromsö, although fullgrown, were

all much smaller, attaining about half that length.

19. Hippolyte pusiola KRÖYER.

1840—41. Hyppolyte pusiola KRÖYER. Uds. nord. Art. Slegt. Hippo-

lyte, 1. C.-p:- 00:

1842. » ; KRÖYER, Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippo-

lytes nord. Art, 1. ce. p. 319, tab. III,

fig. 69—73.

1879. > > - SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast

North America, 1. C.. Pais MDLIUES

figs. 4—27.

1897. | > — BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés

décapodes etc.. 1. ce. p. 423.

Locality:

in 1899:

Tromsö, depth 60—70 m., 22/VI, four spec., WULFF.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8 53

Distribution: Murman Coast, Coast of Norway, Skage-

rack, Kattegat, coast of Ncotland, Iceland, East coast of

North America from Connecticut as far north as Nova Sco-

tia and Prince Edward Island. Thus, this small Hippolyte

does not seem to be an Arctic form, but it belongs rather

to the Northern parts of the North Atlantic both on the

European and the American side.

SMITH who has, with his usual carefulness, examined more

than a hundred specimens, gives, in his »Stalk-eyed Crustaceans

of the Atlantic Coast of North America north of Cape Cod>,

details as to the variation in rostrum, telson, and colour.

The largest specimen (a female carrying egg) measured

19 mm. According to SMITH, it reaches a length of 25 mm.

20. Hippolyte polaris (SABINE).

1821. Alpheus polaris SABINE, Parry's Voyage, Appendix n:o X,

Zoology, k. 60, pl. II, fig. 5—38 (cited

after STEBBING).

1835. Hippolyte polaris OWEN, Ross's 2nd Voyage, App. Zool., p.

LXXXV.

1835. ; borealis OWEN, ibidem, p. LXXXIV, pl. B, fig. 3.

1840—41. > polaris KRÖYER, Uds. nord. Art. Slegt. Hippolyte,

I. Cap: ST:

1840—41. > borealis KRÖYER, ibidem, p. 577.

1842. » polaris KRÖYER, Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippolytes

nord. Art., 1: c. p; 324, tab. III, fig. 78—-81,

tab. IV, fig. 82.

1842. > borealis KRÖYER, ibidem, p. 330, tab. III, fig.

T4—1717.

1864. ; polaris GoÉs, Crust. decap. podophth. mar. Suecize,

bo c:1p: 269:

1874. » > BUCHHOLZ, Crust. Zweite deutsche Nord-

polarfahrt;) lredp. 2751

Öv oo borealis BUCHHOLZ, ibidem, 1. c. p. 276.

1879. > polaris SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast North

America, 1. ce. p.: 80:

1882. » » HoEK, Crust. »Willem Barents», 1. c. p. 18.

1886. » » KOELBEL, Crust., Pycnog. und Arachn. von

JAN MAYEN, 1. c. p. 49.

1897. , 2 BIRULA, Essai d'une faune des crustacés

décapodes etc., 1. c. p. 424.

1899. Spirontocaris polaris SCOTT, Crust. Franz Josef Land, 1. c.

P. 03.

RILO0: » polaris STEBBING, Arctic Crustacea, 1. c. p. 7.

534 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

1900. Hippolyte polaris DOFLEIN, Dekap. Krebse arkt. Meere, 1. c.,

p. 334.

1900. » borealis DOFLEIN, ibidem, 1. c. p. 335.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 5. lat. 75" 49' N., long. 24” 25' E.,. betweeni, .Beeren Island

and Hope Island, depth 80 m., bottom temp. — 1,22” C.,

rocky bottom, 21/VI, several spec.

» 13. West Spitzbergen, Recherche Bay, off Fox Glacier, depth

75 m., stony bottom with dead shells and soft bluish-gray

clay, 5/VII, one spec.

20. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, North Fiord, off Cape Weern,

depth 36 m.. boulders Lithothamnia, with soft reddish-brown

clay, 19/VII, one spec.

22. lat. 687 22" N., long. 14” 53' E., Ice Fiord, of Caperbonesg

man, depth 40—50 m., 21/VII, many spec.

>» 24. Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, 400 m., 24/VII, one spec.

>»: 29. lat. 78” 40' N., long. 27” 10” E., King CharlesiLand/iswes

dish Foreland, depth 14-—16 m., bottom temp. + 0,9” C.,

fine, grayish-black sand, stones, mud, and alge, 5/VII.

seven spec.

30. King Charles” Land, Swedish Foreland, depth 10—16 m.,

fin, grayish-black sand, stones, mud, and alge, 6/VIII,

nine spec.

» 32. King Charles Land, Rival Sound, depth 100—110 m.,

bottom temp. — 1,45” C., soft clay with boulders, 8/VIIIL,

several spec.

» 84. "lat. 78” 50' N., long. 29” 39" E., King Charles” Land,

depth 60—70 m., soft grayish-black clay, 17/VIIL, one

Spec.

» 3511 lat.:80?115' N., Jong: 33510: E., Gilest land (Whites:

land), depth 40—50 m., rocky bottom, 18/VIII, two spec.

» 36. lat. 80” 45' N., long. 25” 20' E., Charles XII Island, depth

60—70 m., rocky bottom with corallines, 20/VIII, one spec.

2, 138.01!latysT9” 2474 N., long. 147128 E., entrance ofiLieftdenbay)

depth 140 m., stony bottom with red alg&e, 25/VIII, nu-

merous spec. ;

>» 39. lat. 79” 43' N., long. 10” 52" E., Danes Island, Virgo's

barbour, depth 25-—30 m., gray mud, Laminarie, 27/VIII,

several spec.

42. lat. 73” .3' N., long. 18” 30' E., between Beeren Island

and Norway, depth 410 m., bottom temp. + 2” C., gray

clay, 4/IV, two spec.

in 1899: )

stat. 18. lat. 74” 52' N., long. 17” 16' .W., depth 350005 mudoy

clay, sand, pebbles, 4/VII, four spec.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 55

stat.

21. lat 74” 10" N., long. 20” 8 W., S.E. of Clavering Island,

depth 25—40 m., mud, abundant dead shells and pebbles,

17/VII, one spec.

22.101at: 73" 130 N-.,' long. 20” 18 W., Cape Broer Ruys, depth

25—27 m., gravels, some red alge, 18/VII, oue spec.

23. lat. 73” 26' N., long. 21” 13' W., Cape Bennett, depth 9—11

m., sandy mud, algas, 19/VII, two spec.

s4mmlat: 73” 2015 Ni)! long. 210 20 Wi, depth 70 m.;, muddy

bottom, some pebbles and dead shells, 21/VII, three spec.

meat: 01 3505 N., long: 21” 107 W., depth 260 m., stones,

mud,, 27/NII,: one spec.

HÖNerlat. 2: 45" N., long. 22.56 .W., depth 35—60. m., mud,

some stones, 18/VIII, five spec.

gaNvilat 72-56. N., long. 24-331 W., King Oscar Fiord,. depth

125 m., mud, some pebbles and sand, 24/VIII, two spec.

SödHat ita JA UN. vlong,u24:,:38 IW., oo Kaiser Franz, Joseph

Fiord, Cape Weber, depth 100-—110 m., mud with gravels

and stones, 28/VIII, ten spec.

North Spitzbergen, Danes Gat, depth 20—30 m., 7/VII,

many spec. WULFF.

North Spitzbergen, Treurenberg Bay, 10—20 m., 10/VIII,

five spec., WULFF.

in 1900:

2. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Coal Bay, depth 100 m., rocks,

16/VI—20/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

3. ibidem, depth 30—100 m., stones, 22/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

4. ibidem, off Coal Bay, depth 150—200 m., 23/VI; seven

spec., det. LÖNNBERG.

5. ibidem, Green Harbour, depth 10—80 m., stones, 25/VI,

two spec.

8. West Spitzbergen, Kings Bay, depth 10—30, stones and

sand with Laminarie, 29/VI, two spec.

Sala: 797 o1OTNG Jlongapilktit Es, WM:yof Cape Mitra, depth

100 m., mud, 2/VII, two spec., det. LÖNNBERG.

HörE lat sta 200 Na 1ON85 sl: 205 Wo. Of, Greenland; ..depin

300 m., stones. and sand, 30/VII, numerous spec. det.

LÖNNBERG.

17. East Greenland, Mackenzie Bay N. of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 12—35 m., mud, 1/VIII—3/VIII, many spec.,

det. LÖNNBERG.

18. HFEast Greenland, S. E. of Walrus Island, lat. 74” 30' N.,

long. 18” 40' W., depth 30—100 m., mud and stones,

4/VIII, det. LÖNNBERG.

19. HEast Greenland, S.E. of Pendulum Island, lat. 74”. 35" N.,

long. 18” 15' W., depth 150 m., mud and stones, 5/VIU,

seven spec., det. LÖNNBERG.

56 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

stat. 21. Fast Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIII, many spec., det. LÖNNBERG.

>» 22. East Greenland, Mackenzie Bay N. of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 12—18 m., mud, 9/VIII, one spec., det.

LÖNNBERG.

>» 25. HEast Greenland, entrance of Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord,

depth 200—300 m., mud, 14/VIII, seven spec., det. LÖNN-

BERG.

As in the case of Hippolyte Gaimardii and, H. gibba, and

that of H. turgida and H. Phippsii, Goäs first regarded Sa-

BINE'S H. polaris and ÖWEN's H. borealis as identical. He

says: Differentiam ullam specificam inter hanc H. borealim

et H. polarem numquam percepi, nec hujus feminam inter

copiam speciminum ditissimam inveni. Gois' conclusion that

H. borealis is the male of H. polaris was accepted by nearly all

subsequent writers, such as SMITH, SARS, HANSEN, STEBBING etc.

BucHHoLrz who, in his important memoir cited above, and

always characterized by great exactness, enumerates them as

distinct species, however, says, about H. polaris: »Die grössten

Exemplare vorzugsweise Weibehen, die Männchen durch-

schnittlich kleiner bis zu 50, oder höchstens 55 mm.» and

about H. borealis: >»Der vorigen H. polaris sehr nahe stehend

und nur durch die sehr eigentimliche Form des Rostrum

verschieden — — —. Zusammen mit der vorigen, von welcher

sie vielleicht nur eine Abänderung ist, indessen viel weniger

zahlreich. — — — Sänmmtliche ostgrönländische Sticke sind

Männchen — —>». After a careful examination of the great

mass of material I have had at my disposal both now and some

years ago, I fully agree with SmiItH, who was the first to

concelude that H. borealis represents »adult males, or perhaps

more properly old males», while H. polaris are females and

young males. Amongst recent writers, ÖRTMANN is the only

one, as far as I know, who regards them as distinct species.

ÖRTMANN says:! »Ob diese Art, H. borealis, als & zu H. po-

laris gehört — — —, bleibt noch zu erweisen, da mir ein &

mit den Charakteren von polaris vorliegt.> The author had

examined according to the list of localities given by him

H. polaris a) 1 7? 1 2 Grönland, b) 1 9 Norwegen, Bergen,

and of H. borealis a) 2 A Ost-Grönland. I do not know if

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 57

it is advisable to draw from this material, conclusions at

variance with those of SMITH, SARS and others who have

examined many hundred specimens, not withstanding the fact

that these authors do not deny that young males agree in the

form and armament of the rostrum and in the possession of

a pterygostomian spine.!

SMITH regards Hippolyte cultellata, and DorLEtN H. amazo

PFEFFER as synonymous, in which view they are, no doubt,

right.

Hippolyte polaris is strictly circumpolar and arctic. It

has been found on both sides of Davis Strait, Baffin Bay,

and Smith Sound, along the coasts of Labrador, Nova Scotia,

and New England as far south as Massachusetts Bay, Behrings

Straits, Franz Joseph Land, Kara Sea, Nova Zembla, Spitz-

bergen, Beeren Island, Norway, Bohuslän, North Sea.

The largest specimens which I have examined were ob-

tained round King Charles Land and from East Greenland

at a depth of 100—200 m. which agrees with observations

made by HANSEN and, recently, by DoFLzein. It has been

taken in depths ranging from a few up to 260 fathoms.

Length of largest spec. (from East Greenland) 89 mm.

21. Hippolyte groenlandica (J. C. FABRICIUS).

1775. Astacus Groenlandicus J. C. FABRICIUS, Systema Entomologizxe,

p- 416.

1780. Cancer aculeatus 0. FABRICIUS, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 239,

H:0r LT

1840—41. Hippolyte aculeata KRÖYER, Uds. nord. Art. Slegt. Hippo-

lyte, 1 leNpI25öv8:

1842. ) » KRÖYER, Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippo-

lyftes nord: Arta. da GIP Sat uta: IV,

fig. 83—98, tab..V, fig. 99— 104,

1874. > 2 BUCHHO0LZ, Crust. Zweite deutsche Nord-

polarfalirt; 1 :e:'p. 276:

1879. SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast of

North America, 1. ec. p. 85.

! DOFLEIN, 1. c. p. 335, seems at first to have the same opinion as his

German collega, but says: »Während ich im Beginn der Bearbeitung des Ma-

terials gegen diese Auffassung (von SARS, SMITH, RICHTERS u. a.) Stellung

nehmen zu missen glaubte, habe ich mich schliesslich noch während der

Drucklegung des Manuskriptes zu ihr bekehrt; daher konnte ich die Arten

nicht mehr zu der einen (H. polaris SAB.) nach dem Prioritätsgesetz zusammen-

ziehen.>»

58 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Loocalities:

in 18997

stat. 22. lat. 73" 30' N., long. 20” 18'/ W., Cape Broer:Ruysdenpin

25—27 m., gravels, some red alge, 18/VII, one spec.

>» 39. lat. 72” 45' N., long. 22” 56' W., depth 35—560 m., mud,

some stones, 18/VIII, six spec.

in 1900:

stat. 17. East Greenland, Mackenzie Bay N. of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 12—35 m., mud, 1/VIII—3/VIII, det. LÖNN-

BERG.

22. East Greenland, ibidem, depth 12—18 m., mud, 9/VTIII,

det LÖNNBERG.

This large and easily-recognizable species was first de-

scribed by J. C. FABRICIUS as Åstacus Groenlandicus and, five

ycars later, by O. FABRICIUS as Cancer aculeatus. Both names

are very appropriate, although the first must have priority.

It seems to be restricted, in its horizontal distribution, mainly

to the seas about Greenland. It occurs numerously along the

West Coast of Greenland as far north as lat. 82” 30' N.,

along the West coast of Baffin Bay and Davis Strait and,

farther south, to Massachusetts Bay. It is also recorded from

Behring Sea and the Polar Archipelago of North America.!

Although BucHHorz says that it is »an der ostgrönländischen

Kiästen häufig und wie es scheint ziemlich allgemein ver-

breitet», it must be remarked that it was obtained here only

at four stations out of more than sixty where dredgings were

carried on by tbe Swedish Expeditions in 1899 and 1900.

It ranges bathymetrically from a few fathoms to 200,

and it seems to live on very variable bottom.

Length of largest spec. (a female with roe) 92 mm. HAaAN-

SEN has measured a specimen, in the Museum of Copenhagen,

of a length of 113 mm. SmMIirH has given, in his paper, cited:

above, some details as to the colour.

1 Also on the Pacific coast of North America, it is found as far south

as Puget Sound. (CALMAN, Crust. fr. Puget Sound, 1. c. p. 260.)

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:08. 59

Pandalus LrEAacH 1814.

22. Pandalus borealis KRÖYER.

Fig: 2;

1838—39. Pandalus borealis KRÖYER, Consp. Crust. Groenl., 1. c.

p. 254.

1844—45. » » KRÖYER, Karcinol. Bidr., 1. 'e. p. 461.

1846 (?). » » KRÖYER, VOy: dl BCANd: ”CtC., Ph då

fig. 2 a—0o0.

Localities:

in 1898:

Stat. 9. (dat. 176” 46! N., long.:15p1 22 E.,.,o0ff, Horn; Sound,.; depth

210 m., bottom temp. + 2,s3" C., soft, grayish-black clay,

26/VI, several small spec.

ARTS VATAN., löne fö" 207E:, TICe Fiord; North Fiord,

between Cape Wern and Cape Thordsen, depth 175 m.,

soft, reddish-brown clay, 19/VII, one spec.

24. West Spitzbergen, entrance of Ice Fiord, depth 400 m.,

bottom temp. + 3” C., 24/VIII, (failure) three spec.

MIAS ÖN. long. 11 åt I, 125. at King Charles

Land, depth 240 m., bottom temp. + 3,15” C., pebbles

with soft, grayish-black clay, 24/VII, two spec.

a. lats! 4 Nr long. (227 501: NE: of Stven Islands;

depth 150 m., bottom temp. + 2” C., gray clay, 20/VIIIL,

six small spec.

ändar. 79:58. N., long. 97 30 E., 19—20, miles N.:W., of

Danish Island, depth 435 m., bottom temp. + 1,5” C., gray

clay, boulders, 27/VIII, one spec. (mutilated).

» 42. dat: 73” 3' N., long! 18” 3051:E.,- between, Beeren «Island

and Norway, depth 410 m., bottom temp. + 2” C., gray

clay, 4/IX, several spec. |

in 1899:

star. 1; lat: 61” £6' Ny long: 17 18"E.:; depth 150 m., sand, some

stones and dead shells, 31/V, one small spec. (mutilated).

i 1900:

stat. 6. entrance of Ice Fiord, West Spitzbergen, depth 350 m.,

mud, 26/VI, det. LÖNNBERG.

KRgL lat. TOS TON S- long 11 I, WW. Of Cape. Mitra, West

Spitzbergen, depth 100 m., mud, 2/VII, det. LÖNNBERG.

The absence of chelze of the first pair of pereiopods has hi-

therto, as far as is known, been regarded as one of the most

60 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

important characteristics of Pandalus. CAULLERY was the first

who called attention to the fact that, amongst the true Pandalids,

there is an exception to this rule. In his paper on »Crustacés

Schizopodes et Décapodes» de la Campagne du »Caudau» dans

le Golfe de Gascogne, 1. c. p. 379, he has described a new

species provided with minute chelze on the first pair of perei-

opods. On this character he established with full right a

new subgenus Dichelopandalus, but, at the same time, he

suspects that this chela may also be found among other spe-

cies. His advice to keep a look-out for such species has been

followed by CALMAN, who was able to state the existence of

such in no less than seven other species.! Also in Pandalus

borealis he found a chela. In fig. 2 I have figured it. Strictly

speaking, this species should therefore be included in the

genus Dichelopandalus, but as there is good reason to believe

that, on a closer examination, still more species will be found

to possess this characteristic (which, after the finds of CALMAN,

does not seem to be of a very high generic value) I prefer

to retain the old name.

Distribution: West Greenland up to 70” 40' N. (HANSEN),

East coast of North America, Behring Sea, Barents Sea,

Spitzbergen, Norway, south to Cattegat. It is generally con-

sidered to be a true arctic and circumpolar species; but I

only wish to call attention to the fact that, during our three

last Swedish Expeditions, as seen above, it was not obtained

either E. of Spitzbergen, or along the coast of East Greenland,

whereas it was taken in considerable numbers in suitable

depths, off West Spitzbergen. Also, during the German ex-

peditions on board »Helgoland» and »Olga», it was only ob-

tained in Ice Fiord, the Hinlopen Strait, and at the entrance

of the White Sea. In none of my stations was the bottom

temperature below zero, and all are situated within the area

where the Gulf Stream prevails. Even Hinlopen Strait is, at

least in some years, influenced by this warm current, as is already

shown by WALTHER and KÖKENTHAL. It is a very remarkable

fact that neither I nor ScHAUDINE nor RÖMER obtained any

single specimen farther eastwards, round King Charles Land,

during our numerous trawlings; but, at least in the summer

of 1898, the bottom temperature was, in that tract of the

t CALMAN, on the British Pandalide, 1. c. p. 28.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:o 8. 61

Arctic Ocean, generally below zero. This cireumstance inclines

me to believe that Pandalus borealis ought not to be regarded

as a true Arctic form, but rather as an North Atlantic (and

North Pacific) species. In this view I am confirmed by the cir-

cumstance that it has not as yet been obtained along the East

coast of Greenland, in Smith Sound, or along the West coast

of Baffin Land, where the Arctic Current is sweeping south.

Pandalus borealis 1s mostly found in depths varying from

100 to 500 m. Whether it lives or not at the very bottom,

is an open question. It is, in my opinion, very pro-

bable that, perhaps during the most part of its life, like

many other decapods and schizopods, it swims in great

shoals in the deeper strata of the water, and is only occa-

sionally found ecreeping along the bottom. In proof of this

I may mention that I once got, at station 24 in 1898, some

large specimens, although the great trawl had capsized, so

that true bottom-animals did not come up. However, the

trawl had reached the bottom, inasmuch as there some clay

was adhering to it. However, I never got this species in the

vertical plankton net, but that must be explained simply by the

great swiftness of this animal, which very easily escapes the

relatively small opening of the net.

As to the colour, I refer to SmirH, Stalk-eyed Crusta-

ceans of the Atlantic Coast of North America, 1. c. p. 86.

Length of one of the largest specimens 122 mm. "The

largest specimen HANSEN measured, reached a length of

129 mm.

Fam. Pasipheaeidee.

Pasiphaea SAviIGny 1816.

23. Pasiphea tarda KRÖYER.

1844 —45. SE tarda KRÖYER, Karcinol. Bidr., 1. c. p. 453.

1846. >» KRÖYER, Voy. on Scand. etc., pl. 6, fig.

1. A. B. å—0

1868. Pasiphaé norvegica M. SARS, Bidr. til Kundsk. ete., 1. e.

Pp. 282, tab. IV, V, fig. 81, 87—90.

RET. > tarda G.: 0: SARS, Prodr. descr. Crust. etc., 1.

C. Pp. 242.

62 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

1879. Pasiphaö tarda SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast North

America,, ac... pir 88,» Pl: 1Xy/ Og T:

1882. » >» G. O. SARS, Overs. af Norges Crust. eter

CH IDERöG

Localities:

mn Iv0T

I. lat. 73” 30' N., long. 2” W., depth 3000-—0 m., vertical net,

two spec.

II. lat. 73” N., long. 2” W., depth 1500—-0 m., vertical net, 13/VII,

one spec.

III. lat, 73” 15' N., long. 2” 50' W., depth 3000-—0 m., vertical net,

one spec.

This species, which is very closely allied to the type of

the genus, viz. Pasiphea sivado (R1Ss0). has been obtained

at: »South Greenland», »Greenland> (only three specimens are,

according to HANSEN, as yet known from that sea, two of

which are KRöYER'S type specimens), Irminger Sea, off West

coast of Norway very far from land, Gulf of Maine, 42 miles

E. by S. from Cape Ann.

Length of greatest spec. 56 mm.,

> » antenne 122 mm.

As to the identity of Pasiphea tarda and Pasiphea nor-

vegica, I refer to G. O. SARS” papers cited above.

Fam. Ephyridee.

Hymenodora SARrRs 1877.

24. Hymenodora glacialis (BUCcHHO0LZ).

1874. Pasiphaö glacialis BUCHHOLZ, Crust. Zweite Deutsche Nord-

polarfahrt-ete:; 1: cpi 200t

1877. Hymenodora >» G. 0. SARS, Prods. descript. Crust. etc., 1.

c. p. 240.

1885. > > G. 0. SARS, Norw. North. Atl. Exp. Crust.

IB OA OA

1885. . > SMITH, On some new or little known De-

capod, Crustacea etc., 1. c., p. 501.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 63

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 26. lat. 77” 39' N., long. 1” 17' E., »the Swedish Depth»,

depth 3200 m., bottom temp. — 1,4” C., Biloculina clay,

27/VII, six spec.

Imut899:

Halse. 63 36' N., long: 07 26'15., depth 1900020-1 2/VI,

nine spec.

in 1900:

stat. 21. East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIIT, det. LÖNNBERG.

BY dat. 127 42 N> long. 14” 49' W., between Greenland ånd

JAN MAYEN, depth 2000 m., elay with foraminifers, 27/VTII,

det. LÖNNBERG.

lat. 73r 15" N., long: 22-50" W., depth 3000 —0 m., ver-

tical net, many spec., det. LÖNNBERG.

> lat. 72” 50' N., long. 37 8 W., depth 2700—0 m., vertical

net, det. LÖNNBERG.

» lat. 71” 18' N., long, 9” 20' W.,. depth 2000—0- m., vVer-

tical net, det. LÖNNBERG.

This beautiful species was first described by BUcHH0oLz

on a specimen floating on the surface not far from the pack-

ice in about lat. 74” N., off the East coast off Greenland. He

referred it to Pasiphea, to which it has a certain resemblance.

On the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition it was ob-

tained at 14 stations, all situated in the cold area between

about lat. 80” N. and lat. 63” S., and between the longitudes

of Spitzbergen, Beeren Island, Norway, on the on2 side, and

East Greenland, Jan Mayen, Iceland, on the other. NARS

was then enabled to give a fuller description of this bathy-

pelagic decapod. In the same year, 1885, SmIitH records it

as also occurring in the deeper places of an area off the East

coast of United States, between lat. 35” 45' N., and lat. 40”

26' N., and between long. 67” 5' W. and long. 74” 31' W-. in

depths ranging from 861 to 2949 fathoms. It was also ob-

tained during the »Fram»> Expedition in about lat. 80” N.,

long. 134” E. the tow-net having been lowered to a depth

of 300 metres. SARS specimens were all captured in depths

varying from 452 to 1862 fathoms. The smallest depth from

64 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

which it has been taken is 250 metres in stat. 21, 1900. But

these figures give, of course only, an approximate value, and

it is only by means of shutting nets that we might expect

to get certain information as to its bathymetrical range.

One specimen was infested by the parasitic cirrhiped,

Sylon hymenodore G. O. SARS.

Colour bright red.

Length of largest spec. 69 mm.

Schizopoda.

Fam. Euphausiidee.

Nyctiphanes G. O. Sars 1883.

This genus was instituted by SaARrs, in his »Preliminary

Notices on the Schizopoda of H. M. S. »Challenger» Expedi-

tion», to receive the Northern Tlhysanopoda Couchii BELL and

Thysanopoda norvegica M. SARs and a new nearly related

form, viz. Nyctiphanes australis from Bass” Strait. It is

mainly .characterized by a membraneous reflexed leaflet on

the basal joint of the antennule, and by the rudimentary

and dissimilar state of the two hindmost pairs of legs.

25. Nyctiphanes norvegica (M. SARS).

1857. Thysanopoda norvegica M. SARS, Om 3 nye norske Krebsdyr,

LA bn og LOS

1864. > > M. SaARrRs, Udförlig Beskrivelse etc., 1.

CNPE2:

1864. a nana M. SARS, Tilleg til etc., 1. c. p. 84.

1878. » Norvegica SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast

North America etc, i. C.oprerode

1885. Nyctiphanes » G. 0. SARS, Norweg. North Atl. Exp.

ITop:9125

andir

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 65

1886. Nyctiphanes Norvegica KOELBEL, Crust., Pycnog. und Arachn.

von Jan, Mayen..ete:,, 1. 76:,p. 48, ,.taf.

III, fig. 7—10.

1892. » norvegica NORMAN, Families Lophogastride and

Euphausiide etc., 1. c. p. 459.

1892. » » STEBBING, Hist. Crustacea, 1. c. p. 263.

Localities:

in 1898:

ståt. 41. lat. 75, 58' N., long. 13” 18' E., 56 miles S.W. of South

Cape, Spitzbergen, depth 350 m., bottom temp. + 2,13” C.,

grayish clay, 1/IX, one spec.

181899:

StatvmsJ! lattv63 136" N., long: 03,26' E;0 depth. 1900nmyr-2/VI.,

many spec.

in 1900:

stat. 21. East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIII, one spec.

>: 29. lat: 72” 42' N., long. 14” 49' W., between Greenland and

Jan Mayen, depth 2000 m., clay, 27/VIII, many spec.

Fel, lats 735. 30 N., long. 2, W., depth 1500—-—0. m., vertical

net, 13/VII, one spec.

Distribution: This beautiful species seems to be widely

distributed both in the North Atlantic Ocean and in the

adjacent parts of the Arctic. It has been obtained during

the »Porcupine» Expedition off the coast of Portugal. NORMAN

mentions it from the Bay of Biscay and from the British

Isles, and SaArRs from the whole of the Norwegian coast,

where it occurs, in some localities, at the surface, in such

vast swarms that the sea gets thereby a peculiar brownish

tint. SMITH states the same fact on the east coast of New

England and Nova Scotia, where it goes as far south as

Massachusetts Bay. BucHHoLrz and HANSEN enumerate it from

the sea E. of Greenland, KoELBEL from Jan Mayen, and Goäls

from Bohuslän and lat. 75” N., long. 12” E. It also occurs

in Feröe Channel (Murray fide NORMAN) and off the Naze

(METZGER). SARS reports it from the North Polar Basin,

where it was taken during the famous »Fram» Expedition.

66 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Strangely enough, it was not obtained either on the

Challenger Expedition or on the German Plankton Expedition.

G. O. SARS says!: »May be the British form, Thysanopoda

Couchii, observed by BELL, is identical with the present spe-

cies.> NORMAN has, however, clearly proved that Nycti-

phanes Couchit is a very distinct species, nearly related to

Nyctiphanes australis G. O. SARS from Bass' Strait, Australia.

Length 37 mm.

Rhoda Sim 1872.

(= Boreophausia G. O. SARS 1883).

STEBBING is the first who, in his »History of Crustacea»,

pointed out that two Northern Euphausiids, viz. the well-

known Thysanopoda inermis KRÖYER and a closely-allied form

Thysanopoda Raschii M. SARs, ought strictly to be referred:

to the genus Bhoda, established in 1872 by G. Sim in his

paper on »Stalk-eyed Crustacea N. E. Coast of Scotland>,

published in »the Scottish Naturalist,. The genus was cre-

ated to receive a species, viz. Rhoda Jardineana, which NORMAN

identifies with Thysanopoda Raschii. SARS, in his »Prelimi-

nary Notices on the Schizopoda of H. M. S. »Challenger» Ex-

pedition>, established for KRövER's Thysanopoda inernuis a new

genus, viz. Boreophausia, but without giving any generic

diagnosis. Two years afterwards he added? to this genus

Thysanopoda neglecta KRöÖYER and Thysanopoda Raschii M.

SARS and, with some hesitation, Thysanopoda longicaudata

KröverR. Of these species, Thysanopoda Raschii is the only

one that ought properly to be referred to Boreophausia, the

other two belonging, according to HANSEN and NORMAN, to

the genus Tlhysanoössa, established by BRANDT in 1851. HNince

ihoda Jardinecana has proved to be identical with Borco-

phausia Baschii, SARS” genus must yield priority to the much

older name Rhoda. The genus thus includes Bhoda inermis

(KRÖYER) and Rhoda Raschii(M. SARS).

i 5(C! pi.

? Norweg. North Atlant. Exp. II, p. 13. Rep. Challenger Exp., p. 64.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND. 27. AFD. IV. N:08. 67

1846. Thysanopoda inermis KRÖYER, Voy. in Scand. etc., p. 7, fig.

2a—t.

CE KRÖYER, Monograph, Fremstilling of'

PETTÖSteS:t I ECeSp: 0 SET MODENA OSA

1879. » SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast North

America, I. c. p. ol.

1882. Euphausia >» G. 0. SARS, Overs. Norges Crust. etc.,

1 4fe: Par ta. Iräre:

1886. KOELBEL, Crust., Pycnog. und Arachn.

von Jan Mayen etc., 1. c., p. 47.

1887. Boreophausia >» HANSEN, Ofv. vestl. Grönlands Fauna

NER Lt ÄR USS

1887. HANSEN, Dijmphna-Togtets zool. bot.

Udlbytte"etel” 1 cp. 2580etab.l KX,

USER

1892. » » NORMAN, Families Lophogastride and

Euphausiid&e etc., 1. c. p. 461.

1893. [Boreophausia] Rhoda inermis STEBBING, Hist. Crustacea, 1. c.

p. 263.

1900. Rhoda inermis STEBBING, Arctic Crustacea, 1. ce. p. 11.

Localities:

in 1899:

Skala: 63: 36. N., long,,0” 26' E., depth 1900 m.,. 2/VI, four

spec. (together with Nyctiphanes norvegica).

>26. "lat. 72” 26' N:, long: 21” 48" W., depth 180—-0"m., ' ver-

tical net, 24/VII, three spec.

2 27:07 laät:r71?135' N:yolong: :21” 10' 'W., depth -200—0.m., .. ver-

tical net, 27/VII, three spec. s

ara latndo. 32 N., long. 245,38 W.,' Kaiser Franz. Joseph

Fiord, Cape Weber, depth 100—110 m., mud with gravels

and stones, 28/VIII, one spec.

in 1900:

West Spitzbergen, entrance of King's Bay, depth 300—0

m., trawl, 2/VII, many spec.

Bit Lö. lat. 72" 25 N... long: 17: 56 W.,,E. of Greenland, depth

300 m., stones and sand, 30/VII, one spec.

» 21. East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIII, several spec.

» 29. lat. 72” 42' N., long. 14” 49' W., between Greenland and

26. Rhoda inermis (KRÖYER).

Jan Mayen, clay, depth 2000 m., 27/VIII, three spec.

68 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Rhoda inermis has more or less the same distribution as

the preceding species, which it rivals also in number of spe-

cimens. It is restricted to the boreal parts of the North At-

lantic and its continuation northwards. It occurs off the

British Isles, West- and North-Norway, Kara Sea, Spitz-

bergen, Jan Mayen, East- and West-Greenland, and the coast

of New England as far south as Vineyard Sound and Massa-

chusetts Bay.

It does not attain such a size as Nyctiphanes norvegica.

My largest specimen measured 29 mm.

Thysanoöéssa BRANDT 1851.

This genus was established by BRANDT in MIDDENDOREF'S

Sibirische Reise with the following diagnosis. Pedum maxil-

larium par externum reliquis pedibus longius. It included

Thysanopoda (Thysanoössa) longipes BRANDT which has proved

to be identical with Thysanopoda neglecta KRÖYER. Another

species figured but not described by KRÖYER, in »Voyage en

Scandinavie etc.», is also referred to this genus, viz., Thysa-

nopoda longicaudata. In 1882 SArs described two more spe-

cies from the coasts of Norway, viz. Thysanoéssa borealis and

Thysanoöéssa tenera, but HANSEN, who has examined KRÖYER'S

type-specimens, preserved in the Museum of Copenhagen, comes

to the conclusion that Thysanoössa borealis must be identified

with Thysanopoda neglecta, and Thysanoöéssa tenera with Thy-

sanopoda longicaudata. In the »Challenger reports», SARS has

added two new species to the genus, viz. the cosmopolitan

Thysanoéssa gregaria and Thysanoössa macrura from the Ant-

arctic and South Atlantic Oceans. The genus which is close-

ly allied to Nematoscelis G. O. SaArs and Stylocheiron G. O.

SARS is, in its present restriction, distinguishable, according

to SaArRs, by the following characteristies: first pair of legs

greatly produced and rather strong, the two last joints armed

with spiniform bristles on both margins.

During the Swedish Arctic Expeditions of the last three

summers only the following species was obtained, viz.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. RAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 69

27. 'Thysanoössa longicaudata (KRÖYER).

1846. Thysanopoda longicaudata KRÖYER, Voy. en Scand. etc., 1. c

Der R

1882. Thysanoössa tenera G. O. SARS, Ofv. Norges Crust. etc., 1. c

p. 53, tab. I, fig. 19—20.

1887. > longicaudata HANSEN, Ofv. vestl. Grönl. Fauna

efte: epLaA

1892: | > NORMAN, Lophogastrid&e and Euphau-

Slid2tetc., 1: CC. Pp 403:

1893. > > STEBBING, Hist. Crustacea etc., 1. c.

på 205:

1893. > ORTMANN, Decapoden und Schizo-

| poden d. Plankton-Exp., 1. c. p. 14.

1900. > > SARS, Norweg. North Polar Exp.

1893—1896. Crustacea, p. 14.

Locality:

in 1900:

alat T3 30 N., long. 2” W., depth 15000 m., vertical net,

13/VII, one spec.

This species has been obtained off the Western and

Northern coasts of Norway, off Scotland, in the Freröe Channel,

off Greenland (>Valorous' Exp.» fide NORMAN), in the North

Polar Basin, in the sea between Norway and Jan Mayen, and

at several stations of the German Plankton Expedition situa-

ted resp. in the areas of the Gulf Stream, the Irminger Sea,

the West Greenland Current, and the Labrador Current. KRrRö-

YER'S type specimens are from lat. 61” N., long. 13” W., and

from lat. 60” N., long. 11” W. The main distribution 'of this

species seems, therefore, to be, the Arctic parts of the North

Atlantic.

Length: 15,5 mm.

Fam. Mysidee.

Boreomysis G. O. SArRs 1869.

This genus was instituted in 1869 by G. O Sars in his

»Undersogelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna» to

receive Mysis arctica KRöver, which, at that time, was only

70 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

known from a single specimen from Greenland. Later on, in

his classical »Monographi over de ved Norges Kyster fore-

kommende Mysider», III. 1879, the same author gave a full

diagnosis of the genus. He considers the structure of the mar-

supium in the female as its most distinctive feature, this being

here composed of seven pairs of lamellze, whilst, in all other

Mysideans, it is formed by three pairs at the utmost.

Petalophthalmus WILLEMOES-SUHM is the only one that

shares that characteristic with Boreomysis. Besides that, the

structure of thep leopods in the male being all natatory, with

very elongate branches, and the rudimentary auditory appar-

atus make the genus very distinct. In the same genus he

included two other species also occurring in the deepest

parts 100—400 fathoms of the Norwegian Fiords, viz., Bo-

reomysis tridens G. O. SARs, and Boreomysis megalops G. O.

SARS. On the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition were ob-

tained the two species to be mentioned below; and, in his re-

port on the Challenger Schizopoda, SARS added two more

species to the genus, viz. Boreomysis obtusata and Borcomysis

microps from the North Pacifie and North Atlantic resp.,

both from considerable depths. Thus the genus comprises,

at present, seven species, all of which are probably bathy-

pelagic forms.

28. Boreomysis nobilis G. Ö. SARS.

Fig: på:

1879. Boreomysis nobilis G. O.: SARS, Crust. et Pycnogon. nova etc.,

IRS DE

1885. » » —G. 0. SARS, Norweg. North Atl. Exp. TI,

p. 54, pl. 5, fig. 22—28.

1887. » >» HANSEN, Ofv. vestl. Grönlands Fauna etc.,

I EIKOSE 1

Localities:

in 1900:

stat. 21. East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIII, several spec.

>» 25. East Greenland, entrance of Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord,

depth 200—300 m., mud, 14/VIII, three spec.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:o 8. 71

The species was described after a single specimen (a

male) obtained during the Norwegian North Atlantic Ex-

pedition in lat. 79” 59' N., long. 5” 40' E. from a depth of

839 metres. Two other localities are recorded by HANSEN

for this species, viz. lat. 69” 15' N., long. 52” 55' W., and

lat. 75” 26' N., long. 67” 27' W., both, thus, situated, in the

northern part of Baffin Bay. The depths were 265 and 260

fathoms resp. I have not been able to find any other records

of its occurrence. It may, therefore, be regarded as an inhabi-

tant of the deep-sea of the Atlantic part of the Arctic Ocean.

The oral parts do not deviate from the structure, which

is to be found in the type species, viz. Boreomysis arctica

(KRÖYER) as described and figured by SaARrs in his »Carcinolo-

giske Bidrag». The molar part of the mandible, the maxillae

and the maxillipeds closely agree with the corresponding parts

in the said species, but deviate more from those in the following

species. The last joint of the palp of the mandible slightly de-

viates as may be seen by comparing SARS and my own figures of

it. Ås SARS specimen of Boreomysis nobilis had the uropoda

somewhat mutilated, I give herewith a figure of them.

Length of largest male 45 mm.

» » » > female 49 mm.

29. Boreomysis scyphops G. O. SARS.

Petalophthalmus inermis WILLEMOES-SUHM MS.

1879. Boreomysis scyphops G. O. SARS, Crust. et Pycnogon. nova

TeRALGRNSAR LO

1884. » ) G. O. SARS, Prelimin. Not. , Schizop.

ChalltiE&p. sl5telpar3e

18835. » > G. 0. SARS, Norweg. North Atl. Exp. I.,

Pa PO0--0:

1883. > G. O. SARS, WSchizopoda, Chall. Rep.,

1. ce. p. 178, pl. XXXII, fig. 10—20.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat; 26. lat. 78?,19' Ny long. 8 41' E., »Swedish Depth», depth

2700 m., bottom temp. — 1,4” C., Biloculina elay, 25/VIL,

six spec. (more or less mutilated).

Sd lats SC BA No JO0n0stor DO W a, 40 MILES ”N.- We Of. tTNe

»Swedish Depth», depth 2750 m., bottom temp. — 1,4” C.,

Biloculina clay, 29/VII, two spec.

T3 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

in 1900:

stat. 29. lat. 72” 42' N., long. 14” 49' W., between Greenland and

Jan Mayen, depth 2000 m., clay with foraminifers, 27/VIII,

many spec.

This easily-recognizable form was, for the first time, re-

corded by the late WIiLLEMOES-SUHM who referred it to Peta-

lophthalmas on account of the resemblance, in respect to the

rudimentary eyes, between this species and Petalophthalmus

armiger — also obtained at a very considerable depth during

the Challenger Expedition and described by the same distin-

guished zoologist. On the Norwegian North Atlantic Ex-

pedition the same species was also trawled, described, and

figured by SaArRs, who, after the working-up of the material

of Challenger Schizopoda, was not able to find any differences

between the Arctic and Antartic specimens. He also proved

that the species must be referred to Boreomysis, and, in his

Challenger Report, he explains the reasons why he thinks it

inadvisable to adopt WILLEMOES SUHM'S specific name, although

it can justly claim priority.

Besides its very striking peculiarities in structure, this

species is also of the utmost interest with regard to its geo-

graphical distribution. Up to now it has been obtained at

three stations on the Challenger Expedition between lat.

46” 16 SN. and lat. 53” 55' S. on the one side, and between

long. 48” 27' E. and long. 123” 4' E. on the other, the depths

varying from 1600 to 1950 fathoms. During the Norwegian

North Atlantic Expedition it was obtained at lat. 71” 59' N.,

long. 11” 40' E. from a depth of 1110 fnthoms. These are,

as yet, the only localities recorded for this species, besides

those enumerated by me from the last Swedish expeditions.

But it has hitherto been obtained in no other place in the

intermediate tropical seas. Thus, it seems to be a »bipolar»

form, to which animals two other Schizopoda may also be-

long, viz. the Arctic Lophogaster typicus M. SARS, obtained

by the »Challenger» at two stations south of the Cape of

Good Hope and Amblyops Crogetii WILLEMOES-SUHM repre-

sented in the Challenger collection by a single specimen from

Crozet Island, and now rediscovered in the Arctic Ocean by

the Swedish Expedition of 1900 (vide infra). The explanation

of such strange occurences belongs, without doubt, to the most

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 73

interesting problems yet to be solved by zoogeographers, but, I

think, we shall have to wait a long time, before this intricate

question can be satisfactorily settled.

SARS” descriptions of the species are so exhaustive that

I have nothing to add to them. Specimens preserved in a mixture

of formol and alcohol still exhibit the bright red colour of

the body. The eyescales, the carapace, the antenn&e and the

legs are whitish.

Length of greatest specimen (a female) 62 mm.

or from the tip of the antennal scale to that of the

uropod 78 mm.

The largest specimen which SaArs measured in this way

was 85 mm. long. It was obtained in the Southern Ocean.

Amblyops G. O. Sars 1872.

Amblyopsis G. O. SARS, 1869 (preoccupied).

This genus was first brought to the notice of the scientific

world in 1869 by G. O. SaArs, in his »Undersggelser over

Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna», to receive a Mysidean

elosely allied to Pseudomma, and first mentioned in 1868 by

the great Norwegian carcinologist's illustrious father in his

»Fortsatte Bemerkninger over det dyriske Livs Utbredning

i Havets Dybder»! under the name of Pseudomma abbreviatum

G. 0. Sars. In Heft 2 of his »Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges

Fauna» G. 0. SaArRs has more fully described and figured this

species, which was obtained by him in depths ranging from

100 up to 300 fathoms at several places on the coast of

Norway. e. g. off Lofoten, in the Hardanger- and Christiania-

Fiords. The same author afterwards added to this genus, in

his report on the Challenger Schizopoda, another form from

the Southern Ocean off Crozet Islands, of which species, how-

ever, only a single specimen — an adult male — was obtain-

ed. To my great surprise, I rediscovered five specimens, viz.

four males and one female, of this species from a station of

the Swedish Arctic Expedition, 1900, together with a number

of the bathypelagic Boreomysis scyphops. I am unable to

1 Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, Aar 1868, p. 262.

174 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

detect any differences whatever between the Southern and

Northern form, so that I must consider them as being absolutely

identical. In a short notice on »A new »bipolar» Schizopod>,

published in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. for this year (Ser. 7,

Vol. VII, p. 371), I have pointed out the great geographical

interest which is connected with this find. As I have also

one female at my disposal, I am here able to complete SARS”

description.

I refer to this genus another very characteristic form

brought home by the same expedition, although it deviates

from it in some points.

30. Amblyops Crozetii WILLEMOES-NUHM. MS.

Amblyops Pr WILLEMOES-SUHM M.

1884. » . G. O. SARS, Prelim. Hö Schizopoda »Chal-

lenger»> Exp., 1. cec. p. 36.

1885. | G. 0. SARS, Schizopoda, Chall. Rep., 1. c.

p. 186, pl. XXXIII, fig. 11—16.

Locality:

in 1900:

stat. 29. lat. 72” 42' N., long. 14” 49' W., between Greenland and

Jan Mayen, depth 2000 m., clay with foraminifers, 27/VILL,

Nye” Spec: (ÄG

In general appearance and in nearly all details my

specimens perfectly agree with the description and figures

given by SaArs in the »Challenger» Report. I am only able to

find very slight differences in a few respects. Thus, the in-

sinuation of the end of the telson is, in the Northern spe-

cimens, a little more pronounced, and the antero-lateral cor-

ners of the eye-scales more rounded.

In the structure of the oral parts this species closely

resembles Amblyops abbreviata. There are, however, a few

differences of minor importance: the third joint of the palp of

the mandible is relatively longer than in last species; also the

last joint of the second pair of maxille is, along its exterior

margin, provided with 12 ciliated bristles instead of six, as

SARS mentions for ÅA. abbreviata. The basal joint of the first

pair of maxillipeds has at its extremity a similar prominence

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 75

as in this species. Last joint (with the claw) of the second

pair of maxillipeds is of more than half the length of the

preceding joint. In A. abbreviata it is much shorter. Perei-

opods and pleopods of the usual structure.

As mentioned above, a single specimen of Amblyops Oro-

getii was taken in the Southern Ocean off Crozet Islands in

lat. 46” 16' S., long. 48” 27 E. at a depth of 1600 fathoms.

The find of it in the Aretic Ocean was, therefore, very sur-

prising and seems, in my opinion, to corroborate the view of

CHUN that a communication of animals still exists in the

deeper or abyssal strata of the oceans between the Arctic

and Antarctic seas. However, further researches in the far

Southern Ocean afford the only means of fully settling the

interesting problem of »bipolarity».

Length of male: 26 mm., of female 25 mm.

3l. Amblyops Sarsii n. sp.

Fig. 4.

Carapace submembranaceous, covering whole pereion ex-

cept the hindmost segment. Sixth segment of pleon as long

as the three preceding ones. The anterior, or cephalic, part

of the carapace is marked off by a distinct sulcus and

arched above. The frontal margin ends in an angle, which,

seen en profile, seems to form a short, somewhat upturned

rostrum. The antero-lateral corners evenly rounded.

The eye-scales, or ocular plates, as compared with those

in the other species of the genus, rather small, not conti-

guous, with a free space between them. They are of an almost

quadrate form, with a sharp line running along the lateral

side. The upper side with a short styliform process visible

from above and from the medial side. The anterior-inferior

margin is rounded off.

The peduncular joints of the antennule very large, short

and thick, especially the last one, which is as long as the

two proximal ones, but broader. An oblique, broad band of

dark-brown pigment-spots is on the upper side of the third

joint, which gives it a somewhat strange appearance. As the

distal part was broken off, it was impossible to make out

the exact form of the antennal scale. The non-setous part of

76 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

the exterior margin reaches in all cases to the root of the

flagellum. The three distal peduncular joints rather large,

nearly quadrate, of about the same size.

Second joint of the flagellum of the mandible relatively

broader than in Amblyops abbreviata and third joint longer, in

fact nearly as long as preceding joint.

Maxzillule and mazille as in type species. Mazilliped

relatively shorter and broader, its third joint more broad

than long, fourth a little longer than fifth, which is nearly

as broad as long.

First pair of legs (gnathopod or second pair of maxilli-

ped) much longer than maxilliped (in Amblyops abbreviata

scarcely longer) and of a very slender form.

Second pair of legs with unguis slender, and nearly as

long as preceding articulation.

Three pairs of incubatory lamelle, the first of which, as

usual, much the smallest.

Telson half as long as sixth joint of pleon, of an oblong-

lanceolate form, nearly as in the type-species, the distal half

of the lateral margins fringed with short sete. Apex nar-

rowly rounded.

The inner plates of the uwropoda, twice as long as telson,

of the usual lanceolate, form, auditory apparatus well deve-

loped, although small. The relative length of the inner and

outer plates could not be ascertained, as the distal part of

the exterior one was broken off.

Length: 17 mm.

Locality:

in 1900:

Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Coal Bay, depth 50 m., stones and

dead shells. 16/VI—20/VI. one spec., female.

Pseudomma G. O. SaArs 1869.

In his paper on »> Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten»,

G. 0. SArRs introduced in the science a new genus of Schizo-

poda closely allied to Amblyops, but differing from that

genus in having coalesced eye-plates and more slender perei-

opods without any unguiform terminal joint. The species

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 77

mentioned below was described as the type of the genus.

Another species, Pseudomma affine, was also for the first

time recorded in the same memoir. In 1879, SmMiItH farther

enlarged the genus with Pseudomma truncatum from the Gulf

of St. Lawrence, and, in his Challenger Report, SARS described

two new species, viz. Pseudomma Sarsii WILLEMOES-SUHM

M.S. and Pseudomma australe; the former was dredged off

Kerguelen Islands and at a station as far south as lat. 65”

42' S., and the latter in Bass Strait.! To these I am here

going to add a new form collected in the course of the Swed-

ish Arctic Expedition 1900. The genus will, therefore, com-

prise five northern and two southern species.

Although the genus, without doubt, must be regarded

as of abyssal origin, it is worth while remarking that Pseu-

domma australe was obtained at a depth of 33 fathoms and

Pseudomma truncatum once at a depth of 45 fathoms.

32. Pseudomma roseum G. 0O. SARS.

1870. Pseudomma roseum G. O. SARS, Nye Dybvandsecrustaceer fra

Lofoten, |1;::c., p.« 154.

1870. > » G. 0. SARS, Carcinol. Bidrag til Norges

Fauna ete., I. le, pp; 24, tab. IV.

1879. » » SMITH, Stalk-eyed Crust. Atl. Coast North

America, 1." ec: p. 98:

Localities:

in 1900:

stat. 18. lat. 74” 30' N., long. 18” 40" W., East Greenland, S.E. of

Walrus Island, depth 80—100 m., mud and stones, 4/VTIII,

two spec. (9).

» 21. East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord and Mackenzie

Bay, depth 250 m., mud, 8/VIII, twelfe spec. (45, 82).

>» 27. East Greenland, Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, Muskox-Fiord,

depth 220 m., clay, 21/VIII, three spec. (Q).

This pretty Mysidean was first discovered by SARrRs off

Lofoten Islands, where, in some places, it was rather abun-

dant. It was afterwards obtained in the Hardanger Fiord,

and by the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, at one

1 In the >Fauna und Flora Grönlands>, 1. c. p. 200. VANHOEFFEN shortly

described another species, viz. Pseudomma parvum, but without giving any

details or figures at all. i

18 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

station off the West coast of Norway, and at another S.W.

of Jan Mayen. METzZGER mentions it from Skagerack SW. of

Lindesnäs, and SMITH from Gulf of Maine and Gulf of St.

Lawrence. It was also obtained at Matotschkin Schar (STux-

BERG). It must, therefore, be regarded as belonging to the

cold area of the North Atlantic.

It ranges vertically from 60—70 fathoms (Matotschkin

Schar) up to 400—500 fathoms (Hardanger Fiord).

Length of largest male 24 mm.

> > > female 28 mm.

33. Pseudomma Théeli n. sp.

Fig. 5.

Eye-scales quite coalesced, non-serrated, without any

trace of a median fissure, seen from above representing an

equilateral triangle, the lateral sides of which are somewhat

sinuated. Antennal scale relatively much longer than in the

other species, five times as long as they are broad, its outer

margin terminating, as usual, in a strong spine, which, how-

ever, is situated, contrary to what is the case in the other

known species, at the apex of the scale. In this respect it

comes nearest to Pseudomma Sarsii WILLEMOES-SUHM, and is

farthest remote from Pseudomma australe, in which this spine

is situated very near the base of the scale. Pseudomma

Théeli and Pseudomma australe thus represent the extreme

poles in regard to the relative length of the outer margin

as compared with the inner setous one, the other species

being intermediate links in the series.

Telson is also of a very different appearance than in the

allied species. It is very long and narrow, with the lateral

sides a little sinuated. It is five times as long as it is

broad (at the apex). This is subtruncated, armed with 10

strong spines, the median ones being as long as the apex is

broad. Only three or four very small lateral spines are on

each side above the apical ones. I was not able to detect

amy trace of the median pair of slender plumose sete which

occurs in the other species.

In the general appearance Pscudomma Théeli resembles

the type species, viz. Pseudomma roseum In the structure

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 79

of the oral parts there are some deviations to be found in

the form of the two distal joints of the palp of the man-

dible, the third one being triangular, with the apex very

broad. The maxillipeds and the first pair of pereiopods, the

gnathopods, are also relatively much shorter and thicker than

in Pseudomma roseum, as may be seen by comparing my fig-

ures with those given by SaArs in his »Carcinologiske Bidrag»,

Hiten EV figv Vl,-12.

Locality:

in 1900:

stat. 27. East Greenland, Franz Joseph Fiord, entrance of Musk-ox

Fiord depth 220 m., mud, 21/VIII, two spec. (females, the

one very mutilated, without pleon and the half of the

pereion).

Length 20 mm.

Erythrops G. O. SaArs 1869.

Nematopus G. O. SARS (preoccupied).

In the year 1863, G. O. SArRs, in his »Beretning om en i

Sommeren 1862 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Christianias og

Trondhjems Stifter», has described two new Mysideans for

which he ereated a new genus, Nematopus. Next year he

added two other species, and also referred to it Mysis erytlhro-

phthalma described by Gois nearly at the same time. Then,

in his most important paper, especially with regard to Sclhizo-

poda, viz. »Undersögelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvands-

fauna», he enlarges the genus with a new species, but, at

the same time, changed the generic name into Erythrops, the

old name being preoccupied. For one, of the former species

he also instituted a new genus, viz. Parerythrops to indicate

the close relationship with the typical genus. In his »Mo-

nographi over de ved Norges Kyster forekommande Mysider»>,

the genus was thus made to include the following species:

Erythrops Goösii (= Mysis erythrophthalma Gois), Erythrops

serrata, Erythrops microphthalma (= Nematopus microps), Ery-

throps pygmea (= Nematopus elegans), Erythrops abyssorum.

Another species was described in his report on the crusta-

ceans of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, viz. Ery-

80 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

throps glacialis. Tt is worth remarking that no representative

of this genus was obtained either on the Challenger Expedi-

tion or on the German Plankton Expedition. These species,

all of which, when living, are very easily recognizable by

their bright red eye-pigment soluble in spirit, have hitherto

only been recorded from the North Atlantic and Aretic Oce-

ans; Erythrops pygmea also occurs in the Mediterranean at

Messina and Naples (G. O. SARs), and, as SArRs has pointed

out, they are certainly of an Arctic origin only occurring

along the Norwegian coast in the innermost and deepest

basins of the fiords, as also many other animals of undoubt-

edly Arctic origin.

34. Erythrops Goösii (G. O. SARS).

1864. Mysis erythrophthalma Gofs, Crust. decapoda marina Suecia

Blic: Le. ip. 43

1868. Nematopus Goösii G. O. SARS, Beretn. om en i Sommeren

1865 foretagen "zool. Reise ete., 1. c. p: 96.

1870. Erythrops > G. O. SARS, Carcinol. Bidrag til Norges

Fauna etc., I:, 1. C. Mp. vasa

1892. » » NORMAN, British Myside etc., 1. c. p. 160.

Locality:

in 1898:

stat. 21. lat.,.78: 27 N., long. 15” ,20' E.,. Ice FIordjnNOsmmpummede

depth 175 m., soft brownish clay. 19/VII, one spec.

This species, the type of the genus, was found by LovÉNnN

off Finmarken, by LILLJEBORG at Christiansund, and by the

Swedish Expedition, in 1861, in Wide Bay, North Spitzbergen.

Later on, it was rediscovered by SARS at several places off

the Norwegian coast from Hammerfest to Christiania Fiord.

It also occurs off Scotland, in the Firth of Forth (Scott).

SMITH mentions it from Massachusetts Bay, and STuUXBERG

and JARZYNSKY from the White Sea, Murman Coast, Matotsch-

kin Schar, and Kara Sea. WVANHÖFFEN enumerates it in his

list of crustaceans obtained in Karajok Fiord, West Green-

land. Along the Norwegian coast it occurs in depths ranging

from 30 up to 100 or 125 fathoms, and seems to live exclusi-

vely on muddy bottom.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 81

Farther north it dwells in shallower depths. In Murman

Sea it was once dredged at a depth of only 10 fathoms.

Length of my spec. (a male) 15 mm.

35. Erythrops abyssorum G. O. SARS.

1869. Erythrops abyssorum G. O. SARS, Underseog. over Christiania

” fiordens Dybvandsfauna, 1. c. p. 326.

1870. » » G. 0. SARS, Carcinol. Bidrag til Norges

Fauna etc., 1. c. p. 36. tab. V, fig. 1—12.

"Localities:

in 1899:

Hans gat. 12-28 N:, long. 217 48" W., depth 180 m., muddy

bottom, some stones, 24/VII, one spec.

in 1900:

Sian. fort latut2sn25 No longa 17” 156" W:. E-sof Greenland, depth

300 m., stones and sand, 30/VII, four spec.

This species, which is closely allied to Erythrops serrata

G. O. SARs, was first discovered by the great Norwegian

carcinologist in great abundance in an isolated deep basin

off the exterior part of the Christiania Fiord where it occur-

red on muddy bottom, in depths ranging from 150 to 230

fathoms. 'There it was living together with Munnopsis typica,

FEurycope cornuta, and other Arctic crustaceans. Afterwards

it was observed off Lofoten Islands, and, on the Norwegian

North Atlantic Expedition, in the Porsanger Fiord, and also

off Jan Mayen. It was, moreover, obtained during the

Dijmphna Expedition at four stations in the Kara Sea. It

was also obtained by VANHÖFFEN in Karajok Fiord, West

Greenland. Its occurence off East Greenland, together with

the finds of it mentioned above, thus attest its Arctic origin.

In the Arctic Ocean it seems to live in shallower water,

e. g., in the Kara Sea, it was taken at a depth of 51

fathoms.

As SARS has shown, this species is subject to some va-

riations in the size of the eyes and the length of the perei-

opods. The deeper the water in which it lives, the

smaller become the eyes; and, on muddy bottom, the legs aer

82 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

always longer than in specimens living on more firm and

compact bottom. This interesting fact, viz., the modifying

influence of the bottom on the length of the pereiopods, the

same author also states with regard to the other species of

the genus. Erythrops pygmea, which dwells very often on

sandy bottom, has also relatively the shortest legs, whilst

Erythrops serrata and Erythrops microphthalma, living always

on muddy bottom, are provided with the longest ones. Now,

SARS points out this interesting fact to be observed even in

the same species.

Of my specimens, three were males and two females.

AG of larest male 18 mm.

> female 15,5 mm.

36. Erythrops glacialis G. O. SARS.

1877. Erythrops glacialis G. O. SARS, Prodr. descript. Crust. etc.,

Le p.b 242.

1885. » » G.:O. SARS, Norw. North AteRspom

p. 45, pl. 5, fig. 1—4.

Locality:

in 1900:

stat. 21. East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fiord, between

Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay, depth 250 m., mud,

8/VIII, one spec.

This species was obtained in two specimens during the

Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition in the open sea off

the coast of Norway at two stations. Both belong to the

cold area, and the depths were 498 and 350 fathoms resp.

As it has now been found also off East Greenland, SARS is,

no doubt, right in suggesting that it may unquestionably be

regarded as a true Arctic form.

My specimen was a male with well developed pleopods

of the typical biramous appearance. In no detail, did it

deviate from the description and figures which SaArs has

given of it in the work cited above.

Length: 17 mm.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 83

Parerythrops G. O. Sars. 1869.

Among the species belonging to Nematopus (Erythrops),

G. O. Sars described, in 1864, one species which deviated so

much in some points of its structure, that the author, even

at that time, only with great hesitation included it in the

genus. Having afterwards discovered some other species all

agreeing with each other, but deviating from Nematopus

obesus, he established then in 1869, in his »Undersggelser

over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna» a new genus, viz.

Parerythrops, for this species. Two other species, viz. Pare-

rythrops abyssicola from the deep basins of the Sogne Fiord,

and Parerythrops spectabilis from two stations of the Nor-

wegian North Atlantic Expedition, were then, in 1877, shortly

described by the some author. To the same genus is now

generally referred another species described, from the coasts

of New England in 1879, by SmitH as Meterythrops robusta.

As the preceding genus, this includes also deep sea forms

of an undoubtedly Arctic origin. Up to now the genus has

not been met with in other seas except in the cold area of

the North Atlantic and in the Arctic Ocean.

37. Parerythrops robusta (SMITH).

1879. Meterythrops robusta SMITH, Stalk-eyed OCrust. Atl. Coast

NOEN CATHerica, 1: C- P3 dö, pls LS

10 (EANR R

1879. Parerythrops > G. O. SARS, Carcinol. Bidrag til Norges

Bauna etc: FC: ILL pr 08, tab KNOCK

fäpeality:

n1900:

stat." 19. lat. 74” 35' N., long. 18” 15' W., East Greenland, S.E. of

Pendulum Island, depth 150 m., mud and stones, 5/VIIIL,

seven spec. (49, 3 9).

This species was first observed in Massachusetts Bay

and in the Gulf of S:t Lawrence by the late distinguished

carcinologist Prof. SmitH, who proposed a new genus for it,

mainly on account of the different structure of the first pair

of pleopods in the male, the endopodite being here rudimen-

84 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

tary, soft, and membranaceous. Meanwbhile, it was found by

SARS at Bodö and in the Varanger Fiord, and, on the Nor-

wegian North Atlantic Expedition, in the Porsanger Fiord,

and off South Cape, Spitzbergen. MSaARrs does not regard the

deviating form of the endopodite of the first pair of male ple-

opods as of generic value; but, as the species in all other

points closely agrees with the other known species of Pare-

rythrops, he includes it in this genus.

It also occurs in the Kara Sea (Dijmphna Expedition)

and off East Greenland (Swed. Arct. Exp. 1900). It must,

therefore, be considered as decidedly Arctic, but as to how

far SARS is right in supposing it also to be circumpolar

is a detail which must be left to future researches to prove.

It ranges bathymetrically from 33 up to 150 fathoms.

It lives mainly on muddy bottom, sometimes mixed with

sand.

Length ot largest male. CC vNE Börs

> » » Temale. oo. oc Hr reer re

One of the females in my collection had in the mar-

supium six eggs of rather large size. The cleavage was

finished, but the formation of the embryo had not yet begun.

In the other two females the marsupium contained about

twenty young ones, most of which were of a length of 4 mm.

38. Parerythrops spectabilis G. Ö. SARS.

1877. Parerythrops spectabilis G. O. SARS, Prodr. descript. Crust.

Elev: ica Pp: AD

1885: > » G. O. SARS, Norweg. North Atl. Exp-

I, Pp: 47, pl 5, forrD RE

Localities:

TITANS OO

stat:r 18. lat. 74” 52 NÅ long: 177,16. W., depth ag 0 mums

clay, sand and pebbles, 4/VII, one spec. (6).

1nr900:

stat 21. FEast Greenland between Bontekoe Island and Mackenzie Bay,

depth 250 m., mud, 8/VIII, several spec. (155, 129).

This species, which is distinguishable by its considerable

size, the its eyes, and the armature of the apex of telson,

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 85

was obtained during the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedi-

tion at two stations far distant from each other, but both

belonging to the cold area, the one being situated off Stor-

eggen NW. off Cape Stadt and the other SW. of Jan Mayen.

It also occurs off West Greenland, Karajok Fiord (VAN-

HÖFFEN).

Its vertical range is from 250 up to 763 metres, and it

is undoubtedly of Arctic origin.

Length of largest male. . . . . 23 mm.

> > » female. Fv I200

Mysideis G. O. Sars 1869.

In his »Undersggelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvands-

fauna», SARS established this genus to receive a Mysidean

obtained by him at great depths in the Christiania Fiord,

and first named Mysis insigmis by the same author in »Be-

retning om en i Sommeren 1863 foretagen zoologisk Reise i

Christiania Stift». The genus comes nearest to Mysidopsis,

although deviating from that genus in the structure of man-

dibles and of the second pair of maxille. SaArRs added, then,

. to the genus in 1879, in the third part of his »Carcinologiske

Bidrag til Norges Fauna», another form already: described in

1863 by Gois as Mysis grandis and occurring rarely off the

coasts of Finnmarken and Spitzbergen.! No other species

have as yet been described.

539. Mvysideis grandis (Goos).

1864. Mysis grandis Gofs, Crust. decap. podophth. mar. Suecize etc.,

Te p: 176:

1879. Mysideis > G. 0. SARS, Carcinol. Bidrag til Norges Fauna

etc., III, p. 106, tab. XLI—XLII.

1892. Stilomysis > NORMAN, British Myside etc., 1. c. p. 148.

» > STEBBING, Arctic Crustacea etce., 1. c. p. 11.

1 In 1892, NORMAN made this the type of a new genus, for which he

proposes the name Stilomysis, but without giving any detailed description of

the genus. It seems to me very uncertain how far he is right in estab-

lishing this genus.

86 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Localities:

in 1898:

stat. 39. lat. 79” 43” N., long. 10” 52 E., Dannes” Island Vigo

Harbour, depth 25—30 m., gray clay, Laminarie, 27/VIII,

one spec.

in 1900:

stat. 2. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Coal. Bay, depth 100 m57

rocks, 16/VI—20/VI, one spec. (29).

3. ibidem, depth 50--100 m., stones, 12/VI, three spec. (2,

12).

5. ibidem, Green Harbour, depth 10—80 m., stones, 25/VI,

one spec.

> 8 West Spitzbergen, Kings Bay, depth 10—30 m., stones and

sand with Laminarixe, 29/VI, one spec. (S).

19. East Greenland, S.E. of Pendulum Island, lat. 74” 35' N.,

long. 18” 15' W., depth 150 m., mud and stones, 5/VIII,

three spec. (9).

26. East Greenland, Franz Joseph Fiord, the innermost part

of Muskox Fiord, depth 100 m., clay, 17/VIII, one spec. (9).

This species was first obtained by the illustrious Swed-

ish zoologist LovÉN off the coast of Finmark where it was

afterwards observed by SaArs. It was described by Gois

from specimens collected at Spitzbergen. STEBBING mentions

it from the Barents Sea from lat. 70” 51' N., long. 53” E.

HANSEN from West Greenland in lat. 65” 35' N., long. 54” 50"

W-. and VANHÖFFEN from Karajok Fiord. Its area of distribu-

tion has now, by the Swedish Arctic Expedition, been en-

larged by the addition of East Greenland. Thus, it seems to

belong ex clusively to the Atlantic part of the Arctic Ocean.

It ranges vertically from a few (5) up to 100 fathoms.

Length of largest spec. (a female from stat. 26) 39 mm.

Mysis LATREILLE 1803.

This genus, in its widest sense, comprises many species,

but it has now been subdivided into several genera, mainly

by SARS and NORMAN (1. c.). LATREILLE'S original genus has

been restricted by the last author to the species to be men-

tioned below and to the well-known fresh-water form Mysis

relicta T.ovÉN.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. $87

40. Mysis oculata (O. FABRICIUS).

1780. Cancer oculatus O. FABRICIUS, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 245,

uh 222 Fig INA-B.

1846. Muysis oculata KRÖYER, Voy. en Scand. etc., 1. c., Pl. 8, Fig.

2a—r, Fig. 3 a—f.

1861. » >! KRÖOYEB); Myside, 1. cs p. 135

1879. » 3 få GH OSNARSAnr Carceimol.:, Bidr,:ete., III -p: 69,

Tab. XXXI.

1887. » » HANSEN, Dijmphna-Togtets zool. bot. Udbytte

efte, LC. Pp. 201,:tab, AA Hg,2—2 Db.

Localities:

in 1898:

Niarvr4R Jat 74 21 N., long. 19: 15 E., Beeren, Island, , depth

14—18 m., rocky bottom with alg&e, pebbles, and sand,

17/VI, one spec.

» 8. lat. 76” 50' N., long. 17” 20' E., Stor Fiord, depth 14—18

m., stony bottom with Laminaris, 25/VI, two spec.

20121

one spec.

30297 lat. 78-40" N., long. 27” 10" E., King Charles Land, Swe-

dish Foreland, depth 14—16 m., bottom temp. + 0,9” C.,

soft, grayish-black, sand, stones, mud, and alge, 5/VIIL,

two spec.

> 30. King Charles Land, Swedish Foreland, depth 10—16 m.,

soft, grayish-black sand, stones, mud, and algze, 6/VIIIL,

many spec.

>» 31. King Charles Land, Swedish Foreland, depth 12—20 m.,

soft, grayish-black clay, 8/VIII, many spec.

> 32. King Charles Land, Rivalen Sound, depth 100—110 m.,

bottom temp. — 1,45” C., soft clay with boulders, 8/VIII,

one spec.

Fader lat. <79r 43 N.; Ioog. 107 52 E., 'Danes Island; Virgo's

Harbour, depth 25—30 m., gray clay, Laminarize, 27/VIIIL,

two spec.

in 1899:

stat. 10. Jan Mayen, Mary Muss Bay, depth 7—9 m., sand and

alge, 19/VI, two spec.

> 29. lat. 70” 27" N., long: 22” 35' W., Scoresby Sound, Cape

Stewart, depth 13—18 m., mud, stones, and alge, 30/VII,

two spec.

North Spitzbergen, Danes Gat, depth 20—30 m., 7/VII,

many spec. WULFF.

88 ' AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

ba laRa (es (OA DG

stat. 3. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Coal Bay, depth 50—100 m.,

stones, 22/VI, one spec.

5. West Spitzbergen, Ice Fiord, Green Harbour, depth 10-—80

m., stones, 25/VI, eight spec.

8. West Spitzbergen, King's Bay, depth 10—30 m., stones

and sand with Laminarie, 29/VI, six spec.

» 15. East coast of Jan Mayen, depth 70—380 m., sand, 22/VII,

many spec.

» 17. East Greenland, Mackenzie Bay, N. of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 12—35 m., mud, 1/VIII—3/VIII, several spec.

>» 23. ibidem, depth 3—10 m., mud and sand with Laminarize,

11/VIII, many spec.

» 24. East Greenland, Mackenzie Bay N. cf Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 1—3 m., sand, 11/VIII, two large and many

young spec.

Distribution:

Mysis oculata is, without doubt, the most common among

Arcetie Mysideans, and at the same time, sometimes occurs

in enormous shoals, rivalling Fhoda inermis and Nycti-

phanes norvegica in its multitude of specimens. In fact, these

species supply some Balzenopterids and sea-birds with their es-

sential food. Mysis oculata has been obtained off West Green-

land, in Smith Sound, off Baffin Land, Labrador, and New

England, in the Siberian Polar Sea W. of Tajmur Peninsula,

Kara Sea, Murman Sea, round NSpitzbergen, off Finmarken,

Iceland, Jan Mayen, and East Greenland. It must, therefore,

be considered an Arctic species; although it was not obtained,

according to Stuxberg, during the Vega Expedition E. of

Tajmur Peninsula, and although it has not yet been observed,

as far as I know, in the Behring Sea or the adjacent parts

of the Arctic Ocean, further discoveries in these tracts of

the sea, hitherto so little explored for zoological purposes,

will, I think, prove that it must also be regarded as cir-

cumpolar.

It lives in moderate depths from a few up to 20 fathoms.

Such depths as 80—100—110 metres, which are recorded above

in the list of localities, are the greatest I have found for the

species; but, as HANSEN has pointed out, it is very probable

that it lives pelagic a great deal of the year, and, therefore,

the above figures are not very trustworthy, as the animal

might have been taken by the trawl when carried up.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 5859

Length of largest spec.: 28 mm. A specimen which I

dredged in 1894 in Smith Sound, measured 33 mm. (OHLIN,

re: sp: 0).

41. Mysis mixta LILLJEBORG.

1852. Mysis mixta LILLJEBORG, Hafs-Crust. vid Kullaberg etc., 1. ec.

P0:

1861. >» latitans KRÖYER, Myside, 1. c. p. 30, tab I, fig. 4 a—b.

1879. St PEImiKtaL GG. ÖYSARS, = Carcmol.” Bidri eter! le ITIL po76:

tab. XXXIII.

Localities:

INA LSD

stat. 17. Fast Greenland, Mackenzie Bay, N. of Kaiser Franz Joseph

Fiord, depth 12—35 m., mud, 1/VIII—3/VIII, four spec.

» 23. ibidem, depth 3—10 m., mud and sand with Laminarize,

11/VIII, several spec.

This species was first described by LILLJEBORG from spec-

imens obtained in Öresund. Nine years afterwards KRÖYER

redescribed it as Mysis latitans after specimens from Green-

land; but, as SaArRs has pointed out, both are indentical. The

species is very often to be found together with Mysis oculata,

which it closely resembles, but from which it is easily to

be distinguished by the pointed squame antennarum, the

somewhat different form of the incisure of the telson, and by

a lighter colour, the black star-formed spots being here of

smaller size. i

Mysis mixta has been obtained off East and West Green-

land, New England as far south as Massachusetts Bay, Ice-

land, Lofoten Islands, and Finmarken. Although it is on

this account, to be regarded as an Arctic species, it occurs,

however, farther south, viz. in the interior part of Christiania

Fiord, in Öresund, and in the Baltic.

It seems to live in the Arctic in the same depths as the

preceding species, but, farther south, it dwells in deeper

water. Thus according to SmiItH, it has been obtained, off

the coasts of New England, only in depths varying from 20

up to 90 fathoms.

Length of largest spec. 30 mm.

90 AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Pseudomysis G. O. SaArs 1879.

Among tbe new and interesting finds with which our

knowledge about Arctic crustaceans was enriched by the

Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, is a Schizopod for

which SaArRs has established a new genus, viz. Pseudomysis.

Unfortunately he had only two very mutilated specimens,

both females, at his disposal, so that his description is, in

some respects, incomplete. During the Swedish Arctic Expedition

1898 I got a fragment of this remarkable Mysidean from the

»Swedish Depth» together with a few specimens of Boreo-

mysis scyphops. As that fragment happens to be the very

mutilated pleon of a male, I am here able to complete SARS

description with regard to that important part.

42. Pseudomysis abyssi G. O. SARS.

1879. Pseudomysis abyssi G. O. SARS, Crust. et Pycnog. nova etc.,

GA Part NA

1885. » >» —G. 0. SARS, Norweg. NOrth "Atlekapsmit

Pp. 50, pE 5 fig) 13-20 PEO

18—20.

Locality:

in 1898:

stat. 26. lat. 78” 19' N., long: 8” 41' E.,' the »Swedish Dept,

depth 2700 m., bottom temp. — 1,4” C., Biloculina clay,

25/VII, one spec. (very mutilated pleon of a male).

Although my fragment of this species is in a very bad

condition, it evidently proves that this deep-sea Mysidean

comes nearest to Boreomysis or Mysideis, as SARS has already, :

suggested, on account of the structure of the oral parts.

The pleopods of the male are developed as two-branched

swimming-plates. It is, however, impossible for me to give

any exact description or complete figures of them, because

they are broken and much mutilated. Contrary to what is

usually the case, they all seem to be of about the same size

and structure. Even the first pair has the endopodite well

developed and is not rudimentary. I have figured the fifth

pleopod, which was most complete. The endopodite is here

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 8. 91

longer than the exopodite, and uniarticulate, although I can

not be quite certain as to this, as one or two articulations mey be

proken off. I am not able to decide if the usual plate

at the base of the inner branch is wanting. I think, however,

that an indication of itis to be found. I have marked it in the

figure with x. The exopodite is much smaller, and consists

of five joints, the first of which is by far the largest. Thus,

the male pleopods deviate in some points from the allied spe-

cies, but, as this is the case even in species belonging to the

same genus, f. i. Mysideis insignis and M. grandis, I think that

this unusual structure ought not to prevent us from thinking

that SaArs is right, in considering that Pseudomysis approxi-

mates closest to Mysideis.

This species is an inhabitant of the deep basin between

East Greenland on the one side, and Spitzbergen-Norway on

the other. One of SARS specimens was taken in the trawl

N.W. of Finmark at the depth of 1110 fathoms, the other

was found in the ventricle of Ehodichthys regina from a sta-

tion farther West, at a depth of 1280 fathoms.

Length of pleon of my specimen 19 mm. NSARrR8 estimated

the length of his largest specimen, which, however, was not

fullgrown, to be about 35 mm.

Note. It ought to be observed that »Rivalen Sound» and

»Giles' Land» in this treatise are nominated respectively

»Bremer Sound» and »White Island» in my previous paper.

The reason is that I then followed the English sea-chart.

As Prof. NATHoORST has shown that the term »Rivalen Sound»

has priority to »Bremer Sound», the former name must con-

quently be used. And as he has also shown that »White's

Island» is the same as »Giles' Land>, the latter appellation

is the correct one.

AXEL OHLIN, ARCTIC CRUSTACEA.

Explanation of the figures.

Bythocaris simplicirostris G. O. SARS.

. Carapace from side. II. Second, third, and fourth dölments

of pleon. a,. antennula a. scale of antenna, mxpa-third

maxilliped ps. second pereiopod.

Pandalus borealis KRÖYER, chela of first pereiopod.

Boreomysis nobilis G. O. SARS.

Mp. palp of mandible, U. uropods.

Amblyops Sarsi n. sp.

. From above, II. Cephalic portion, from above, III. same

from side. T + U, telson and uropods.

Pseudomma Théeli n. sp.

. Cephalic portion, from above, a,. antenna, Mp. palp of man-

dible, mxp. maxilliped, pj, first hereidndd (gnathopod). U,

uropods, T. telson.

Pseudomysis abyssi G. O. SARS, fifth pleopod of male.

Bit Kö Vet Akad. Handl. Bu 27 Afd.Z N28. FÖR

1, rg

KIOkEn. deh — Lo. d.Cederquist foto.

Bil.t. K. Vet. Akad. Handl. B9.27 Afd.4 N28. EL

3Mp

ACORN: del. d.Cederquist foto.

Bih.t. K.Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd.27 Afd.4 NEB. PETE

A Ohlin. del. J.Cederquist foto

BIHANG. TILL K. SVENSKA VET-AKAD. HANDLINGAR. Band 27. /Afd. IV. N:o 9.

k ZUR KENNTNISS DER

- LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LTR

| +

VON

IVAR TRÄGÅRDH,

UPSALA.

STOCKHOLM

BOKTRYCKERIET. P. A. NORSTEDT & SÖNER

1902

LM SR bee UNB VLE GGFNNEEE KAN

; N Una ; ;. 2d

Uber Acarus littoralis Linné.

Der erste, welcher litorale Milben erwähnt und beschrieben

hat, ist LINNÉ, der 1758 in Systema Naturze!) von »Acarus

littoralis> sagt »habitat in Europe littoribus». Die nächste

Angabe finden wir 1780 in Fauna Groenlandica von ÖTHO

FaBRICIUS, welcher eine an den Ufern von Groenland gefun-

dene Acaride mit A. littoralis L. 1dentifiziert. Im Jahre 1794

nimmt J. Car. FaABrrIcius die Linné'sche Art in seiner »Ento-

mologia Systematica» (p. 433) auf und ergänzt die Beschrei-

bung, und ebenso 1805 (p. 364) in »Systema Antliatorum», wo

er sie der Gattung Gamasus zurechnet. Von den späteren

Autoren haben nur zwei Acarus littoralis erwähnt: BERLESE,”)

weleher vermutet, dass die Art der Gattung Bdella nahe

stehe, und TRoUESSART,?) welcher sie mit dem von ihm und

BERLESE 1) von den Kästen Frankreichs beschriebenen Rlwyn-

cholophus miniatus (HERM) Var. rubipes identifiziert.

Wie man sieht, sind also die Autoren betreffs der Identi-

fizierung von Åcarus littoralis L. verschiedener Auffassung.

Meiner Ansicht nach ist BERLESES Vermuvtung ganz richtig.

A. littoralis ist ohne Zweifel eine Bdella. För diese Auf-

fassung sprechen folgende Thatsachen. In Systema Nature

citiert LinsÉ seine Reise auf Öland p. 96. Wir finden da

eine etwas eingehendere Beschreibung der fraglichen Milbe,

die ich hier in Ubersetzung wiedergebe: »Ein Acarus, der

klein und rot war und dem Acarus, welcher im Sommer sich

auf den Johannisbeersträuchen aufzuhaltern pflegt, ähnelte,

obgleich er doppelt so gross war, lief auf den Steinblöcken,

SjuEd: Xp 618:

2) Acari. Myriapoda et Scorpiones Itaiixe, ordo Mesostigmata, pag. 65.

3) Revision des acariens arctiques. Soc. Nat. d. Sciences Nat. et Mat.

de Cherbourg. Tome XXIX 1892—1895, pag. 184.

+" A. Berlese et E. Trouessart. Diagnoses d'Aeariens nouveaux ou pen

connus. Bull. de la Bibl. scient, de I'Onest II 1559, pag. 131.

4 .TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

welche am Ufer waren, ziemlich allgemein herum; sein Bauch

war rotbraun, aber seine Fisse waren alle blutrot>. Es

unterliegt keinem Zweifel, dass die Milbe, welche LInnÉ aut

Johannisbeersträuchern gesehen hat und später unter dem

Namen ÅAcarus baccarum beschreibt, Actineda vitis (SCHRANK)

BERLESE ist. Diese Milbe hat eine Länge von ca. 12 mm.

Acarus littoralis, weleher nach LINSÉs Angabe doppelt so

gross ist, hat also eine Länge von ungefähr 2,» mm. Dieses

Mass stimmt ganz mit der durchschnittlichen Länge der

an den Käiösten Schwedens vorkommenden Bdella-Art, iber-

trifft dagegen weit die Länge von Rhyncholophus miniatus

(HERM) rar. rubipes BERL & Trert, welcher im Durchschnitt

nur eine Länge von 1,,—1,s mm. hat. Der Ausdruck >»sein

Bauch !) war rotbraun, aber die Beine blutrot;, welcher offen-

bar die Identifizierung von TRoUESSART veranlasst hat, passt

ebenso gut auf die Farbe der Bdella, welche, obgleich die

Hautfarbe rot ist, dennoch oft rotbraun gefärbt erscheint,

wenn der Magen gefällt ist und sein dunkler Inhalt durch

die Haut durchschimmert.

Die Annahme, dass A. littoralis eme PBdella sei und also

nicht mit Rhynchol. mimiatus (HERM) var. rubipes BERL. & TRT

identisch, wird durch die geographische Verbreitung dieser

beiden Formen völlig bestätigt. Auf einer Reise im Sommer

1898 der schwedischen Käiste entlang hatte ich nämlich

Gelegenheit, die Acaridenfauna der Käste und der Schären

auf 24 verschiedenen Lokalitäten, welche ziemlich gleichmässig

äber unsre OÖstkäste von Blekinge bis zu Hernösand verteilt

liegen, zu untersuchen. Auf 22 von diesen traf ich eine

Bdella-Art an, und immer kam sie in grosser Anzahl vor.

Nur auf zwei Lokalitäten wurde eine Flyncholophus-Art

gefunden. Auch von der Insel Öland selbst entstammende

Bdella-Formen besitze ich, welche von einem Freunde von mir

gesammelt sind; dagegen ist kein Ehyncholophus von ihm dort

am Ufer gefunden worden.

Da, somit festgestellt ist, dass eine Bdella iäberall an

der Ostkäste von Schweden allgemein vorkommt, während

Blyyncholophus dagegen sehr selten ist, bestätigt diese That-

sache die Annahme, dass die Milbe, welche LINNÉ auf seiner

öländischen Reise am Meeresufer sah und später als Acarus

1) Bauch = Abdomen, was aus einer anderen Beschreibung hervorgeht.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 9. 5

littoralis beschrieb, eine Bdella-Art sei. Fir die obenerwähnte

nach meinen Befunden an der sechwedischen Ostkäste ungemein

häuvfig vorkommende Bdella-Art werde ich daher im Folgenden

den Namen PB. littoralis (L.) gebrauchen. Da nun eine mit

dieser schwedischen Bdella-Art identische Form auch mehr-

mals auf Grönland gefunden ist, ist wahrscheinlich die von

0. FABRICIUS vVorgenommene Identifizierung richtig.

Auch der von J. CHR. FaABrRIcIusS 1794 beschriebene A.

littoralis seheint eine Bdella zu seim. Er beschreibt das Tier

in folgender Weise: »Acarus ovatus, ruber, rostro porrecto

subulato. Corpus ovatum, glabrum. Antenne quadriarticu-

late, filiformes. Caput et torax sanguinea. Abdomen valde

obtusum, magis obscurum, utrinque punctis aliquotimpressum».

Die Ausdräcke: »Corpus glabrum» und »Antennz quadri-

articulate, filiformes> schliessen eine Identifizierung mit ir-

gend einer BRhyncholophus-Art aus, deuten vielmehr bestimmt

auf eine Bdella-Art hin. Die dritte Gattung, welche litorale

Arten aufweist und somit hier in Betracht gezogen werden

kann, Gamasus, wird u. a. durch die Angabe, dass die Farbe

rot sei, ausgeschlossen. Wenn man also mit einem hohen

Grade von Wahrscheinlichkeit diese Acaride mit der LINNÉ-

schen Art identifizieren darf, ist es dagegen sehr fraglich,

ob J. CHR. FABRICIUS in seiner späteren Arbeit (1805) unter

demselben Namen dieselbe Acaride beschrieben hat. In dieser

Arbeit teilt er die Gattung Acarus in fäönf verschiedene

Gattungen ein: Ixodes, Acarus, Bdella, Gamasus und Ataz.

Zu der Gattung Bdella, welche folgendermassen charakteri-

siert wird, »Palpi! filiformes, quinquearticulati: articulo

ultimo setis duabus. Antennze null», rechnet er nur eine Art,

B. longicornis, welehe er vorher (1794) in folgender Weise be-

schrieben hat: »Acarus ruber,antennis bifidis rostro longioribus».

Acarus littoralis dagegen, wovon er jetzt eime viel kärzere

Beschreibung liefert: »ovatus, ruber, haustello porrecto subu-

lato», rechnet er zu der Gattung Gamasus, welche er mit

diesen Worten charakterisiert: »Palpi triarticulati articulo

ultimo chelato. Antenne nulle» Diese Diagnose passt in-

dessen gar nicht auf die Acaride, welche er in seiner vorigen

Arbeit mit den Worten »Antennze quadriarticulat:e, filiformes»

beschrieben hat, und es ist einfach unmöglich, dass seine

1) Was er vorher als Antenne bezeichnet hat, nennt er also hier Palpi.

6 TRÄGÅRDIL, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

spätere Diagnose von ÅA. littoralis sich auf eine Bdella be-

ziehen lässt. Dagegen ist es gar nicht unmöglich, dass Fa-

BRICIUS im letzteren Falle eine Rhyncholophus-Art!) vor sich

gehabt, und es liegt dann nahe, an die obengenannte Art B. mini-

atus (HERM) var. rubipes BERL. & TRT zu denken, welche ich äbri-

gens auch selbst an der Westkiste Schwedens gefunden habe.

FaABrIcIuS hat aber unter dem Gattungsnamen Gamasus

eine Menge von Arten zusammengefasst, auf welche die

Diagnose »Palpi triarticulati articulo ultimo chelato» gar

nicht passt, und man darf daher bei Beurteilung seines

»Gamasus littoralis» kein grosses Gewicht auf den Umstand

legen, dass er ihn zu der in der erwähnten Weise charak-

terisierten Gattung Gamasus gerechnet hat. Dagegen kann

man unmöglich annehmen, dass FABRICIUS wenn er 1805 wirk-

lich eine Bdella-Art vor den Augen gehabt hätte, nicht

die nahe Verwandtschaft zwischen dieser und seimer Bdella

longirostris wärde ein gesehen haben, da ja die Gattung Bdella

durch das Rostrum und die Palpen und äöbrigens durch den

ganzen Habitus so äusserst charakteristisch ist. Dieser

Umstand scheint mir sehr entschieden för die Auffassung zu

sprechen, dass sein G. littoralis nicht auf eine Bdella-Art

bezogen werden kann. Es ist somit als ziemlich sicher

festgestellt anzuseben, dass FaABrRIcIus unter dem Namen

Acarus (Gamasus) Uttoralis zwei verschiedene Milben be-

schrieben hat, und dass A. littoralis (1794) eine Bdella ist

und mit B. Uittoralis (L.) identisch, während dagegen sein

G. Uittoralis (1805) mit Rhyncholophus miniatus (HERM) var.

rubipes BERL. & TrRrT identisch sein därfte.

Die Synonymie von Bdella littoralis (L.) wird demnach

die folgende:

[1745. Acarus littoralis LINsÉ. Öländska Resan, p. 961].

1758: > > > Systema Nature, Ed. X.

prolöt

1780. » » OrtHo FaBricius. Fauna Groen-

landica p. 223.

1794. » » J. CHR. FaABrRICIUS. Entomologia

Systematica, tome 4,

p- 433.

1) Wenigstens streitet seine Diagnose gar nicht dagegen, denn wenn er

sagt, dass die Palpen dreigliedrig seien, während sie in Wirklichkeit viergliedrig

sind (das Endglied rechnet er als »chela>), beruht dies darauf, dass er das erste

Grundglied nicht gesehen hat, was auch sehr schwer ist.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 9. 7”

nec 1805. Gamasus littoralis J. CHR. FABRICIUS. Systema Ant-

liatorum, p..364.

Ich gehe jetzt zur näheren Beschreibung derjenigen Form

uber, för welche ich, wie anfangs erwähnt wurde, den Namen

Bdella littoralis (LIN.) in Anspruch nehme.

Die Länge des erwachsenen Tieres varitert zwischen 2

und 3 mm. bei einer Körperbreite von 0,s—1,2 mm. Die

Länge der Mandibeln beträgt bei einem Exemplare von 2 mm.

Länge 0,> mm., bei einem Exemplare von 2,» mm. Länge 0,56

mm. und bei einem Exemplare von 3 mm. Länge 0,6 mm.

Die Breite bei einem 2,5 mm. langen Exemplare ist 0,16 mm.,

bei einem Exemplare vou 3 mm. Länge 0,17n. Die Länge

der Taster ist resp. 0,66 mm., 1,032 mm. und 1,43 mm.

iNier Mandibelns (Fig:=:5,; 7,:9:0.10: |Taf) ID. tragen! auf

ihrer Rickenfläche 10—14 Haarborsten, deren Placierung,

aus den Figuren ersichtlich ist und sehr variiert.

Piewbasteri (Fiol, 7. Tafsl. sind lang, und kräftig

entwickelt. Das zweite Glied, das die anderen an Dicke

ibertrifft, nimmt nach dem distalen Ende zu allmählich an

Dicke zu. Die ibrigen Glieder sind ihrer ganzen Länge

nach von gleicher Dicke; das föänfte ist fast cylindrisch,

schmäler als die äbrigen und an der Spitze abgerundet. Die

Längenverhältnisse der Glieder vom zweiten bis zum fänften

sind durch 0,459, Ojos1, Oy, Ojss2 mm. (bei einem Exemplare

von 3 mm. Länge) ausgedräöckt. Hieraus ist ersichtlich,

dass das zweite Glied das finfte an Länge ein wenig

[ea. 0,03 mm.] äbertrifft und dass das vierte eine etwas

grössere Länge als das dritte erreicht. Ubrigens variieren

die Glieder an Länge nicht unbeträchtlich, wie ich im Fol-

genden bei der Revision der iäbrigen bis jetzt beschriebenen

Arten zeigen werde.

Dagegen kann man in der Stellung, Zahl und Grösse

der auf den Tastergliedern befindlichen Borsten eine gewisse

Regelmässigkeit spären, wenn es auch hier Schwankungen

giebt, vovon ich mich durch genaue Untersuchung von mehr

als 30 Exemplaren habe iberzeugen können.

Am zweiten Gliede sind die Haarborsten wesentlich in

der inneren distalen Hälfte aufgestellt — am Grunde des

Gliedes befindet sich, auf der Unterseite inseriert, nur eine

Borste — und in zwei Reihen geordnet; die eine Reihe ent-

8 TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

hält zwei Räöckenborsten, die andere gewöhnlich vier, welche

distalwärts an Länge ziunmehmen. Ziemlich oft trifft man

deren nur zwei an, und zwar sind dabei die beiden kleineren

proximalen verschwunden.

Das dritte Glied trägt nur eine Riäckenborste; nur

einmal habe ich an diesem Gliede zwei Borsten (und dies

dabei nur an dem einen Taster) gefunden.

Am vierten Gliede sind vier bis sechs Borsten vorhanden;

diejenigen vier, welche sich regelmässig wiederfinden, sind

sehr weit nach dem Vorderende des Gliedes-geriäckt. Zwei

von ihnen sind nach oben, die zwei anderen nach unten

gerichtet; von den letzten ist die auf der Innenseite des

(Hliedes befindliche kräftiger und erreicht die Länge von den

längsten Borsten des Endgliedes.

Das fäönfte Glied trägt eine grosse ziemlich variierende

— (17—23) — Anzahl von Borsten, welche gleichmässig iäber

das ganze Glied verteilt sind. Die am Ende des Gliedes

eingefägten ibertreffen, obwohl ziemlich unbedenteud, die

äbrigen an Länge.

Biologie.

Den ersten Beitrag zur Biologie der Bdelliden liefert Kar-

pelles 1893.1) Sie sind nach ihm »ausschliesslich Pflanzenfresser.

Man findet im Darminhalte die Reste von Moosen (Gefässbändel,

Zellen), unter denen sie leben. Ausserdem enthalten alle Theile

(Mitteldarm und Blindsäcke) schwärzliche Klumpen Erde.»

TROUESSART ?) (1894) konstatiert, dass B. sangninea, welche-

an den Kirsten lebt, sich von Collembolen ernährt.

MICHAEL ?) (1896) bestätigt die Angabe von TRoOUESSART

und hebt mit Recht hervor, dass KARPELLES Angabe von

dem Darminhalte gegen die von K. gemachte Beobach-

tung, dass die Darmentleerungen eine fläössige Konsistenz

haben, spreche.

Er findet auch, dass die Mundteile nicht diejenigen eines

Pflanzenfressers sind, sondern die eines Fliässigkeiten auf-

saugenden Tieres.

1 Zur Anatomie von Bdella arenaria (KRAMER). Verhandl. d. k. k. zool.-

bot. Ges. Band XLIII 1833, pag. 426.

?) Note zur une grande espéce de Bdella maritime originaire d'Islande.

Journ. Anat. et. Physiol. (RoBIn's) XXX 1894, n:r 1 pag. 117—125.

>?) Anatomy of Bdella. Trans. Linn. Soc. London. 2 ser. Vol. VI. part 7,

pag. 480.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0O 9. 9

Meine eigenen Beobachtungen, welche auf den äusseren

Schären an den Kisten von Schweden im Sommer 1898 ohne

Kenntnis von der einschlägigen Literatur angestellt wurden,

bestätigen vollauf die Angaben von TRoUESSART und MICHAEL.

Betreffs des Verhaltens von B-. littoralis zu den Collembolen

wurden keine Beobachtungen gemacht. Dagegen beobachtete

ich mehrmals, dass Bdella die auf den Schären äberall un-

gemein häufig vorkommende Micke (Chirononius sp.), deren

Larven die kleinen Wassertämpel bevölkerten, aussog. HEin-

mal beobachtete ich zwei Milben damit beschäftigt, zusammen

eine Micke auszusaugen. HEin anderes Mal hatte eine Milbe

eine sehr kleine Fliege iberwältigt. Sehr oft sah ich die

Milbe auf der Oberfläche der kleinen Wasseransammlungen

herumwandern, um diejenigen Micken, welche bei der Ent-

puppung verungläckt waren, auszusaugen. SNolche verung-

läckte ertrunkene Individuen trifft man immer in Menge in

den Timpeln der Schären an, und diese bieten also immer

den Milben eine sehr leicht zugängliche Nahrung.

Revision der bis jetzt beschriebenen litoralen

Bdella-Arten.

Es sind bis jetzt folgende litoralen Bdella-Arten be-

schrieben:

1758. Acarus littoralis. L. (siehe Seite 1). å

1847. Bdella PBasteri. JoHnston. »The Acarides of Berwick-

shire specifically described», Trans. Berwickshire

Naturalists” Field. Club. Vol. IT (1847), p., 221.

1871. Bdella arctica. ”THorein. Om Arachnider fr. Spets-

bergen och Beeren-Eiland. Öfv. Kongl. Vet.-Akad.

Förhandl. 1871, N:o 6, p. 698.

Ustädecupiensan TRORELL... Ibid. p. 699.

1878. B. grandis. L. KocB. Arachniden aus Sibirien und

Novaya-Semlja. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Båd. 16.

NGE SED lasta. Med

> B.: pallipes: si AsKocH:-Ibid. p-!13lystabu7, fig. 4.

1883. DB. villosa. IL. KocH & NEUMAN. Acariden während der

Vega-Expedition eingesammelt. Vega.-Exp. Ve-

tensk. Arbeten. Bd: III, p. 525, tab. 41.

> CB. boreatis. L. KocH & NEumaAn. Ibid. p. 526.

10 TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

1584. B. marina. PacKARD. »The American Naturalist. pp.

327—828, fig. 2

1888. Eupalus sanguineus. "TrovessaArrt. Comptes Rendus de

F'Acad. d. Science Nat. t. CVII, pp. 753—755.

1890. Bdella vulgaris (HERM) var. littoralis. MONIER. >»ÅCa-

riens et Insectes marins des cötes du Boulonnais.

Revue Biologique du Nord de la France. t. XI, pp.

196-198.

1894. B. sanguinea. ”TRovEssart. »Note sur une grande

espece de Bdelle maritime originaire d'Islande.>»

Journ. Anat. et Physiol. (Robins) XXX, N:o;

pp: ll g--V2

1899. B. frigida. BansKs. Report of the a Seal ExpRage

tion part. IV. p. 348. ..Plate A, fig.

Unter diesen gehören Bb. littoralis, Bostka i Beer gram-

dis, pallipes, villosa, (marina?) und sanguinea zu einer be-

sonderen Gruppe, die dadurch charakterisiert ist, dass die

Mandibeln eine grosse Anzahl Haarborsten (mindestens 8)

besitzen; bei B. decipiens, borealis und vulgaris var. littoralis

dagegen tragen die Mandibeln nur zwei Haarborsten. Bei

B. marina und frigida wird die Zahl der Mandibularborsten

nicht angegeben.

Bei der Revision dieser Arten hatte ich durch die zu-

vorkommende Gäite des Intendenten der entomologischen Ab-

teilung des Naturhistorisehen Reichsmuseums zu Stockholm,

Herrn Prof. CHr. AURIVILLIUS, die Typen der von THoRELL und

L. KocH beschriebenen Bdella-Arten (PB. arctica, decipiens,

grandis und pallipesy) zu meiner Verfögung und weiter auch

die von den letzten schwedischen arktischen Expeditionen

zusammengebrachten Acaridensammlungen und das von mir

selbst im Jahre 1898 an der Ostkiste und 1899 an der West-

kiste von Schweden gesammelte sehr reichhaltige Material.

Schliesslich hatten Dr. E. L. TzrovEssart und Dr: A. D.

MICHAEL die grosse Liebenswärdigkeit, mir die Typen der

von ihnen beschriebenen PB. sanguinea und B. Basteri zu

senden.

Die Frage nach der Identität mehrerer in der Literatur

beschriebenen Bdella-Arten ist schon von MIcHAEL (1. c. p. 479)

erörtert worden. Da er aber keine Typen untersucht hat,

spricht er nur Vermutungen aus; diese Vermutungen haben

sich nichtsdestoweniger, wie ich im Folgenden mnäher dar-

BIHANG TILL E. SV. VET.-AKAD: HANDL. BAND: 27: AFD. IV. N:0 9. ll

thun werde, als ganz zutreffend erwiesen, und meine Unter-

suchung bringt somit nichts völlig Neues. Um aber die Frage

ein fär allemal endgältig zu entscheiden, war es bei der

Unvollständigkeit mehrerer der bisherigen Beschreibungen

notwendig, die Typen zu revidieren und auch die Variabilität.

der als Artmerkmale angewendeten Charaktere näher zu

untersuchen.

I. Bdella-Arten mit mehreren Borsten auf den Mandibeln.

B. Basteri Jounst und sanguinea "PRT.

Wir fangen mit B. Basteri und B. sangwinea") an. MICHAEL

konstatiert bei diesen, dass die Taster von B. Basteri den-

jenigen von PB. sangwinca gleich sind, da aber TROUESSART

nicht den Borstenbesatz der Mandibeln beschreibt, ist es ihm

nicht möglich, die Arten mit absoluter Sicherheit zu identi-

fizieren. Nachdem ich nun die Typen beider Arten unter-

sucht habe, kann ich die Frage entscheiden. Die Mandibeln

beider Formen tragen 11--14 Haarborsten. Auwuch in dieser

Hinsicht stimmen sie also völlig mit einander iäberein, und

es unterliegt somit keinem Zweifel, dass sie mit einander

identisch sind.

B. sanguinea Tr. und arctica THoR.

MICHAEL vermutet weiter, dass PB. marina, villosa und

arectica auch mit DB. Basteri (sanguinea) identisch seien, ob-

gleich bei den beiden letztgenannten das fänfte (End-)Glied

der Taster kärzer als das zweite ist.? Die von L. KocH be-

schriebenen Bdella-Arten bespricht er dagegen gar nicht.

Eine durchaus entgegengesetzte Auffassung hat P. KRra-

MER, der in »Grönländische Milben»?) eine eingehende Be-

schreibung der Taster und der Mandibeln von B-. arctica lie-

fert. Er giebt zwar zu, »dass B. sanguinea in gewisser Hin-

sicht eine grosse Ubereinstimmung mit B. arctica zeigt, aber

" EBupalus sanguineus Trr. identifiziert der Auctor selbst mit dieser Art.

2?) Denn wie er sagt ,»these, however, are small points, and the probability

that the creatures are identical is increased by the fact that TROUESSART re-

ceived some of his specimens of B. Busteri (sanguinea) from Iceland, and

these had the fifth joint of the palpus rather shorter than in the French spe-

cimens, so that it seems probable that B. villosa (and B-. arctica) is at most

a local variety».

3) Bibl: Zoologica. H. 20. Lief. 3. 1897. . pag. 79—380.

12 TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

dieselbe ist keineswegs mit letzterer ibereinstimmend. Viel-

mehr beweist die relativ grössere Länge des Tasterendglie-

des gegeniöbér dem zweiten Gliede, sowie die Behaarung der

einzelnen ”Tasterglieder hinreichend die Verschiedenheit.»

Folgende Verschiedenheiten sind nach ihm zwischen Bb. arc-

tica und B. sanguinea vorhanden: Während bei B. arctica am

zweiten Gliede sieben Borsten, am vierten Gliede fäönf vor-

handen sind, von denen eine sich durch eine besondere Länge

kennzeichnet, und am finften Gliede ungefähr 22 gezählt

werden, sind am zweiten Gliede bei B. sanguinea nur drei

Borsten vorhanden, am vierten nur vier, ohne dass irgend-,

eine unter ihnen eine besondere Länge hätte, und am fänf-

ten Gliede werden höchstens 16 gezählt. Und zu diesen Ver-

schiedenheiten, welche die Taster bieten, kommen noch die-

jenigen hinzu, welche die Mandibeln and die Hand geben.

Bei B. arctica zählt man acht Borsten auf der oberen und

ävusseren Mandibelfläche, während nach TRovEssArtT dasselbe

Organ bei B. sanguinea nur sechs Borsten besitzt.

Es scheint die Sache nach dieser Auseinandersetzung von

P. KRAMER abgemacht zu sein. Wenn wir aber die von P.:

KRAMER gelieferte Zusammenfassung der von TROoUESSART ge-

gebenen Beschreibung von PB. sangwinea mit der Original-

beschreibung und Originalfigur vergleichen, finden wir, dass.

er den Unterschied ibertrieben hat.

Während nach KRAMER DB. sanguinea am zweiten Gliede

der Taster nur drei Borsten besitzen soll, sagt TROUESSART

im Texte deutlich, dass an diesem Gliede 5 Borsten vorhanden

seien, obgleich die Abbildung nur diejenigen drei Borsten,

welche iäber den Rand des Gliedes hervorragen, zeigt.

Am vierten Gliede sollen nach KRAMER vier Borsten vor-

handen sein, und TROoUESSART sagt wirklich so im Texte,

aber die Abbildung zeigt fönf Borsten. Am fänften Gliede

sind nach KRAMER höchstens 16 Borsten vorhanden; TROUES-

SARTS Abbildung zeigt 17.

Die Mandibeln besitzen nach KRAMER nur sechs Borsten.

In Wirklichkeit sagt TRoUESSART aber nur, dass sie am äus-

seren Rande sechs Borsten besitzen; iäber die eventuell anderswo

auf der Oberfläche der Mandibeln befindlichen äussert er

nichts.

In der That ist somit nach der von TrRorEussaArt geliefer-

ten Beschreibung von B. sanguinea und der von KRAMER von

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0O 9. 13

PB. arctica gegebenen kein so grosser Unterschied zwischen

diesen Arten, wie letzterer behauptet, vorhanden.

Durch die Untersuchung der Typen von THorRELL und

”ProvEssaArRtT geht hervor, dass der Unterschied in Wirklichkeit

noch geringer ist,

BEO. fis: tre nt IEBiIder Länge

der Taster. 'Mandibeln. der T. glieder.

| 2 3 4 5 2 3

| | I

MBATCliCa 0: os | ar a HL (56 2 PR G(VESSE) 0,400 0,380

i | I LARS [ARE EG 5 2 19 1JO0,380 |--0,400

INB-sangninea . . . | Ur CE [ES IN a Erp 6 fell BRP 1 STR 10.384 6.412

indem der Borstenbesatz der Taster und der Mandibeln bei

beiden Formen ganz derselbe ist. Der einzige Unterschied

2wischen den Typen besteht in der relativ grösseren Länge

des fönften Tastergliedes dem zweiten gegeniber bei B.san-

gwinea (Fig. 6, Taf. I) und im Vorhandensein einer besonders

langen Haarborste am vierten Gliede bei B. arctica (Fig. 3,

ar).

Eine vergleichende Untersuchung von mehreren Exem-

plaren lehrt uns aber, dass die relative Länge dieser Taster-

glieder und die Länge der Borste sehr variieren und dass so-

mit die beiden Formen nur als Variationen einer und der-

selben Art zu betrachten sind.

Die oben beschriebene bB. littoralis, welche, wie aus Obi-

gem hervorgeht, auch zu derselben Art zu rechnen ist, hat das

hauptsächliche Material fär die Untersuchung äber die Variation

des Borstenbesatzes und der relativen Länge der Taster und

der Mandibeln geliefert, aber, wie aus der Tabelle ersichtlich

ist, habe ich ausser den Typen aus Grönland von THORELL

und aus Frankreich und der Bären-Insel von TROUESSART

auch die von L. KocH aus Sibirien mit B. arctica und von

mir aus der Bären-Insel mit derselben Art identifizierten

sowie einige Exemplare aus Norwegen zum Vergleich heran-

gezogen.

14 TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR-

pra

Anzahl der: Borsten: |

i Länge |

| der Man- der |

der TRRieR. h. | dibeln Exem-

2 3 AneNlek SN YUsE

It) rseN TD ler | 13] = KA) el AN mm.

| | | |

1 EST FEL fö Bj na VI | 20 19:1 Ha 120. CA

FA NS Fr DR fn ft LR fn Ma fr, 0 fö Sä le 197 0P-Se

aus der Westkästej 3! 6.17 | 11 21616 122]23] — — 2'5

von Schweden ,» 4| 6 | lll i 4.4 |17 1181 210 10 20

I7al 6 Ve 164 120 For 2

6 1111515122 18] 2 —- 30

eine Nympher: : [741] £urlelk 1] 45) 40] 14116 I 9 —

SDN fl 11515 VR PR 12 25

Fö (275 bee LA fä OM EN ag el fell - -

Aa SN SE Ar) 1 [LJ Na fade fo | 190 BEA IRL ORE 2a AA BRAO RER bl 14 20

aus der Ostkäste TINA | 4 | RTR 10. Dh

I Nympbe Tärna Ne 2 ol El AI LONG 10004, FOR

Ta GRE 4 ar I a 13 14 25

Typen von aretieaf I! TI TI LI: 1 | HN 0CK22 ND 13 23)

VO THORABELI 2) lida UT | HB ESNR22R3 8 fo —

RADER > 4 fb ER Pet Se ra pe li IN RS er beg fa Ed z) a 2

i aretica 1: KOCH 1 2 6 6 I | il | 5 5 21 24 9 9 [5]

aus Norwegen . pl fon talN TA Dr Eke0 26 dd I 22

samgouinea Tre ansjl Out lek le. | ockel22 (TCG 12 30

der "Bären-Insel ''V 81 i bd 1 550125126) fs 14 2'6

Länge des zweiten und fänften "Tastergliedes.

2 5 | SR

1 0:408 0424 ll 03880 | 0380

2 0372 0:364 "UI. | 0:380 | 0:388

By) 1 0:392 ()'412 z 0:204 "| ”O:T8R

"Ar. 0:384 0:412 | B. arctica Thorells typ... | 0:400 | 0:380

Aldela TORIS 0388 0 höra ].| 0380 | 0400

lr 0268 [1:28 0" | STAS ME Eartlt sd 0:384 | 0412

n/ ib 0420 (Y'428 |

på fe 0448 0432

Diese beiden Tabellen zeigen uns, wie ausserordentlich

gross die Variation der Charaktere ist, welche als Unter-

scheidungsmerkmale zwischen den beiden Arten gebraucht

worden sind. Es ist nicht einmal möglich, die Formen als

Varietäten aufrecht zn halten, denn beide kommen an dem-

1) das linke Glied.

?) das rechte.

3) eingetrocknet.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 9.: 15

selben Orte zusammen ganz regellos vor, und wenn es auch

einerseits scheint, als wenn bei den sädlichen an den Kästen von

Frankreich und England vorkommenden das fänfte Glied der

Taster verhältnismässig länger wäre, so kommen anderer-

seits beide Formen auf der Bären-Insel vor, und diese That-

sache schliesst eine Hypothese von zwei durch verschiedene kli-

matologische Verhältnisse hervorgerufenen Localvarietäten völ-

lig aus. Der Umstand, dass diejenigen Exemplare, welche

das Material fär die Untersuchung der Variation des zweiten

und finften Gliedes geliefert haben, an der Westkäste

Sehwedens gesammelt sind, also in einem Gebiete, das zwischen

zwei hypothetischenVerbreitungsgebieten zweier hypothetischen

Localvarietäten liegt, spricht nur scheinbar fär diese Hypo-

these, denn eine eingehende Untersuchung von Formen aus

irgend welcher anderen Lokalität wärde unzweifelhaft das-

selbe Resultat wie das meinige ergeben, nämlich, dass bei dieser

Art die Anzahl der auf den Tastern und den Mandibeln be-

findlichen Borsten im allgemeinen in einem direkten Verhält-

nis zur Grösse der Individuen steht.

Bdella grandis, L. Kocu.

Auch die B. grandis L. KocH hat sich durch Unter-

suchung der Typen als mit B. littoralis identisch heraus-

gestellt. KocH giebt als Unterschied von den ibrigen hoch-

nordischen Arten den Mangel der beiden langen Endborsten

am Tarsalgliede der Palpen und als Kennzeichen gegen Bdella

arctica THor. das Fehlen der Augen und die längeren Man-

dibeln an.

Hinsiechtlich des Fehlens der Augen ist ja klar, dass

dies schon a priori bei einer Art undenkbar ist, welche sich

von einer so nahe verwandten, Augen besitzenden Art, wie

B. aretica, durch keine besondere Lebensweise unterscheidet.

Um diese Angabe aber mit Thatsachen widerlegen zu kön-

nen, habe ich mich durch Untersuchung der Typen iäberzeugt,

dass die Augen vorhanden sind, obgleich sie dureh den Ein-

fluss des Alkohols entfärbt und daher schwer sichtbar sind.

Auch die Angabe KocHs iber die grössere Länge der

Mandibeln ist nicht der Wahrheit entsprechend. Die Be-

haarung der Taster (Fig. 5, Taf. TI) und Mandibeln ist aus

der folgenden Tabelle ersichtlich

16 TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

Mandibeln.

[FO

[SM

He I

6514 SIO--HA KSSS 8—10

und liegt innerhalb der Grenzen der bei 65. littoralis (T..) auf-

tretenden Variation.

Bdella villosa KRAMER & NEUMANN.

Diese Milbe soll nach der Beschreibung leicht durch die

reichliche Behaarung — ungefähr 10 Haare — der Mandibeln

von anderen unterscheidbar sein. In Wirklichkeit stimmt

ja dies sehr gut mit B. littoralis äberein, und auch die Be-

haarung und die Längenverhältnisse der Tasterglieder liegen

innerhalb der Grenzen der Variation bei dieser Art. Es

unterliegt somit keinem Zweifel, dass B. villosa mit B. litto-

ralis identisch ist,

Bdella frigida BANKS.

Diese Milbe ist so unvollständig beschrieben und schlecht

abgebildet, dass es schwer ist, öber sie ins klare zu kommen.

Im Bau der Taster ähnelt sie sehr den unten beschriebenen

Varietäten von PB. capillata KRAM.; so ist das zweite und

das fönfte Glied von ungefähr gleicher Länge und ebenso

das dritte und das vierte; weiter trägt das fänfte Glied

zwei lange Endborsten. Da aber die Zahl der Mandibular-

borsten nicht zuverlässig ist, indem er deren vier angiebt,

diese aber äber den Rand hervorragen, und es augenscheinlich

ist, dass die Mandibeln mehr Borsten besitzten, wage ich

kein bestimmtes Urteil auszusprechen.

Bdella pallipes L. KocH.

Die andere von L. KocH beschriebene Art, die hier in

Betracht kommen kann, B-. pallipes (Fig. 2, Taf. T; Fig. 4,

Taf. IT), hätte ich unbedenklich als eine selbständige Species

aufgefasst, wenn ich nicht an den Kisten Schwedens eine

Form gefunden hätte, die ohne Zweifel als eine Zwischen-

form zwischen B. pallipes und B. arctica anzusehen ist. Die-

ser Fund gewinnt noch mehr Interesse dadurch, dass die durch

diese drei Formen gebildete Serie meines Erachtens un-

zweideutig auf eine bestimmte Form!) als erstes Glied der

Serie und Stammform derselben hindeutet. Diese Art ist 5.

1) Oder eine dieser sehr nahe stehende Form.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 9. 17

capillata KRAMER. Aber ehe ich auf diese Hypothese eingehe,

ist es notwendig, die betreffenden Formen zu beschreiben.

Bdella capillata KRAMER.

B. capillata ist zuerst von P. KRAMER 18812!) be-

schrieben. Später hat BERLESE unter demselben Namen eine

Milbe beschrieben und abgebildet, welche sich von der KRa-

MER'schen Form, wenn auch nicht bedeutend, so doch so sehr

unterscheidet?), dass sie als eine besondere Varietät zu be-

trachten ist. Diese Varietät, fir welche ich den Namen Ber-

lesei vorschlage, unterscheidet sich von der Hauptform durch

folgende Merkmale:

Während das zweite Tasterglied bei der Hauptform 6—7

ganz kurze, weit von einander gestellte Borsten trägt, be-

sitzt dasselbe bei der Varietät nach der Beschreibung keine

Borste (die Abbildung zeigt dagegen eine). Am fänften

Gliede, dessen zwei Endborsten etwa die halbe Länge des

Endgliedes erreichen, sind ausser diesen nur sechs kurze

Borsten bei der Hauptform vorhanden, während bei der Va-

rietät die Endborsten die ganze Länge des Endgliedes, das

ausserdem elf Borsten trägt, erreichen.

Sowohl bei der Hauptform als bei der Varietät sind das

zweite und das finfte Glied von derselben oder annähernd

derselben Länge.?) Das Längenverhältnis des dritten und

vierten Gliedes ist wie 4:7 bei der Hauptform; bei der Va-

rietät sind sie dagegen von derselben Länge. Die Mandibeln

tragen bei der Hauptform ungefähr elf Borsten, bei der Va-

rietät aber nur neun.

B. capillata var. pallipes (L. KocH).t (Fig. 2. Taf. I.

osv 4s Paf. IL.

B. capillata sehr nahe steht B. pallipes, welche ich als

eine Varietät dieser Art auffasse. Sie unterscheidet sich

durch das Hinzukommen einer Borste, welche die Mitte zwi-

schen den beiden Endborsten, von denen die dorsale ein we-

nig länger ist (bei B. capillata von gleicher Länge), und den

ibrigen Borsten des fänften Gliedes hält und auf der dor-

salen Seite nahe dem Vorderende eingefägt ist. Im ibrigen

1) Zeitschr. f. d. gesammt. Naturwiss. 3 Folge. Bd. VI; p. 446; fig. 12:

St KIL.

2) Dass diese Arten nicht identisch sind, hebt KRAMER, Wie ich nachher

gesehen habe, selbst hervor in Zool. Anzeiger. i

3) Bei der Hauptform nach KRAMER wie 30:29.

18 TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

ist sie durch mehrere kurze Borsten auf diesem Gliede und

durch den Besitz von 4—5 Borsten am zweiten Gliede (also

nicht so viele wie bei B. capillata) gekennzeichnet. Die

Längenverhältnisse stimmen mit denjenigen bei B. capillata

annähernd iberein. Das finfte Glied ist jedoch ein wenig

länger als das zweite (siehe die Tabelle).

| Borsten der Taster. | | | Länge der Tasterglieder.

Ilos SA | TR

| 1 | 5 | il Ah: lad | 2 0:204 | 0252 | 0256

(od tunad) dte Lil |irsäo bed ba AR

Wreskll endl ilondT RKO 5 | 0224 | 0:268 | 0:284 |

B. capillata KRAMER, var. pallipediformis, nov. var. (Fig.

AF PTESL RIS. -d, Lat).

Diese Form wurde auf einer sehr kleinen Felseninsel,

wo B.-. littoralis am Ufer sehr allgemein vorkam, gefunden;

sie wurde nicht am Ufer, sondern unter Steinen auf der hö-

heren, centralen Partie der Insel angetroffen und war leicht

durch ihre gelblichgräne Farbe von B. littoralis zu unter-

scheiden. Sie stellt, wie oben erwähnt, eine Zwischenstufe

zwischen der anderen Varietät und PB. littoralis dar, und es

ist eigentlich nur eine Geschmacksache, zu welcher der beiden

Arten — B. capillata oder PB. littoralis — man sie fäöhren

will. Was mich veranlasst, sie als eine Varietät von PB. ca-

pillata aufzufäöhren, ist das Vorhandensein von zweier langen

Endborsten am fänften Gliede und die Placierung der Mandi-

bularborsten, welche nicht hauptsächlich am Grunde des Mandi-

bels eingefägt sind, wie bei B. littoralis, sondern ziemlich

gleichmässig uber die ganze Fläche verteilt, wie bei B. capillata.

Die Merkmale, welche sie von der Varietät pallipes un-

terscheiden und zu B. littoralis nähern, sind folgende:

Am eweiten Gliede sind die Borsten in der Weise pla-

ciert, dass zwei am vorderen Ende genau räckenständig sind,

wie bei B. littoralis. Bei B. capillata?) und var. pallipes ist

nur eine Borste riäckenständig. Diese Merkmale finden sich,

bei der iäbrigen verhältnismässig grossen Variation in der

Anzahl und Placierung der Borsten, immer konstant.

1) Siehe Fig. 2, Taf. 55, bei BERLEsSE. A. M. S. Italie, ordo Prostigmata.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 9, 19

Am dritten Gliede ist, wie bei den anderen Formen, nur

eine riäckenständige Borste vorhanden.

Am vierten Gliede ist von den vier Borsten die innere

ventrale die kräftigste (was iäbrigens auch bei var. pallipes

vorkommt) wie bei BB. littoralis.

Das finfte Glied weist im Vergleich mit var. pallipes

eine Vermehrung der darauf befindlichen Borsten auf, indem

es 14—153 besitzt, welche wie bei B. littoralis ziemlich gleich-

förmig äber die ganze Oberfläche des Gliedes verteilt sind,

während sie sich bei var. pallipes vorwiegend auf der Unter-

seite placiert finden. Die zwei Endborsten scheinen an Länge

ein wenig reduziert worden zu sein. Jedoch war das Ma-

terial der beiden Varietäten zu gering, als dass ich dies

mit Sicherheit entscheiden könnte. Hinsichtlich der Längen-

verhältnisse der Glieder ist zu bemerken, dass, während das

zweite und fänfte Glied von gleicher Länge sind, das vierte

dagegen fast doppelt so lang wie das dritte ist. Bei der

Varietät pallipes sind sie, wie oben erwähnt, von annähernd

gleicher Länge; bei B. littoralis dagegen erreicht das vierte

Glied mehr als die doppelte Länge des dritten.

Die Mandibeln besitzen 16 Borsten, also mehr als bei B.

littoralis, deren Mandibeln höchstens 14 besitzen.

Das letzte Glied der Serie capillata—pallipes—pallipedi-

formis ist B. littoralis, deren Beschreibung ich nicht zu wieder-

holen brauche.

Nach der obigen Darstellung zu urteilen hat B. litto-

ralis sich aus B. capillata?) entwickelt, und in den beiden

als Varietäten von letzterer aufgefassten Formen haben wir

noch zwei Stufen der Entwicklung vorhanden. Der Verlauf

der Entwicklung wiärde kurz der folgende gewesen sein.

Die beiden langen Endborsten am finften Gliede bei B.

capillata sind allmählig reduziert worden, während die ib-

rigen Borsten des fraglichen Gliedes sich an Zahl und Länge

vermehrt haben, so dass bei B. littoralis kein Unterschied

zwischen den Endborsten und den ibrigen mehr existiert.

Das zweite Glied hat mehrere Borsten bekommen, von denen

jetzt zwei röckenständig sind. Das vierte Glied ist doppelt

so lang wie das dritte geworden und hat auf der inneren

1) Oder aus einer dieser nahestehenden Form.

20 TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

(und) unteren Seite eine längere Borste bekommen. Die Man-

dibeln haben mehrere Borsten bekommen.

Zu dieser Entwicklung kommt nun auch die Grössen-

zunahme. PB. capillata hat nach BERLESE eine Länge von

ungefähr 1,6 mm. var. pallipes und var. pallipediformis er-

reichen eine Länge von 1,3—2,0o mm., während B. littoralis

eine Länge von 3,0 mm. aufweisen kann.

Die Hypothese gewinnt an Wahrscheinlichkeit dadurch,

dass B. capillata!?) die einzige Bdella-Art ist, welche mehrere

Borsten auf den Mandibeln besitzt und somit hier in Be-

tracht gezogen werden kann. Und es liegt ja auf der Hand,

dass eine Bdella-Art mit litoraler Lebensweise von einer Art,

welche nicht eine Käistenform ist, abstammt, da die grosse

Gattung sonst fast keine litoralen Formen aufweist. Die

Herausbildung von B. littoralis hängt ohne Zweifel mit der

litoralen Lebensweise zusammen, und es ist dann von grossem

Interesse, dass die Varietät pallipediformis, welche der Hypo-

these nach eine Zwischenform ist, auch in der Lebensweise

eine Zwischenstellung einnimmt, indem sie zwar auf den äus-

seren Schären vorkommt, sich jedoch dort nicht am Ufer, son-

dern unter Steinen aufhält.

Der Zusammenhang zwischen den bei 65. littoralis im

Vergleich mit B-. capillata neu erworbenen Eigenschaften —

vor allem der Reduzierung der beiden langen Endborsten

und der kräftigeren Behaarung des letzten Gliedes der Taster

— und der veränderten Lebensweise liegt aller Wahrschein-

liehkeit nach darin, dass eine Form, welche an den Kisten

und auf den äussersten kleinen Schären lebt, und sich nicht

wie die anderen Bdella-Arten unter Steinen oder in Moos

versteckt, sondern iberall sowohl dicht an der Wasserlinie,

wie auf der Wasseroberfläche selbst frei herumläuft, in viel

höherem Grade der Gefahr ausgesetzt ist, von Wind und Wel-

len weggeweht und weggespält zu werden, und daher nicht

nur kräftige Klauen, sondern auch 'Taster, welche reichlicher

behaart sind und somit viele Unterstätzungspunkte darbieten,

braucht. Auch beim Gehen auf der Wasseroberfläche muss

es von grossem Nutzen sein, reichlich behaarte Taster zu

haben, welche natärlich das Wasser abhalten.

1) Mit Ausnahme von B. hirta KRAMER, die in Deutsch Ostafrika gefun-

den ist.

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 9. 21

Wenn wir zuletzt die ontogenetische Entwicklung von

B. Uittoralis beräcksichtigen, finden wir, das auch sie fär die

Richtigkeit meiner Hypothese spricht.

Bei der Larve!) sind nämlich zwei längere Endborsten

am fänften Gliede vorhanden, und das dritte und vierte Glied

sind von derselben Länge.

Bei den Nymphen wird der Längenunterschied zwischen

den Endborsten und den iäbrigen Borsten immer weniger aus-

gesprochen, und das vierte Glied nimmt an Grösse zu.

Diese Entwicklung ist somit ganz dieselbe wie diejenige,

welche die Serie B. capillata KRAMER—P. capillata var. palli-

pes (L. KocH)—B. capillata var. pallipediformis vmihi—P. lit-

toralis (L.) darstellt.

Die Mandibeln der Larve besitzen nur zwei Borsten (die

der Nymphen neun), während sie bei B. capillata I—11 be-

sitzen. Dies spricht aber nicht gegen die Hypothese, denn

ohne Zweifel hat aueh die Larve von B. capillata nur zwei

Borsten auf den Mandibeln; es beweist nur, dass beide von

einer Art, die nur zwei Borsten auf den Mandibeln hatte,

abstammen.

II. Bdella-Arten mit zwei Borsten auf den Mandibeln.

Zu dieser Abteilung gehören, wie oben erwähnt, 6. de-

cipiens 'THoRr.? aus Spitzbergen, B. borealis KRAMER & NEU-

MAN? aus der Bering-Insel und Bb. vulgaris (HERM) var. litto-

ralis MoniEz von den Kisten Frankreichs.

Von diesen sind mit Sicherheit B. decipiens "Tuor. und

B. borealis K. & N. mit einander identisch.

Die zwei von mir untersuchten Exemplare der ersteren

Art zeigen folgende Merkmale:

Am zweiten Gliede der Taster (Fig. 1, Taf. II) sind 10

—I14 Borsten vorhanden, am dritten eine, am vierten vier

und am fiänften Gliede sechs, von denen die zwei Endborsten

sehr lang sind. Die Längenverhältnisse der Glieder sind

37,5 :5:4,5 : 13,5. Die Längen der Endborsten verhalten sich

Wie. 460: 371,5.

1) Siehe Fig. 4, Taf. I, in I. TräGÅRpDH, Die Acariden der Bären-Insel.

RV AU Bihang. Bd 20: Afd IV. N:o

> (0 SO Sa

Ög SADE

22 TRÄGÅRDH, ZUR LITORALEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BDELLA LATR.

Bei B. borealis finden sich am zweiten Gliede dem Texte

nach 18—20 Borsten, die Figur zeigt dagegen nur elf, am

dritten eine, am vierten sind freilich auf der Figur nur zweli

vorhanden, die zwei anderen sitzen aber an der Unterseite

und sind deswegen ziemlich schwer zu sehen, am finften

Gliede sind nach der Beschreibung sechs vorhanden (die Fi-

gur zeigt acht).

Die Längen der vier letzten Glieder verhalten sich wie

34:5:4:14; die verhältnismässige Länge der zwei End-

borsten wird durch 45 und 35 ausgedräckt. Wie aus Obigem

hervorgeht, ist der Unterschied so äusserst gering, dass es

unmöglich ist, die »Arten» als zwei verschiedene aufrecht zu

halten.

Bleibt so B. vulgaris var. littoralis Moniez äbrig, und

wenn man die grosse Verbreitung der anderen Bdella-Art,

B. UVittoralis (L.), ins Auge fasst, ist es a priori sehr wahr-

scheinlich, dass diese mit B. decipiens identisch ist. Da

aber MoniEz in seiner Beschreibung nur die Beziehung der

Varietät zur Hauptform erörtert und nur wenige positive

Merkmale angiebt und da mir ferner keine Exemplare der

Hauptform zur Verfigung standen, halte ich es för angemes-

sener, kein bestimmtes Urteil auszusprechen. Der Unter-

schied zwischen der Hauptform und der Varietät besteht

hauptsächlich in der bedeutenderen Grösse der letzteren,

welche eine Länge von 2 mm. erreichen kann. Diese Grössen-

zunahme der litoralen Form dem nicht litoralen gegeniber

ist iäbrigens dem Verhältnisse bei B. littoralis, ganz analog,

welche auch die nächstverwandten Arten weit an Grösse

iäbertrifft, und scheint darauf zu deuten, dass die Lebens-

verhältnisse an den Kästen fär die Bdella-Arten sehr gänstig

sind. Wie wir oben gesehen haben, leben sie von Collen-

bolen, Miäcken und kleinen Fliegen und diese finden sich im-

mer sehr reichlich an den Kästen. Die Bdelliden haben also

Nahrung in Fille, aber ausserdem kommt noch der Umstand

hinzu, dass sie an den Kästen vor einer Menge von Insek-

ten, welche sich nicht einer litoralen Lebensweise haben an-

passen können, geschitzt sind.

Der Unterschied zwischen B. decipiens und B. arenaria

(= vulgaris) ist so gering, dass es sehr möglich ist, dass

erstere nur eine Varietät der letzteren ist. Vorläufig, ehe

ich B. vulgaris untersucht habe, halte ich jedoch B. decipiens

BIHANG TILL K. SV. VET.-AKAD. HANDL. BAND 27. AFD. IV. N:0 9. 23

aufrecht. Die grosse Ubereinstimmung geht aus folgender

Tabelle hervor: Die Angaben iber B. vulgaris sind KRAMERS

Beschreibung entnommen.

Längenverhältnisse:

der Tasterglieder. | der Endborsten.

| |

ERSKdeGeNLeNS ov Lo ss | 37,5 :5: 4,5: 13,5 | 46 : 37,5 |

WEKEDOYeQLIS): > a - re | 34:5:4:14 45:35 |

B. vulgaris (= arenaria) 30:6:6:20 | 55:48 |

Aus dieser Tabelle ist auch ersichtlich, dass bei B. dre-

cipiens der B. vulgaris gegeniber eine Reduzierung des letzten

Tastergliedes und der beiden Endborsten eingetreten ist.

Das Resultat der Revision ist somit, dass alle die in der

Litteratur beschriebenen litoralen Bådella-Arten sich wahrschein-

lich auf nur 2wei Arten zuriickfiihren lassen, nämlich B. litto-

ralis (L.) und B. decipiens THorRELL. Bdella littoralis (L.)

stammt von B. capillata KRAMER oder einer dieser sehr nahestehen-

den Art ab, und B. capillata var. pallipes und B. capillata var.

pallipediformis sind als Zwischenstufen in dieser Entwicklung

anzusehen. Die postembryonale Entwicklung von B. littoralis

bestiätigt diese Annahme und zgeigt auch, dass diejenigen Bdella-

Arten, welche melhrere Borsten auf den Mandibeln besitzen,

von Bdella-Årten mit 2wei Borsten auf den Mandibeln ab-

stammen.

B. decipiens ist wahrscheinlich als eine Varietät von B.

vulgaris anzusehen.

Die geographische Verbreitung der litoralen Bdella-Arten

ist eine sehr weite.

Bdella WVittoralis (L.) kommt iberall an den Kisten

der arktischen und subarktischen Gebiete vor. B. vulgaris

var. littoralis MonIEz ist von den Kiästen Frankreichs bekannt.

B. decipiens ist bis jetzt an den Kästen von Schweden und

Sibirien und auf Spitzbergen gefunden.

Dagegen ist es wahrscheinlich, dass Bdella-Arten nicht

an den Ufern des Mittelmeeres vorkommen. Wenigstens kann

man ihre Abwesenheit an den Kiästen Italiens als konstatiert

betrachten. Die Acaridenfauna von diesem Lande ist näm-